chapter 14 electrical signaling - honeywell · pdf filechapter 14 electrical signaling ......

CHAPTER 14

ELECTRICAL SIGNALING

Electrical protective signaling systems are configurations of components used to produce alarm signals indicativeof fire, smoke, sprinkler waterflow or other emergency and to produce supervisory signals indicative of conditionsneeding attention with respect to protection equipment or watch service. System configurations are classifiedaccording to where and how the signals are received. The categories are commonly designated as local, municipal,remote station, proprietary and central station. Auxiliary systems are either local or proprietary systemsinterconnected with a municipal system.

This chapter presents the major system component categories and the integrated system configurations. Theselection of components to form a hybrid system should be made only by those skilled in system design. Also, thesuitability of any system application should be judged on the basis of the hazard(s) being protected.

ALARM SIGNAL INITIATING DEVICES

Alarm signals are initiated either automatically or manually. Automatic detectors respond to changes incharacteristic phenomena associated with fire or other emergency conditions.

Fire Detection, Heat-Actuated

Heat sensitive devices may be either ‘‘spot’’ or ‘‘line’’ type and operate at a fixed temperature or on a rapid increasein temperature (rate-of-rise). Some detectors combine the fixed and rate sensitive principles.

The spacing guides listed are indicative of each detector’s relative sensitivity and, in each case, the spacing guideis the maximum recommended separation between detectors for smooth-ceiling installations. For a giventemperature rating, a fixed-temperature detector which has a 30 ft (9 m) listing and one which has a 15 ft (5 m) listingwill both respond at approximately the same time to a geometrically growing fire if each is installed at its listedspacing. Approved rate-of-rise detectors all have 30 ft (9 m) listed spacings, the maximum separation recommendedby FM Approvals.

Installation of heat detectors at less than maximum spacing is necessary: to achieve earlier response; tocompensate for ceiling obstructions such as beams and joists; and to compensate for ceiling heights greater than15 ft (5 m). Proper location and use of heat detectors involves consideration of ceiling construction, the location ofpartitions, the maximum normal room temperature, heat produced by the occupancy, and whether detector functionis to warn occupants or to automatically actuate protection equipment. Refer to Standard 72-1993 of the National FireProtection Association and design specifications published by jurisdictional authorities, as appropriate.

ADT Security Services Inc, One Town Center Rd, Boca Raton FL 33486Fixed-Temperature Thermostat. Nos. 4218, B4218, 135°, 190°, 275°, 350°F (57°, 88°, 135°, 177°C). Normally open, self-restoring contacts

rated for 1 A at 125 V ac or 0.5 A at 24 V dc. Spacing guide: 135°F (57°C) rating, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; 190°F (88°C) rating, 25 by 25 ft(8 by 8 m) max, 275° and 350°F (135° and 177°C) ratings, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.

Thermal Fire Detector. Cat. No. 475 285 is combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C); Cat. No. 475 290 is combinationfixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 194°F (90°C); Cat. No. 475 750 is fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C); Cat. No. 475 751 is fixed-temperature,194°F (90°C); with plastic base; contacts rated 5.0 A at 28 V dc, 3.0 A at 120 V ac. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.

(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

AFA Protective Systems Inc, 961 Joyce Kilmer Ave, North Brunswick NJ 08902See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.

Alison Control Inc, 35 Daniel Rd, Fairfield NJ 07004See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.

Apollo Fire Detectors Ltd, 36 Brookside Rd, Havant Hampshire P09 1JR EnglandCombination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detector. Series 60A. P/N 55000-151, factory set to operate at 160°F (71°C); P/N 55000-

152, 210°F (99°C), P/N 55000-153, 135°F (57°C). Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current of 30 to 45 µA. Spacingguide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. To be used with the following bases: P/N 45681-200, P/N 45681-220, two wire; and P/N 45681-227, fortwo- and four-wire installations with an alarm relay with two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.

The following two-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors (60A, P/N 55000-151, -152, -153) and its two-wirebases (60A, P/N 45681-200, -220, -227): Gamewell Flex 300, Faraday MPC-2000, Thorn Autocall Firequest 200, Firequest 100-24, TFX-500,TFX-800, MP400, AP400, Merlin MP400, Federal Signal FireLarm 2000, FireLarm 4000, FireLarm 6000 and FireLarm 8000.

Brand-Rex Limited, West Bridgewater St, Leigh Lancashire WN7 4HB EnglandLine Type Heat Sensing Cable. Cable Type H8028 operates at 220°F (105°C); H8040 and H8040N operate at 145°-158°F (63°-70°C);

H8045 and H8045N operate at 180°F (82°C); H8069 operates at 350°F (177°C); and H9650 operates at 452°F (233°C). Each cable is acontinuous line type open circuit detector that shorts when in an alarm condition. Accessories for installing the cable include Thomas & BettsModel TC5375 standoff support/cable ties, Model TC88 routing clamp, Model TC5345A or TC5347A mounting base plus cable ties andScotchlok Communication Model U1R cable connectors. Max rating for all cables is 1 A, 110 V dc. Spacing guide: parallel cable runs shouldnot be more than 20 ft (6 m) apart. Note: the Types H8069 and H9650 are intended for proximity detection only.

2003APPROVAL GUIDE

Chemetronics, 400 Main St, Ashland MA 01721Spot Fire Lowecator. Model B. Standard, explosionproof, weatherproof and moistureproof thermostats. Series 501, 502 are combination

rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 136° and 190°F (58° and 88°C) respectively; Series 503, 504 are fixed-temperature only, 136° and 190°F(58° and 88°C). Prefix EPB indicates explosionproof assembly, prefix WPB indicates weatherproof assembly, suffix -M indicates moisture-proof assembly. EPB assembly is suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and Ghazardous locations. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc; 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide:Series 501 and 502, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; Series 503 and 504, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.

Spot Fire Lowecator. Model C. Series 601, 621 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Series 602, 622 arecombination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Series 601, 621, 602, 622, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Series603, 623 are fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Series 604, 624 are fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac,1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.

Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Stargard Series 400 Models A, AT. Fixed-temperature. 135°, 155°, 200°F (57°, 68°, 93°C). Contacts rated 0.3 Aat 250 V dc, 1.0 A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide for 135°F (57°C) detectors is 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m);for 155°, 200°F (68°, 93°C) detectors, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m).

Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Edwards Unit of General Signal Ltd.,

Owen Sound, Ontario/Alarm Industry Products, Farmington, CT/Mirtone, Unit General Signal Ltd., Downsview, Ontario.) Units may bear thename brands and model designations shown below.

Combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C).

Edwards EST Mirtone AIP

281B 281B 73340U A1281B281BL 281BL281C 281C 73440 A1281C291B 291B291C 291C


282B 282B 73341U A1282B282BL 282BL292B 292B


282C 282C 73341 A1282C292C 292C

Fixed-temperature 135°F (57°C)

283B 283B 73342U A1283B283BL 283BL283C 283C 73342 A1283C293B 293B293C 293C


284B 284B 73343U A1284B284BL 284BL294B 294B


284C 284C 73344 A1284C294C 294C

Models which bear an optional -P suffix are equipped with a plastic mounting plate. Spacing guide 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.

Fixed Temperature Detector. Model EDWB402B, factory-set to operate at 190°F (88°C), 15 to 35 V dc with Models EDWB402B orEDWB406B bases. For use with Approved compatible control panels capable of providing power to the detectors via the detection circuit.Spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) max.

Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detector. Model 5451A, factory-set to operate at 135°F (57.2°C), 15 to 35 V dc. For use withApproved compatible control panels capable of providing power to the detectors via the detection circuit. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m)max.

Faraday LLC, 805 S Maumee St, Tecumseh MI 49286Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Model Nos. 9300, 9301. Fixed-temperature. Either model 135° or 200°F (57°or 93°C). Contacts rated for 0.3 A

at 250 V dc, 1.0 A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide: 125°F (52°C) rating, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; 200°F(93°C) rating, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.

Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp, 704 S 10th St, Blue Springs MO 64015Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detectors. Models 60-1029 and 60-1030 factory set to operate at 135°F (58°C) and 190°F

(88°C), respectively. Operating voltage range of 15 to 30 VDC. Spacing guide: 20 x 20 feet (6.1 x 6.1 m) max. To be used with 67-1036 and67-1037 4-inch bases, 67-1034, 67-1035, and 63-1012 6-inch bases.

Fire Control Instruments Inc, 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Standard, explosionproof, weatherproof and moistureproof thermostats. Models 501, 502 are combination

rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 136° and 190°F (58° and 88°C) respectively; Models 503, 504 are fixed-temperature only, 136° and 190°F

September 2003 — Approval Guide14-2 Electrical Signaling

(58° and 88°C). Prefix EPB indicates explosionproof assembly, prefix WPB indicates weatherproof assembly, suffix -M indicates moisture-proof assembly. EPB assembly is suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardouslocations. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc; 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: Series501 and 502, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; Series 503 and 504, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.

Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Models 601, 621 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Models 602, 622 arecombination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Series 601, 621, 602, 622, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Models603, 623 are fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Models 604, 624 are fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac,1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.

Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Models FL, FLD. Fixed-temperature. 135°F (57°C) or 200°F (93°C). Contacts rated 0.3 A at 250 V dc, 1.0 A at125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide for 135°F (57°C) detectors is 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m); for 200°F (93°C) detectors,15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m).

Alarmline Heat Detection System. Line-type Sensing Cables P/N 73-117068-004, -007, -010, -013, -016, -019 with FC-72 control and FALinterface. Cables consist of four 26 AWG solid copper conductors covered with a negative temperature coefficient material, insulated by asheath of high temperature PVC or nylon. A protective coating of phosphor bronze braid is available for applications requiring abrasionprotection. Choice of standard or high resistance cables depends on length and ambient or alarm temperature requirements of the application.Cable consists of four copper conductors. Pairs of conductors are joined at one end of the cable; the other end connects to the interfacemodule. Each cable is self-restoring, up to 390°F (200°C) depending on time of exposure to high temperature. The alarm temperature is setby a 12-position alarm trip switch on the interface module. The suffix in the P/N indicates the following: -004, standard sensor in PVC sheath;-007, standard sensor in nylon sheath; -010, standard sensor with phosphor bronze braid coating; -013, high resistance cable in PVC sheath;-016, high resistance cable in nylon sheath; -019, high resistance cable with phosphor bronze braid coating. Max spacing between parallellengths of Alarmline cable should be 30 ft (9 m). (See FCI Model FC-72 listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472Combination Rate-of-Rise Fixed-Temperature Detector. Models 51, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); 52, 190°F (88°C). Operating

contacts normally open. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.

Fixed-Temperature Detector. Models 53, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); 54, 190°F (58°C). Operating contacts normally open.Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.

Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Model Nos. 45, 47. Fixed-temperature. Either Model, 135° or 200°F (57° or 93°C). Contacts rated for 0.3 A at250 V dc, 1.0 A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide: 135°F (57°C) rating, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; 200°F(93°C) rating, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.

Thermal Fire Detector. Model HD-81, combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C); Model HD-82, combination fixedtemperature and rate-of-rise, 194°F (90°C); Model HD-83, fixed temperature, 135°F (57°C); Model HD-84, fixed temperature, 194°F (90°C).Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.

Heat Detector. Models HD-601, -602 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Models HD-602, -622 are combi-nation rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Models HD-601, -621, -602, -622, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. ModelsHD-603, -623 are fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Models HD-604, -624 are fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20by 20 ft (6 by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.

Hochiki America Corp, 7051 Village Dr, Suite 100, Buena Park CA 90621Spot Type Restorable Heat Detector. Models DCA-135, -190 are a combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature. Model DCA-135 has an

operating temperature of 135°F (57°C); Model DCA-190 has an operating temperature of 190°F (88°C). Each detector has normally opencontacts rated 24 V dc at 0.3 A. May be used with the Model HSB-100 base, HS-100, -X, -XL Series bases (where X = 2, 21, 22, 220, 221,224 or 225), or Model HSC-XL Series bases (where X = 21, 220, 221, 224 or 225); the suffix L signifies the presence of a latching LED whichremains on even after the self-restoring detector has restored to normal. Resetting the control panel extinguishes the LED. Spacing guide:30 × 30 ft (9 × 9 m) max.

Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detectors. Models DCD-135 and DCD-190 factory set to operate at 135°F (58°C) and 190°F(88°C), respectively. Operating voltage range of 15 to 30 V dc. Spacing guide: 20×20 ft (6.1×6.1 m) max. To be used with NS4-100, -220, -221,and -224 4 in. bases, NS6-100, -220, -221, and -224 6 in. bases, HSC-220R, HSC-224R, HSC-221R and HSC-4R.

Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector. Types T487A1003, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); T487A1011, 190°F

(88°C). Operating contacts normally open. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Prefix EPB indicates explosionproof assembly, prefix WPB indicates weatherproof assembly, suffix -M indicatesmoistureproof assembly. EPB assembly is suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F andG hazardous locations.

Fixed-Temperature Detector. Types T487B1002, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); T487B1010, 190°F (88°C). Operating contactsnormally open. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (5by 5 m) max.

Fire Detector. Fixed-temperature Types T4057B1005, T4057B1021, 135°F (57°C); T4057B1013, T4057B1039, 200°F (93°C). Spacingguide: 20 by 20 ft (6 by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) FT units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) FT units. Combination rate-of-riseand fixed-temperature Types T4057A1007, T4057A1023, 135°F (57°C); T4057A1015, T4057A1031, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 30 by 30ft (9 by 9 m) max for T4057A’s. Contacts for all types rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.

Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Models T4010A-1003, -1011, T4010C-1009, -1017. Fixed-temperature. 135°F (57°C) or 200°F (93°C). Contactsrated 0.3 A at 250 V dc, 1.0 A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide for 135°F (57°C) detectors is 30 by 30 ft(9 by 9 m); for 200°F (93°C) detectors, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m).

Kidde-Fenwal Inc, 400 Main St, Ashland MA 01721AlarmLine Heat Detection System. Line-type Sensing Cables P/N 73-117068-004, -007, -010, -013, -016, -019 with Fenwal’s 3210 control

and P/N 73-117068-001 interface or P/N 73-117068-046 heat detector unit. Cables consist of four 26 AWG solid copper conductors coveredwith a negative temperature coefficient material, insulated by a sheath of high temperature PVC or nylon. A protective coating of phosphorbronze braid is available for applications requiring abrasion protection. Choice of standard or high resistance cables depends on length andambient or alarm temperature requirements of the application. Cable consists of four copper conductors. Pairs of conductors are joined at oneend of the cable; the other end connects to the interface module. Each cable is self-restoring, up to 390°F (200°C) depending on time ofexposure to high temperature. The alarm temperature is set by a 12-position alarm trip switch on the interface module. The suffix in the P/Nindicates the following: -004, standard sensor in PVC sheath; -007, standard sensor in nylon sheath; -010, standard sensor with phosphorbronze braid coating; -013, high resistance cable in PVC sheath; -016, high resistance cable in nylon sheath; -019, high resistance cable withphosphor bronze braid coating. Max spacing between parallel lengths of Alarmline cable should be 30 ft (9 m). Nylon sheathed cable isrecommended for low temperature installations (less than 0°F [-17°C]); however, installation and repair of the cable must be done at

September 2003 — Approval GuideElectrical Signaling 14-3

temperatures of 32°F (0°C) and higher. Each 73-117068-046 heat detector unit is suitable for indoor use and for a temperature range of -13°to 122°F (-25° to 50°C), requires 24 V dc power and is equipped with alarm and trouble relay contacts for connection to the initiating devicecircuit of the Approved local control panel. (See Fenwal Model 3210 listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Detect-A-Fire Detection Device. Series 27020, 27021, 27120, 27121, 28020, 28021. These devices are self-restoring heat-actuatedswitches. Rate-compensated operation reduces thermal lag. Series 27020, 27120, 28020 have normally closed contacts rated at 5 A at 125 V,60 Hz, 0.5 A at 125 V dc; these are suitable for installation where a fire signal, caused by a break in detection circuit wiring, is permitted. Series27021, 27121, 28021 have normally open contacts rated at 5 A at 125 V, 60 Hz, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 2 A at 24 V dc and 1 A at 48 V dc. Series28041 is the same as Series 28021 except Series 28041 has a thicker outside shell. Specific models are listed below.

Line Type Heat Sensing Cable. Cable Type 73-200000-003 operates at 220°F (105°C); 73-200000-001 and 73-200000-011 operate at145°-158°F (63°-70°C); 73-200000-012 and 73-200000-002 operate at 180°F (82°C); 73-200000-004 operates at 350°F (177°C); and73-200000-005 operates at 452°F (233°C). Each cable is a continuous line type open circuit detector that shorts when in an alarm condition.Max rating for all cables is 1 A, 110 V dc. Spacing guide: parallel cable runs should not be more than 20 ft (6 m) apart. Note: the Types73-200000-004 and 73-200000-005 are intended for proximity detection only.

Models 27020-0, -1, -2, -9, 27021-0, -1, -2 are for horizontal mounting. Operating temperature available at 140°, 160°, 190°, 225°, 275° or325°F (60°, 71°, 88°, 107°, 135° or 163°C). Models 27020-0 and 27021-0 are for horizontal flush mounting for concealed wiring. Model27020-1 is limited to 30 V ac or dc when used with exposed wiring. Models 27021-1 and 27020-9 are limited to 5 A at 30 V ac, 2 A at 24 V dcwhen used with exposed wiring.

Models 70-202006-020, -021, -030, -031, -040, -041. The -020, -030 and -040 units are rate-compensated 140°F (60°C) thermal detectors;-021, -031 and -041 units are rate-compensated at 190°F (88°C) detectors. The -030, -031, -040 and -041 units are used with 70-20100-001,-002, -004 and -101 smoke detector bases; -020 and -021 units are used with the 70-20100-001, -002 and -101 bases. The operating voltagerange is 10 to 40 V dc. The units have normally open contacts rated at 5 A at 125 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 2 A at 24 V dc and 1 A at 48 V dc.

Models 27120-22, 27120-222, 27121-20, 28020-3, 28020-203, 28021-5 are suitable for Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups A, B, C and Dand Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations when installed according to the National Electrical Code®. Models27120-0, 27120-200, 27121-0, 28021-0, 28021-11, -12 and -13 are suitable for Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D and Class II,Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations when installed according to the National Electrical Code®. Operating temperaturesavailable at 140°, 160°, 190°, 210°, 225°, 275°, 325°, 360°, 450°, 500°, 600° or 725°F (60°, 71°, 88°, 99°, 107°, 135°, 163°, 182°, 232°, 260°,316° or 385°C).

Models 27120-0, -200, -22, -222 and 27121-0, -20 with temperature settings of 140°, 160°, 190° and 225°F (60°, 71°, 88° and 107°C) aresuitable for outdoor use (NEMA 3 rating) when mounted on Killark outlet box VLJX-1, cover VJH-1 and gasket VBNB.

Spacing guide for all types: 25 by 25 ft (8 by 8 m) max.

Kidde Fire Protection Ltd, Belvue Rd, Northolt Middlesex UB5 5QW EnglandAlarmLine Heat Detection System. Consists of line type sensing cable and series 4 LHD interface module P/N K82194. Cables consist of

four 26 AWG solid copper conductors covered with a negative temperature coefficient material, insulated by a sheath of high temperature PVC(‘‘Standard Sensor Cable’’ P/N K82017) or PVC with nylon jacket (‘‘Nylon Coated Sensor’’ P/N K82021). A version with a protective outerweave of phosphor bronze braid is available for applications requiring abrasion protection (‘‘Bronze Braided Sensor’’ P/N K82078). Cableconsists of four copper conductors. Pairs of conductors are joined at one end of the cable; the other end connects to the interface module.Each cable is self-restoring, up to 257°F (125°C), depending on time of exposure to high temperature. The alarm temperature is set by a12-position alarm trip switch on the interface module. Nylon sheathed cable is recommended for low temperature installations (less than 0°F[-17°C]); however, installation and repair of the cable must be done at temperatures of 32°F (0°C) and higher. Each K82194 interface moduleis suitable for indoor use and for a temperature range of -13° to 122°F (-25° to 50°C), requires 24 V dc power, provide LEDs and a test switchfor alarm and fault and is equipped with alarm and trouble relay contacts for connection to the initiating device circuit of the Approved fire alarmcontrol panel. Maximum spacing for Alarmline cable for open area protection is 30 ft (9 m).

King-Fisher Co, 2350 Foster Ave, Wheeling IL 60090See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.

Mine Safety Appliances Co, Safety Products Div, Box 439, Pittsburgh PA 15230Thermotect Fixed-Temperature Detector. P/N 459769, 133°F (56°C); P/N 459770, 190°F (88°C). Special purpose fire-detecting thermostats

designed for alarm signaling in coal mines. Designed to be snap-locked on No. 16 AWG insulated pair, twisted copper stranded wire. Operatesat fixed temperatures of 133° and 190°F (56° and 88°C). Normally open, self-restoring contacts rated for 6 A at 125 V ac, 1.0 A at 125 V dc,and 3 A at 6-28 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.

Notifier, A Pittway Co, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472Heat Detector. Models HD-601, -602 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Models HD-602, -622 are combi-

nation rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Models HD-601, -621, -602, -622, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. ModelsHD-603, -623 are fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Models HD-604, -624 are fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20by 20 ft (6 by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at6-125 V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.

Protectowire Co, Box 200, Hanover MA 02339Types P, WPP, WFR, EPC, EPN and EPR fixed temperature, heat-sensitive cable for area heat detection. Rated operating temperatures

are: regular, 155°F (68°C); intermediate, 190°F (88°C); high, 280°F (138°C). Types EPC, EPN and EPR also have an extra high, 356°F(180°C) which is intended for proximity detection only. Rated for 30 V ac, 42 V dc. Spacing guide for all but the ‘‘extra high’’ cables: 25 × 25 ft(7.6 × 7.6 m).

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932Fixed-Temperature Detector. Model DT-11, factory set to operate at 135°F (57°C). Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 27.0 V dc. Spacing

guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) max. To be used with the following 2-wire bases and accessories: DB-11 and DB-3S (using Model DB-ADPTadapter) bases, Models RLC-11 and RLW-11 remote alarm lamps, Models RSAC-11 and RSAW-11 remote sensitivity and alarm indicatorsand Model RR-11 remote alarm relay with a set of contacts rated at 30.0 V dc, 2.5 A and 125 V ac, 2.5 A.

The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detector and its 2-wire bases: Siemens Building TechnologiesInc System 3, CP-400, SXL, IXL, MXL and CP-2ER.

(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.)

Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf SwitzerlandCerberus® FibroLaser II linear heat detection system for road and railway tunnels. NOTE: This system may not comply with all

requirements of NFPA 72-1999 which would be applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America.The sensor consists of 8 mm (0.3 in) diameter fiber optic cable (standard), but can be 5 mm (0.2 in) diameter as an option. The maximumlength of the cable is 4,000 m (13,120 ft). The operating temperature of the cable is 58°C (136°F). An evaluation unit acts as the interface


between the sensor and a compatible Approved fire alarm control, from which it receives its operating power from the initiating device circuit.The system operates from 22-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The FibroLaser II system is suitable for ceiling temperatures from -10° to 35°C (14°to 95°F) for the cable, and ambient temperatures of 0°C (32°F) to 40°C (104°F) for the evaluation unit.

Simplex Time Recorder Co, 100 Simplex Dr, Westminster MA 01441-0001Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector. Types 4255-1, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); 4255-2, 190°F (88°C).

Operating contacts normally open. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9by 9 m) max. Prefix EPB indicates explosionproof assembly, prefix WPB indicates weatherproof assembly, suffix -M indicates moistureproofassembly. EPB assembly is suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardouslocations.

Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector. Model IHC-160, factory set to operate at 160°F (71°C); Model IHC-210, 210°F(99°C) and Model IHC-135, 135°F (57°C). Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current of 53 to 57 µA. Spacing guide:30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. To be used with the following bases: Models IBC-350, IBC-351 two-wire and Model IBC-352 for two- and four-wireinstallations with an alarm relay with two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc. The following two-wire controls are compatible with thesubject conventional detectors (IHC-160, -135, - 210) and its two-wire bases (IBC-350, -351, -352): Gamewell Flex 300, Faraday MPC-2000,Simplex Autocall Firequest 200, Firequest 100-24, TFX-500, TFX-800, MP400, AP400, Merlin MP400, Federal Signal FireLarm 2000,FireLarm 4000, FireLarm 6000 and FireLarm 8000.

Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector, model 612H and Fixed Temperature models 622H and 632H. Models 612H and622H factory set to operate at 135°F (57°C). Model 632H factory set to operate at 200°F (93°C). Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc,with the standby current of 60 to 150 µA. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (4.6 by 4.6 m) max. To be used with the following bases: models 4B and6B, either with or without 600RBA Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors:Simplex TFX series -400, -500, and -800 controls.

Series 2098 Heat Detector. Model 2098-9433 is combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Model 2098-9444 iscombination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Models 2098-9443, -9444, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Model2098-9445 is fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Model 2098-9446 is fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac,1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.

Series 2098 Heat Detector. Model 2098-9495 is combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Spacing guide: Model2098-9495, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. (IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG — 841-848/E. Heat Detector. Models 2098-9495, -9496, -9497, -9498.)

Series 4098 Heat Detector. Models 4098-9401, -9407 are fixed temperature 135°F (57°C). Models 4098-9403, -9409 are fixed temperature200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 4098-9401, -9407, -9403, -9409; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max. Models 4098-9402, -9408 are combination fixedtemperature and rate-of-rise 135°F (57°C). Models 4098-9404, -9410 are combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 200°F (93°C).Spacing guide: 4098-9402, -9408, -9404, -9410; 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Models 4098-9401, -9402, 9403, -9404 are direct wire units:Models 4098-9407, -9408, -9409, -9410 are used with Model 2098-9211 base. All 4098-94XX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’For use with the following Simplex Controls: Life Alarm 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100 Series and 4020-8001.

Fire Detection Heat Detector. Model 2098-9438, combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C); Model 2098-9450, com-bination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C); Model 2098-9451, combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 194°F (90°C);Model 2098-9452, fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C); Model 2098-9453, fixed-temperature, 194°F (90°C). Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9m) max.

Fixed-Temperature Detector. Types 4255-3, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); 4255-4, 190°F (88°C). Operating contacts normallyopen. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m)max.

Fire Detecting Thermostat. For use with Simplex Life Alarm Series 2001, 2120 alarm signaling systems. Cat. Nos. 2098-9468, -9470rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C); Cat. Nos. 2098-9469, -9471 rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 194°F (90°C). Electricalratings 3.0 A at 6-125 V ac; 1.0 A at 6-24 V dc; 0.3 A at 125 V dc; 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m).

Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Models 4265, 4266. Fixed-temperature. 135°F (57°C) or 200°F (93°C). Contacts rated 0.3 A at 250 V dc, 1.0A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide for 135°F (57°C) detectors is 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m); for 200°F (93°C)detectors, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m).

All 2098-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by a ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’4098-96XX(E) Heat Detector. Models 4098-9612(E) fixed temperature 135°F (57°C), 4098-9614(E) fixed temperature 200°F (93°C).

Spacing guide: 4098-9612(E), -9614(E); 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max. Models 4098-9613(E) combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise135°F (57°C), 4098-9615(E) combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 4098-9613(E), -9615(E); 30 by 30 ft(9 by 9 m) max. Models 4098-9612(E), -9613(E), -9614(E), -9615(E) are used with Models 4098-9788(E), -9683(E), -9684(E) bases in 2-wirecircuits where the current is limited by the fire alarm control panel or model 4098-9682(E) base in 4-wire circuits with separate power(20.4-26.4V dc) and signaling connections. P/N 2098-9737 EOL relay must be used in 4-wire applications to supervise the power wiring.Model 4098-9830 remote LED may be used with 4098-9684(E) base. All 4098-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’ For 2-wireuse with the following Simplex Controls: Life Alarm 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100, 4004, 4005 and 4020-8001. (See Simplex installation instructionsfor compatibility detail.)

System Sensor, Div of Honeywell, 3825 Ohio Ave, Saint Charles IL 60174Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detector. Model 5451, and 54-51A factory-set to operate at 135°F (57.2°C), 15 to 35 V dc,

Model 5451EIS, factory-set to operate at 140°F (60°C), 15 to 28 V dc used with Models B401 or B401B bases. For use with Approvedcompatible control panels capable of providing power to the detectors via the detection circuit. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.Model RA400Z remote annunciator available for remote alarm indication. See also HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT inseparate Electrical Equipment volume.

Fixed Temperature Detector. Model 4451HT and 4451HTA, factory-set to operate at 190°F (88°C), 15 to 35 V dc with Models B401 orB401B bases. For use with Approved compatible control panels capable of providing power to the detectors via the detection circuit. Spacingguide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) max. Model RA400Z remote annunciator available for remote alarm indication. The Model No. may befollowed by the suffix ‘‘A.’’

3 S Inc, 607 Redna Terrace, Cincinnati OH 45215Fyr-Optic. Model S8600. Proximity type heat detector for indoor application. Consists of S8611 controller using Fyr-Optic hard clad silica

optical fiber with SMA connectors (P/N 455-0003) and bulkhead splice connectors (P/N 455-0005), S8621 power supply, S8631 two controllerterminal board, and S8641 interconnecting cables. The S8611 provides alarm, trouble and supervisory contacts for supervision by acompatible Approved control panel. Secondary power for 24 hour standby may be provided by storage batteries (S8650 battery pack 6.5 -60 AH) and S8621 power supply. Fusible fiber rated for operation at approximately 800°F (425°C).

DetectorPart No.

Length ft(m)

455-0010 8(2.4)

455-0017 13.5(4.0)


DetectorPart No.

Length ft(m)

455-0025 2(0.6)

455-0026 4(1.2)

455-0027 33(10.0)

455-0028 33(10.0)

455-0030 50(15.2)

455-0031 33(10.0)

Note: The fiber optic cable and detection circuits, when used with the S8611 controller, will not provide sufficient energy, either electrical or thermal, to cause ignitionand are, therefore, suitable for installation in Classes I, II and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G hazardous locations, as intrinsically safe devices.

TEPG-US, 91 Technology Dr, Westminster MA 01441430XXX Heat Detector. Models 430565 and 430699 combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 135°F (57°C), 430566 and 430700

combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Models 430565, 430566, 430699,and 430700 are used with models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703 bases in 2-wire circuits where the current is limitedby the fire alarm control panel. Model 430572 and 430704 remote LED may be used with Models 430570 and 430703 bases. For 2-wire usewith the following Approved controls: Ansul Autopulse Z-10 and Z-28, Pyro-Chem Triton RP and RPA.

Thermotech Inc, 2900 N 1000 West, Ogden UT 84414Series 302. Fixed temperature heat detectors with either 135° or 194°F (57° or 90°C) rating. Rate compensation feature reduces thermal

lag. Models 302, 302-ET, 302-AW for vertical mounting, 302-H for horizontal mounting. Operating contacts normally open. Contacts rated for5 A at 6-125 V ac; 1 A at 6-25 V dc; 0.5 A at 125 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.

Thorn Security Ltd, Security House, The Summit, Hanworth Rd, Sunbury-on-Thames TW16 5DB EnglandCombination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector, Model 612H and Fixed Temperature Models 622H and 632H. Models 612H and

622H factory set to operate at 135°F (57°C). Model 632H factory set to operate at 200°F (93°C). Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc,with the standby current of 60 to 150 µA. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (4.6 by 4.6 m) max. To be used with the following bases: Models 4B and6B, either with or without 600RBA Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors:Grinnell TFX series -400, -500, and -800 controls.

The Viking Corp, 210 N Industrial Park Rd, Hastings MI 49058Firecycle-OH Detector Model C. P/Ns 11723, 11724, 11725, 11726, 11727, 11728, 11729, and 11730. These devices are self-restoring

heat-actuated switches. Rate-compensated operation reduces thermal lag. All the models have normally closed contacts rated at 5 A at 125 V,60 Hz, 0.5 A at 125 V dc; these are suitable for installation where a fire signal, caused by a break in detection circuit wiring, is permitted.Operating temperature available at 140°, 160°, 190°, and 225°F (60°, 71°, 88°, and 107°C). Models 11723, 11724, 11725, and 11726 are flushmount detectors for concealed wiring, while Models 11727, 11728, 11729, and 11730 are surface mount detectors limited to 30 V ac or dcwhen used with exposed wiring.

Fire Detection, Smoke-Actuated

Approved smoke actuated devices respond to airborne particulate products of combustion.The photoelectric principle is based on the change in current which accompanies a change in light intensity on a

photoelectric cell as a result of smoke entering the detector. The beam type version has the light source andphotoelectric cell separated in the protected area.

The ionization type detector ionizes the air in special chambers within the detector. Particles entering the exposedchamber decrease the normal ionization current.

Air-sampling detectors have ambient air drawn from the protected area into a chamber containing the sensingelement.

Air duct smoke detectors are for the primary purpose of controlling blowers and dampers of air conditioning andventilating systems to prevent distribution of smoke and gaseous products; they should not be used as a substitutefor open area detection.

Unless otherwise indicated in the listing, the permissible air velocity range for duct type detectors is 250 to 1500ft/min (75 to 455 m/min) and up to 300 ft/min (90 m/min) for open area detectors.

A ‘‘smoke switch’’ is fail-safe in that loss of power to the device causes the same switching operation as whensmoke is detected.

Average coverage should not exceed 900 ft2 (84 m2) per detector. Reduced coverage is recommended beneathhigh ceilings and for high air flow areas such as computer rooms.

These devices are suitable for use in ambients of 32°-100°F (0°-38°C) unless otherwise indicated in the listing.Installation, testing, and maintenance by trained personnel are recommended.

ADT Security Services Inc, One Town Center Rd, Boca Raton FL 33486Model 3535 Beam-Type Smoke Detection System. Consists of transmitter Model 3535-001, receiver Model 3535-002, Unimode Model

4520-020 control module. For area coverage where beam length does not exceed 328 ft (100 m). Max lateral coverage beneath a ceiling is30 ft (9 m) on either side of beam. System is installed with center line of the beam parallel to and not more than 20 in. (0.5 m) below the ceiling.Min beam distance is 4.6 ft (1.4 m) for alarm at 4% ft (13.1% m) or less obscuration unless sensitivity is increased. Factory set sensitivity at16% obscuration. The 4520-020 control module provides 12 V dc at 50 mA power to the receiver and transmitter via a supervised loop;microprocessor-based circuitry provides self adjustment for environmental changes.

Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models 3516, powered by 120 V, 60 Hz; 3517, powered by 20-27 V dc. Model 3518 remote test/annunciatorstation available as an accessory.


Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 3521-100, -200 powered by 10-30 V dc, 30 mA max alarm current via base assembly Models3521-002, -012, -017. May be used with remote alarm indicator Model 3525-027.

Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models 3527-301, -401 powered by 10-30 V dc, 30 mA max alarm current. Model 3527-401 may be used withremote test station Model 3529-002. Model 3527-301 may be used with remote alarm indicator Model 3525-027.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 3531-100, 24 V dc, 300 mA. Used with mounting base 3531-022 or -023. Model 3531-023 has relaycontacts rated for 0.25 A at 24 V dc. The detector and bases require an external 24 V dc power supply and are used with Approved controlunits having detection circuits capable of providing power to the smoke detector.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 3525-027, Model 3534-xxxxx with the first x digit being either 2 (two wire) or 4 (four wiredetector). Additional suffix indications are as follows: A, operating voltage 6-15 V dc; C, operating voltage 10-30 V dc; CS, operating voltage12-30 V dc; D, operating voltage 120 V ac; F, operating voltage 15-30 V dc; H, 135°F (57°C) isolated heat sensor; T, 135°F (57°C) integralheat sensor; S, integral sounder; R, auxiliary Form C alarm contacts 2 A rated. A Model 3534-032 or -033 or -034 EOL power supervision relayis required when using Model 3534-4xxxx detectors. The -032 is used with suffix A models, the -033 with suffix C or CS, and the -034 withsuffix D models.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. -034 with suffix D models. Models 3536-611, -611T have an operating range of 10-30 V dc and areused with either Model 3536-601 or -602 detector bases. Model 3536-602 base has an auxiliary alarm relay with contacts rated 1 A at 30 V dc.

Ionization Type power to smoke detector. Model 3536-612 has an operating range of 10-30 V dc and is used with either Model 3536-601or -602 detector bases. Model 3536-602 base has an auxiliary alarm relay with contacts rated 1 A at 30 V dc.

See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for this manufacturer.

AirSense Technology Limited, 1 Oak House, Knowl Piece, Wilbury Way, Hitchin, Hertfordshire, SG4 0TY EnglandStratos HSSD MTC 4Q2 smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interface board.

The Stratos HSSD MTC 4Q2 smoke detector consists of a one-zone master and up to three optional one-zone slave detectors, each with foursampling pipe inlets. The master and slaves each have a housing, sampling fan, detector, and terminal board with firmware version 3.4. Thedetector has a sensitivity range of 0.015%/ft to 0.6%/ft (0.05%/m to 2%/m). The Stratos HSSD MTC 4Q2 operates from 120 or 240 V acprimary power and is provided with two 6 V, and up to 100 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from anexternal power source. It is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling pipingnetwork must be installed.

Stratos QUADRA HSSD four area smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interfaceboard. The Stratos QUADRA HSSD smoke detector consists of a controller, four internal detectors, a display and a power supply. There arefour sampling pipe inlets, one for each detector, and the max sampling pipe length is 200 m. The firmware version is 1.1. The availablesensitivity range is 0.25%/m to 10%/m (0.07%/ft to 3%/ft). The Stratos QUADRA HSSD operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power andis provided with two 6 V and up to 36 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source.It is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.

Stratos HSSD2 aspirating type high sensitivity smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the standard relaycontacts on the terminal board of the detector. The system consists of a standard HSSD2 detector, or a network with a command module andconnected standard detectors. Each detector can accommodate up to four sampling pipe inlets. The firmware version is 1.4 for the commandmodule and 1.8 for the standard detector. The detector has a sensitivity range is 0.01%/ft (0.003 dB/m) to 4%/ft (1.2 dB). The Stratos HSSD2operates from 120 V ac primary power supplied by the UPS-24 (Altronix AL300ULX) power supply. Secondary power is from two 12 V ac,26 AH batteries for 24 hours. It is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of 14°F to 140°F (-10°C to 60°C). A balanced samplingpiping network must be installed.

Stratos Micra aspirating type high sensitivity smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the standard relaycontacts on the terminal board of the detector. Each detector is equipped with one sampling pipe inlet. The firmware version is 1.7. Thedetector has a sensitivity range is 0.01%/ft (0.003 dB/m) to 4%/ft (1.2 dB). The Stratos Micra operates from 21.6 to 26.4 V dc supplied by theUPS-24 (Altronix AL300ULX) power supply (120 V ac). Secondary power is from two 12 V dc, 26 AH batteries for 24 hours. It is suitable forindoor use only in ambient temperatures of 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.

Apollo Fire Detectors Ltd, 36 Brookside Rd, Havant Hampshire P09 1JR EnglandPhotoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Series 60A, P/N 55000-350, -351. Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current

from 30 to 45 µA. Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) with temperatures from -5°F to 140°F (-20.5° to 60°C).To be used with the following bases: P/N 45681-200, -220, two-wire; P/N 45681-227, for two- and four-wire installations with an alarm relaywith two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Series 60A, P/N55000-250, -251. Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current from30 to 45 µA. Temperature range 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). To be used with the following bases: P/N 45681-200, -220, two-wire; P/N45681-227, for two- and four-wire installations with an alarm relay with two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.

The following two-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors (60A, P/N 55000-250, -350) and its two-wire bases(60A, P/N 45681-200, -220, -227): Gamewell Flex 300, Faraday MPC-2000, Thorn Autocall Firequest 200, Firequest 100-24, TFX-500,TFX-800, MP400, AP400, Merlin MP400, Federal Signal FireLarm 2000, FireLarm 4000, FireLarm 6000 and FireLarm 8000.

Duct Type Photoelectric Smoke Detector. Model P270-2000PL is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on thesensing board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 100 to 4000 feet per min (0.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The detectoroperates from 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The P270-2000PL contains threerelays: supervisory or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @250 V ac), and alarm relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detectors is 23° to 131°F (-5° to 55°C).

Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. DS250, DS250TH, DS260 used with 2-wire mounting bases MB2W and MB2WL and 4-wire bases

MB4W, MB4WA and MB4WE; 2-wire bases are for 8.5 to 33 V dc operation and 4-wire models for 10 to 30 V dc operation. The combinationsof DS250 and DS250TH with 2-wire bases (MB2W or MB2WL) are compatible with the following Approved controls: Ademco 5140XM,Faraday MPC2000, FCI FC-72, Fire-Lite MS424A, MS4824, Sensiscan 1000, First Alert FA1500C, Potter PFC-100R, PFC-2000R, PFC-2000RC, Radionics D7112, D8112 and D9112.Beam Type Smoke Detector. Models DS240, DS240-CAN, DS241 and DS241-CAN using software Rev. V2.53. The DS240 and DS240-CANdetectors operate at 18 to 32 V dc; the receiver draws 45 mA in standby and 60 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20 mA. The DS241 andDS241-CAN detectors operate at 10.2 to 15 V dc; the receiver draws 50 mA in standby and 75 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20 mA.The detectors must be connected to an Approved control providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling. The detectors’ thresholdsensitivity is field selectable from 20 to 70% beam obscuration, in 10% increments with switch settings at 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, the detectorshave an inherent time delay which require the smoke level to be greater than the threshold setting for 30 (+/-2 sec) before an alarm isannunciated with switch settings at 0 and 1, the alarm response is 5 sec. Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas)with temperatures from -22° to 130°F (-30° to 54°C). The beam length can be from 30 to 350 ft (10 to 110 m).


Carrier Corp, Replacement Component Division, Building TR-2, Route 298, Syacuse NY 13221Duct Type Iodization Smoke Detector. Model P270-2000PI is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on the sensing

board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The detector operates from24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The P270-2000PI contains three relays: supervisoryor trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @ 250 V ac), and alarm relay(form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detector is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The detector can be used with an optionalmodel SSK451 multi-signaling accessory module with or without an optional PS24LO (or PS24LOW) strobe attachment.

CHEMETRON Fire Systems, 4801 Southwick Dr, 3rd Floor, Matteson IL 60443Chemetronics IFD Incipient Fire Detector. Stock No. 7-010-0490. Continuously samples four zones: ten sampling heads (pick-ups) max per

zone. Air samples are sequentially conditioned by a cloud chamber which renders the particulate products of combustion visible for photo-electric detection. Alarm sensitivity adjustable from 0.2% (0.027 dB/M, 250,000 particles/ml) to 0.5%/ft (0.067 dB/M, 500,000 particles/ml)obscuration depending on value of range resistor used. Detector must be supervised by an Approved compatible control panel; 120 V ac, 60Hz, 60 watt primary and secondary power sources required. Secondary power may be provided by storage batteries with an inverter or byemergency power generator(s).

CLASS High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD) for use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls providing separate circuits fordetector power and alarm signaling. This system includes one detector/housing configuration, Standard (0.0025 -1%/m), P/N 70101109. Thesensitivity ranges are divided into 20 settings. The Standard detectors are factory default set for a mid-range setting of 0.061%/ft (0.2%/m).The sensitivity setting may be field altered by means of a computer running CCS software. The detector may include one LCD display moduleP/N 70101110 mounted either locally in the Detector enclosure, or remotely on a standard 2-gang electrical box. The optional Display Modulecan provide a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels. Each detector is pre-programmed with firmware Version 101AS. The P/N70101111 Self-Contained power supply and battery bank, providing 4 hours of back up, can be used as the primary supply. Two independent,field selectable (via CCS) alarm set points, and two pre-alarm set points, indicated by the optional LCD Display, are used to set thresholdlevels for alarm/pre-alarm annunciation. The Detector has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm/pre-alarm level and a common troublerelay. The Chemetron SPEC program is used to set up the system-piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line. (See separatelisting for SPEC). The Multi-Zone Power Supply Module (P/N 70101114) operates from 120/240 V ac primary power and is housed in theMulti-Zone Power Supply Enclosure (P/N 70101113) which provides space for two 12 V, 33 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary powerfor up to eight detectors (zones). Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Chemetron SPEC Computer program for use with high sensitivity aspirating type smoke detection systems as referenced in the smokedetection system listing. This program allows a designer to lay out, via a graphical interface, an engineered system that is dynamicallybalanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. Sampling pipe system components are selectable from a series of menus presentedby the software. The program calculates the transport time from each sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit timefrom the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; min suction pressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling ports is 100. Thepiping network that is calculated by the SPEC program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the SPEC programis not used, a balanced piping network must be installed.

Detection Systems Inc, 130 Perinton Pkwy, Fairport NY 14450Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. DS250, DS250TH, DS260 used with 2-wire mounting bases MB2W and MB2WL and 4-wire bases

MB4W, MB4WA and MB4WE; 2-wire bases are for 8.5 to 33 V dc operation and 4-wire models for 10 to 30 V dc operation. The combinationsof DS250 and DS250TH with 2-wire bases (MB2W or MB2WL) are compatible with the following Approved controls: Ademco 5140XM,Faraday MPC2000, FCI FC-72, Fire-Lite MS424A, MS4824, Sensiscan 1000, First Alert FA1500C, Potter PFC-100R, PFC-2000R, PFC-2000RC, Radionics D7112, D8112 and D9112.

Beam Type Smoke Detector. Models DS240, DS240-CAN, DS241 and DS241-CAN using software Rev. V2.53. The DS240 and DS240-CAN detectors operate at 18 to 32 V dc; the receiver draws 45 mA in standby and 60 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20 mA. The DS241and DS241-CAN detectors operate at 10.2 to 15 V dc; the receiver draws 50 mA in standby and 75 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20mA. The detectors must be connected to an Approved control providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling. The detectors’threshold sensitivity is field selectable from 20 to 70% beam obscuration, in 10% increments with switch settings at 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, thedetectors have an inherent time delay which require the smoke level to be greater than the threshold setting for 30 (+/-2 sec) before an alarmis annunciated with switch settings at 0 and 1, the alarm response is 5 sec. Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas)with temperatures from -22° to 130°F (-30° to 54°C). The beam length can be from 30 to 350 ft (10 to 110 m).

Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT.) Units may bear the name brands and

model designations shown below.Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Edwards/EST Model 6249B/C and Mirtone Model 73494U with integral base. Edwards/EST Model

6250B/C used with one of the following bases: 6251B/C-001, -001A, 6249B/C-001, 6251B/C-003 or -004 with auxiliary relay. Mirtone Model73495U used with either the Model 73486U base or 73487U base with auxiliary relay. Models 6249B, 6250B and Mirtone Models 73494Uand 73495U operating range 16-29 V dc. Models 6249C and 6250C operating range 16-26 V dc.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Edwards/EST Models 6269B/C and 6269B/C-003; Edwards Models 2430B and 2432B; and MirtoneModels 73575U and 73576U, all with integral base. Edwards/EST Models 6270B/C and 6270B/C-003 used with one of the following bases:6251B/C-001, -001A, 6249B/C-001,6251B/C-003 or -004 with auxiliary relay. Mirtone Models 73595U and 73596U used with either the Model73486U base or 73487U base with auxiliary relay. Models 6270B/C-003; 6269B/C-003; 2430B; 2432B; 73595U; 73596U; 73575U; and73576U with 135°F (57°C) heat sensor. Models 6269B and 6270B; 2430B; 2432B; 73595U; 73596U; 73575U; and 73576U operating range16-29 V dc. Models 6269C and 6270C operating range 16-26 V dc.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detectors. Models EDW2112/24AITRA are 4-wire photoelectric smoke detectors with heat sensor. Voltage rating10-35 V dc. Standby current 50 µA max, alarm current dependent on operating voltage. Must be used with Approved control panels providingseparate circuits for power and for alarm detection. Alarm contacts are rated 1.0 A @ 30 V dc on all models. Have supplemental 135°F (57°C)heat sensors and an auxiliary Form C dry contact rated 1.0A @ 30 V dc; the auxiliary relay is activated by thermal alarm only.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW2151A operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providingpower via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-50°C).

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW2400A operates at 12 or 24 V dc. Draws 120 µA standby current. The max alarm currentdraw 100 mA; Must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. A set of Form A contactsfacilitate connection to the alarm initiating circuit.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW2451A operates at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providingpower via the detection circuit and which limit the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C).Ionization TypeSmoke Detector. Model EDW1151A operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc. Used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via thedetection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Model EDW1151A operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C).

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW1400A is a two-wire type device which operates at 12 or 24 V dc; Model EDW1412A is afour-wire type detector which operate at 12 V dc. Model EDW1400A draws 100 uA standby, 100 mA when in alarm and must be used withApproved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Model EDW1412A must be used with Approved control panelsthat provide separate circuits for power and alarm detection; a set of Form A contacts, rated at 2.0 A at 30 V dc/ac facilitate connection to the


alarm-initiating circuit. Model EDW1412A draws a max of 77 mA in alarm.Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW1451A operates at 12or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA.Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C).

Duct Type Smoke Detector. Edwards/EST Model 6264B/C ionization smoke detector or 6266B/C photoelectric smoke detector used with6260B/C, 6265B/C-001 or 6265B/C-002 air duct detector housing. 6264B/C operates in air velocities from 400-4000 ft/min. (120-1220m/min.). 6264C operates in air velocities from 30-2000 ft/min. (9-610 m/min.). 6266B/C operates in air velocities from 300-4000 ft/min.(90-1210 m/min.). 6254B/C-001 optional power supply rated at 120 V ac input, 24 V dc output. 6256B/C smoke alarm indicator provides onealarm LED (rated 15 mA/22 V dc). 6262B/C-001 alarm indicator/test station supplies one alarm LED (rated 15 mA/22 V dc) and a test/resetswitch (rated 100 mA/24 V dc). 6254B/C-003 fire alarm relay module supplies one Form C and one Form A relay contact rated 5 A/115 V ac,28 V dc. Models 6264B and 6266B operating range 16-29 V dc. Models 6264C and 6266C operating range 16-26 V dc.

U.S. version (suffix ‘‘B’’) and Canadian version (suffix ‘‘C’’) differ in marking and sensitivity calibration.

Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp, 704 S 10th St, Blue Springs MO 64015Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 63-1007 detector used with 67-1010 or 67-1027 base. Rated voltage is 15-33 V dc.Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 67-1016 detector used with 67-1017 or 67-1028 base. Detector operates on 15-33 V dc and must

be connected to Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit.Photoelectric Type Duct Smoke Detector models 63-030 and 63-031. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocities

from 400-4000 ft/min. (122-1220 m/min.). The detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.5 to 3.5 %/ft (0.2 to 0.5 dB/m)obscuration.

Ionization Type Duct Smoke Detector models 67-029 and 67-030. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocities from400-4000 ft/min (122-1220 m/min). The detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.7 to 1.4 %/ft (0.1 to 0.2 dB/m) obscuration.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 63-032. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color. Model 63-032 used with Approved compatible controlpanels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Rated voltage is 8 to 35 V dc. The detector responds to smoke levels corre-sponding to 1.50 to 3.50 %/ft (0.21 to 0.49 dB/m) obscuration.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. 63-1024 used with 67-1036 and 67-1037 4-inch bases, 67-1034, 67-1035, and 63-1012 6-inch bases.Rated voltage is 15 to 30 VDC. The 63-1024 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.20 %/ft (0.21 to 0.47 dB/m) obscuration.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. 67-1033 used with 67-1036 and 67-1037 4-inch bases, 67-1034, 67-1035, and 63-1012 6-inch bases.Rated voltage is 15 to 30 VDC. The 67-1033 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.67 to 1.40 %/ft (0.09 to 0.20 dB/m) obscuration.

Fire Control Instruments Inc, 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models 301DH-2, 301DH-4. These detectors use either the Model 301P photoelectric or Model 301I-DH

ionization type smoke detector head. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 300 to 4000 ft/min. The Model 301DH-2operates from 8.5 to 35 V dc and must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit which limitsthe alarm current to 100 mA. The Model 301DH-4 unit operates from 20 to 29 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac or 220/240 V ac. The alarm connectionsof the Model 301DH-4 must be connected to the initiating circuit of an Approved compatible control. Model RTS451 test station is used toconduct field testing of these detectors. The Model APA451 annunciator is used with the Model 301DH-4 for audible alarm annunciation whena control panel is not used (for NFPA 90A applications). Operating temperature of the detectors is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 301I. Two-wire device operates at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable ofproviding power via the detection circuit, and which limit the alarm current to 100 mA. Used with Model 301B, 301B4, 301B4AC bases. ModelD-RA remote annunciator can be used for supplemental visual annunciation of alarm.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CPD7021 used with Nos. CPD-001, -002, -003, -005, -101 mounting base assemblies for 15-40V dc operation. All bases suitable for use with Approved fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; base CPD-101 also suitablefor four-wire initiating circuit operation.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models SBS-1101, -1102. Model SBS-1101 is a two-wire type device which operates at 12 or 24 V dc;Model SBS-1102 is a four-wire type detector which operates at 24 V dc. Model SBS-1101 draws 100 uA standby, 100 mA when in alarm andmust be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Model SBS-1102 must be used with Approvedcontrol panels that provide separate circuits for power and alarm detection; a set of Form A contacts facilitate connection to the alarm-initiatingcircuit. Model SBS-1102 draws a max of 40.6 mA in alarm.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 301P, 301PT. Two-wire devices which operate at 12 or 24 V dc are used with Approved controlpanels capable of providing power via the detection circuit, and which limit the alarm current to 100 mA. Suffix T indicates supplemental 135°F(57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Used with Model 301B, 301B4, 301B4AC bases. Model D-RA remote annunciator can be used forsupplemental visual annunciation of alarm.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SBS-1201, -1201T. Two-wire devices which operate at 12 or 24 V dc and draw 120 uA standbycurrent. The max alarm current draw of the detectors is 100 mA. These detectors must be used with Approved control panels capable ofproviding power via the detection circuit. Suffix T indicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SBS-1202, -1202T, -1202H/T, -1202H/IT. Four-wire devices which operate at 24 V dc and draw120 uA standby current. The alarm current draw of the detectors is as follows: Models SBS-1202, -1202T draw 40.6 mA; Models SBS-1202H/T, -1202H/IT draw 43 mA. These detectors must be used with Approved control panels providing separate circuits for power and foralarm detection; a set of Form A contacts facilitate connection to the alarm initiating circuit. Suffix T indicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heatdetecting thermostat; suffix H indicates audible alarm indicator [rated 85 dBA at 10 ft (3.1 m)]; Model SBS-1202H/IT has separate alarmcontacts for thermal sensor.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CPD7051 used with mounting base models 2WB, 2WRLT, 2WRB, and 4WRB. Models 2WB and2WRLT for 10.2 to 36.8 V dc operation. Model 2WRLT includes remote indicator and test switch connections. Model 2WRB, for 11.4 to 35V dc operation, includes remote indicator connections, test switch connections and Form C relay contacts. Model 2WRM relay module canbe installed in the 2WRLT base to convert it to 2WRB operation. Model 4WRB, for 16.8 to 30.8 V dc operation, includes remote indicatorconnections, test switch connections, Form C relay contacts and normally open relay contacts for connection to initiating device circuit. Model4WRM relay module may be installed in the 2WRLT or 2WRB bases to convert them to 4WRB operation. Models 2WB, 2WRLT and 2WRBsuitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; Model 4WRB suitable for four-wire initiatingcircuit operation. Model MA-001 adapter for use with detector base for 11.4 to 33.5 V dc operation. Model ST-001 sensitivity tester used withdigital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per foot obscuration.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD7155 and PSD7156 used with mounting base models 2WB, 2WRLT, 2WRB and 4WRB.Models 2WB and 2WRLT for 10.2 to 36.8 V dc operation; 2WRLT includes remote indicator and test switch connections. Model 2WRB, for11.4 to 35 V dc operation, includes remote indicator connections, test switch connections and Form C relay contacts. Model 2WRM relaymodule can be installed in the 2WRLT base to convert it to 2WRB operation. Model 4WRB, for 16.8 to 30.8 V dc operation, includes remoteindicator connections, test switch connections, Form C relay contacts and normally open relay contacts for connection to initiating devicecircuit. Model 4WRM relay module may be installed in the 2WRLT or 2WRB bases to convert them to 4WRB operation. Models 2WB, 2WRLTand 2WRB suitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; Model 4WRB suitable forfour-wire initiating circuit operation. Model MA-001 adapter for use with detector base for 11.4 to 33.5 V dc operation. Model ST-001 sensitivitytester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per foot obscuration.

Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model DH-51 used with Model CPD7051 ionization type smoke detector or Model PSD7155 photoelectric typesmoke detector. Operates at 12.5 to 33.5 V dc or 120 V ac, used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detectioncircuit for 2 wire operation with power provided separate from the detection circuit. Alarm and trouble relay contacts rated for 2 A at 24 V dcor 1 A at 120 V ac. Suitable for use in air velocities from 500-3500 ft/min. (152-1067 m/min.).


Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CP71 with Model CP711, CP712, CP713, CP714, CP715 base assemblies for 15-40 V dc

operation. All bases suitable for use with Approved control panels capable of providing power to detectors via the detection circuit. BaseCP711 also suitable for four-wire initiating circuit operation. Bases differ as to provisions for integral alarm relay and current-limiting resistor.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SD71, SD71T used with Model CP711, CP712, CP713, CP714 mounting base assemblies for18-40 V dc (nominal 24 V dc) operation. Each base is suitable for use with Approved control panels capable of providing power to detectorsvia the detection circuit. Bases differ as to provision for integral alarm relay and current-limiting resistor. Model SD71T includes 135°F (57°C)thermostat.

Fire Sentry Corp, 593 Apollo St, Brea CA 92821VSD-8 Visual Smoke Detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the standard relay contacts on the VSD-8. The VSD

system consists of up to eight VSD-CAM-393 cameras and VSD-HSG-NHS enclosures, networked with the Pentium III Industrial Computer(97021617 or 97020133) with integral 4-Channel Video Digitizer and 16 channel I/O card with dry contact outputs. VSD-8 operating systemsoftware consists of MSDOS version 6.2 and VSD version 4.02. The VSD detector responds to visible smoke only. The VSD-8 PC operatesfrom 120/240 V ac primary power and the remote cameras operate from 12 V dc power from VSD-PSU-10/20A power supply. For NFPA 72applications, both are required to be powered locally via an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) with 24 hour stand-by capacity and power failand trouble contacts monitored by the existing local fire alarm control. The VSD-8 is suitable for 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). This device isintended for use as an automated early warning system and not that of primary protection method except where no other detection methodis suitable. The area monitored is required to be free from obstructions (within the cameras FOV) that would hinder detection capability andof sufficient lighting for the protected area. Adequate lighting levels must be maintained at all times for proper detector operation. Performancebased detection scenarios protected by the VSD system will normally require full scale smoke testing in order to verify that the desired levelof protection has been met at each commissioning.

GE-Interlogix, 12345 SW Leveton Dr, Tualatin OR 97062Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Series 429, Models 429AT, 429C, 429CT, 429CRT and 429CST, suitable for use with compatible

Approved control units capable of providing power via the initiating device circuit. Suffix A indicates an operating voltage of 6.5-20 V dc; Cindicates an operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc; T indicates integral 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector; Rindicates auxiliary relay with Form C contacts rated 2 A at 28 V dc or 120 Vac; S integral sounder. The Series 429 detectors are compatiblewith the following Approved controls: ADEMCO 5140XM, ADT 4519, 4520, Alison A888-MXXX, Edwards 5721, 8500, 8570, FaradayMPC-2000, FAST IRC-3, Federal Signal FireLarm 4000, 6000 8000, FCI FC-72, FC-ID, Fire-Lite MS-424A, SENSISCAN 1000, 2000,Gamewell INS-2, Honeywell Deltanet, Johnson Controls Multiplex 5000, System 5000, Mirtone 7200, 8000, 9200, Notifier System 500,SFP-400, AM2020, Potter Electric Signal PFC-100, PFC-100R, PFC-2000, PFC-2000R, Protectowire ACR-1600, Siemens BuildingTechnologies Inc CP-35, CP-400, IXL, XL-3, Radionics D7112, D8112, D9112, Silent Knight 5207, Simplex 2001, 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100,Spectronix 640, Thorn Firequest 100, 200, KDR-1000.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Series 449, Models 449C, 449CT, 449CRT, 449CST, 449CSRT, 449CSST and 449CTE, for use withApproved controls providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling have operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc. Suffix T indicatesintegral 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector; R indicates auxiliary relay with Form C contacts rated 2 A at 28 V dcor 120 V ac; S integral sounder; SS indicates integral sounder with sensitivity monitoring which sounds to indicate that the detector has driftedoutside the nominal sensitivity window; E indicates built in end of line relay. These detectors are used with power supervision modules 204-6V (operating voltage range of 5.1-15 V dc) and 204-12/24 V (operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc); both have relay contacts rated 2 A at26 V dc or 115 V ac. Models with suffix H have no system alarm signal initiating capability and are therefore not Approved.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. ESL 700 Series, Models 711U, 711UT, 721U, 721UT, 731U, DP721, DP721I, DP721R and DP721Toperating voltage 8.5-33 V dc, suitable for use with compatible Approved control units capable of providing power via the initiating devicecircuit. Models DP721, DP721I, DP721R and DP721T have an additional yellow LED indicating standby condition of the detector. Model711UT has integral rate-of-rise heat detector, Models 721U and DP721I have remote test input and remote alarm/trouble LED output, 721UTand DP721T have integral rate-of-rise heat detector and remote alarm/trouble output; 731U and DP721R have auxiliary relay contacts rated30 V dc, 2 A, 120 V ac, 1 A. Detector base Models 702E and 702U used with all Models, 701E and 701U base used with 711U and DP721detectors, 702RE and 702RU base used with 731U and DP721R detectors. The 700 Series detectors are compatible with the followingApproved controls: ADEMCO 5140XM, ADT 4519, 4520, Alison A888-MXXX, Edwards 5721, 8500, 8570, Faraday MPC-2000, FAST IRC-3,Federal Signal FireLarm 4000, 6000, 8000, FCI FC-72, FC-ID, Fire-Lite MS-424A, SENSISCAN 1000, 2000, Gamewell INS-2, HoneywellDeltanet, Johnson Controls Multiplex 5000, System 5000, Mirtone 7200, 8000, 9200, Notifier System 500, SFP-400, AM2020, Potter ElectricSignal PFC-100, PFC-100R, PFC-2000, PFC-2000R, Protectowire ACR-1600, Siemens Building Technologies Inc CP-35, CP-400, IXL, XL-3,Radionics D7112, D8112, D9112, Silent Knight 5207, Simplex 2001, 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100, Spectronix 640, Thorn Firequest 100, 200,KDR-1000.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. ESL 700 Series. Model 741U and 741UT have alarm relay contacts and remote alarm/trouble output,for use with Approved controls providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling have operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc. Model741UT has integral rate-of-rise heat detector. Used with power supervision Module 204-12/24 V (operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc) anddetector base Model 702E, 702U, 702RE or 702RU.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. ESL 700 Series, Models 712U, 722U, 732U, DI722, DI722I and DI722R operating voltage 8.5-33 V dc,suitable for use with compatible Approved control units capable of providing power via the initiating device circuit. Models DI722, DI722I andDI722R have an additional yellow LED indicating standby condition of the detector. Models 722U and DI722I have remote test input andremote alarm/trouble LED output, 732U and DI722R have auxiliary relay contacts rated 30 V dc, 2 A, 120 V ac, 1 A. Detector base Models702E and 702U used with all Models, 701E and 701U base used with 712U and DI722R detectors, 702RE and 702RU base used with 732Uand DI722R detectors. The 700 Series detectors are compatible with the following Approved controls: ADEMCO 5140XM, ADT 4519, 4520,Alison A888-MXXX, Edwards 5721, 8500, 8570, Faraday MPC-2000, FAST IRC-3, Federal Signal FireLarm 4000, 6000, 8000, FCI FC-72,FC-ID, Fire-Lite MS-424A, SENSISCAN 1000, 2000, Gamewell INS-2, Honeywell Deltanet, Johnson Controls Multiplex 5000, System 5000,Mirtone 7200, 8000, 9200, Notifier System 500, SFP-400, AM2020, Potter Electric Signal PFC-100, PFC-100R, PFC-2000, PFC-2000R,Protectowire ACR-1600, Siemens Building Technologies Inc CP-35, CP-400, IXL, XL-3, Radionics D7112, D8112, D9112, Silent Knight 5207,Simplex 2001, 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100, Spectronix 640, Thorn Firequest 100, 200, KDR-1000.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. ESL 700 Series. Model 742U has alarm relay contacts and remote alarm/trouble output, for use withApproved controls providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling have operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc. Used with powersupervision Module 204-12/24 V (operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc) and detector base Model 702E, 702U, 702RE or 702RU.

Hochiki America Corp, 7051 Village Dr, Suite 100, Buena Park CA 90621Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SLG-24, -24F. Model SLG-24 is used with Model YBC-RL/4 (-1, -2, -3) mounting bases. Model

SLG-24F is used with HS-2, -21, -22, -220, -221, -224, -225 mounting bases (the HS Series designation may have an AL prefix or a D suffix).15-30 V dc, 0.15 A. Used with Approved control units.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SLK-835 and SLK-835H. Used with base models HSB-2(N), -21(N), -200(N), -220(N), -221(N),-224(N) and -225(N). Rated voltage is 8-35 V dc for all base models. Detectors are current limited via all the bases except the 200N model.For the detector/200N combination, alarm current must be limited by the control. Bases with the suffix ‘‘N’’ are polarity reversed. Compatiblewith Fire Control Instruments FC-72 control.


Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SLK-24F, -24FB, -24FBC, -24FH, -24FHC, -24FL and -24FLB. Used with base models HS-2D,-21D, -22D, -220D, -221, -221C, -221D, -224D, -2RB, -21RB, -220RB, -221RB, -224RB and -2RB/4 or HSB-2, -21, -200, -221, -221S, -221SC,-224, -225, YBA-M2, -M21, -M220, -M221, -M224. Rated voltage is 15-36.3 V dc for all base models except the HS-2RB/4 which is rated at17.7-33.0 V dc. The HS-D Series are two wire bases, the HS-RB Series are two wire bases with one alarm relay and the HS-2RB/4 is a fourwire base with one alarm relay and one external relay for power supervision. The HS-D and -RB base models are suitable for use with controlunits that provide power to the detector via the detection circuit. The HS-2RB/4 base is suitable for power supplied separately from thedetection circuit. All relay contacts are rated at 0.15 A at 24 V dc. Detectors are current limited via the base.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. SLR-24, SLR-24H, or SLR-24 V used with NS4-100, -220, -221 and -224 4 in. bases, NS6-100, -220,-221 and -224 6 in. bases, HSC-220R, HSC-224R, HSC-221R and HSC-4R bases. Rated voltage for the 2-wire detectors is 15 to 33 V dc.Rated Voltage for the 4-wire detectors is 17.7 to 30.0 V dc. The SLR-24 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.50%/ft (0.21to 0.49 dB/m) obscuration. The SLR-24 V responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.20%/ft (0.21 to 0.47 dB/M) obscuration.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. SIJ-24 used with NS4-100, -220, -221 and -224 4 in. bases, NS6-100, -220, -221 and -224 6 in. bases,HSC-220R, HSC-224R, HSC-221R and HSC-4R bases. Rated voltage is 15 to 30 V dc. The SIJ-24 responds to smoke levels correspondingto 0.67 to 1.40%/ft (0.09 to 0.20 dB/m) obscuration. Suffix H indicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat; Suffix V indicatesfor use in high velocity airflows (300 ft/m to 4400 ft/m) (91 m/min to 1341 m/min).

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models SIF-24, -24F. Model SIF-24 is used with models YBC-RL/4 (-1, -2, -3) mounting bases. ModelSIF-24F is used with mounting bases HS-2, -21, -22, -220, -221, -224, -225 (the HS Series designation may have an AL prefix or a D suffix)or HSB-2, -21, -200, -221, -221S, -224, -225. 15-30 V dc, 0.15 A, 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C) temperature range. Used with Approved controlunits.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models SIH-24F, -24FC. Detector operates at 24 V dc, uses bases listed below and must be connectedto Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used withModels HS-2D, -22D, -2RB, -RB/4, -21D, -21RB, -200D, -220D, -220RB, -221, -221C, -221D, -221RB, -224D, -224RB, YBA-M2, -M21,-M220, -M221, -M224 smoke detector bases. Model HS-200D base is not current limited and must be connected to a control which limits thecurrent to 150 mA max. Model HS-2RB/4 base must be connected to an Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and foralarm detection.

Model SPA-24B Beam Type Smoke Detector. For area coverage where the beam length between emitter (transmitter) and receiver doesnot exceed 328 ft (100 m). Max lateral spacing is 46 ft (14 m). User selectable sensitivity levels between 15 and 70% light obscuration(reduction in beam intensity). The receiver is microprocessor controlled using Software Revision Level 171 and compensates for slowchanges in signal strength caused by dust build-up. The SPA-24B operates between 19.2 and 33 V dc (drawing 0.25 mA in standby, 40 mAin alarm), and may be used with any Approved control panel capable of supplying power separately from the detection circuit. Alarm andtrouble relay contacts rated 24 V dc at 0.5 A.

Beam Type Smoke Detector. Model SPB-24 or SPB-24N. For area coverage where the beam length between the transmitter and receiveris 33 to 330 ft (10 to 100 m). Max lateral spacing is 46 ft (14 m). The detector operates at 15 to 33 V dc; the supervisory current averages250 µA and alarm current is 20 mA. The detector must be connected to an Approved control providing separate circuits for power and alarmsignaling. The alarm level is field selectable at 25%, 50% or 70% light obscuration. The detector has an inherent time delay which requiresthe smoke density to be greater than the alarm setting for 20 sec before the alarm signal is annunciated. Suitable for indoor use where ambienttemperatures are between 14° and 122°F (-10° and 50°C). The receiver is microprocessor controlled using Software Ver. 2.0 and compen-sates for slow changes in signal strength caused by dust build-up. Alarm and trouble relay contacts are rated 0.5 A at 24 V dc.

Photoelectric Type Duct Smoke Detector models DH-98-P and DH-98-HVP. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in airvelocities from 400-4000 ft/min (122-1220 m/min). The SLR-24 detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.5 to 3.5 %/ft(0.2 to 0.5 dB/m) obscuration.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SLR-835, SLR-835H, SLR-835B-2, SLR-835BH-2, SLR- 835B-4, SLR-835BH-4. ‘‘W’’ suffixindicates white color. Model SLR-835 and SLR-835H used with NS4-100, -220, -221, and -224 4-inch bases, NS6-100, -220, -221, and -2246-inch bases, HSC-220R, HSC-224R, HSC-221R, and HSC-4R bases. Model SLR-835B-2 and SLR-835BH-2 used with Approved compat-ible control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Rated voltage is 8 to 35 V dc. The SLR-835 and SLR-835H respondsto smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.50%/ft (0.21 to 0.49 dB/m) obscuration. Suffix h indicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heatdetecting thermostat.

Ionization Type Duct Smoke Detector models DH-98-I and DH-98-HVI. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocitiesfrom 400-4000 ft/min (122-1220 m/min). The SIJ-24 detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.7 to 1.4 %/ft (0.1 to 0.2 dB/m)obscuration

Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004TC100A Duct-Mounted Smoke Detector. Models 14501569-001, powered by 120/240 V, 50/60 Hz; 14501569-002, powered by Approved

Honeywell W938 control unit or other Approved 24 V dc supervisory control.TC100C Ionization Type Smoke Detector. May be used with Approved Honeywell control unit Models W938, W939, W940A, W940B,

FS20A. Accessories include base relay P/N 14503655-002 (DPDT) or 14503655-003 (SPDT); remote accessory relay Model R8407A; remotealarm lamp P/N 14501388-001 (1 zone) or 14501388-002 (5 zones). Used with P/N 1450365-001 plug color-coded pigtail lead assembly. Thedetector operates from regulated 24 V dc, and depending on the control unit used, can be configured for either 2-wire (Class B) or 4-wire(Class A) operation.

TC100D Duct-Mounted Smoke Detector. Model 1000 powered by 120/240 V, 50/60 Hz; Model 1018 powered by Approved HoneywellModel W938, W939, W940, FS20A or other Approved 24 V dc control panel.

Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model 14506873-004. Uses either Model TC804C1001 photoelectric or TC805C1018 ionization type smokedetector. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 ft per min (0.15 to 1.2 km/min) Model 14506873-004operates from 19 to 32 V dc. Auxiliary alarm contacts rated 10A, 30 V dc or 250 V ac.

Duct Type Iodization Smoke Detector. Model 32002812-001 is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on the sensingboard. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 feet per min (2.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The detector operates from24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The 32002812-001 contains three relays: supervisoryor trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @ 250 V ac), and alarm relay(form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detector is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The detector can be used with an optionalmodel SSK451 multi-signaling accessory module with or without an optional PS24LO (or PS24LOW) strobe attachment.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models TC803B-1004, -1012. Model TC803B-1012 includes 135°F (57°C) thermostat. Both models foruse with Approved control panels with combination initiating/power circuit for operation on 16-32 V dc filtered power supply.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models TC804C1001, -1019. Operates at 12 or 24 V dc used with Approved control panels capableof providing power via the detection circuit and which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). ModelTC804C1019 has supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model TC805C1000. Operates at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providingpower via the detection circuit, and which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C).

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model TC804D1009 operates on 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved Honeywell FS90 Fire and SecuritySystem providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-49°C). Used with base Models 14507370-001,14507370-002 and 14506587-004.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model TC805D1008 operates on 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved Honeywell FS90 Fire and SecuritySystem providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-49°C). Used with base Models 14507370-001,14507370-002 and 14506587-004.


Kidde-Fenwal Inc, 400 Main St, Ashland MA 01721Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model DH-51, P/N 70-511002-000 used with Model CPD7051, P/N 70-510000-001 ionization type smoke

detector or Model PSD7155, P/N 71-550000-001 photoelectric type smoke detector. Operates at 12.5 to 33.5 V dc or 120 V ac, used withApproved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit for 2 wire operation or 4 wire operation with power providedseparate from the detection circuit. Alarm and trouble relay contacts rated for 2 A at 24 V dc or 1 A at 120 V ac. Suitable for use in air velocitiesfrom 500-3500 ft/min (152-1067 m/min).

Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model DH-60 used with Model CPD7051D ionization type smoke detector (P/N 70-600000-051) or ModelPSD7155D photoelectric type smoke detector (P/N 70-600000-155). Operates at 20-29 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, 220 V ac or 240 V ac. Alarminitiation contacts rated for 2 A at 30 V ac/dc; trouble relay contacts rated for 0.75 A at 32 V dc or 0.5 A at 125 V ac; and form C alarm auxiliarycontacts rated 10 A at 30 V ac/dc, 10 A at 250 V ac, 1⁄8 HP at 120 V ac, or 1⁄4 HP at 240 V ac are provided. Remote indicators RA-911, -912,913 may be used with the DH-60. The DH-60 is suitable for use in air velocities from 500-3500 ft/min (152-1067 m/min).

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CPD7021, CPD7023 used with Nos. 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -004, -005, -006, -101 mountingbase assemblies and 70-200000-001 LED alarm indicator. Model CPD7021 with Nos. 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -004, -005, -006, -101 baseassemblies for 15-40 V dc operation from Fenwal P/N 30-191042-003 smoke detector interface modules. CPD7023 for 11.4 to 33.5 V dcoperation. All bases suitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; base 70-201000-101also suitable for four-wire initiating circuit operation. Bases differ as to provisions for integral alarm relay, current-limiting resistor and operationof No. 70-200000-001 remote LED alarm indicator.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CPD7051, P/N 70-510000-001 used with mounting base models 2-Wire, P/N 70-501000-001,2WRLT, P/N 70-501000-002, 2WRB, P/N 70-501000-005 and 4WRB, P/N 70-501000-101. Models 2-Wire and 2WRLT for 10.2 to 36.8 V dcoperation, 2WRLT includes remote indicator and test switch connections. Model 2WRB for 11.4 to 35 V dc operation, includes remote indicatorconnections, test switch connections and Form C relay contacts. Model 2WRM, P/N 70-500000-004 relay module can be installed in the2-WRLT base to convert it to 2WRB operation. Model 4WRB for 16.8 to 30.8 V dc operation, includes remote indicator connections, test switchconnections, Form C relay contacts and normally open relay contacts for connection to initiating device circuit. Model 4WRM, P/N 70-500000-102 relay module may be installed in the 2WRLT or 2WRB bases to convert them to 4WRB operation. Models 2-Wire, 2WRLT and 2WRBsuitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; Model 4WRB suitable for four-wite initiatingcircuit operation. Model MA-001, P/N 70-501000-003 adapter for use with detector base P/N 70-201000-001, -002, -003 and -005 for 11.4to 33.5 V dc operation. Model ST-001 sensitivity tester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per footobscuration.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD-7121, -7122 used with Nos. 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -004, -005, -006, -101 mountingbase assemblies for 12-32 V dc. Model PSD-7122 is identical to PSD-7121 with the addition of a 135°F (57°C) heat detector. Each base issuitable for use with Approved control units capable of providing power via detection circuit; base 70-201000-101 is suitable for use withcontrol units that provide separate circuits for power and detection. Bases differ as to provision for integral alarm relay, current limiting resistorand operation of No. 70-200000-001 remote LED alarm indicator.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD-7125, -7126, -7130, -7131, -7134, -7135, -7136, -7137 used with 70-201000-001, -002,-003, -005, -101, -105 mounting base assemblies. PSD-7125, -7126, -7130, -7131 for 18-32 V dc operation. PSD-7134, -7135, -7136, -7137for 11.4 to 33.5 V dc operation. All but bases 70-201000-101, -105 are suitable for use with control units that provide power to the detectorvia the detection circuit. Base Nos. 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 are suitable for use with compatible Approved control unit, capable oflimiting the alarm current to the detectors to 100 mA max, e.g., Fenwal Models 2210, 2212, 3210. Since these detectors have an alarmverification delay (max 23 sec for PSD-7125, -7126, -7136, -7137; max 47 sec for PSD-7130, -7131), it is recommended that they are not usedwith control panels that also utilize alarm verification techniques. Models PSD-7126, -7131, -7135, -7137 have 135°F (57°C) heat sensors.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD7155, P/N 71-550000-001 and PSD7156, P/N 71-560000-001 used with mounting basemodels 2-Wire, P/N 70-501000-001, 2WRLT, P/N 70-501000-002, 2WRB, P/N 70-501000-005 and 4WRB P/N 70-501000-101. ModelPSD7156 is identical to PSD7155 with the addition of a 135°F (57°C) heat detector. Models 2-Wire and 2WRLT for 10.2 to 36.8 V dc operation.2WRLT includes remote indicator and test switch connections. Model 2WRB for 11.4 to 35 V dc operation, includes remote indicatorconnections, test switch connections and Form C relay contacts. Model 2WRM, P/N 70-500000-004 relay module can be installed into 2WRLTbase to convert it to 2WRB operation. Model 4WRB for 16.8 to 30.8 V dc operation, includes remote indicator connections, test switchconnections, Form C relay contacts and normally open relay contacts for connection to initiating device circuit. Model 4WRM, P/N 70-500000-102 relay module may be installed into 2-WRLT or 2WRB bases to convert them to 4WRB operation. Models 2-Wire, 2WRLT and 2WRBsuitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; Model 4WRB suitable for four-wire initiatingcircuit operation. Model MA-001, P/N 70-501000-003 adapter for use with detector base P/N 70-201000-001, -002, -003 and -005 for 11.4to 33.5 V dc operation. Model ST-001 sensitivity tester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per footobscuration.

AnaLASER ESD High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD) P/N 89-400002-001 for use within enclosed cabinets. When used to initiate afire alarm, it must be wired to an Approved fire alarm control providing separate circuits for detector power and alarm initiation. This systemhas a sensitivity range of 0.00075 to 0.3 %/ft (0.0025 to 1%/m). The sensitivity range is divided into 20 settings. The detector is factory defaultset for mid-range settings of 0.061%/ft (0.2%/m). The sensitivity setting may be field altered by means of a computer running LaserNETsoftware. Each detector is pre-programmed with two independent, field selectable alarm and pre-alarm set points. The detector has a relayoutput for annunciation of each alarm level (N/O rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), pre-alarm level (N/O rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), and a common troublerelay (Form C rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). For configuration, addressing, and setup of multiple AnaLASER ESD detectors, connection by meansof a supplemental Intelligent Interface Module (IIM) [P/N 89-300012-001 with software version AB], or [P/N 89-300013-001 with softwareversion AB] is allowed. The Fenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 3.1 program is used to set up the system-piping network to assure equal sampling ineach branch line. (See separate listing for ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.1.) Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

AnaLASER High-sensitivity smoke detector with modular control equipment. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls,providing separate circuits for detector power and alarm signaling. The HSSD AnaLASER AnaLASER High-sensitivity smoke detector withmodular control equipment is available in one to four zone configurations (P/N 89-100058-001, -002, -003, -004, respectively). These systemsinclude the housing, a P/N 89-100050-001 Display Control Card (DCC) with firmware Version FD3-2.01 for each zone, a P/N 89-100051-001power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. The P/N 89-100058-005 single zone unit is a single P/N 89-100050-001 DCC cardhoused in a single zone enclosure and includes a P/N 89-100051-001 power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. Where 24 hoursof 36-60 V dc power is available, the power supply assembly and secondary battery bank may be replaced by a P/N 89-100068-001 (withoutbackplate) or P/N 89-100068-002 (with backplate) DC/DC converter. AnaLASER High-sensitivity smoke detector with modular controlequipment uses one P/N 89-100000-010, -011, -012 or -013 HSSD detector assembly per zone. These detectors are factory set for a minsensitivity of 0.015%/ft (0.05%/m), 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m), respectively. Alternately, AnaLASER High-sensitivity smoke detector with modular control equipment may also use one P/N 89-100000-031, -032, -033 HSSD detector assembly perzone. These detectors are factory set for a min sensitivity of 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m), respectively Thedetector assembly provides an analog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The control card provides a continuous display of smokeobscuration levels via a 10 segment bar graph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDsare used to set threshold levels for alarm annunciation. The controller has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm level and there is ageneral trouble relay output also. The Fenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in eachbranch line. (See separate listing for ‘‘SNIFF’’.) Optional addressable contact input device module 70-407008-003 may be used with theHSSD AnaLASER. The controller operates from 120 V ac primary power and is provided with two or four 12 V 33 AH batteries (P/N89-100052-001) for up to 24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the AnaLASER.Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C).

AnaLASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls. The AnaLA-SER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly one zone is a high sensitivity smoke detection system including the housing,


sampling fan, detector, display control card (DCC) with firmware Version FD3-2.01 for the detector, power supply assembly and secondarybattery bank. Where 24 hours of 36-60 V dc emergency power is available, the power supply assembly and secondary battery bank may bereplaced by a DC/DC converter. The AnaLASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly detectors are available withfactory set min sensitivities of 0.015%/ft (0.05%/m), 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m). The detector assemblyprovides an analog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The DCC provides a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels via a 10segment bar graph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDs are used to set thresholdlevels for alarm annunciation. The controller has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm level and one general trouble relay output. TheFenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line. (See separate listing for‘‘SNIFF’’.) ‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 2.0 Computer program for use with high sensitivity aspirating type smoke detection systems as referenced in thesmoke detection system listing. This program allows a designer to lay out an engineered system which is dynamically balanced with equalair intake from each sampling inlet. The program calculates the transport time from each sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe dia. Thetransit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; min suction pressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling portsis 40. The piping network calculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’program is not used, a balanced piping network must be installed. The AnaLASER operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and isprovided with two 12 V 12 AH batteries (P/N 06-115915-047) for up to 24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibrationunit is used for field testing of the AnaLASER. Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Optionalintelligent interface module (IIM) and RS232/485 converter module are available as supplemental equipment. AnaLASER Self-ContainedHigh-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly P/N are as follows:

89-1VWX00-YZ0V: 3

45

120 V ac version240 V ac versionDC-DC converter version

W: 023

No optional modulesOptional RS232/485 converter moduleOptional RS232/485 converter module andIntelligent Interface Module (IIM)

X: 12345

0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)0.003 to 0.03%/ft (0.01 to 0.1%/m)0.0015 to 0.015%/ft (0.005 to 0.05%/m)

YZ: 051020

ANALASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector AssemblyANALASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector AssemblyANALASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly

ORION 5/10/20 High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD). For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls. The ORION 5/10/20(HSSD) is a one zone high sensitivity smoke detection system including the housing, sampling fan, detector, display control card (DCC) withfirmware version KD1-0.0 for the detector, power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. The ORION 5/10/20 detectors are availablewith factory set minimum sensitivities of 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m). The detector assembly provides ananalog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The DCC provides a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels via a 10 segment bargraph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDs are used to set threshold levels for alarmannunciation. The controller has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm level and one general trouble relay output. The ‘‘SNIFF’’program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line.

‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 2.0 for use with ORION 5/10/20. This program allows a designer to lay out an engineered system which isdynamically balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. The program calculates the transport time from eachsampling port and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 seconds;minimum suction pressure 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; maximum number of sampling ports is 40. The piping network calculatedby the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is not used, abalanced piping network must be installed.

The ORION 5/10/20 operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 12 V 12 AH batteries (P/N 06-115915-047) forup to 24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the ORION 5/10/20. Suitable forindoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). ORION 5/10/20 part numbers are as follows:

77-297001-000, ORION 5, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)77-297002-000, ORION 5, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)77-297003-000, ORION 10, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)77-297004-000, ORION 10, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)77-297005-000, ORION 20, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.003 to 0.03%/ft (0.01 to 0.1%/m)77-297006-000, ORION 20, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.003 to 0.03%/ft (0.01 to 0.1%/m)

AnaLASER II High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD) for use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls providing separate circuits fordetector power and alarm signaling. These systems include two detector/housing configurations, Standard (0.0025 -1%/m), P/N 89-3000001-001 and Ultra (0.0005-0.1 %/m), P/N 89-300002-001. Each of these sensitivity ranges is divided into 20 settings. The Standard and Ultradetectors are factory default set for mid-range settings of 0.061%/ft (0.2%/m), and 0.0091%/ft (0.03%/m), respectively. The sensitivity settingmay be field altered by means of a computer running LaserNET software. The detector may include one LCD display moduleP/N 89-3000006-001 mounted either locally in the Detector enclosure, or remotely on a standard 2-gang electrical box. The optional DisplayModule can provide a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels. Each detector is pre-programmed with firmware Version 101AS. TheP/N 89-300008-001 single zone power supply and battery bank, providing 4 hours of back up, can be used as the primary supply. Where24 hours of 36-60 V dc power is available, the power supply assembly and secondary battery bank may be replaced by a P/N 89-300025-001(with one 89-100068-001 converter module), or P/N 89-300025-002 (two converter modules) DC/DC converter. Two independent, fieldselectable (via LaserNET) alarm set points, and two pre-alarm set points, indicated by the optional LCD Display, are used to set thresholdlevels for alarm/pre-alarm annunciation. The Detector has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm/pre-alarm level and a common troublerelay. The Fenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.0 program is used to set up the system-piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line. (Seeseparate listing for ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.1.) The Multi-Zone Power Supply (P/N 89-300020-001) operates from 120/240 V ac primary power and isprovided with two 12 V, 33 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power for up to eight detectors (zones). Additional battery capacityis provided with P/N 89-300020-002 (two 12 V 33 AH batteries). Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F(0° to 49°C).


‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 3.1 Computer program for use with high sensitivity aspirating type smoke detection systems as referencedin the smoke detection system listing. This program allows a designer to lay out, via a graphical interface, an engineeredsystem that is dynamically balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. Sampling pipe system components areselectable from a series of menus presented by the software. The program calculates the transport time from each samplingport and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; min suctionpressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling ports is 100. The piping network that is calculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is not used, a balanced pipingnetwork must be installed.

ORION XT High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD) for use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls providing separate circuits fordetector power and alarm signaling. This system includes one detector/housing configuration, Standard (0.0025-1%/m), P/N 297101. Thesensitivity ranges are divided into 20 settings. The Standard detectors are factory default set for a mid-range setting of 0.061%/ft (0.2%/m).The sensitivity setting may be field altered by means of a computer running OCS software. The detector may include one LCD display moduleP/N 297102 mounted either locally in the Detector enclosure, or remotely on a standard 2-gang electrical box. The optional Display Modulecan provide a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels. Each detector is pre-programmed with firmware Version 101AS.The P/N297104 single zone power supply and battery bank, providing 4 hours of back up, can be used as the primary supply. Two independent, fieldselectable (via OCS) alarm set points, and two pre-alarm set points, indicated by the optional LCD Display, are used to set threshold levelsfor alarm/pre-alarm annunciation. The Detector has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm/pre-alarm level and a common trouble relay.The KIDDE ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.1 program is used to set up the system-piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line. (See separatelisting for ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.1.) The Multi-Zone Power Supply Module (P/N 297106) operates from 120/240 V ac primary power and is housed in theMulti-Zone Power Supply Enclosure (P/N 297107) which provides space for two 12 V, 33 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary powerfor up to eight detectors (zones). Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 3.1 Computer program for use with high sensitivity aspirating type smoke detection systems as referenced in the smokedetection system listing. This program allows a designer to lay out, via a graphical interface, an engineered system that is dynamicallybalanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. Sampling pipe system components are selectable from a series of menus presentedby the software. The program calculates the transport time from each sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit timefrom the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; min suction pressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling ports is 100. Thepiping network that is calculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ programis not used, a balanced piping network must be installed.

Macron Safety Systems (UK) Ltd, Great Yarmouth, Norfolk NR30 3PJ EnglandHysense smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interface board. The Hysense

smoke detector consists of a one-zone master and up to three optional one-zone slave detectors, each with four sampling pipe inlets. Themaster and slave each have a housing, sampling fan, detector and terminal board with firmware version 3.4. The detector has a sensitivityrange of 0.015%/ft to 0.6%/ft (0.05%/m to 2%/m). The Hysense operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 6 V,and up to 100 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power supply. It is suitable for indooruse only in ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.

Hysense-4 four area smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interface board. TheHysense-4 smoke detector consists of a controller, four internal detectors, a display and a power supply. There are four sampling pipe inlets,one for each detector, and the maximum sampling pipe length is 200 m. The firmware version is 1.1. The available sensitivity range is0.25%/m to 10%/m (0.07%/ft to 3%/ft). The Hysense-4 operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 6 V, and upto 36 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. It is suitable for indoor use onlyin ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.

Notifier, A Pittway Co, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CP-651 operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing power

via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used with base ModelsB610LP, B612LP, B614LP, B616LP. The B614LP base operates 120 V dc, 60 Hz only.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model SD-651 operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providingpower via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-50°C). Used with base ModelsB610LP, B612LP, B614LP, B616LP. The B614LP base operates 120 V dc, 60 Hz only.

PROTEC Fire Detection (Export) Ltd, Protec House, Churchill Way, Nelson, Lancashire BB9 6RT EnglandProgrammable Incipient Fire Detectors (IFD) Cirrus One, Two, Three and Four are one, two, three and four zone detectors using IFD Rev.

1.16 operating software. Air samples are conditioned in a cloud chamber which renders particles of combustion visible for photoelectricdetection. Used with a max of ten or min of two sampling heads per zone with the airflow balanced at 1.4 LPM (0.05 cubic ft/min) per samplinghead. The IFD detector has sensitivity range from 500,000 particles per ml (0.4%/ft obscuration) to 10,000 particles per ml (0.008%/ftobscuration) and below. Alarm and trouble contacts are provided for supervision by an Approved control panel. Detector requires 1.2 A at 24V dc in standby and 1.5 A in alarm; 24 hours of standby power is provided by the M88BC standby power with two 12 V, 70 AH batteries.Temperature range: 0°-50°C (32°-122°F). Primary power input: 90-260 V ac, 50-60 Hz.

Potter Electric Signal Co, 2081 Craig Rd, Box 28480, Saint Louis MO 63146Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD-P224, P224T. Used with base models HS-2, -22D, -220D, -221, -221D, -224D, -2RB,

-21RB, -220RB, -221RB, -224RB and -2RB/4. Rated voltage is 15-36.3 V dc. The PSD-B2C and PSD-B2R are two wire bases, the PSD-B2is a two wire base with one alarm relay. The HS-D and -RB base models are suitable for use with control units that provide power to thedetector via the detection circuit. All relay contacts are rated at 0.15 A at 24 V dc. Detectors are current limited via the base.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model PSD-I224. Used with mounting bases PSD-B2C and PSD-B2. 15-30 V dc, 0.15 A, 14° to 140°F(-10° to 60°C) temperature range. Used with Approved control units.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model PSD-I224LP. Detector operates at 24 V dc, uses bases listed below and must be connected toApproved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used with ModelsPSD-B2C, PSD-B2, PSD-B2R, PSD-B2D and PSD-B2E.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model BPS-2 and BPS-4. “W” suffix indicates white color. Model BPS-4 used with SB-150, -93, -46,and -43 6-inch bases. Model BPS-2 used with Approved compatible control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Ratedvoltage is 8 to 35 V dc. The detector responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.50 %/ft (0.21 to 0.49 dB/m) obscuration.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. PS-24 used with SB-150, -93, -46, and -43 6-inch bases. SB-81R, and SB4-43R bases. Rated voltageis 15 to 30 V dc. The PS-24 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.5 to 3.2 %/ft (0.21 to 0.47 dB/m) obscuration.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. IS-24 used with SB-150, -93, -46, and -43 6-inch bases. SB-81R, and SB4-43R bases. Rated voltage is15 to 30 V dc. The IS-24 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.7 to 1.4 %/ft (0.1 to 0.2 dB/m) obscuration.

Photoelectric Type Duct Smoke Detector models DSD-P. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000ft/min. (122-1220 m/min). The PS-24 detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.5 to 3.2 %/ft (0.2 to 0.5 dB/m) obscuration.

Ionization Type Duct Smoke Detector models DSD-I. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000ft/min. (122-1220 m/min.). The IS-24 detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.7 to 1.4 %/ft (0.1 to 0.2 dB/m) obscuration.


Protectowire Co, Box 200, Hanover MA 02339Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model PRO-IC, 24 V dc, 0.25 A. Used with mounting bases YBA-RL/4, HA-L22, -L22A, -L22R. May be

used with Approved control panels capable of providing power to detectors via the detection circuit.Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model PRO-PC, 30 V dc, 0.25 A max. Used with mounting bases YBA-RL/4, HA-L22, -L22A, -L22R.

Suitable for use with Approved control panels having a two-wire or four-wire initiating circuit operation.

Radionics, 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36, Salinas CA 97901Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models D281. Detector operates at 24 V dc, uses bases listed below and must be connected to Approved

control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used with Models D261Wand D280 smoke detector bases.

Safe Fire Detection Inc, 105 Corporate Blvd, Indian Trail NC 28079Stratos Laser high sensitivity smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interface board.

The Stratos Laser smoke detector consists of a one-zone master and up to three optional one-zone slave detectors, each with four samplingpipe inlets. The master and slaves each have a housing, sampling fan, detector and terminal board with firmware version 3.4. The detectorhas a sensitivity range of 0.015% to 0.6%/ft (0.05% to 2%/m). The Stratos Laser operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is providedwith two 6 V, and up to 100 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. It is suitablefor indoor use only in ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.

Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708, Mannedorf SwitzerlandModels AD1 and AD2 smoke detection systems. (Note: These smoke detection systems may not comply with all requirements of

NFPA 72-1999 which would be applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America). For use with thecompatible Approved CS1140 System, from which they receive their operating power from the initiating device circuit. The AD1 smokedetection system consists of one of the following smoke detectors: Model DO1103A, Model DO1133A, or Model DO1153A smoke detector,with Models DB1101A, DB1131A, and DB1151A bases respectively, mounted in an ABS plastic enclosure with air sampling and other controlequipment. The AD2 has two of these detector/base combinations installed. The AD1 system has a single sampling pipe inlet, while the AD2has two inlets of which one or two can be used. The AD1 and AD2 systems operate from 14-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The sensitivity of theAD1 and AD2 systems depends on the detector model which is installed as well as the sensitivity settings. The DO1103A has a sensitivityof 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1133A detector has a sensitivity of 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1153A has a sensitivity range of 0.09%/ft(0.01 dB/m) to 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). Both the AD1 and AD2 can have one or more optional MB2 detector boxes which contain one of thedetectors shown above. These MB2 boxes are installed between the AD1 or AD2 and the piping network. The AD1 and AD2 systems aresuitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C). The sampling piping network must be installed on abalanced system.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models R930 and R936. Model R930 is an addressable type smoke detector used with Models Z94I,Z94MI and Z94SI mounting bases; the Cerberus tradename for the R930 with CZ10 controls is MS-9/Plus. Model R936 is used with ModelsZ94, Z94B and Z94D mounting bases. Detectors and bases suitable for use in non-refrigerated areas having temperatures from -25° to 75°C(-13 to 167°F).

Titanus 3000 smoke detection system. (Note: This smoke detection system may not comply with all requirements of NFPA 72-1999which would be applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America). For use with compatible Approvedfire alarm controls having separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The Titanus 3000 smoke detection system consists of one ofthe following smoke detectors: Model DO1151A, Model DO1153A, or Model DO1161A smoke detector mounted in an ABS plastic enclosurewith air sampling and other control equipment. The system has a single sampling pipe inlet. The Titanus 3000 system operates from 21-30V dc (24 V dc nominal). The sensitivity of the Titanus 3000 depends on the detector model which is installed as well as the mode andsensitivity settings. The DO1151A has a sensitivity of 0.23%/ft (0.033 dB/m) to 0.91%/ft (0.13 dB/m). The DO1153A detector has a sensitivityof 0.045%/ft (0.006 dB/m) to 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1161A has a sensitivity of 0.03%/ft (0.004 dB/m) to 0.24%/ft (0.03 dB/m). TheTitanus 3000 system is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -22°F to 140°F (-30°C to 60°C). The sampling piping networkmust be installed on a balanced system.

TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a air sampling smoke detection system. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls having separatecircuits for alarm signaling and for power. The software in the TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a processor is 0010.03.012. The TITANUSSUPER .SENS/a smoke detection system consists of a detector head mounted in an ABS plastic enclosure with air sampling and other controlequipment. The system has a single sampling pipe inlet. Up to two remote display units, Type PAG3-TITANUS, can be connected to eachTITANUS SUPER .SENS/a. The TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a system operates from 14-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The alarm sensitivity of theTITANUS SUPER .SENS/a ranges from 0.008%/ft (0.000009 dB/m) to 0.06%/ft (0.008 dB/m). The TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a system issuitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C). The sampling piping network must be installed as asymmetrical design as described in Section 4.2 of the Technical Manual.

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932ASSD (Air Sampling Smoke Detection) AnaLASER. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls, providing separate circuits for

detector power and alarm signaling. The ASSD AnaLASER is available in one to four zone configurations (P/N 599-692914, -692915,-692916, -692917, respectively). These systems include the housing, a P/N 500-692905 AnaLASER Control Card (ACC) for each zone, a P/N500-692894 power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. The P/N 599-692918 single zone unit is a single P/N 500-692905 ACC cardhoused in a single zone enclosure and includes a P/N 500-692894 power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. Where 24 hours of36-60 V dc power is available, the power supply assembly and secondary battery bank may be replaced by a P/N 500-692898 (withoutbackplate) or P/N 500-692899 (with backplate) DC/DC converter. The ASSD AnaLASER uses one P/N 500-692885 or -692886 ASSD detectorassembly per zone. These detectors are factory set for a min sensitivity of 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m) and 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m), respectively. Thedetector assembly provides an analog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The control card provides a continuous display of smokeobscuration levels via a 10 segment bar graph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDsare used to set threshold levels for alarm annunciation. The controller has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm level and there is ageneral trouble relay output also. The ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in each branchline.

‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 2.0 for use with ASSD AnaLASER. This program allows a designer to lay out an engineered system whichis dynamically balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. The program calculates the transport time from eachsampling port and optimizes sampling pipe dia. The transit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; minsuction pressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling ports is 40. The piping network calculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is not used, a balanced pipingnetwork must be installed.

The controller operates from 120 V ac primary power and is provided with two or four 12 V 33 AH batteries (P/N 500-693238) for up to24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 500-693239 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the AnaLASER. Suitable for indoor use onlyin ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C).


Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PE-3, -3T. Detectors operate from 16 to 27 V dc and must be connected to a compatibleFM Approved control panel capable of providing power via the detection circuit. The supervisory current is 100 uA and the detector draws250 uA every 7 sec for a duration of 0.8 sec. The max alarm current is 135 mA. Operating temperature is 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C). ModelPE-3T has supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Used with Model DB-3S base. Model TM-PE3 test module is used forcalibrated field testing of installed PE-3 detectors.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PE-11 and PE-11T. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 26.6 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only(unheated, but not refrigerated areas) with temperatures from 32° to 102°F (0° to 39°C). To be used with the following 2-wire bases andaccessories: DB-11 and DB-3S (using Model DB-ADPT adapter) bases, Models RLC-11 and RLW-11 remote alarm lamps, Models RSAC-11and RSAW-11 remote sensitivity and alarm indicators and Model RR-11 remote alarm relay with a set of contacts rated at 30.0 V dc, 2.5 Aand 125 V ac, 2.5 A.

The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detector and its 2-wire bases: Siemens Building TechnologiesInc System 3, CP-400, SXL, IXL, MXL and CP-2ER.

Simplex Time Recorder Co, 100 Simplex Dr, Westminster MA 01441-0001Beam Type Smoke Detector. Models 2098-9207A, -9207CA using software Rev V2.53. The detectors operate at 18 to 32 V dc; the receiver

draws 40 mA in standby and 60 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20 mA. The detectors must be connected to an Approved control providingseparate circuits for power and alarm signaling. The detectors’ threshold sensitivity is field selectable from 20 to 70% beam obscuration, in10% increments. With switch settings at 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, the detectors have an inherent time delay which require the smoke level to begreater than the threshold setting for 30 (+/-2 sec) before an alarm is annunciated. With switch settings at 0 and 1, the alarm response is at5 sec. Suitable for indoor use (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) only with temperatures from -22°F to 130°F (-30°C to 54°C). The beamlength can be from 30 to 350 ft (10 to 110 m).

Beam Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9650. For area coverage where the beam length between emitter (transmitter) and receiver doesnot exceed 328 ft (100 m). User selectable sensitivity levels between 15 and 70% light obscuration (reduction in beam intensity). The receiveris microprocessor controlled using software revision level 171 and compensates for slow changes in signal strength over time, caused by dustbuild-up. Model 2098-9650 operates between 19.2 and 33 V dc (drawing 0.25 mA in standby, 40 mA in alarm), and may be used with anyApproved control panel capable of supplying power separately from the detection circuit. Alarm and trouble relay contacts rated 24 V dc at0.5 A.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9550. Used with Model 2098-9826 mounting base. Must be connected to Approved com-patible control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. (IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG — 841-848/E. Ionization Smoke Detector.Model 2098-9550 with Model 2098-9826 Mounting Base.)

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9544. Used with Models 2098-9637, -9536(C) mounting bases; Model 2098-9649 ductdetector housing (suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000 ft/min (122-1220 m/m). 15-32 V dc, 0.15 A. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C)temperature range. For use with Approved control units having detection circuits capable of supplying power to the smoke detector.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models 2098-9576, -9576C. Detectors operate at 24 V dc, use Model 2098-9637 base and must beconnected to Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9577. Two-wire type device which operates at 12 or 24 V dc. The detector has a 750 ohmcurrent limiting resistor, draws 100 uA in standby and 100mA when in alarm. It must be used with Approved control panels capable of providingpower via the detection circuit.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9212. Used with Model 2098-9826 mounting base. Must be connected to Approvedcompatible control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. (IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG — 841-848/E. Photoelectric SmokeDetector. Model 2098-9212 with Model 2098-9826 Mounting Base.)

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2098-9636, -9642, 15-30 V dc, 0.15 A. Models 2098-9201, -9201C, -9202, -9202C, -9203,15-32 V dc, 0.15 A. Used with Models 2098-9211, -9637, -9536(C) mounting bases. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C) temperature range. Models2098-9642, -9202, -9202C include a 135°F (57°C) heat sensor. For use with Approved control units having detection circuits capable ofsupplying power to the smoke detector. Model 2098-9649 duct detector housing suitable for use with Models 2098-9201, -9201C Photo-electric Type Smoke Detector. Suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000 ft/min. (122-1220 m/min.).

All 2098-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by a ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 4098-9601, -9605, Model 4098-9602 with fixed temperature 135°F (57°C) thermal sensor.

Used with Models 4098-9788, -9683 bases in 2-wire circuits where the current is limited by the fire alarm control panel or model 4098-9682base in 4-wire circuits with separate power (15-32 V dc) and signaling connections. P/N 2098-9737 EOL relay must be used in 4-wireapplications to supervise the power wiring. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C) temperature range. Model 4098-9830 remote LED may be used with4098-9788, -9683 or -9682 bases. Model 4098-9681-9685, -9686 and -9688 duct detector housing suitable for use with Model 4098-9601photoelectric type smoke detector in 2-wire or 4-wire circuits with separate power (18-32 V dc) and signaling connections. Operation with2098-9747 (120 V ac) AC transformer for supplementary signaling only. 4098-9830, -9834, -9835 remote LED/test/power indicators availablefor 4098-9681 and -9686. Suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000 ft/min. (122-1220 m/min.). All 2098-9XXX and 4098-9XXX ModelNos. may be followed by a ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’ For 2-wire use with the following Simplex Controls: Life Alarm 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100, 4004, 4005and 4020-8001. (See Simplex installation instructions for compatibility detail.)

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model ISC-350P. Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current from 30 to 45 µA.Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) with temperatures from -5° to 140°F (-20.5° to 60°C). To be used with thefollowing bases: Model IBC-350, IBC-351, two-wire; Model IBC-352, for two- and four-wire installations with an alarm relay with two sets ofcontacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model ISC-3501. Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current from 30 to 45 µA.Temperature range 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). To be used with the following bases: Model IBC-350, IBC-351, two-wire; IBC-352, for two- andfour-wire installations with an alarm relay with two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.

The following two-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors (ISC-3501, - 350P) and its two-wire bases (IBC-350,-351, -352): Gamewell Flex 300, Faraday MPC-2000, Simplex Autocall Firequest 200, Firequest 100-24, TFX-500, TFX-800, MP400, AP400,Merlin MP400, Federal Signal FireLarm 2000, FireLarm 4000, FireLarm 6000 and FireLarm 8000.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 612P and 612HP. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc, with the standby current from70 to 80 µA. Sensitivity range is 1.16 to 2.68%/foot obscuration (0.15 to 0.35 db/m). Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigeratedareas) with temperatures from 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). To be used with the following bases: models 4B and 6B, either with or without600RBA Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors: Simplex series TFX-400,-500, and -800 controls.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 612I. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc, with the standby current from 70 to 151 µA.Sensitivity range is 0.63 to 1.17%/foot obscuration (0.08 to 0.15 db/m). Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) withtemperatures from 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). To be used with the following bases: models 4B and 6B, either with or without 600RBARelay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors: Simplex TFX series -400, -500, and-800 controls.

Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models 612PD and 612ID. Used with series 600/900D, 600DDC, and 600DAC Duct Smoke Detector Housings.The duct detector housing is designed for use as one of the following basic models: 612PD — 912P photoelectric head with a conventionalpanel; 612ID — 612I ionization head with a conventional panel. The 600/900D housing provides a basic 2-wire connection. The 600DDC and600DAC provide 4-wire connections and contain two 10 A, 115 V ac form C alarm relays. Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.54to 20.3 m/sec). Duct application smoke sensitivity range is 1.16%/ft to 2%/ft obscuration (0.15 to 0.26 db/m) for model 612PD, and 0.6%/ftto 0.96%/ft (0.08 to 0.12 db/m) for model 612ID. The operating voltage range for the 2-wire model (600/900D) is 16.0 to 32.0 V dc. The 4-wire600DDC requires either 24 V dc or 24 V ac power to operate. The 600DAC, in addition to 24 V dc/ac, has a power connection for 115 V ac.


System Sensor, Div of Honeywell, 3825 Ohio Ave, Saint Charles IL 60174Beam Type Smoke Detector Model 6424(A). Consists of a transmitter and a receiver. The detector operates at 20 to 32 V dc; the

supervisory current averages 10 mA and alarm current is 28 mA. The detector must be connected to an Approved control providing separatecircuits for power and alarm signaling. The detector threshold sensitivity (the alarm level) is field selectable at 30%, or 55% total beamobscuration. The detector has an inherent time delay which requires the smoke density to be greater than the alarm setting for 15 secondsbefore the alarm signal is annunciated. Suitable for indoor use where ambient temperatures are between -22°F and 131°F (-30°C to 55°C).The beam length can be from 30 to 330 ft (9 to 100 m). Alarm and trouble relay contacts are rated 0.5 A at 24 V dc.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2100S(A) (two wire) and 2112/24S(A) (four wire), voltage rating 8.5-35.0 V dc, alarm contactsrated at 0.5 A, 30 V ac/dc. Two wire models 2100TS(A) and four wire Models 2112/24TS(A) have supplemental 135°F (57°C) thermalsensors. For use with Approved control panels providing separate circuits for power and alarm initiation.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detectors. Models 2100TR(A) and 2100AT(A) 2-wire photoelectric smoke detectors with heat sensor; Model2112/24R 4-wire photoelectric smoke detectors; Models 2112/24TR(A), 2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), 2112ATL and 2112/24AITR(A) 4-wirephotoelectric smoke detectors with heat sensor. Models 2100TR(A) and 2100AT(A) with voltage rating of 8.5-35 VDC. Model 2112ATL withvoltage rating of 9.5-15 VDC. Models 2112/24R(A), 2112/24TR(A), 2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), and 2112/24AITR(A) with voltage ratingof 10-35 VDC. All models with standby current of 50 µA max, alarm current dependent on model and operating voltage. Models 2100TR(A)and 2100AT(A) must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Models 2112ATL, 2112/24TR(A), 2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), and 2112/24AITR(A) must be used with Approved control panels providing separate circuits forpower and for alarm detection; Alarm contacts are rated 1.0 A 30 VDC on all models. Models 2100TR(A), 2100AT(A), 2112ATL, 2112/24TR(A),2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), and 2112/24AITR(A) have supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat sensors. Models 2100TR(A), 2112/24R(A),2112/24TR(A), 2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), and 2112/24AITR(A) also have an auxiliary Form C dry contact rated 1.0A @ 30 VDC;although, for Model 2112/24AITR(A), the auxiliary relay is activated by thermal alarm only. Model 2112ATL has a sounder circuitry that iselectrically isolated from the rest of the detector.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 2100RFADT with built in wireless transmitter rated 6 V dc provided by two 3 V lithium batteries.Compatible with the following Approved controls Alarm Device Manufacturing Company (ADEMCO) VISTA-128FB, -32FB, when equippedwith a 5881 EH radio receiver.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 2151(A) operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providingpower via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-50°C). Used with base ModelsB401, B110LP, B110RLP, B110RLP750, B112LP, B114LP and B116LP. The B114LP base operates 120 V ac, 60 Hz only. Model MOD400Rsensitivity tester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per foot obscuration.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2312/24B and 2312/24TB, voltage rating 8.5-35.0 V dc, standby current 0.12 mA max, alarmcurrent 50 mA max; alarm contacts rated at 2.0 A, 30 V ac/dc. Model 2312/24TB has supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat sensors. For use withApproved control panels providing separate circuits for power and alarm initiation.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2400(A), 2400TH, 2400AT, 2400AIT operate at 12 or 24 V dc; Models 2412(A), 2412TH,2412AT operate at 12 V dc; Models 2424, 2424TH, 2424AT, 2424AIT operate at 24 V dc. All detectors draw 120 uA standby current, exceptModels 2400AT, 2400AIT which draw 100 uA standby. The max alarm current draw of the detectors is as follows: Models 2400(A), 2400THdraw 100 mA; Models 2400AT, 2400AIT draw 48 mA; Models 2412(A), 2412TH draw 77 mA; Models 2424, 2424TH draw 40.6 mA; Model2412AT draws 51 mA; Models 2424AT, 2424AIT draw 43 mA. 2400 Series must be used with Approved control panels capable of providingpower via the detection circuit. 2412(A) and 2424 Series must be used with Approved control panels providing separate circuits for power andfor alarm detection; a set of Form A contacts facilitate connection to the alarm initiating circuit. Suffix T or TH indicate supplemental 135°F(57°C) heat detecting thermostat; suffix A indicates audible alarm indicator (rated 85 dBA at 10 ft (3.1 m)); suffix IT indicates separate alarmcontacts for thermal sensor.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2451(A), 2451TH operate at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable ofproviding power via the detection circuit and which limit the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Suffix THindicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Used with Models 401B, B401, B401BR(A), B401R, B401BR-750, B401R-750, B402B(A), B404B, B406B(A) bases. The B404B base operates on 120 V ac, 60 Hz only. Model RA400, RA400Z, RA400A, RA400ZAremote annunciator can be used for supplemental visible annunciation of alarm. Model RMK400 kit used for recessed mounting.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2W-B and 2WT-B (two wire) used with Approved compatible control panels capable ofproviding power via the detection circuit. Models 4W-B and 4WT-B (four wire) for use with Approved control panels providing separate circuitsfor power and alarm initiation. Rated voltage 8.5-35.0 V dc. Models 2W-B, 2WT-B, 4W-B, and 4WT-B respond to smoke levels correspondingto 1.0 to 4.0%/ft (0.13 to 0.52 db/m) obscuration. Relay contacts rated at 0.5 A, 30 V ac/dc. Models 2WT-B and 4WT-B have supplemental135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Optional model 2W-MOD Loop Test/Maintenance module available for use with Models 2W-B and2WT-B only.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2WTR-B, 2WTA-B (two wire) used with Approved compatible control panels capable ofproviding power via the detection circuit. Models 4WTR-B, 4WTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B (four wire) for use with Approved controlpanels providing separate circuits for power and alarm initiation. Rated voltage 8.5-35.0 V dc for 2W models, and 10.0-35 V dc for 4W models.Models 2WTR-B, 2WTA-B, 4WTR-B, 4WTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B respond to smoke levels corresponding to 1.0 to 3.62%/ft (0.13 to0.47 db/m) obscuration. Models 2WTR-B, 4WTR-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B have a Form C relay. Relay contacts rated at 2.0 A, 30 V ac/dc.Models 2WTA-B, 4WTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B contain a piezoelectric horn to generate a temporal pattern in alarm condition. Allmodels have supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Optional model 2W-MOD2 Loop Test/Maintenance module available foruse with Models 2WTR-B, 2WTA-B, 2W-B and 2WT-B.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 1151(A) operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc; Model 1151EIS operates at 8.5 to 28 V dc, used with Approvedcontrol panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Model 1151(A) operatingtemperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C), Model 1151EIS operating temperature 14°-140°F (-10°-60°C). Model 1151(A) used with base ModelsB401, B110LP, B110RLP, B110RLP750, B112LP, B114LP and B116LP. Model 1151EIS used with base Models B401 and B401B. The B114LPbase operates 120 V ac, 60 Hz only. Model MOD400R sensitivity tester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivityin percent per foot obscuration. See also HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT in separate Electrical Equipment volume.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 1400(A) is a two-wire type device which operates at 12 or 24 V dc; Models 1412(A) and 1424 arefour-wire type detectors which operate at 12 V dc and 24 V dc, respectively. Model 1400(A) draws 100 uA standby, 100 mA when in alarmand must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Models 1412(A) and 1424 must be usedwith Approved control panels that provide separate circuits for power and alarm detection; a set of Form A contacts, rated at 2.0 A at 30 Vdc/ac facilitate connection to the alarm-initiating circuit. Model 1412(A) draws a max of 77 mA in alarm; Model 1424 draws a max of 40.6 mAin alarm. Model 1400R-750 has a 750 ohm current limiting resistor.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 1451(A) operates at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing powervia the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used with Models 401B, B401,B401BR(A), B401R, B401BR-750, B401R-750, B402B(A), B404B, B406B(A) bases. The B404B base operates on 120 V ac, 60 Hz only.Model RA400, RA400Z, RA400A, RA400ZA remote annunciator can be used for supplemental visible annunciation of alarm. Model RMK400kit used for recessed mounting.

Duct Type Photoelectric Smoke Detectors. Model DH100P is a 2-wire and Model DH100ACDCP is a 4-wire detector. The detector headis housed permanently on the sensing board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.5 to 20.3m/sec). The 2-wire unit operates with 12 to 24 V dc input of a FM Approved compatible fire alarm control Notifier System 500. The 4-wiredetector operates off 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac or 240 V ac power supply with FM Approved fire alarm controls. The DH100ACDCP containsthree relays: supervisory or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A at 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A at 30 V dc) and 10 Aat 250 V ac), and alarm relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A at 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detectors is 23° to 131°F (-5° to 55°C).


Duct Type Photoelectric Smoke Detectors. Model DH100LP is a 2-wire and Model DH100ACDCLP is a 4-wire detector. The detector headis housed permanently on the sensing board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 100 to 4000 feet per min (0.5 to20.3 m/sec). The 2-wire unit operates with 12 or 24 V dc input of an Approved compatible fire alarm control (Notifier System 500). The 4-wiredetector operates from 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The DH100ACDCLP containsthree relays: supervisory or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A@ 250 V ac), and alarm relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detectors is 23° to 131°F (-5° to 55°C).

Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models DH400, DH400ACDC. These detectors use either the Model 2451A photoelectric or 1451DH ionizationtype smoke detector head. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 300 to 4000 feet per min. The Model DH400 operatesfrom 8.5 to 35 V dc and must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit, and which limit thealarm current to 100 mA. The Model DH400ACDC unit operates from 20 to 29 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac or 220/240 V ac. The alarm connectionsof the DH400ACDC must be connected to the initiating circuit of an Approved compatible control. The Model RTS451 or ModelRTS451KEY(A) remote test stations can be used to provide functional testing and visual alarm annunciation of these detectors(RTS451KEY[A]) with key operated control). The RTS451 or RTS451KEY(A) can also be used to reset the DH400ACDC. The Model APA451annunciator is used with the DH400ACDC for audible alarm annunciation when a control panel is not used (for NFPA 90A applications).Operating temperature of the detectors is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model DH400ACDCIHT. This detector uses the Model 1451DHHT ionization type smoke detector head. Foruse in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 ft/min. The unit operates from 20 to 29 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac or220/240 V ac. The alarm connections of the DH400ACDCIHT must be connected to the initiating circuit of an Approved compatible control.The Model RTS451 or Model RTS451KEY(A) remote test stations can be used to provide functional testing and visual alarm annunciationof the detector (RTS451KEY[A]) with key operated control). The Model APA451 annunciator is used with the DH400ACDCIHT for audiblealarm annunciation when a control panel is not used (for NFPA 90A applications). Operating temperature of the detectors is 32° to 158°F (0° to70°C).

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 1112/24B, voltage rating 8.5-35.0 V dc, alarm contacts rated at 0.5 A, 30 V ac/dc. For use withApproved control panels providing separate circuits for power and alarm initiation.

Duct Type Photoelectric Smoke Detectors. Model EDH100ACDCLP is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on thesensing board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 100 to 4000 feet per min (0.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The 4-wire detectoroperates from 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The EDH100ACDCLP contains threerelays: supervisory or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @250 V ac), and alarm relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detectors is 23° to 131°F (-5° to 55°C).

Duct Type Iodization Smoke Detector. Model DH100ACDCI is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on the sensingboard. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 feet per min (2.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The detector operates from24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The DH100ACDCI contains three relays: supervisoryor trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @ 250 V ac), and alarm relay(form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detector is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The detector can be used with an optionalmodel SSK451 multi-signaling accessory module with or without an optional PS24LO (or PS24LOW) strobe attachment.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 430559, 430562, 430695; Models 430560 and 430696 with fixed temperature 135°F (57°C)thermal sensor. Used with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, 430702 in 2-wire circuits where the current is limited by the fire alarmcontrol panel. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C) temperature range. Model 430572 and 430704 remote LED may be used with Models 430569 and430702 bases. For 2-wire use with the following Approved controls: Ansul Autopulse Z-10 and Z-28, Pyro-Chem Triton RP and RPA.

TEPG-US, 91 Technology Drive, Westminster MA 01441-0001Ionization Type Smoke Detectors. Model 430561 and 430697 used with base Models 430567, 430569, 430701, 430702 in 2-wire circuits

where the current is limited by the fire alarm control panel. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C) temperature range. Models 430572 and 430704 remoteLED may be used with Models 430569 and 430702 bases. For 2-wire use with the following Approved controls: Ansul Autpulse Z-10 and Z-28,Pyro-Chem Triton RP and RPA.

Thorn Security Ltd, Security House, The Summit, Hanworth Rd, Sunbury-on-Thames TW16 5DB EnglandDuct Type Smoke Detector. Models 612PD and 612ID. Used with series 600/900D, 600DDC, and 600DAC Duct Smoke Detector Housings.

The duct detector housing is designed for use as one of the following basic models: 612PD — 912P photoelectric head with a conventionalpanel; 612ID – 612I ionization head with a conventional panel. The 600/900D housing provides a basic 2-wire connection. The 600DDC and600DAC provide 4 – wire connections and contain two 10 A, 115 V ac form C alarm relays. Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min(2.54 to 20.3 m/sec). Duct application smoke sensitivity range is 1.16%/ft to 2%/ft obscuration (0.15 to 0.26 db/m) for model 612PD, and0.6%/ft to 0.96%/ft (0.08 to 0.12 db/m) for model 612ID. The operating voltage range for the 2-wire model (600/900D) is 16.0 to 32.0 V dc.The 4-wire 600DDC requires either 24 V dc or 24 V ac power to operate. The 600DAC, in addition to 24 V dc/ac, has a power connection for115 V ac.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 612I. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc, with the standby current from 70 to 151 µA.Sensitivity range is 0.63 to 1.17%/foot obscuration (0.08 to 0.15 db/m). Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) withtemperatures from 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). To be used with the following bases: models 4B and 6B, either with or without 600RBARelay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors: Grinnell TFX series -400, -500, and-800 controls.

Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 612P and 612HP. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc, with the standby current from70 to 80 µA. Sensitivity range is 1.16 to 2.68%/foot obscuration (0.15 to 0.35 db/m). Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but notrefrigerated areas) with temperatures from 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). To be used with the following bases: models 4B and 6B, either withor without 600RBA Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors: Grinnell seriesTFX-400, -500, and -800 controls.

Vijay Industries and Projects Ltd, Plot No EL 205 MIDC, TTC Area Mahape Navi Mumbai, 400 709, IndiaPhotoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Vijay Autronica Model BH-20 detector head with BWA-40A base. Operating voltage range is 18 to

30 V dc with 24 V dc nominal; standby current is 0.5 mA, and alarm current is 50 mA. The detectors must be connected to an Approvedcompatible control panel capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature range is 0° to 60°C (32° to 140°F). Seealso LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for this manufacturer.

Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Vijay Autronica Model BJ-20 detector head wth BWA-40A base. Operating voltage range is 18 to 30 V dcwith 24 V dc nominal; standby current is 0.5 mA, and alarm current is 50-70 mA. The detectors must be connected to an Approved compatiblecontrol panel capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature range is 0° to 60°C (32° to 140°F). See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for this manufacturer.

Vision Systems Inc, 35 Pond Park Rd, Hingham MA 02043MARK III VESDA (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus) installations. This sampling type detector is a very sensitive photoelectric

detector that uses a pulsed Xenon lamp to detect light scattered by airborne particles. The particles pass through a filter to the detectionchamber. The detector assembly produces an analog output proportional to the smoke density. The control card provides an LED bargraphdisplay of the smoke density and three independently programmable, alarm set points. Each alarm level is indicated by a flashing LED andrelay output. Other LEDs indicate trouble and power on. There are six Form C relay outputs (test, air flow failure, detector failure, Alarm 1,Alarm 2, Alarm 3); contacts are rated 1A at 28 V dc. Each alarm has an adjustable 0-60 sec delay. An adjustment is provided to compensatefor surrounding air contaminates. Each detector assembly should be connected to balanced piping to assure equal suction in each samplingbranch line. MARK III VESDA consists of either a 1 or 4 zone controller (E700-CE-1 or E700-CE-4), E700-CCP or -DC control card(s) for each


zone, and detector(s). The E700-DC control card may be equipped with an E700-COMM communication card. The E700-DE1, -DE2, -DE5detectors have sensitivity ranges 0.002-0.03%/ft (0.0003-0.004 dB/M), 0.006-0.06%/ft (0.0008-0.008 dB/M) and 0.015-0.15%/ft (0.002-0.021dB/M), respectively. Single zone units with integral controller E700-DE-SC-1, E700-DE-SC-2, E700-DE-SC-5 are available with the threesensitivity ranges. E-700-CE-4/48, E700-DE1-SC/48, E700-DE2-SC/48 and E700-DE5-SC/48 units are for use with a 48 V dc uninterruptablepower source having a min 24 hours of standby capacity. Required 24 hour standby power provided by E700-PS-2-37 (2 amps) orE700-PS-4-37 (4 amps). The E700-PS-2-37 supply requires two 32 AH batteries (E700-BAT-32) connected in series, the E700-PS-4-37requires four 32 AH batteries and E700-BC-37 battery cabinet. Single zone MARK III units with integral 120 V power supply/battery chargerand two 15 AH batteries provide 24 hours of standby power. All equipment suitable for indoor use in ambient temperature from 32° to 122°F(0° to 50°C).

VESDA E70-D (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus). This apparatus must be connected, via an auxiliary interface board P/N E70-RIBto a compatible Approved control panel. Model No. DESC-PIC-x/120 is a self-contained unit which houses a VESDA detector, an aspirator,an in-line filter, VESDA controls, and a 120 V ac power supply. The unit accepts 120 V ac on its input terminal and provides 24 V dc to thecontroller, detector, and aspirator. Model No. DESC-PIC-x/24 is a self-contained unit which houses a detector, an aspirator, an in-line filter andVESDA controls. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. Model No. DESC-PIC-x/48 is a self-contained VESDA unit which housesa detector, an aspirator, a Kepco 48 V dc/24 V dc power supply, an in-line filter and VESDA controls. It accepts a 48 V dc uninterruptible powersupply on its input terminal and provides 24 V dc to the controller, detector and aspirator. The VESDA detector head is available in thefollowing full-scale sensitivities: 0.03%/ft (0.004 dB/m) which is indicated by a 1 in the model number; 0.06%/ft (0.009 dB/m) indicated by a2 in the model number; and 0.15%/ft (0.02dB/m) indicated by a 5 in the model number. Max coverage per detector is 20,000 sq ft (1860 sqm). Each detector assembly must be connected to balanced piping to assure equal suction in each sampling branch line. The required 24 hourstandby power is provided by two 12 V, 15 AH batteries (E700-BAT-15) connected in series. Suitable for indoor use at temperatures between32° and 130°F (0° and 55°C). Firmware for the Model No. E70-D is Version 1.6. This version is distributed in the Western Hemisphere only.

VESDA Scanner (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus). This apparatus must be connected, via an auxiliary interface board P/N E70-RIB,to a compatible Approved control panel. Model No. DESC-SCAN-x/120 is a self-contained unit which houses a VESDA Scanner detector, anaspirator, an in-line filter, VESDA Scanner controls, and a 120 V ac power supply. The unit accepts 120 V ac on its input terminal and provides24 V dc to the controller, detector and aspirator. Model No. DESC-SCAN-x/24 is a self-contained unit which houses a detector, an aspirator,an in-line filter, and VESDA Scanner controls. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. Model No. DESC-SCAN-x/48 is aself-contained VESDA Scanner unit which houses a detector, an aspirator, an in-line filter, and VESDA Scanner controls. It accepts a 48 V dcuninterruptible power supply on its input terminal and provides 24 V dc to the controller, detector, and aspirator. The VESDA Scanner detectorhead is available in the following full-scale sensitivities: 0.03%/ft (0.004 dB/m) which is indicated by a 1 in the Model No.; 0.06%/ft(0.009 dB/m) indicated by a 2 in the Model No.; and 0.15% (0.02 dB/m) indicated by a 5 in the Model No. Max coverage per detector is20,000 ft2 (1,860 m2). Each detector assembly must be connected to balanced piping to assure equal suction in each sampling branch line.The required 24 hour standby power is provided by two 12 V, 15 AH batteries (E700-BAT-15) connected in series. Suitable for indoor use attemperatures between 32° and 130°F (0° and 55°C). Firmware for the VESDA Scanner is Version 1.51.

MiniVESDA-50 (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus). This apparatus must be connected, via an auxiliary interface board P/N E70-RIBto a compatible Approved control panel. Model No. DESC-MINI-50-5/120 is a self-contained unit which houses a MiniVESDA detector, anaspirator, a filter, MiniVESDA controls and a 120 V ac power supply. The unit accepts 120 V ac on its input terminal and provides 24 V dcto the controller, detector and aspirator. Model No. DESC-MINI-50-5/24 is a self-contained unit which houses a detector, an aspirator, a filterand MiniVESDA controls. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. Model No. DESC-MINI-50-5/48 is a self-contained unit whichhouses a detector, an aspirator, a filter and MiniVESDA controls. It accepts 48 V dc uninterruptible power supply on its input terminal andprovides 24 V dc to the controller, detector and aspirator. The MiniVESDA detector head has a sensitivity of 0.5%/m (0.15%/ft). Max coverageper detector is 5000 sq ft (465 sq m). Each detector assembly must be connected to balanced piping to assure equal suction in each samplingbranch line. The required 24 hour standby power for the single-zone DESC-MINI-50 is provided by two 12 V, 15 AH batteries (E700-BAT-15)connected in series. Suitable for indoor use at temperatures between 32° and 122°F (0° and 50°C). Firmware for the MiniVESDA-50 isVersion 4.0.

VESDA LaserPLUS smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the relay contacts on the detector headtermination board or remote termination board. The VESDA LaserPLUS system consists of a smoke detector with up to four sampling pipeinlets. Additionally, the system may include a local or remote display, programmer and VESDAnet socket. The software version is 2.19.00.The VESDA LaserPLUS system components operate on 24 V dc. The VESDA LaserPLUS power supply, Model VPS-100US operates from120 V ac/60 Hz primary power and is provided with two 12 V dc, 12 AH batteries for each detector up to a max of three detectors for up to24 hours of secondary power. Where a 24 V dc primary supply plus a secondary (standby) supply having at least a 24 hour capacity exists(refineries, power plants, gas processing distribution networks, telephone exchanges, etc.), the Model VPS-100US power supply is notrequired. A high level interface (HLI) may be used to connect an IBM compatible personal computer to the system for all remote programmingand diagnostics. The detector has a sensitivity range of 0.0015%/ft to 6%/ft (0.005%/m to 20%/m), but is limited to 4.0%/ft (13.20%/m) byprogramming when ‘‘UL’’ is selected from the menu of the LCD programmer. The VESDA LaserPLUS system is suitable for indoor use onlyin ambient temperatures of 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The sampling piping network is designed by the ASPIRE computer program,Version 3.09.02.

VESDA VLS Scanner smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the relay contacts on the detector headtermination board or remote termination board. The VESDA VLS Scanner system consists of a smoke detector with up to four sampling pipeinlets. Additionally, the system may include a local or remote display, programmer, and VESDAnet socket. The software version is 3.08.03.The VESDA VLS Scanner system components operate on 24 V dc. The VESDA power supply, Model VPS-100US operates from120 V ac/60 Hz primary power and is provided with two 12 V dc, 12 AH batteries for each detector up to a maximum of three detectors forup to 24 hours of secondary power. Where a 24 V dc primary supply plus a secondary (standby) supply having at least a 24 hour capacityexists (refineries, power plants, gas processing distribution networks, telephone exchanges, etc.), the Model VPS-100US power supply is notrequired. The VESDA power supply, Model VPS-400US-48, is used in telecommunications applications and converts 48 V dc to 24 V dc. Ahigh level interface (HLI) may be used to connect an IBM compatible personal computer to the system for all remote programming anddiagnostics. The detector has a sensitivity range of 0.0015% to 6%/ft (0.005% to 20%/m), but is limited to 4.0%/ft (13.20%/m) by programmingwhen “UL” is selected from the menu of the LCD programmer. The VESDA VLS scanner system is suitable for indoor use only in ambienttemperatures of 14° to 120°F (-10° to 49°C). The sampling piping network is designed by the ASPIRE computer program, Version 3.09.02.If ASPIRE Version 3.09.02 is not used, a balanced sampling pipe network must be installed.

VESDA LaserCompact smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the relay contacts on the detector headtermination board. The VESDA LaserCompact system consists of a smoke detector with a single sampling pipe inlet. The software versionis 3.07.04. When connected into an Approved fire alarm control, the configuration is limited to one detector per zone maximum. The VESDALaserCompact system components operate on 24 V dc. The VESDA LaserPLUS power supply, Model VPS-100US operates from120 V ac/60 Hz primary power and is provided with two 12 V dc, 12 AH batteries for each detector up to a maximum of three detectors forup to 24 hours of secondary power. For locations with a 24 V dc supply having at least a 24 hour standby capacity (refineries, power plants,gas processing distribution networks, telephone exchanges, etc.), the detector may be connected to this supply with permission of theauthority having jurisdiction. The VESDA power supply, Model VPS-400US-48 which converts 48 V dc to 24 V dc, may be used intelecommunications applications where a 48 V dc uninterruptible power supply exists. A high level interface (HLI) may be used to connect anIBM compatible personal computer to the system for all remote programming and diagnostics on model VLC-505. A direct serial link may beused to connect an IBM compatible personal computer to VESDA LaserCompact model VLC-500 for all programming and diagnostics. Thedetector has a sensitivity range of 0.0015%/ft to 6%/ft (0.005%/m to 20%/m), but is limited to the required 4.0%/ft (13.20%/m) by programmingwhen ‘‘UL’’ is selected from the menu of the LCD programmer. The VESDA LaserCompact system is suitable for indoor use only in ambienttemperatures of 14° to 120°F (-10° to 49°C). The sampling piping network is designed by the ASPIRE computer program, Version 3.09.02.


ASPIRE Version 3.09.02 Computer program for Windows. This program is designed to run on IBM-compatible personal computers (PC’s)and is used to develop sampling pipe layouts for VESDA (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus) smoke detectors. It develops the numberof pipes; lengths of pipes; positions, sizes, and spacings of sampling holes; and effects of fittings on the network. Transit time from the mostremote sampling hole is 120 seconds or less. The piping network designed by ASPIRE version 3.09.02 is not necessarily structurallysymmetrical. If ASPIRE, version 3.09.02, is not used, a balanced sampling pipe network must be installed.

Wagner Alarm-und Sicherungssysteme GmbH, Schleswigstrasse 5, D-30853 Langenhagen GermanyModels AD1 and AD2 smoke detection systems. (Note: These smoke detection systems may not comply with all requirements of

NFPA 72-1999 which would be applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America). For use with thecompatible Approved CS1140 System, from which they receive their operating power from the initiating device circuit. The AD1 smokedetection system consists of one of the following smoke detectors: Model DO1103A, Model DO1133A, or Model DO1153A smoke detector,with Models DB1101A, DB1131A, and DB1151A bases respectively, mounted in an ABS plastic enclosure with air sampling and other controlequipment. The AD2 has two of these detector/base combinations installed. The AD1 system has a single sampling pipe inlet, while the AD2has two inlets of which one or two can be used. The AD1 and AD2 systems operate from 14-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The sensitivity of theAD1 and AD2 systems depends on the detector model which is installed as well as the sensitivity settings. The DO1103A has a sensitivityof 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1133A detector has a sensitivity of 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1153A has a sensitivity range of 0.09%/ft(0.01 dB/m) to 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). Both the AD1 and AD2 can have one or more optional MB2 detector boxes which contain one of thedetectors shown above. These MB2 boxes are installed between the AD1 or AD2 and the piping network. The AD1 and AD2 systems aresuitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C). The sampling piping network must be installed on abalanced system.

TITANUS SUPER-SENS air sampling smoke detection system. Versions rev. a, a/G, and /X. For use with compatible Approved fire alarmcontrols having separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The software in the TITANUS SUPER-SENS processor is 0010.03.012for the rev. a and a/G versions and 0010.04.013 for the /X. The TITANUS SUPER-SENS smoke detection system consists of a detector headmounted in an ABS plastic enclosure with air sampling and other control equipment. The system has a single sampling pipe inlet. Up to tworemote display units, Type PAG3-TITANUS, can be connected to each TITANUS SUPER-SENS. The TITANUS SUPER-SENS systemoperates from 14-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The alarm sensitivity of the TITANUS SUPER-SENS ranges from 0.008 %/ft (0.000009 dB/m)to 0.06 %/ft (0.008 dB/m). The TITANUS SUPER-SENS system is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -4°F to 140°F (-20°Cto 60°C). The sampling piping network must be installed as a symmetrical design as described in Section 4.2 of the manufacturer’s TechnicalManual.

Smoke Detector Testing and Calibration Devices

These devices are specifically designed to verify the proper operation of a smoke detector. If acceptable to thesmoke detector’s manufacturer, they are suitable for use with either ionization or photoelectric type smoke detectors.Calibrated testing devices are used to verify that a smoke detector will respond at a predetermined level of smokedensity measured in % obscuration per ft (dB/m). Uncalibrated testing devices are only suitable as a functional testof smoke detector operation.

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932Aerosol Type Smoke Detector Test Gas P/N 315-282747. Suitable for testing installed ionization and photoelectric type smoke detectors

for proper functioning; the tester is not a calibrated source. The aerosol container should be used at a min distance of 3 ft (0.9 m) and a maxof 8 ft (2 m) at a frequency not greater than once per month. The aerosol spray should be aimed at the detector so that aerosol particles canenter the smoke detection chamber. This 2.5 oz (83 ml) aerosol can contains approximately 150 one-sec sprays. The aerosol container shouldbe stored and used within the temperature range of 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Smoke Detector Guards

These guards are designed to protect wall- or ceiling-mounted smoke detectors from mechanical injury ortampering without adverse effect on detector performance.

Safety Technology International Inc, 2306 Airport Rd, Waterford MI 48327Model STI 8100. Made of clear Lexan plastic. Used to cover Approved ionization and photoelectric type smoke detectors. Dia. is 91⁄4 in.

(235 mm), 4 in. (102 mm) deep. The guard contains 15 in.2 (97 cm2) of openings for smoke, leaving 77% of the surface obstructed. Mountedby four 10 x 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) screws, which when loosened, enable the guard to be removed for detector maintenance.

Fire Detection, Flame-Actuated

Flame-actuated detectors respond to a radiant energy of flame, sparks or glowing embers. Response may be inmilliseconds; however, alarm initiation may be time-delayed up to 30 seconds, as indicated.

Autronica Fire and Security AS, N 7005, Trondheim NorwayFlame Detector. Autroflame Models 20/20L ultraviolet-infrared flame detector and 20/20U ultraviolet flame detector. Each operates from 20

to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectoroperating temperature is -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Both models may be field tested using the 20/20-509 fire simulator. Detectors and firesimulator are explosionproof for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous(classified) locations. Detectors and fire simulator are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.

Autroflame Flame Detector. Autroflame Model 20/20LB ultraviolet-infrared flame detector. Autroflame Model 20/20UB ultraviolet flamedetector. Each operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarmsignaling and for power. Autroflame Model 20/20-509 fire simulator is used for field testing of these detectors. Detectors are rated NEMA Type6P and are suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Explosionproof, suitable for usein Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.

Flame Detector. Autroflame Model 20/20I infrared flame detector. The detector operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatibleApproved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable forindoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 160°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1,Groups B, C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.


Detector Electronics Corp, 6901 W 110th St, Minneapolis MN 55438Model X2200 A (or S) 4M (or 4N) 11 (or 13, 15) A (or U, W) 1 (or 2) UV flame detector (Firmware 007429-001 Rev. C). Software Option

dash numbers: 001, 003, 005, 006. Sensitivity and processing modes, Arc Rejection, Standard are factory set. Operates from 18 to 30 V dcvia connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiating device circuits. Fuels testedfor response include the following: Heptane, Natural Gas. The detector enclosure is rated NEMA 4X and is suitable for indoor and outdooruse. Suitable for use over ambient operating temperature range of -40°F to +167°F (-40°C to +75°C). Suitable for use in Class I, Division 1,Groups B, C and D (T5); Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G (T5); and Class III, Division 1 locations. Nonincendive for Class I, Division2, Groups A, B, C & D (T3); Suitable for Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F & G (T3) hazardous (classified) locations.

Dual Spectrum® PM-5MP+ (Part No. 420737-xxy) Infrared (IR) flame detector. For 9 to 30 V dc operation via connection to a compatibleApproved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits. Optional, integral end-of-line resistor (EOL) value indicatedby part number suffix; value must match EOL specified for control; suffix ‘‘-000’’ indicates standard version without EOL. Operating tem-perature range of 32° to 158°F (0° to 70°C); enclosure rated for IP 67. Detectors are suitable for use in certain hazardous locations asdescribed in the listing under Hazardous Locations Electrical Equipment.

Model X3301 A (or S) 4M (or 4N) 11 (or 13, 14, 15, 21) A (or W) 1 (or 2) Multispectrum IR flame detector (Firmware 007278-001 Rev. C).Programming Option dash numbers: 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, 034, 035. Approved for use at Very High and Medium sensitivity settings(factory set). Operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits andlatching initiating device circuits. LON version (‘‘14’’ in model designation) can be used with controls with which it is listed based uponverification of compatibility. Pulse Output version (‘‘15’’ in model designation) can be used with Approved R7404B & R7494B Controllers.Fuels tested for response include the following: Heptane, Diesel, Methanol, Natural Gas, JP-5, Office paper, Corrugated panel. Automotive/Quick mode response in less than 0.5 sec. The detector enclosure is rated NEMA 4X and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Suitable foruse over ambient operating temperature range of -40°F to +167°F (-40°C to +75°C). Suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C &D; Class II, Division 1 , Groups E, F, & G; & Class III, Division 1 locations. Nonincendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B,C &D (T3C);Suitable for Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F and G (T3C) hazardous (classified) locations.

Model X5200 A (or S) 4M (or 4N) 11 (or 13, 15) A (or U, W) 1 (or 2) UV/IR flame detector (Firmware 007429-001 Rev. C). Software Optiondash numbers: 001, 002, 003, 006. Sensitivity and processing modes, UV: Arc Rejection, Standard; IR: Time Domain Signal Analysis, QuickFire (High Speed) are factory set. Operates from 18 to 30 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separatepower circuits and latching initiating device circuits. Fuels tested for response include the following: Heptane, Natural Gas. The detectorenclosure is rated NEMA 4X and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Suitable for use over ambient operating temperature range of -40°Fto +167°F (-40°C to +75°C). Suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D (T5); Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G (T5);and Class III, Division 1 locations. Nonincendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C & D (T3); Suitable for Class II/III, Division 2, GroupsF & G (T3) hazardous (classified) locations.

Model X9800 A (or S) 4M (or 4N) 11 (or 13, 15) A (or U, W) 1 (or 2) IR flame detector (Firmware 007429-001 Rev. C). Software Option dashnumbers: 001, 002, 005, 006. Sensitivity and processing modes, Time Domain Signal Analysis, Quick Fire (High Speed) are factory set.Operates from 18 to 30 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiatingdevice circuits. Fuels tested for response include the following: Heptane, Natural Gas, Black Powder, Pyrodex. The detector enclosure is ratedNEMA 4X and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Suitable for use over ambient operating temperature range of -40°F to +167°F (-40°Cto +75°C). Suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D (T5); Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G (T5); and Class III, Division1 locations. Nonincendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C & D (T3); Suitable for Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F & G (T3) hazardous(classified) locations.

Fire Sentry Corp, 593 Apollo St, Brea CA 92821Multi-Spectrum Flame Detection. Model SS2-WT ‘‘SuperSentry II’’ flame sensor. For 12 to 24 V dc operation via connection to a compatible

Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Model SS2-WT suitable for indoor or outdoor use inambient temperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to 131°F); enclosure rated NEMA Type 3 and Type 4.

Multi-Spectrum Flame Detection. FS2000 flame detection system, using software Version 2.01. Consists of programmable FS2000 ModelCM1-A controller, Models SS2-A and -AH ‘‘SuperSentry II’’; SS3-A and -AN multi-spectrum; and SS3-AB and -ABN UV flame sensors; andModel TS2-A COPi test source. A max of 30 devices can be connected to the ‘‘FireBus’’ signaling line circuit. The FS2000 CM1-A controllermust be connected to the initiating device circuit of an Approved control panel. SS2-A, -AH ‘‘SuperSentry II’’ sensors and TS2-A COPi testsource are suitable for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA types 3 and 4) in ambient temperatures from -40° to 194°F (-40° to 85°C); Models SS3-A,-AN, -AB and ABN are suitable for indoor use in ambient temperatures from 32° to 170°F (0° to 77°C); Models SS2-A, -AH ‘‘SuperSentry II’’and TS2-A COPi test source are rated explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division I, Groups E, F and G andClass III hazardous locations; FS2000 CM1-A controller suitable for indoor use (NEMA 5); Internal (7 AH) battery provides a min of 4 hoursstandby operation on a fully loaded system.

Multi-Spectrum Flame Detection. Models SS2-A, -AM flame detector. For 24 V dc operation via connection to a compatible Approvedcontrol panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; suitable for indoor and outdoor use in (NEMA Type 3 and 4 enclosure)ambient temperatures from -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C); rated explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Division 1,Groups E, F and G and Class III hazardous locations.

Models SS3-A and SS3-AN multi-spectrum and SS3-AB and SS3-ABN UV flame detectors. The detectors operate from 12 to 28 V dc viaconnection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and power. The firmware version for theModels SS3-A, -AN, -AB and -ABN is designated 3701-0510. The detector enclosure is rated NEMA Type 1 and is suitable for indoor use inambient temperatures form 0° to 77°C (32° to 170°F).

Models SS4-A; -A-2; -AS; -AS-2; -AUV; -AUV-2 flame detectors. -A and -AS version models are available with stainless steel housing. Suffix-2 on each model is non-latching LED version. SS4-A is multispectrum detector. SS4-AS version has been optimized for special applications.SS4-AUV is an ultraviolet flame detector. These detectors operate from 20.4 to 34 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved fire alarmcontrol providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmware version for the Model SS4-A flame detector is Rev. C. Thefirmware for the -A2, -AS, and -AUV is 2107-9001. The -AS is further defined as parameter setting 2110-0502; and the -AUV is further definedas parameter setting 2110-0503. In addition to relay outputs, rated at 1 Amp at 24 V dc for alarm and fault the Model SS4-A type flame detectorcan also have an optional module MA420-4 which is a 4-20 mA output current source. The detector enclosure is suitable for NEMA Type 3and Type 4 and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 85°C (-40° to 185°F). Suitable for use in ClassI, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D and for Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G and Class III hazardous (classified) locations.

FS System 7 Flame Detector and Controller. Consists of the Model FS7-130-SX (2) controller module, the S7-2173-C flame detector usingfirmware version 3720-0009, Rev. A (4 ft sensitivity), the FS7-2173 flame detector using firmware version 3720-1001 (8 ft sensitivity) and theModel JB-4 junction box. A max of 12 detectors can be connected to each controller module. The FS7-130-SX (2) controller module operatesfrom 20.4 to 26.4 V dc at 410 mA max via connection to a compatible FM Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarmsignaling and power. When the FS7-130-SX (2) controller module is installed inside the enclosure of an Approved fire alarm control,compatibility testing is required for each manufacturer and model of fire alarm control. The detector and controller module are suitable forindoor use, in ambient temperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to 131°F). The flame detector housing provides IP-67 degree of protection.

Models FS7-2173-RP and FS7-2173-2RP multi-spectral flame detectors. The detectors operate from 16 V dc to 28 V dc via connection toa compatible Approved fire alarm control providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmware version is 5724-004,Rev. A. The detector housing provides IP 67 degree of protection, and the detector is suitable for indoor use only.


FS System 10 Flame Detector and Card Controller. Consists of the Option 2xx Series FS10 card controller, the FS System 10 flame detectorusing firmware version 3716-0004, and the CCBPMA1-1, -2 or -4 backplane mounting assembly. One detector is connected to each cardcontroller which in turn must be connected to the initiating device circuit of an Approved control panel. The detector and card controller aresuitable for indoor use, the card controller in ambient temperatures from 0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F) and the detector in ambient temperaturesfrom -40° to +85°C (-40° to +185°F). The detector enclosure is rated NEMA Type 3 and Type 4. The detector is suitable for use in Class I,Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G; and Class III hazardous (classified) locations. Thisdetector reacts to the presence of flame within one-half second.

Model FS10-R and FS10-A multi-spectral flame detectors. The detectors operate from 18 V dc to 28 V dc via connection to a compatibleApproved fire alarm control providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmware is version 5723-006 for the 15 ftdetector, 5723-106 for the 30 ft detector and 5723-207 for the 45 ft detector. In addition to relay outputs, rated at 1 A at 24 V dc, for alert, alarmand fault, the Model FS10-A flame detector also has a 4-20 mA output current source capable of driving a max load impedance of 330 Ohms.The Model FS10-R has relay outputs only. The detector housing is suitable for NEMA 3 and 4, and for indoor use only. The detector is suitablefor use in Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G; and Class III hazardous (classified)locations. Operating temperature is from -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C). This detector reacts to the presence of flame within one-half second.

FS-22 TIR Plus™ Flame Detector, P/N 4041-0-01 and 4041-0-02. The detector operates from 18 V dc to 32 V dc via connection to theinitiating device circuit of a compatible Approved fire alarm control providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmwareversion is 5725-005A. The detector is suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to +85°C (-40° to +185°F). Thedetector is rated NEMA Type 3 and 4, IP66 (indoors and outdoors). The detector is Approved as Explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, GroupsB, C, and D; Dust-ignitionproof for Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G; and Class III T4A Ta = 85°C hazardous (classified) locations.

General Monitors Inc 26776 Simpatica Circle Lake Forest CA 92630UV/IR Flame Detector. Model FL-801 or FL-201 (P/N 70200-1 or 70000-1) controller and Type VI (P/N 70116) flame sensor. The FL-801

controller and FL-201 controller are suitable for applications in temperatures from 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). The Type VI sensor powered by4 V ac from the controllers is suitable for indoor and outdoor applications in temperatures from -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). (See alsoHAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)

UV Flame Detector. Consists of Model FL-801 or FL-201 (P/N 70200-1 or 70000-1) controller and Type V (P/N 70100-2) flame sensor.FL-801, -201 controllers are suitable for applications in temperatures from 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). Type V sensor is powered by 4 V acfrom the controller and is suitable for indoor and outdoor applications in temperatures from -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). Welding or otheractivities which produce substantial amounts of UV radiation should be prohibited within the viewing area of the Type V detector to avoid falsealarms. (See also HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)

Flame Detector. Model FL3000 Series. Includes Models FL3000 (P/N 70550-1, -2 and -3) ultraviolet-infrared flame detectors, ModelFL3001 (P/N 70585-1, -2 and -3) ultraviolet flame detectors and Model FL3002 (P/N 70520-1 and -2) enhanced (dual) infrared flamedetectors. Detectors with -1 and -2 Model Nos. suffixes operate from 20 to 35 V dc; -3 version detectors operate from 23 to 35 V dc. The ModelFL802 multi-channel flame detection readout/relay module monitors the 4-20 mA output of up to eight FL3000 Series flame detectors. TheFL802 interfaces to the initiating device circuit of a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and forpower. Detectors with a -1 or -3 suffix P/N have separate alarm, warning and fault relays and can connect directly to an Approved control whichprovides separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Model FL802 requires P/N 10284-19, Rev. C firmware. Models 70550 and 70585with -1 or -2 suffix use P/N 10284-26, Rev. C firmware; -3 suffix use P/N 10284-59, Rev. A firmware. All versions of the Model FL3002 useP/N 10284-29, Rev. B firmware. The Model TL100 UV test lamp is used for field testing of the FL3001 detectors and the Model TL102 testlamp is used for field testing of the FL3000 and FL3002 detectors. Detectors are suitable for indoor and outdoor use, rated NEMA Type 4.All detectors have a min operating temperature of -40°C (-40°F). The max operating temperature for the models with -1 suffix is 60°C (140°F),the -2 suffix models is 70°C (158°F) and the -3 suffix models is 90°C (194°F). The Model FL802 module has an operating temperature rangeof -18° to 70°C (0° to 158°F). Detectors are suitable for use in hazardous (classified) locations and rated explosionproof for use in Class I,Division 1, Groups B, C and D; and dust-ignitionproof for Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G.

Models FL3100 (UV/IR), FL3101 (UV) and FL3102 (IR) flame detectors. Models FL3100 and FL3101 use firmware 71240, Rev. N, andModel FL3102 uses firmware 71241, Rev. H. The detectors operate from 20 to 36 V dc (24 V dc nominal) via connection to a compatibleApproved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiating device circuits. The detector enclosure is rated Type 4X foruse in indoor and outdoor locations, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C) for the Models FL3100 and FL3101 and -40°to 176°F (-40° to 80°C) for the Model FL3102. Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups B, C and D; anddust-ignitionproof, suitable for use in Class II/III, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups E, F, and G hazardous (classified) locations.

Kidde Dual Spectrum 163 Aero Camino Goleta CA 93117Dual Spectrum® Model PM-3M Infrared (IR) flame detector P/N 420010. For use with the 413410 Protection Panel control, P/N 413410,

and optional 413411 Expansion Module, P/N 413411. Intended for vehicle (mobile industrial equipment) mounting. For 9 to 32 V dc operationpowered by vehicle battery. Detector operating temperature range of -40° to 257°F (-40° to 125°C); control and expansion module operatingtemperature range of -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). Control mounts in operator compartment.

Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.Kidde Fire Systems Model IR-1 Infrared (IR) flame detector, P/N 83-132001-001. For use with the Model KVS 2020 control, P/N 83-132002-

001, and optional Model EM-1 expansion module, P/N 83-132003-001. Intended for vehicle (mobile industrial equipment) mounting. For 9 to32 V dc operation powered by vehicle battery. Detector operating temperature range of -40° to 257°F (-40° to 125°C); control and expansionmodule operating temperature range of -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). Control mounts in operator compartment.

Micropack (Engineering) Ltd Fire Training Centre Schoolhill Portlethen Aberdeen AB12 4RR Scotland UKModel FDS-101 Imaging Based Flame Detector. Software version is 1.44. Operates on 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible

Approved control providing separate circuits for power and signaling. Operating temperature range of -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). Theheaters must be activated for operation at or below 32°F (0°C). The detector is rated NEMA Type 4 (indoors and outdoors).

Mine Safety Appliances Co, Safety Products Div Box 439 Pittsburgh PA 15230Models 805400, 805401 (UV) and 805402, 805403 (UV-IR) flame detectors. The detectors operate from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to

a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmware version is S83401 (6/96). Thedetector enclosure is rated NEMA Type 6P and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to158°F). The temperature can be extended to 85°C (185°F) by additional testing during manufacture. Explosionproof, suitable for use in ClassI, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.

Flame Detector. Model 805399 infrared flame detector. The detector operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approvedcontrol panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for indoor andoutdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 160°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, Cand D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.


Nordson Corp 555 Jackson St Box 151 Amherst OH 44001Multi-Spectrum Flame Detection. NFS 1000 flame detection system, software Version 2.01. Consists of a programmable Model 124439

controller, Model 124440 flame sensor and Model 124441 test source. A max of 30 devices can be connected to the controller signaling linecircuit. The NFS 1000 124439 controller must be connected to the initiating device circuit of a compatible Approved control panel. All systemcomponents suitable for use in ambient temperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to 131°F). Models 124440 sensor for indoor or outdoor use (NEMATypes 3 and 4); Model 124439 controller suitable for indoor use (NEMA Type 5), Model 124441 test source for indoor use only. Model 124439controller must be provided with an external 24 hour, 120 V ac, 0.5 A, secondary power supply.

Pyrotector (See Detector Electronics Corp listing in this category.)

Scott/Bacharach Instruments LLC 251 Welsh Pool Rd Exton PA 19341Flame Detector. Model FV-30-1 infrared flame detector. The detector operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved

control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for indoor andoutdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 160°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, Cand D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.

Flame Detector. Models FV-20-1 ultraviolet-infrared flame detector and FV-10-1 ultraviolet flame detector. Each operates from 20 to 32 V dcvia connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detector operatingtemperature is -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Detectors and fire simulator are explosionproof for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C andD and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations. Detectors and fire simulator are rated NEMA Type 6P and aresuitable for both indoor and outdoor use.

Flame Detector. Model FV-20-2 ultraviolet-infrared flame detector and Model FV-10-2 ultraviolet flame detector. Each operates from 18 to32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors arerated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Explosionproof,suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.

Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf SwitzerlandDF1192, P/N 516662 GE, WaveRex (IR) flame detector. Includes DFB1190 base. For use with Approved compatible control panels capable

of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature range of -31° to 158°F (-35° to 70°C); enclosure rated for IP67.

Sierra Monitor Corp 1991 Tarob Court Milpitas CA 950353100-01, -02, -03, -04, -05 Multi Spectrum Flame Detectors (Firmware P/N 8000-002). For 15 to 32 V dc operation via connection to a

compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; NEMA 4X enclosure for indoor or outdoor usein ambient temperatures from -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Explosion proof detector housing is suitable for use in Class I, Divisions 1 and 2,Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations. (See also HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED)LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)

3200-01, -02 Multi spectrum (UV/IR) flame detectors (Firmware P/N 8001-0001). For 12 to 30 V dc operation via connection to a compatibleApproved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; operating temperature range of 32° to 167°F (0° to 75°C);enclosure rated for IP67.

Sierra Safety Technology Box 816 Minden NV 89423DCR1-S (-T) 1 (3) Multi spectrum (UV/IR) flame detectors (Firmware P/N 8001-0001). For 12 to 30 V dc operation via connection to a

compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; operating temperature range of 32° to 167°F(0 to 75°C); enclosure rated for IP67.

RED-1ST (and ST-E1 through E4) Multi Spectrum Flame Detectors (Firmware P/N 8000-0002). For 15 to 32 V dc operation via connectionto a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; NEMA 4X enclosure for indoor or outdooruse in ambient temperatures from -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C); Explosion proof detector housing is suitable for use in Class I, Divisions 1and 2, Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations. (See also HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED)LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)

Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001Series S200f+ Dual IR flame detectors. These detectors use V1.1 firmware. The S262f+ detector operates from 15 to 28 V dc via connection

to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiating device circuits. The S232f+ is a conventionaltwo-wire detector which connects to any of the Simplex TFX-400, 500 and 800 series control panels via the IXA-500DM, IXA- 500DMA orMDM-521 detector monitor module. The S252f+ is an analog addressable version of the detector which also connects to any of the SimplexTFX-400, 500 and 800 series control panels via the analog loop. The detector enclosure is rated IP 66/67 and is suitable for indoor andoutdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 176°F (-40° to 80°C). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C,and D; and dust-ignitionproof, suitable for use in Class II and III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G hazardous (classified) locations.

Spectrex Inc Peckman Industrial Park 218 Little Falls Rd Cedar Grove NJ 07009Flame Detector. Model 20/20I SharpEye infrared flame detector. The detector operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible

Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable forindoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 160°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1,Groups B, C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.

Flame Detector. Models 20/20L ultraviolet-infrared flame detector and 20/20U ultraviolet flame detector. Each operates from 20 to 32 V dcvia connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detector operatingtemperature is -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Both models may be field tested using the 20/20-509 fire simulator. Detectors and fire simulatorare explosionproof for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified)locations. Detectors and fire simulator are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.

Flame Detector. Models 20/20LB and 20/20LA ultraviolet-infrared flame detector. Model 20/20UB ultraviolet flame detector. Each operatesfrom 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Model20/20-509 fire simulator is used for field testing of these detectors. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for indoor and outdooruse in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D;Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.

Thorn Security Ltd, Security House, The Summit, Hanworth Rd, Sunbury-on-Thames TW16 5DB EnglandSeries S262f+ Triple IR flame detector. This detector uses V1.4 software. The S262f+ detector operates from 15 to 31.5 V dc via connection

to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiating device circuits. The detector enclosure is ratedIP 66/67 and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 176°F (-40° to 80°C). Explosionproof, suitable foruse in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D; and dust-ignitionproof, suitable for use in Class II and III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and Ghazardous (classified) locations, temperature identification T5.


Total Walther GmbH, Feuerschutz und Sicherheit, Waltherstrasse 51, 51069 Köln, GermanyInfrared Flame Detector. Type IR 3 LF with Models LFX 1-4 or LFX 5-10 amplifiers. Responds to infrared radiation in the 0.75 to 1.2 micron

range. The detector is adjustable to provide for optimum flame detection in dark areas and in areas with daylight conditions or artificial lightingsuch as mercury-vapor or fluorescent. The detector is compatible with control panels capable of supplying a nominal 24 V dc to the detectorand with at least one trouble and one alarm input circuit. The standby and alarm currents are in the range of 95 and 104 mA, respectively,for Model LFX 1-4 F. Model LFX 5-10 draws 60-175 mA standby current and 100-210 mA alarm current. LFX amplifier enclosures provideIP-65 degree of protection against solid and foreign bodies according to DIN Standard 40050/7.80.

Vibro-Meter Inc, 10 Ammon Dr, Manchester NH 03103Flame Detector. Omniguard Models 660-0XXXX ultraviolet flame detectors. For 20-32 V dc operation via connection to a compatible

Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Firmware is defined by document 1231121 Rev. C.Detectors are rated NEMA Type 4 and are suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 85°C (-40° to 185°F).Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified)locations. Models 660-1XXXX are high temperature versions which are used in ambient temperatures from -40° to 125°C (-40° to 257°F). Thefirmware for the 660-1XXXX is defined by document 1231122 Rev. C.

Flame Detector. Omniguard Models 860-0XXXX and — 1XXXX ultraviolet-infrared flame detectors. Models 860-1XXXX are equipped witha dual pass IR filter which allows response to specified non-hydrocarbon fires. For 20-32 V dc operation via connection to a compatibleApproved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Firmware is defined by document 1231120 Rev. C.Detectors are rated NEMA Type 4 and are suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 85°C (-40° to 185°F).Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified)locations.

Sprinkler Waterflow, Pressure-Actuated

These waterflow alarm switches and switch-actuated transmitters are pressure activated and are used withwaterflow alarm check valves, dry pipe valves or automatic water control valves. See also WATERFLOW ALARMVALVES and WATERFLOW DETECTORS, VANE TYPE. Unless otherwise noted in the listing, these devices have175 psi (1205 kPa) rated working pressure.

Barksdale Inc 3211 Fruitland Ave Los Angeles CA 90058Waterflow Alarm Switch for excess pressure wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. Models E1H-B15-P6-PLS-U, -M15-P6-PLS-U, -B90-P6-

PLS-U, -M90-P6-PLS-U, -B250-P6-PLS-U, -M250-P6-PLS-U, -B15-P6-F2-UC, -M15-P6-F2-UC, -B90-P6-F2-UC, -M90-P6-F2-UC, -B250-P6-F2-UC, -M250-P6-F2-UC. Working ranges: Models -B15 and -M15, 0.5-15 psi (5-147 kPa); Models -B90 and -M90, 3-90 psi (21-621 kPa);Models -B250 and -M250, 10-250 psi (69-1730 kPa). These adjustable switches are factory set as follows: Models -B15 and -M15, 8 psi(78 kPa); Models -B90 and -M90, 45 psi (311 kPa); Models -B250 and -M250, 125 psi (863 kPa). Contact ratings are as follows: All modelswith the letter ‘‘B’’, 15.0 A at 125/250/480 V ac, 2.0 A at 600 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc; all models with the letter ‘‘M’’, 15.0 Aat 125/250/480 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.

CHEMETRON Fire Systems 4801 Southwick Dr 3rd Floor Matteson IL 60443Switch. Model 86-100. 15 A at 125, 250, 480 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.Switch. Model 86-120. 10 A at 125 V dc.Switch. Model 86-150. 10 A at 125, 250, 480 V ac, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.15 A at 250 V dc.Switch. Model 86-460. 10 A at 125, 250 V ac, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.15 A at 250 V dc.

The Gamewell Co 60 Pleasant St Ashland MA 01721Switch. Model 49971. 15 A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.25 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 240 V dc.

Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp 4077 Air Park Dr Standish MI 48658Switch. Model H. 10 A at 125/250 V ac.Switch. Model G-1. 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.

Minimax GmbH Box 1260 Industriestrasse 10-12 D-23840 Bad Oldesloe GermanySwitch. Model PM 71 6388 93. 10 A at 500 V ac.Pressure Switch. Model PMA-3 for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. Factory adjusted to operate between 7.3 and 8 psi (0.5 and 0.55 bar)

on rising pressure. Switch contacts are rated for 6 A at 250 V ac, 5 A at 24 V dc.

Potter Electric Signal & Manufacturing Ltd 55 Glencameron Rd Thornhill Ontario L3T 1P2Pressure Switch. Model WFS-5 for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. This nonadjustable switch is factory set at 5 psi (34.5 kPa). Switch

contacts are rated for 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.0 A at 30 V dc, 0.4 A at 125 V dc, 0.2 A at 250 V dc. Optional tamper switch rated 2.0 A at30 V ac/dc.

Pressure Switch. Models PSS-10, -40, -120 for excess pressure sprinkler systems. These adjustable switches are factory set at 10, 30 and110 psi (69.0, 206.9 and 758.5 kPa) for the PSS-10, -40 and -120, respectively. PSS-10 adjustable range is from 5 to 30 psi (34.5 to206.5 kPa). Adjustable range of the PSS-40 and -120 is from 25 to 175 psi (172.4 to 1206.7 kPa). Switch contacts rated for 15 A at125/250 V ac, 2.0 A at 30 V dc, 0.4 A at 125 V dc, 0.2 A at 250 V dc. Optional tamper switch rated 2.0 A at 30 V ac/dc.

Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146Pressure Switch. Model WFS-5 for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. This nonadjustable switch is factory set at 5 psi (34.5 kPa). Switch

contacts are rated for 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.0 A at 30 V dc, 0.4 A at 125 V dc, 0.2 A at 250 V dc. Optional tamper switch rated 2.0 A at30 V ac/dc.

Switch. Model WFSB. For supervising a dry pipe system when connected to intermediate chamber of a dry sprinkler system alarm checkvalve. A retard must be provided in the connected transmitter or control unit for wet pipe system installations.

Switch. Model WFSPDB. Pressure-actuated. For supervising operation of an excess pressure wet system.Pressure Switch. Model PS10-EX. For wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. This adjustable switch has an operating pressure range of 4 to

20 psi (28 to 138 kPa). Switch contacts are rated for 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. Pressure switch is rated NEMA Type 4, suitablefor indoor/outdoor use with an operating temperature range of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Pressure switch is explosionproof for Class I,Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G hazardous (classified) locations.

Pressure Switch. Model PS40-EX. For wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. The PS40-EX switch has an adjustable operating pressure rangeof 10 to 175 psi (69 to 1203 kPa). Switch contacts are rated for 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. Pressure switch is rated NEMA Type4, suitable for indoor/outdoor use with an operating temperature range of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Pressure switch is explosionproof forClass I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G hazardous (classified) locations.


Switch. Model WFSR-F. A pressure operated switch with an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard to prevent false alarms due towater pressure variation. The switch is connected into the alarm port of a wet sprinkler system alarm check valve. Factory adjusted to operatebetween 4 and 8 psi (28 and 55 kPa) on rising pressure. Contact ratings: two sets of SPDT; 10 A at 125/250 V ac; 2 A at 0-30 V dc resistive.Suitable for temperatures between 40° and 120°F (4° and 49°C). NEMA 1 classification.

Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch. Models PS10-1A, -2A, PS100-2A. Used for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. The PS10A switch hasan adjustable operating pressure range of 0-20 psi (0 to 138 kPa) and is factory set to operate when pressure increases to 4-8 psi (28-55kPa). -1A or -2A suffix indicates number of internal switches. Model PS100-2A switch is used for excess pressure sprinkler systems. Twointernal switches are factory set to operate when pressure decreases to 90 psi (621 kPa). Switch contacts for all models are rated 15 A at125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. An optional cover tamper switch, P/N 0090134, is available, contacts rated 5 A at 125 V ac, 2.5 A at 6, 12or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMAType 4 when installed with a NEMA Type 4 conduit hub.

Pressure Switch Model QRS for dry pipe sprinkler systems. This microprocessor based pressure switch has a high/low air pressureindicator. Preset pressure settings set by a 10 position rotary switch for system pressure increase or decrease beyond a given point. Pressurerange from 10 to 100 psi (69 kPa to 690 kPa). Alarm contacts rated for 5 A at 30 V dc will close if the pressure drops at a rate of 0.1 psi (0.7kPa) per second or greater or if the pressure drops to 5.5 psi (37.95 kPa). For indoor use with an operating temperature range of -40° to 140°F(-40° to 60°C).

System Sensor, Div of Honeywell 3825 Ohio Ave Saint Charles IL 60174Switch. Models WPS10-1,-2, WPS40-1,-2. For excess pressure wet pipe sprinkler systems. Working ranges are 10-100 psi (70-690 kPa)

for Models WPS40-1, -2 and 2-15 psi (14-140 kPa) for Models WPS10-1,-2. Contact ratings are 15A at 125/250 V ac, 10A at 12 V dc, 0.5Aat 125 V dc and 0.25A at 250 V dc.

Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch. Models EPS10-1, -2. Used for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. Suffix indicates the number of internalswitches. The EPS10 switches have an adjustable operating pressure range of 4 to 20 psi (28 to 138 kPA) and are factory set to operatewhen pressure increases from 4 to 8 psi (28 to 55 kPa). The max service pressure of these switches is 250 psi (1725 kPa). Switch contactsare rated 10A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5A at 6/12/24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 160°F (-40° to71°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a Thomas and Betts’ P/N 5332, P/N 5352 conduit coupling and P/N 5262seal ring. Models EPSA10-1, -2 for Canadian distribution have factory installed cover tamper switch rated for 5 A 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24V dc.

Model 546-8000. Cover tamper switch available for Models EPS10-1, -2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch, Explosion Proof. Model EPS10EXP. Identical to the regular atmosphere EPS10-2 model. Enclosure is

rated Class I, Groups B, C, D, Division 1; Class II, Groups E, F, G, Division 1, and Class III, Division 1.

United Electric Controls Co 180 Dexter Ave Watertown MA 02172Switch. Model 5835. Types J7X, J33AX, J54, J54A, J120X, or H122P. Models 8300, 8305, Type J54, Type J54A. Model 8295. Type J54

or J54A. Model 5355, Types J7X, J33AX, J88X, J120X, or H122P. Model 8762, Type J54. For excess pressure wet or dry pipe sprinklersystems. Working ranges are Model 5835, 10 to 130 psi (70 to 900 kPa); Model 8300, 10 to 100 psi (70 to 690 kPa); Model 8305, 20 to 200psi (140 to 1400 kPa); Models 8295, J7X-5355, J33AX-5355, J88X-5355, 2 to 15 psi (15 to 105 kPa). Models J120X-5355 and H122P-5355,2 tp 20 psi (14 to 140 kPa), Model 8762, 10 to 180 psi (69 to 1242 kPa). Contact ratings are 15 A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 Aat 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc. Contact ratings of the microswitch Type 2HB25-5, used with Model 8762, are 20 A at 120/250 V ac, 10 Aat 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V ac, 0.25 A at 250 V dc. Models J120X-5835, -5355 and H122P-5355, -5835 are suitable for use in Class I, Division1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G and Class III, Division 1 hazardous locations.

The Viking Corp 210 N Industrial Park Rd Hastings MI 49058Switch. Model A-1. P/N 03922-A. 10 A at 125/250 V ac.Switch. Models 07756, 07757, 07758, 07759, 07821 and 07822. For excess pressure wet or dry pipe sprinkler systems. Working ranges

are Models 07756 and 07758, 2 to 15 psi (15 to 105 kPa); Models 07757 and 07759, 10 to 100 psi (70 to 690 kPa); Models 07821 and 07822,20 to 200 psi (140 to 1400 kPa). Contact ratings are 15 A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.

Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch. Models 9470, 9471. Used for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. Models 9470, 9471 have a switch withan adjustable operating pressure range of 4-20 psi (28 to 138 kPA) and is factory set to operate when pressure increases from 4 to 8 psi (28to 55 kPa). Switch contacts for both models are rated 15A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. An optional cover tamper switch, P/N 9601, isavailable. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type4 when installed with a NEMA Type 4 conduit hub.

Waterflow Detection and Excess Pressure Maintenance

These devices maintain an excess water pressure above an alarm check valve in a sprinkler system. The excesspressure is intended to minimize false alarms due to supply surges. Pressure switches are also included to initiatewaterflow alarms.

ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486Waterflow Detector No. B6121. Consists of excess-pressure pump and control panel. To be used with an alarm check valve against which

excess pressure can be maintained without excessive pumping. May be auxiliarized by using suitable master box and supervisory panel.

Electrical protective signaling systems are configurations of components used to produce alarm signals indicative

Manual Stations

Manually operated fire alarm boxes may be added to an otherwise automatically actuated system and should belocated to be readily accessible. They may initiate coded or noncoded signals. Some are combined with watchmantour stations with separate distinguishable signals produced.

ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486Noncode Manual Station. Model ADT-BG-12L for fire alarm. Contacts rated for 0.25 A at 30 V ac/dc.


Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model MPS-5.

Ansul Incorporated One Stanton St Marinette WI 54143Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding Type. Models MS-2 (P/N 78420) and MS-2-D (P/N 78101). Contacts rated 6A at 30 V dc.

CHEMETRON Fire Systems 4801 Southwick Dr 3rd Floor Matteson IL 60443Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models 2-010-0139-3, -0140-1, -0141-9, -0142-7, -0145-0. Each rated for 1 A, 0.6 PF, at

28 V dc service.

Digital Monitoring Products Inc 2500 N Partnership Blvd Springfield MO 65803Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. 850S and 850D. All models are Approved for indoor use with the 850-SB surface back

box. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model 850-WP cast back box and supplied gaskets, ratedNEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).

Edwards Systems Technology 90 Fieldstone Court Cheshire CT 06410(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Edwards Unit of General Signal Ltd.,

Owen Sound, Ontario/Fire Alarm & Systems Technology, Sarasota, FL.) Units may bear the name brands and model designations shownbelow.

Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Edwards/EST Model 270 GAO. Contacts rated 3A at 30 V ac/60 V dc. Indoor use only.Manual Coded Alarm Stations. Edwards/EST Models 1251-FM, -0-FM, 1253-FM, -0-FM.Edwards/EST Models 279A, 279TC, 279T, 279P, 279L. Contacts rated for 3 A at 30 V ac. Edwards/EST Model 279BB surface back box.Edwards/EST. Models MS-2, -2D, -2H, -2P, -2L. Contacts rated at 6 A at 30 V dc.Fire Alarm & Systems Technology/FAST/EST Models MS-2, -2D, -2H, -2P, -2L. Contacts rated at 6 A at 30 V dc.

Fire Control Instruments Inc 16 Southwest Park Westwood MA 02090Noncode Fire Alarm Station. Model MS-WS.Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models MS-1, -1-D, -2, -2H, -2L, -2P, -2-D, -2H-D, -2L-D, -2P-D. Contacts rated for 6 A at

30 V dc service.Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Noncoding type. Models MS-6 and MS-6T. Mounted on a Model BB-2 surface mount backbox. Contacts are

rated 0.5 A at 30 V dc service.Noncoded Manual Station. Models MS -7, -7S, -7SP, -7LOB. The MS-7 series relay contacts are rated .25 A at 30 V. Backbox Models WBB

or WP-10.

Fire-Lite Alarms Inc One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472Noncode Manual Station. Models BG-6, -6A, -6N, -6P, -6T, -10, -10A, -10L, -10P, -10T, -10WP for fire alarm. Models HR-10, -10A for Halon

extinguishing system release. Model BG-10WP is suitable for outdoor use. Each rated for 3A at 30 V ac service. Backbox Model SB-10.Noncode Manual Station. Models UT-PS2 BG-12, -12L, -12LSP, -12S, -12LO, -12LOB and -12LA for fire alarm. Models BG-12LR and

-12LRA for agent release. All contacts rated for 0.25 A at 30 V ac/dc.

First Alert Professional Security Systems 175 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791Noncoded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model FA5140MPS-1. This model is Approved for indoor use with the FA5140MPS-BB sheet metal

back box. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Station has an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).

Harrington Signal Inc 2519 4th Ave Box 590 Moline IL 61265Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models FA-50, -52. Each rated 6 A, 30 V ac or 6 A, 60 V dc service. Coding type. Models FA-23,

-27. Master Fire Alarm Station. Coding type. Models FA-22, -22G.

Hochiki America Corp 7051 Village Dr Suite 100 Buena Park CA 90621Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models FA-50, -52.

Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc) 2701 4th Ave S Minneapolis MN 55408Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models FA-50, -52.

Honeywell International Inc 1500 W Dundee Rd Arlington Heights IL 60004Manual Fire Alarm Station. Types S464A, B, D, E; S465A, B, D, E.Models with A suffix have SPST switch with contacts rated 3 A, 28 V dc or 3 MA, 5 V dc. Models with B suffix have DPST switch with contacts

rated 3 A, 28 V dc or 3 MA, 5 V dc. Models with D suffix have SPST switch with contacts rated 15 VA, 30 V ac max or 42 V dc max. Modelswith E suffix have DPST switch with contacts rated 15 VA, 30 V ac max or 42 V ac max.

Models S465A, B also have an SPST key operated switch for general alarm rated 3 A, 28 V dc. Models S465D, E also have an SPST keyoperated switch for general alarm rated 15 VA, 30 V ac max or 42 V dc max.

All models have an optional 910 ohm resistor for style C and E initiating device circuit wiring. Stations are suitable for indoor applications;operating temperature range of -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C),

Johnson Controls Inc 507 E Michigan St Milwaukee WI 53201Noncode Manual Station. Model JBG-12L for fire alarm. Contacts rated for 0.25A at 30 V ac/dc.

KAC Alarm Company Ltd, 15-19 Trescott Road, Trafford Park, Smallwood Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 7AH UKNon-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. WRPS-ST1P (Single Action, Tool Release, Single Pole), WRPS-ST2P (Single Action,

Tool Release, Double Pole), WRPS-DT1P (Double Action, Tool Release, Single Pole), WRPS-DT2P (Double Action, Tool Release, DoublePole), and Models WRPS-SK1P, WRPS-SK2P, WRPS-DK1P, and WRPS-DK2P (same as above but with Key Release). Models are Approvedfor indoor use with a standard 2in electrical metal back box. The contacts are rated 2 A at 120 V ac. Stations have an operating temperaturerange of 32° to 131°F (0° to 55°C)


Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models 29-320000-280 through -287. Contacts rated for 6 A at 125 V, 3 A at 250 V. Models

29-320000-282 and -283 have a supplementary key switch rated for 3 A at 125 V, 1 A at 250 V.Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. B10 and B11. Both models are Approved for indoor use with the SGB-32S sheet metal

back box. Both models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box and supplied gaskets andrated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).

Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. 30-195000-001, -002, -003 and -004. All models are Approved for indoor use with theSGB-32S sheet metal back box. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box andsupplied gaskets and rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F(-40° to 66°C).

MirCom Technologies 8111 Jane Street Concord Ontario L4K 4L7 CanadaNon-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. MS-601U and MS-610U. Both models are Approved for indoor use. Both models may

be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box and supplied gaskets and rated NEMA 3R. Contactsrated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).

Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. BG-1, -1-2W, BRG, BNG.Noncode Manual Station. Models NBG-10, -10A, -10L, -10P, -10T, -10WP, -12, -12S, -12L, -12LSP. Models NBG-12LO, -12LOB and -12LA.

Models NBG-12LR and -LRA. Model NHR-10 for Halon extinguishing system release. Models NBG-12LR and -12LRA for agent release.Model NBG-10WP and NBG-12LOB are suitable for outdoor use. The NBG-10 series relay contacts rated for 3 A at 125 V ac, the NBG-12Series relay contacts are rated .25 A at 30 V. The NBG-12LA pull station has an auxiliary contact rated 3 Amps @ 30 V ac or dc. BackboxModel NSB-10, WBB or WP-10.

Non-coded Manual Station. Models S464F1008 and S464F1016. Relay contacts for both models are rated .25 A at 30 V. Mount on a backbox Model SB-10.

Protectowire Co Box 200 Hanover MA 02339Manual Fire Alarm Station. Cat. Nos. BG-50, -50W. Rated for 3 A at 30 V dc service.

RSG Inc 3300 East 59th St Long Beach CA 90805Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. RMS-1T, -2T, -3T, -6T, -WP, -EXWP with or without suffixes DAH, KL, KS, LP, KO. All

models are Approved for indoor use with a standard 2 in electrical metal back box. Models RMS-XX-WP-XX may be used in outdoorapplications when installed with the Model EXBB cast back box and supplied gaskets and rated NEMA 4X. Models RMS-EXWP-6T-DAH/KL/KO/LP (Double Pole Double Throw options only) are rated as explosion proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; dust-ignitionprooffor Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G; Class III hazardous (classified) locations and NEMA 4X. The contacts rated 10 A at 120 V ac.Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C); and suitable for indoor/outdoor applications (NEMA 4Xenclosure).

Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf SwitzerlandNoncoded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Type ATAN 50 (P/N 361 428). Device activated by manually breaking glass on housing front cover.

Contacts rated 16-24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. Enclosure rated NEMA Type 3, watertight and dust-proof.

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.

Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc 4 Wheeling Ave Woburn MA 01801Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. SG-32AX, SG-32B, SG-32S, SG-32PS, SG-33AX, SG-33B, SG-33S, SG-33PS,

SG-34AX, SG-34B, SG-34S and SG-34PS, followed by H or K, followed by 1 or 2. Model SGB-32S sheet metal back box is used for indoorsurface mount installations. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box andsupplied gaskets and rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F(-40° to 66°C). The Models SGX-32, SGX-33 and SGX-34 are rated as explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D;dust-ignitionproof for Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations; and suitable for indoor/outdoor applications(NEMA 4X enclosure). The contacts are rated 10 A at 120 V ac, 1 A at 30 V dc.

Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding Type Nos. 2099-8001, -8002, -9101, -9102, -9103, -9104, -9105, -9106, -9107, -9108, -9209, -9217,

-9225, -9232, -9239, -9246, -9253, -9260, -9267, -9288, -9296, -9336, -9371, -9754, -9755, -9756, -9757, -9758, -9759, -9760, -9761, -9762,-9792, -9793, -9794, -9795, -9796, -9797. All stations have contacts rated 3 A at 30 V dc.

Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding Type Nos. 2099-9765, -9766, -9767, -9799. (See also HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical volume for Intrinsically Safe application.)

Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. 2099-9138, -9139, -9140, -9141, -9142, NM-9143, -9147, -9148, -9149, -9152,2975-9211 and 2975-9212. All models are Approved for indoor use. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with theModel SGB-32C cast back box and supplied gaskets and are rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have anoperating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).

Spectronics Corp 4645 Hartley Lincoln NE 68504Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models FA-50, -52.Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. SG-32BK1, SG-32BK2, SG-32SK1, SG-32SK2, SG-32AXK1, SG-32AXK2 and

SG-32PSK. All models are Approved for indoor use. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32Ccast back box and supplied gaskets and are rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperaturerange of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).

TEPG-US, 91 Technology Drive, Westminster MA 01441-0001Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. 2099-9147, -9148, -9149, and -9152. All models are Approved for indoor use. All

models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box and supplied gaskets and rated NEMA3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).


Wheelock Inc 273 Branchport Ave Long Branch NJ 07740Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. MPS-100, MPS-200, and MPS-300. All models are Approved for indoor use with the

MPS-ISB sheet metal back box. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model MPS-WP cast back box andsupplied gaskets and rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F(-40° to 66°C).

Protective Covers for Manual Fire Alarm Stations

These covers are designed to shield the front of a wall-mounted fire alarm station from impact and to produce alocal audible signal when that cover has been opened.

Safety Technology International Inc 2306 Airport Rd Waterford MI 48327Stopper II Fire Alarm Pull Station Protector. Model STI-1100. A clear plastic frame and cover for interior wall mounting installation over

flush-mounted stations up to 51⁄2 in. wide by 63⁄4 in. high (140 by 171 mm). A plastic spacer is available which adds 2 in. (51 mm) to the depthfor use with surface or semiflush-mounted stations. Lifting of cover produces an audible signal from a 9 V dc battery-operated horn with asound level of 86 dBA at 10 ft (3 m).

SUPERVISORY SIGNAL INITIATING DEVICES

Supervisory signals indicate non-alarm conditions affecting important parts of a protection system or timedwatchman tours. Normal/abnormal functions are monitored by these switches and switch-actuated transmitters.

Beam-Type Supervisory Devices

Beam-type supervisory devices are designed to send a signal if the beam should be broken for any reason.

Safe Roof Systems Inc 13 Industrial Dr Mattapoisett MA 02739Senteck DMD-1000. The Approval is limited to the electrical signaling aspects of the device and its operation of an alarm system when the

beam is broken. The device’s effectiveness as a deflection monitor is a function of many factors such as settlement, how the receiver andemitter are supported, etc. Therefore, use of this device as a deflection monitor is the sole responsibility of the end user. The device consistsof at least one SMA30SEL emitter, SM30SRL receiver, SMB30S swivel mounts, MR-210/T relay module and DMT 1000 flag assembly. Thesystem operates from 12 to 30 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling andfor power. When connected to a fire alarm system, the Senteck DMD-1000 must be set to operate a ‘‘supervisory’’ alarm, and not a ‘‘firealarm’’. The device is suitable for indoor use only, in ambient temperatures from -40° to +70°C (-40° to +158°F).

Note: Site specific engineering is required for each application of this device. The structural loads must be calculated based on the building design.

Sprinkler System Supervision

Examples of sprinkler supervisory functions are control valve position, tank pressure, tank level, tank temperature,air pressure, fire pump power and fire pump operation.

ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486Post Indicator Valve Position Supervisory Switch. Type No. B611 with switch unit PA28809 or PA28809-0.High and Low Air Pressure Switch. Types C66, C66-L (waterproof); B66-X, -XL (suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II,

Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations). For supervising the air pressure in a dry pipe sprinkler system or in a sprinkler systempressure tank.

Low Pressure Switch. Types C67, C67-L (waterproof); B67-X, -XL (suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division1, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations). For supervising supply pressures such as water main pressure and a wet-riser pressure in abooster pump system.

Water Level Supervisory Switch. Type 6143-W.Water Level and Temperature Supervisory Switch. Type 6143-T.Supervisory Switch. Type No. B613 with switch unit PA28809 or PA28809-0, C613-X, -XO (suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and

D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations). For supervising the open position of OS&Y valves 21⁄2 in. (64 mm) andlarger.

Supervisory Switch. For Henry Pratt Co valves. No. B6148-009 for supervising the open position of Pratt Type FM-1 valve; No. B6148-016for supervising the open position of Pratt Type FM-3 valve.

Gate Valve Supervisory Switch. Type Nos. 6131, 6131-X (suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, GroupsE, F and G hazardous locations) for shut-in-winter valve service only; B6129-L or -R for gate valve boxes.

Supervised Gate Valve. Type No. B6132. 1⁄2 in. NPS (13 mm). For sprinkler testing.Gate Valve Supervisory Transmitter. Type 6130.Pressure Tank Float Switch. Type No. C6109. For supervising water level in sprinkler system pressure tank. Tank pressure not to exceed

125 psi (860 kPa).Air Pressure Supervisory Switch. Type No. 6119. For supervising dry pipe sprinkler pressure wherein pressure is normally maintained in

the 12-16 psi (85-110 kPa) range.Air Pressure Supervisory Switch. Type No. 6126. For supervising dry pipe sprinkler air pressure wherein pressure is normally maintained

in the 20-90 psi (140-620 kPa) range.Low Pressure Switch. Type E668. For supervisory air pressure of a rate-of-rise deluge or preaction sprinkler system. The adjustable switch

contacts open on system pressure loss to 0.5 psi (5 kPa). Max working pressure 200 psi (1380 kPa). Suitable for Class I, Division 1, GroupsC and D, and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G hazardous location use.

Water Level Supervisory Switch. Type 6149.


Fire-Lite Alarms Inc One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models NIP, PIV. For supervising open position of a post indicator valve. Model PIV can be installed on valves

subject to flooding.Gate Valve Switch. Models NGV, SGV. For supervising open position of a gate valve. Model SGV can be installed on valves subject to

flooding.

Kennedy Valve, Div McWane Inc 1021 E Water St Elmira NY 14902Butterfly Valve Supervisory Switch. Figure SWPIVS (P/N 1-065614) and Figure SWPIVD (P/N 1-065615). Factory installed for valve

position supervision of the Kennedy Valve Figure 82M and Figure 83M grooved end butterfly valves. Figure SWPIVS has an SPDT switch;Figure SWPIVD has a DPDT switch. Switches rated 3W, 5VA, 28 V ac, 0.25 A. Metallic conduit with electrically conductive sealant maust beused. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; enclosure rated NEMA Type 4X, Type 6 and Type 6P.

OS&Y Valve Supervisory Switch. Item 1-065612 and Item 1-065613. For valve position supervision of the Approved ITT Kennedy ValveFig. 68, 21⁄2 through 12 in. NPS (64 through 305 mm) and Fig. 1068, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 in. NPS (76, 102, 152, 203, 254, 305 mm) OS&Y valves.Item 1-065612 uses an SPDT valve position switch, Item 1-065613 uses a DPDT valve position switch; both have an SPST tamper switch.Contacts rated 3W, 5VA, 28 V dc, 120 V ac, 0.25 A. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; enclosure rated NEMA Type 4X and Type 6.

Potter Electric Signal & Manufacturing Ltd 55 Glencameron Rd Thornhill Ontario L3T 1P2Post indicator Valve Switch. Models PIVSU-A1, -A2.Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models PCVS-1, -2. For monitoring the open position of post indicator and butterfly valves. Contacts are rated

for 15 A at 125/250 V ac and 2.5 A at 0-30 V dc. For indoor or outdoor (NEMA 4) use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C).Gate Valve Switch. Models OSYSU-1, -2. For supervising open position of an OS&Y type gate valve. Contacts are rated for 15 A at 125/250

V ac and 2.5 A at 0-30 V dc. For indoor or outdoor (NEMA 4) use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C).Plug Type Gate Valve Switch. Models PTS-B, PMS. For supervising the open position of valves located in pits subject to flooding. These

switches may be used for temporary supervision of non-indicating type valves where other Approved devices cannot be used because ofphysical clearances or design features.

Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146High and Low Temperature Switch. Models TTS-S, -W. For use with Approved alarm transmitter (such as Type PJ) to supervise the water

temperature in gravity sprinkler system supply tanks.Electric Supervisory Transmitter. Models EST-1S, -2, -3. Plug Type Gate Valve Switch. Model PTS-C for supervising the open position of

valves located in pits subject to flooding. This switch may be used for supervision of non-indicating type valves where other Approved devicescannot be used because of physical clearances or design features. SPDT Plug contacts are rated 100 mA @ 28 V dc/ac or 250 mA @12V dc/ac. Cover tamper contacts are rated 250 mA @ 28 V dc/ac.

High-Low Switch. Model HLSB. For supervising air pressure in a dry pipe system or in a sprinkler system air pressure tank.Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models PIVSU-A1, -A2.Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models PIVS-B, PCVS-1, -2. For monitoring the open position of post indicator and butterfly valves. Contacts

are rated for 15 A at 125/250 V ac and 2.5 A at 0-30 V dc. For indoor or outdoor (NEMA 4) use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40°to 60°C).

Gate Valve Switch. Models OSYS-B, OSYSU-1, OSYSU-2. For supervising open position of an OS&Y type gate valve. Contacts are ratedfor 15 A at 125/250 V ac and 2.5 A at 0-30 V dc. For indoor or outdoor (NEMA 4) use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C).

Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch. PS40-1A/-2A, PS120-1A/-2A. Suffix indicates the no. of internal switches. These units have anadjustable working range of 10-175 psi (69-1208 kPa) for air or water pressure supervision of automatic sprinkler system. Model PS40-1Ais factory set to operate when presure decreases to 30 psi (207 kPa); Model PS40-2A has a second internal switch which is factory set tooperate when pressure increases to 50 psi (345 kPa). Model PS120-1A is factory set to operate when pressure decreases to 110 psi (759kPa); Model PS120-2A has a second internal switch which operates when pressure increases to 130 psi (897 kPa). Switch contacts for allmodels are rated 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. An optional cover tamper switch, P/N 5420248, is available, contacts rated 5 A at125 V ac, 2.5 A at 6, 12 or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switchenclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a NEMA Type 4 conduit hub.

High Low Switch. Model HLSB. For supervising air pressure in a dry pipe system or in a sprinkler system air pressure tank.Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch. Models PS10-1A, -2A. Used for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. The PS10A switch has an adjustable

operating pressure range of 0-20 psi (0 to 138 kPa) and is factory set to operate when pressure increases to 4-8 psi (28-55 kPa). -1A or -2Asuffix indicates number of internal switches. Switch contacts for all models are rated 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. An optional covertamper switch, P/N 0090134, is available, contacts rated 5 A at 125 V ac, 2.5 A at 6, 12 or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use inambient temperatures from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a NEMA Type 4 conduithub.

Retrofit Ball Valve Supervisory Switch. Model RBVS for monitoring the fully open position of a ball valve installed in a sprinkler system. Theswitch operates if the ball valve is moved from its open position. When the handle is moved from the open position, this switch button extendsto the tripped position, and the RBVS contacts change their status and that of the supervisory circuit they are wired to. SPDT contacts arerated 10 A at 125/250 V ac or 2 A at 30 V dc. Cover tamper contacts are rated 3 A at 250 V ac.

Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co Inc 525 N MacQuesten Pkwy Box 449 Mount Vernon NY 10552Post Indicator Valve Switch. Model PIV. For supervising open position of a post indicator valve; may be installed on valves subject to

flooding.Gate Valve Switch. Model SGV. For supervising open position of a gate valve; may be installed on valves subject to flooding.

Star Sprinkler Inc 7071 S 13th St Suite 103 Oak Creek WI 53154Sprinkler Valve Supervisory Switch. Model VSS-1. For supervising open position of OS&Y gate valve and Approved Milwaukee butterfly

valve Model BBSC, sizes 1, 11⁄4, 11⁄2, 2 in. (25, 32, 38, 51 mm). Available in the following assemblies: OS&Y installation with one miniatureswitch, P/N 1745; OS&Y installation with two miniature switches, P/N 1744; Milwaukee valve installation with one miniature switch, P/N 1700;Milwaukee valve installation with two miniature switches, P/N 1701. The switch assemblies are not weatherproof.

System Sensor, Div of Honeywell 3825 Ohio Ave Saint Charles IL 60174Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models PIBV2, PIBV2A. For supervising open position of a post indicator valve. Model PIBV2A is labeled for

Canadian market and has factory installed cover tamper switch rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc. Model 546-7000 cover tamperswitch available for Model PIBV2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.

Gate Valve Switch. Models OSY2, OSY2A. For supervising open position of a gate valve. Model OSY2A is labeled for Canadian marketand has factory installed cover tamper switch rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc. Model 546-7000 cover tamper switch availablefor Model OSY2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.

Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch. Models EPS40-1, -2. Suffix indicates the number of internal switches. These units have anadjustable working range of 10 to 100 psi (69 to 689 kPa). Model EPS40-1 is factory set to operate when pressure decreases to 30 psi(207 kPa); Model EPS40-2 has a second internal switch which is factory set to operate when pressure increases to 50 psi (345 kPa). Switchcontacts are rated 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 6/12/24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 160°F


(-40° to 71°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a Thomas and Betts’ P/N 5332, P/N 5352 conduit coupling and P/N5262 seal ring. Models EPSA40-1, -2 for Canadian distribution have factory installed cover tamper switch rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 Aat 24 V dc. Model 546-8000 cover tamper switch available for Model EPS40-1, -2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.

Plug Type Gate Valve Switch. Models PSP1 and PSP1A. Model PSP1A is for Canadian distribution. For supervising the open position ofvalves located in pits subject to flooding. These switches may be used for temporary supervision of nonindicating type valves where otherApproved devices cannot be used because of physical clearances or design features. Contacts rated for 250 mA at 6/12/24 V ac/dc. Factoryinstalled cover tamper switch is rated for 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; enclosure rated NEMAType 3.

Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch, Explosion Proof. Models EPS40EXP and EPS120EXP. Identical to the regular atmosphereEPS40-2 and EPS120-2 models. Enclosures are rated Class I, Groups B, C, D, Division 1; Class II, Groups E, F, G, Division 1, and Class III,Division 1.

Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch. Models EPS120-1, -2. Canadian models EPSA120-1, -2. Suffix indicates the number of internalswitches. These units have an adjustable working range of 10 to 200 psi (69 to 1,380 kPa). Model EPS120-1 is factory set to operate whenpressure decreases to 101.5 psi (700 kPa); Model EPS120-2 has a second internal switch which is factory set to operate when pressureincreases to 117.5-128.5 psi (810-886 kPa). Switch contacts are rated 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 6/12/24 V dc. Suitable for indoor andoutdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 160°F (-40° to 71°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a Thomasand Betts’ P/N 5332, P/N 5352 conduit coupling and P/N 5262 seal ring. Models EPSA120-1, -2 for Canadian distribution have factoryinstalled cover tamper switch rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc. Model 546-8000 cover tamper switch available forModel EPS120-1, -2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.

United Electric Controls Co 180 Dexter Ave Watertown MA 02172Switch Model 5835, Types J7X, 733AX, J120X, H122P. Model 8300, Type J54. Model 8305, Type J54, Model 8762, Type J54, for water

pressure supervision in wet or dry pipe sprinkler systems. Working ranges are Model 5835, 10 to 130 psi (70 to 900 kPa); Model 8300, 10to 100 psi (70 to 690 kPa); Model 8305, 20 to 200 psi (140 to 1400 kPa), Model 8762, 10 to 180 psi (69 to 1242 kPa). Contact ratings are15A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc. Contact ratings of the microswitch Type 2HB 25-5, used withModel 8762, are 20 A at 125/250/480 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V ac, 0.25 A at 250 V dc. Models J120X-5835, -5355 and H122P-5355are suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G and Class III, Division 1 hazardouslocations.

Victaulic Co of America Box 31 Easton PA 18044Post Indicator Valve Switch. Style 737-P with 2 SPDT switches used for supervision of butterfly valves. Style 737-0 used for supervision

of OS&Y gate valves. Switch contacts rated 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, and 0.25 A at 250 V dc.

The Viking Corp 210 N Industrial Park Rd Hastings MI 49058Switch. Model A-1. P/N 04702-A for air pressure supervision in dry pipe sprinkler systems. Working range from 2 to 103 psi (15 to 710 kPa).

The adjustable switch is factory set at 30 psi (205 kPa) decreasing pressure. Contact rating 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 6.5 A at 12 V dc, 1.5 A at24 V dc, 0.33 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.

Switch. Models 07756, 07757 and 07821. For water pressure supervision in wet or dry pipe sprinkler systems. Working ranges: Model07756, 2 to 15 psi (15 to 105 kPa); Model 07757, 10 to 100 psi (70 to 690 kPa); Model 07821, 20 to 200 psi (140 to 1400 kPa). Contact ratingsare 15 A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.

Gate Valve Switch. Model OSYS-B.Post Indicator Valve Switch. Model PIVS-B.Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch. Models 9472, 9473. Switches have an adjustable working range of 10-175 psi (69-1208 kPa) for

air or water pressure supervision of automatic sprinkler systems. Model 9472 is factory set to operate when pressure decreases to 25 psi(173 kPa); Model 9473 has a second internal switch which is factory set to operate when pressure increases to 50 psi (345 kPa). Switchcontacts for both models are rated 15A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5A at 30 V dc. Optional cover tamper switch kit, P/N 9601, is available. Suitablefor indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed witha NEMA Type 4 conduit hub.

Watchman Supervision

Signals indicating when a watchman’s station is operated, or for ‘‘exception reporting’’ when a station is notoperated within a prespecified time interval, are initiated from stations distributed throughout a protected premises.

ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486Watchman Supervisory System. There are two types. One is the combined system in which each station is a combination watchman’s and

fire alarm box. The other is the compulsory tour watchman’s system. The signals at the beginning and end of each are transmitted to a centralstation. All intermediate stations must be visited in proper order; otherwise, the key which the watchman uses at all stations cannot be insertedin the signal transmitter at the last station.

Watchman Tour Recorders and Clocks

Watchman tour recorders and clocks provide a permanent record of watchman tours. They are not part of asignaling system, but are included here because they constitute a form of supervision and may be needed tosupplement property protection when a signaling system is temporarily impaired.

The portable clock or recorder is carried to each station where the watchman can initiate a recording of the stationnumber and the time visited. When the recorder or clock is opened or closed for any purpose, this is indicated onthe record so that tampering is readily detected.

Detex Corp 302 Detex Dr New Braunfels TX 78130Newman Dial Model.Guardsman Wide Tape Model.

Morse Watchmans Inc 2 Morse Rd Oxford CT 06478Computerized Guard Tour System. Model DR 50-4-A data recorder (including Model DR 30-4 data recorder station) is intrinsically safe for

Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C and D indoor/outdoor (NEMA 3R) hazardous locations. Model DR 50-4 or DR 50-4-A data recorder withModel DR 30-4 data recorder station suitable for indoor/outdoor (NEMA 3R) nonhazardous locations and Model DR-40-4 data recorder


charger/interface unit for indoor nonhazardous locations. A Model TI 703 data terminal or an IBM compatible computer is used to generatetour reports. The IBM compatible computer may be used to archive information to a floppy or hard disk. The software version covered by thisApproval is Version 3.6.

2000 Series Guard Tour System. Data recorder Models 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003; -A suffix designates models suitable for use in ClassI, Division 1, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations. Interface/charger Models 4000, 4002 and 4005; charger Models 4001, 4003 and4004. Used with tour stations 30-4 and 70-4 and software 60-4, Version 1.7. Interfaces with IBM compatible computer used to generate tourreports and archive information. Auto report station 95-4-2000 used to print reports directly from the interface/charger to a serial printer. Datarecorder suitable for outdoor use rated NEMA 3. Models 2000 and 2001 for use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C),Models 2002 and 2003 (equipped with LCD) for use in ambient temperatures from -20° to 140°F (-29° to 60°C). Interface/charger for use inambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 38°C).

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES

These audible and visual signaling devices are used to indicate alarms, supervisory signals and equipment troubleconditions. Audible devices take the form of bells, horns, electronic tone generators, buzzers and chimes. Speakersfor emergency voice communication also are often included in signaling systems. Because distinctive signals arenecessary, more than one type of device may be needed in a system, or devices capable of producing coded signalsmay be used. Visual signals may be produced by lamp type or target type annunciators. Printers, code registers andCRT displays also are often included in signaling systems. See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICA-TION SYSTEMS.

ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486Single Stroke Bell. Models 3211-012, -013, (12, 24 V dc polarized). 6, 10 in. (152, 254 mm) gong sizes.Electric Horn. Models 3407-012, -024, (12, 24 V dc), B3407-024 (4-250 V dc).Signal Annunciator. Type 4507. Consists of Type 4507 lamp annunciator with one or more B4507-218 lamp modules, -212 loop supervisory

module, 4507-201 common alarm module, plus B2637-24 rectifier/charger power set and 2618-24 battery.

Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791Electric Horn. Model UFH-24 (24 V dc).Horn/Strobe. Model UFS-12, -24 (12, 24 V dc). For combined audible/visible signaling.Sounder HN1224. Suitable for use at 10.5 to 30.0 V dc. Two different audible signals can be obtained, with HI and Low volume settings,

with or without temporal pattern. The signal, volume and temporal option selected determines the current drawn and sound power output.Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The HN1224 is not intended for use on coded power supplies. May be used with SBS or MP/Sor MP/D mounting plates.

Strobes SB12/24 Series. SB1215, SB121575 are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; SB2415, SB2475, SB24110, SB241575 are rated 20.0 to30.0 V dc. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of SBS or MP/Sor MP/D mounting plates.

Sounder/Strobe HS12/24 Series. HS1215, HS121575 are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; HS2415, HS2475, HS24110, HS241575 are rated 20.0to 30.0 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output.The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded powersupplies. Mounting requires use of SBS or MP/S or MP/D mounting plates.

Synchronization Module SM12(W). Suitable for use at 11.0 to 17.0 V dc for 12 V operation and 21.0 to 30.0 V dc for 24 V operation, 3 Amax device load. Two channels (Class B) or one channel (Class A) of compatible HN12/24 sounders, SB12/24 series strobes or HS12/24series sounder/strobes can be connected to each module. Provides synchronization of the strobe pulses and temporal-coded sounders.Multiple SM12(W) modules may be interconnected to increase the number of synchronized devices. Strobes are not permitted when theSM12(W) is being used to produce the temporal pattern. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Must be used with an Approved fire alarmcontrol panel which provides non-coded power for, and supervision of, notification appliance circuits.

American Security Equipment Co 228 E Star of India Lane Carson CA 90746Vibrating Bell EXB. For 120 V ac, 12 V dc, 24 V dc operation, with 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Model BBX-4 weatherproof

backbox required for outdoor use.Motor Driven Bell MBA. Wall mount, indoor use only. For 24 V dc operation, with 6 in. (152 mm) – Model MBA-6, 8 in. (203 mm) – Model

MBA-8 and 10 in. (254 mm) – Models MBA-10 gong size. All models have an aluminum gong.Motor Driven Bell MBF. Wall mount, indoor use only. For 24 V dc operation, with 6 in. (152 mm) – Model MBF-6WA, 8 in. (203 mm) – Model

MBF-8WA and 10 in. (254 mm) – Models MBF-10WA and MBF-10WAL gong size. Models with suffix -WA have a cold rolled steel gong;models with suffix -WAL [10 in. (254 mm) models only] have an aluminum gong.

Motor Driven Bell MSB. For 12 V dc or 24 V dc operation, with 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Models with suffix -T haveterminal strip wiring. Available in aluminum or plastic motor housing. Model BBX-4 weatherproof backbox required for outdoor use.

Motor Driven Bell PBA. Wall mount, indoor use only. For 24 V ac (with a suffix x24) and 120 Vac (with a suffix x120) operation, with 6 in.(152 mm) – Model PBA-6, 8 in. (203 mm) – Model PBA-8, and 10 in. (254 mm) – Model PBA-10, gong size. All models have an aluminumgong.

Horn. Model BZ-54VL, 12 or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use in ambient temperature from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). For indooruse only when used with SL-3 strobe. Mounted on BBX-1 for outdoor use.

Strobe Light. Models SL-1L, -3, -5; 12 or 24 V dc. SL-1, -1L, -5 stand alone units. SL-3 used as stand alone or mounted on BZ-54VL hornfor audible/visual signaling. Suitable for indoor use only. SL-1, -1L, -5 temperature range is 14° to 122°F (-10° to 50°C). SL-3 temperaturerange is -4° to 140°F (-20° to 60°C).

Horn. Model HW-24, 16 to 33 V dc. Suitable for indoor use at 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) only. Utilizes two field selectable tones: 3000 Hzinterrupted, or electro-mechanical. Temporal, or non-temporal, high or low dBA outputs can also be selected. Mounted on 4 in square backbox. Available in red — HW-24R, or white — HW-24W housing.

Strobe Light. Model SLW24-153075, 16 to 33 V dc. Wall or ceiling mount. Suitable for indoor use at 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) only. Utilizestwo field selectable settings: 15/75 cd or 30/120 cd. Mounted on 4 in square back box. Available in red — HW-24R, or white — HW-24Whousing. Horn and Strobe Combination. Model SHW24-153075, 16 to 33 V dc. Wall or ceiling mount. Suitable for indoor use at 32° to 120°F(0° to 49°C) only. Horn utilizes two field selectable tones: 3000 Hz interrupted, or electro-mechanical. Temporal, or non-temporal, high or lowdBA outputs can also be selected. Strobe utilizes two field selectable settings: 15/75 cd or 30/120 cd. Mounted on 4 in square back box.Available in red — HW-24R, or white — HW-24W housing.

Ansul Incorporated, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54143Motor Bell. Series 417805 and 417806 for 18-31 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on Wheelock’s WBB backbox (identified as

Ansul PN 24747) rated NEMA Type 3R.


Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450Electronic Horn and Strobe Horn. Model D448 for 9-15.6 V dc. Model D452 for 9.6-14.4 V dc. Models D449, D453 and D453A for

18-31 V dc. For indoor use only.Motor Bell. Models D440 and D442 for 9-15.6 V dc. Models D441 and D443 for 18-31 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB

backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).Electronic Horn. D448W for 9-15.6 V dc. D449W for 18-31 V dc. For indoor use only. Model D457 for 9 V dc to15.6 V dc/18 V dc to 31 V dc,

respectively. Model D457 is suitable for outdoor use when mounted on D402 backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R). Backbox. Weatherproofmounting box Model D400.

Audible Strobe Signals. Wall mount 12 V models: D575S (15 cd intensity) and D576S (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds75 cd only near horizontal axis) with SM-12 sync module or DSM-12 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: D570S(15 cd intensity), D571S (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), D573S (30 cd intensity), D574S(75 cd intensity) and D572S (110 cd intensity) for wall and ceiling mount with D411 sync module or D412 dual sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.

Electronic Strobe Minihorn. D429AW for 20-31 V dc.Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Series D432A, D422A, D424A, D423A for 20-31 V dc. Multitone Series D475A for 10.5-15.6 V dc.

Digital Monitoring Products Inc, 2500 N Partnership Blvd, Springfield MO 65803Electronic Horn. Model 801 for 9.6-14.4 V dc for 9-15.6 V dc. For indoor use only.Electronic Horn. Model 802 for 9 V dc to 15.6 V, respectively. Model 802 is suitable for outdoor use when mounted on IOB backbox (rated

NEMA Type 3R).Audible Horn. Model 803 for 10.5 V dc to 31 V dc. Appliances can be field set to provide either High or Low dBA sound output and may

be used with synchronization module Model 831 or 832 to produce temporal signal. Flush or surface mount. For indoor use only.Motor Bell and Motor Bell Strobe. Series 806 for 9-15.6 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB backbox (rated NEMA Type

3R).Audible Strobe Model 821 and 822. Wall mount 12 V model with 15/75 cd intensity; (where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near

horizontal axis) with 831 sync module, or 832 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc.Audible Strobe Signal Wall mount options only. Model 823 is a 12 V, 2-wire strobe with 15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds

75 cd only near horizontal axis.

Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Mirtone, Unit General Signal Ltd.,

Downsview, Ontario.) Units may bear the name brands and model designations shown below.Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Model 325. For ac series operation. 4 in. (102 mm), 3 V; 6, 10 in. (152, 254 mm), 6 V.Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Model 326. For ac parallel operation. 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm). Standard voltages to 250.Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Model 327. 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm), 20 V dc.Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Models 340, 340-T (cow gong). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm). Up to 240 V ac.Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Models 343, 4 in. (102 mm), cow gong, 6, 10 in. (152, 254 mm); 561, 6, 10 in. (152, 254 mm). Up to 125 V dc.Vibrating Bell. Mirtone Model 74303. 24 V dc operation. 6 in. (152 mm) gong size.Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Models 438D-6N5, -8N5, -10N5, -6N5C, -8N5C, -10N5C rated 120 V ac. 439D-6AW, -8AW, -10AW, -6AWC,

-8AWC, -10AWC rated 24 V dc. 439D-6RAU, -8RAU, -10RAU rated 12 V dc. All devices come in 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gongsize. Suffix ‘‘C’’ denotes dual language Canadian version. Suitable for indoor use only.

Buzzer. Edwards/EST Model 340-A, up to 240 V ac; 343-A, 327-A, up to 125 V dc.Electric Horn. Edwards/EST 860 Series for series connected fire alarm use at 6 and 12 V ac. Adaptahorn Models 870, 870P, 871, 872, 873,

874, 875, 876 and 877 for 12-250 V dc or 24-240 V ac. The 876 and 877 have NEMA 3R backbox suitable for outdoor use.Electronic Horn-Siren Combination. Edwards/EST Model 5520. For operation at 12 V ac/dc, 24 V ac/dc, 120 V ac, 125 V dc.Electronic Horn. Edwards/EST Model 5521. 250 V dc.Vibrating Horn. Edwards/EST Model 874-M horn mechanism used with 870-B, -P, 872-PO, 874-C, 847 mounts. For ac operation at 6, 12,

24, 120 and 240 V.Electrically Supervised Manual Reset Annunciator. Edwards/EST Models 806, 809, 815.Horn Series G1X-P. Include Model G1-P horn White, and Horn Model G1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. For indoor

use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.Horn Series EG1X-P. Include Model EG1-P horn White, and Horn Model EG1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. For

indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.Horn Series MG1X-P. Include Model MG1-P horn White, and Horn Model MG1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. For

indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.Synchronizing Strobe. Series 202; Models 202-3A-T(W)-R/W, -5A-T(W)-R/W, -6A-T(W)-R/W, -7A-T(W)-R/W, -8A-T(W)-R/W; 202-15PS-

T(W)-R/W, and 202-75PS-T(W)-R/W with operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20 to 27 V fwr. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at oneflash per second. Suffix – 3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and ceiling mount. Suffix – 5A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall andceiling mount. Suffix – 6A indicates 60 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mount. Suffix – 7A indicates 15/75 cd intensity for wall and ceilingmounting. Suffix – 8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mount. PS suffix indicates power saver strobe, W suffix indicates whitewhile the R suffix indicates Red. All strobes are for indoor mounting.

Synchronizing Strobe. Series 405; Models 405-3A, -5A, -6A, -7A, -8A with operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate issynchronized at one flash per second. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -6A indicates 60 cd intensity for wall mounting and 30 cd intensity for ceiling mount. Suffix -7Aindicates 15 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mounting. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. Allstrobes are for indoor mounting on a 4 in. sq electrical box.

Synchronizing Strobe. Series 403; Models 403-3A, -5A, -7A, -8A with operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate issynchronized at one flash per second. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mounting. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity forwall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. For indoor use, Series 403 strobes flush mount on a single or double gang electrical box with Series439D fire alarm bells.

Synchronizing Strobe. Series G1X-VXX; Models G1-V15, 15cd, White; G1R-V15, 15cd, Red; G1F-V15, 15 cd, White; G1RF-V15, 15 cd,Red; G1-V30, 30 cd, White; G1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; G1F-V30, 30 cd, White; G1RF-V30, 30 cd, Red and G1-V60, 60 cd, White; G1R-V60,60 cd, Red; G1F-V60, 60 cd, White; G1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red G1-V75, 75 cd, White; G1R-V75, 75 cd, Red; G1F-V75, 75 cd, White; G1RF-V75,75 cd, Red; G1-V110, 110 cd, White; G1R-V110, 110 cd, Red; G1F-V110, 110 cd, White; G1RF-V110, 110 Red. Operating voltage range of20-31 V dc or 20-27 fwr. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Use of Model G1M or G1M-RMinterface module allows the strobes to be synchronized. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mountonly.

Synchronizing Strobe. Series EG1X-VXX; Models EG1-V15, 15 cd, White; EG1R-V15, 15 cd, Red; EG1F-V15, 15 cd, White; EG1RF-V15,15 cd, Red; EG1-V30, 30 cd, White; EG1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; EG1F-V30, 30 cd, White; EG1RF-V30, 30 cd, Red and EG1-V60, 60 cd, White;EG1R-V60, 60 cd, Red; EG1F-V60, 60 cd, White; EG1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red EG1-V75, 75 cd, White; EG1R-V75, 75 cd, Red; EG1F-V75,75 cd, White; EG1RF-V75, 75 cd, Red;EG1-V110, 110 cd, White; EG1R-V110, 110 cd, Red; EG1F-V110, 110 cd, White; EG1RF-V110, 110Red. Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Use of ModelEG1M or EG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. Forindoor use, wall mount only.


Synchronizing Strobe. Series MG1X-VXX; Models MG1-V15, 15 cd, White; MG1R-V15, 15 cd, Red; MG1F-V15, 15 cd, White; MG1RF-V15, 15 cd, Red; MG1-V30, 30 cd, White; MG1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; MG1F-V30, 30 cd, White; MG1RF-V30, 30 cd, Red and MG1-V60, 60 cd,White; MG1R-V60, 60 cd, Red; MG1F-V60, 60 cd, White; MG1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red MG1-V75, 75 cd, White; MG1R-V75, 75 cd, Red;MG1F-V75, 75 cd, White; MG1RF-V75, 75 cd, Red; MG1-V110, 110 cd, White; MG1R-V110, 110 cd, Red; MG1F-V110, 110 cd, White;MG1RF-V110, 110 Red. Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal lightpattern. Use of Model MG1M or MG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized. All units mount on a double gang or4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mount only.

Temporal Horn Model 757 and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series 757. Models include 757 horn and 757-3A, -5A, -6A, -7A, -8A horn/strobeseach with operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Suffix -3A indicates30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -6A indicates 60 cdintensity for wall mounting and 30 cd intensity for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mounting. Suffix -8Aindicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. The hornhas two settings for continuous or temporal signals.

Temporal Horn Series G1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series G1X-HVXX. Include Model G1-H horn White, and Model G1R-H Red, andthe following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: G1-HV15, 15cd, White; G1R-HV15, 15cd, Red; G1-HV30, 30cd, White; G1R-HV30, 30cd,Red; G1-HV60, 60cd, White; G1R-HV60, 60cd, Red; G1-HV75, 75cd, White; and G1R-HV75, 75cd, Red G1-HV110, 110cd, White; G1R-HV110, 110cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 fwr. Strobe flash rate and horn audibleoutput are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Can be configuredfor steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model G1M or G1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to besynchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has two settings for continuousor temporal signals.

Temporal Horn Series EG1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series EG1X-HVXX. Include Model EG1-H horn White, and Model EG1R-H Red,and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: EG1-HV15, 15cd, White; EG1R-HV15, 15cd, Red; EG1-HV30, 30cd, White; EG1R-HV30, 30cd, Red; EG1-HV60, 60cd, White; EG1R-HV60, 60cd, Red; EG1-HV75, 75cd, White; and EG1R-HV75, 75cd, Red EG1-HV110,110cd, White; EG1R-HV110, 110cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate and hornaudible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Can beconfigured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model EG1M or EG1M-RM interface module allows the strobesto be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has two settings forcontinuous or temporal signals.

Temporal Horn Series MG1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series MG1X-HVXX. Include Model MG1-H horn White, and Model MG1R-HRed, and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: MG1-HV15, 15cd, White; MG1R-HV15, 15cd, Red; MG1-HV30, 30cd, White;MG1R-HV30, 30cd, Red; MG1-HV60, 60cd, White; MG1R-HV60, 60cd, Red; MG1-HV75, 75cd, White; and MG1R-HV75, 75cd, Red MG1-HV110, 110cd, White; MG1R-HV110, 110cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rateand horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern.Can be configured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model MG1M or MG1M-RM interface module allowsthe strobes to be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has twosettings for continuous or temporal signals.

Series 692 Mini-horn/Strobe include 682 mini-horn and 202 Series strobes. Models include 692-3A, -5A, -7A, -8A mini-horn/strobes eachwith operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity forwall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cd intensity for walland ceiling mounting. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. For indoor use, the units mount ona single gang masonry box.

Series Model 757 Chime and Series 757 Chime/Strobes. Models include 757 chime and 757-3A, -5A, -6A, -7A, -8A chime/strobes eachwith operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate are synchronized automatically at one flash per second. Suffix -3A indicates30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -6A indicates 60cd intensity for wall mounting and 30 cd intensity for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mounting. Suffix-8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. For indoor use, all units mount on a single gang 4 in. sq electricalbox.

High dB Horns. Models G1-HO, G1R-HO, G1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltage range of20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ’Fire’ inscription on trim.

Horn/strobes. Models G1-HOV15, G1R-HOV15, G1F-HOV15, G1RF-HOV15, G1-HOV30, G1R-HOV30, G1F-HOV30, G1RF-HOV30,G1-HOV60, G1R-HOV60, G1F-HOV60, G1RF-HOV60, G1-HOV75, G1R-HOV75, G1F-HOV75, G1RF-HOV75, G1-HOV110, G1R-HOV110,G1F-HOV110, and G1RF-HOV110 for connection to an Approved fire alarm control individually providing a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dcor 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation in standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected toG1M or G1M-RM synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Light outputratings are 15cd, 30cd, 60cd, 75 cd, and 110cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.

High dB Horns. Models EG1-HO, EG1R-HO, EG1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltage range of20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.

Horn/strobes. Models EG1-HOV15, EG1R-HOV15, EG1F-HOV15, EG1RF-HOV15, EG1-HOV30, EG1R-HOV30, EG1F-HOV30, EG1RF-HOV30, EG1-HOV60, EG1R-HOV60, EG1F-HOV60, EG1RF-HOV60, EG1-HOV75, EG1R-HOV75, EG1F-HOV75, EG1RF-HOV75, EG1-HOV110, EG1R-HOV110, EG1F-HOV110, and EG1RF-HOV110 for connection to an Approved fire alarm control individually providing a NACvoltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation in standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved whendevices are connected to EG1M or EG1M-RM synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and20-24 V fwr. Light output ratings are 15cd, 30cd, 60cd, 75 cd, and 110cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’inscription on trim

High dB Horns. Models MG1-HO, MG1R-HO, MG1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltage rangeof 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.

Horn/strobes. Models MG1-HOV15, MG1R-HOV15, MG1F-HOV15, MG1RF-HOV15, MG1-HOV30, MG1R-HOV30, MG1F-HOV30,MG1RF-HOV30, MG1-HOV60, MG1R-HOV60, MG1F-HOV60, MG1RF-HOV60, MG1-HOV75, MG1R-HOV75, MG1F-HOV75, MG1RF-HOV75, MG1-HOV110, MG1R-HOV110, MG1F-HOV110, and MG1RF-HOV110 for connection to an Approved fire alarm control individuallyproviding a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation in standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operationis achieved when devices are connected to MG1M or MG1M-RM synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limitedto 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Light output ratings are 15cd, 30cd, 60cd, 75 cd, and 110cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure.F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.

Speakers. Models G4-S2, G4F-S2, G4R-S2 and G4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), G4-S7, G4F-S7, G4R-S7 and G4RF-S7 (70 Vrms) with selectabletaps (1.4W = 81 dBA, 1.2W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). For indoor use with G4B or G4RB wall mount boxes. R designationis for Red color enclosure.

Speakers. Models EG4-S2, EG4F-S2, EG4R-S2 and EG4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), EG4-S7, EG4F-S7 , EG4R-S7 and EG4RF-S7 (70 Vrms) withselectable taps (1.4 W = 81 dBA, 1.2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA). For indoor use with EG4B or EG4RB wall mount boxes.R designation is for Red color enclosure.

Speakers. Models MG4-S2, MG4F-S2, MG4R-S2 and MG4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), MG4-S7, MG4F-S7 , MG4R-S7 and MG4RF-S7 (70 Vrms)with selectable taps (1.4 W = 81 dBA, 1.2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA). For indoor use with MG4B or MG4RB wall mountboxes. R designation is for Red color enclosure.


Speakers/strobes. Models G4-S2VM, G4F-S2VM, G4R-S2VM and G4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), G4-S7VM, G4F-S7VM, G4R-S7VM andG4RF-S7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1.4W = 81 dBA, 1.2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobe input voltagerange is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to G1M or G1-RM synchronizationmodules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Multi-candela strobe output is selectable with slideswitch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.

Speakers/strobes. Models EG4-S2VM,EG4F-S2VM, EG4R-S2VM and EG4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), EG4-S7VM, EG4F-S7VM ,EG4R-S7VMand EG4RF-S7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1.4W = 81 dBA, 1.2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobe inputvoltage range is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to EG1M or EG1-RMsynchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Multi-candela strobe output isselectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.

Speakers/strobes. Models MG4-S2VM,MG4F-S2VM, MG4R-S2VM and MG4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), MG4-S7VM, MG4F-S7VM ,MG4R-S7VM and MG4RF-S7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1.4W = 81 dBA, 1.2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobeinput voltage range is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to MG1M orMG1-RM synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Multi-candela strobeoutput is selectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.

Faraday LLC 805 S Maumee St Tecumseh MI 49286The following equipment is marketed under the Faraday label and under the Faraday trademark, FOS.Vibrating Bell. Cat. Nos. 3434, 4 in. (102 mm); 3436, 6 in. (152 mm); 3438, 8 in. (203 mm); 3431, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6 to 240 V ac, and

for ac series use at 1.5 A or 2.5 A. Cat. Nos. 3444, 4 in. (102 mm); 3446, 6 in. (152 mm); 3448, 8 in. (203 mm); 3441, 10 in. (254 mm); for6 to 240 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3464, 4 in. (102 mm); 3466, 6 in. (152 mm); 3468, 8 in. (203 mm); 3461, 10 in. (254 mm); for 12 and 24 V dc. Cat.No. 4060, for 12 V dc and 24-28 V dc.

Vibrating Bell. Cat. Nos. 4464, 4764, 4 in. (102 mm); 4466, 4766, 6 in. (152 mm); 4468, 4768, 8 in. (203 mm); 4461, 4761, 10 in. (254 mm);for 12, 21-30 V dc. Cat. Nos. 4444, 4 in. (102 mm); 4446, 6 in. (152 mm); 4448, 8 in. (203 mm); 4441, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6-240 V dc. Cat.Nos. 4434, 4 in. (102 mm); 4436, 6 in. (152 mm); 4438, 8 in. (203 mm); 4431, 10 in. (254 mm); for 120 V ac. Cat. Nos. 4494, 4 in. (102 mm);4496, 6 in. (152 mm); 4498, 8 in. (203 mm); 4491, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6-240 V ac. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equippedwith backbox 3014 rated NEMA Type 3R. The 4430 and 4440 Series of bells are not Approved for fire alarm signaling applications.

Single-Stroke Bell. Cat. Nos. 3414, 4 in. (102 mm); 3416, 6 in. (152 mm); 3418, 8 in. (203 mm); 3411, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6 to 240 V ac,and for ac series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A. Cat. Nos. 3424, 4 in. (102 mm); 3426, 6 in. (152 mm); 3428, 8 in. (203 mm); 3421, 10 in. (254 mm);for 6 to 240 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3426, 3421, for dc series use at 2.5 A. Cat. Nos. 3474, 4 in. (102 mm); 3476, 6 in. (152 mm); 3478, 8 in. (203 mm);3471, 10 in. (254 mm); for 12 and 24 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3620, 3670, for 6, 12, 24 V dc and for 12, 24 V dc bell mechanisms, respectively, andfor use with any of the following bell kits: Nos. 3004, 4 in. (102 mm); 3006, 6 in. (152 mm); 3008, 8 in. (203 mm); 3010, 10 in. (254 mm). Cat.Nos. 3920, for dc series circuit use at 1.5 or 2.5 A; 4070, for 12 V dc and 24-28 V dc.

Single-Stroke Bell. Cat Nos. 4414, 4 in. (102 mm); 4416, 6 in. (152 mm); 4418, 8 in. (203 mm); 4411, 10 in. (254 mm) for 6-240 V ac generalsignaling and for AC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling. Cat. Nos. 4424, 4 in. (102 mm); 4426, 6 in. (152 mm); 4428, 8 in.(203 mm); 4421, 10 in. (254 mm) for 6-240 V dc general signaling and for DC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling. Cat. Nos. 4454,4 in. (102 mm); 4456, 6 in. (152 mm); 4458, 8 in. (203 mm); 4451, 10 in. (254 mm) for DC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling.Cat. Nos. 4484, 4 in. (102 mm); 4486, 6 in. (152 mm); 4488, 8 in. (203 mm); 4481, 10 in. (254 mm) for 120 V ac. Cat Nos. 4774, 4 in. (102 mm);4776, 6 in. (152 mm); 4778, 8 in. (203 mm); 4771, 10 in. (254 mm) for 12, 21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equippedwith backbox 3014 rated NEMA Type 3R.

Chime. Cat. No. 3415; for 6 to 240 V ac and for ac series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A. Cat. Nos. 3425, 3445; for 6 to 240 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3465, 3475;for 12 or 24 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3620, 3670, for 6, 12, 24 V dc and for 12, 24 V dc bell mechanisms, respectively; for use with No. 3015 chimekit.

Chime. Cat. Nos. 4415 for 6-240 V ac general alarm signaling and for AC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling; 4425 for 6-240V dc general alarm signaling and for DC series at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling; 4435 for 6-240 V ac for general signaling; 4445 for 6-240V dc; 4455 for DC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A; 4465 and 4765 for 12, 21-30 V dc; 4485 for 120 V ac; 4495 for 20-24, 120 V ac; 4775 for 12,21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equipped with backbox 3014 rated NEMA Type 3R. The 4430 and 4440 Series ofchimes are not Approved for fire alarm signaling applications.

Electric Horn. Cat. Nos. 140, for 24, 120 V ac; 141, for 24 V dc. Models 6110 for 4.5, 6.0, 7.0, 12, 24, 48, 120 and 240 V ac; 6120 and 6140for 21-30 V dc; 6130 for 6.0, 12 and 21-30 V dc. The 6120, 6130 and 6140 horns with a voltage range of 21-30 V dc are suitable forapplications requiring voltages of 85-110% of this range. Models 6110, 6120, 6130 and 6140 are suitable for mounting on Model 3014weatherproof box.

Series 5330, 5340, 5350, 5360 Electronic Horn. Series 5330 (Models 5333, 5334, 5335, 5336, 5337, 5338) and Series 5350 (Models 5353,5354, 5355, 5356, 5357, 5358) multi-tone signal; Series 5340 (Models 5343, 5344, 5345, 5346, 5347, 5348) and Series 5360 (Models 5363,5364, 5365, 5366, 5367, 5368) single-tone signal. Flush grille, surface or ceiling mounted, 12 or 21-32 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only.Temperature range from 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C).

Electric Horn. 6220 Series for 12 and 21-30 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on Model 3014 or 3015 weatherproof box (NEMA3R rated). Cat. Nos. 6223, 6224 and 6225 are models which are mounted on 5003 standard flush mount, 5004 standard surface mount and5005 standard ceiling mount, respectively. Cat. Nos. 6226, 6227 and 6228 are models which are mounted on 5511 strobe flush mount, 5512strobe surface mount and 5518 strobe ceiling mount, respectively.

Strobe. Series 5508 through 5518, 5521 and 5522. For indoor visual signaling. Input voltages 12 V dc with 76 mA current rating for low andextra high intensity versions and 150 mA for high and ultra high intensity versions; 21-30 V dc with 38 mA current rating for low and extra highintensity versions and 75 mA current rating for high and ultra high intensity versions. Temperature rating of 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Strobelenses are available in white, red, amber or blue. Flash rate is 1.0-1.5 flashes per sec.

Visual Signaling Device. Series 5548 through 5553 and 5556 through 5558. Incandescent lamps for indoor signaling. Input voltages 12 Vdc with 160 mA current rating and 24 V dc with 80 mA current rating. Available in both flashing and non-flashing configurations. Flash rateis 0.5-2.0 flashes per sec. Lens colors are available in white, red, amber or blue.

Visible Appliance. Series 55XX-N, -W, -D, -S where XX = 08, 09, 21 and 22 for a strobe without connections for Approved audible signals,or XX = 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18 and 19 for a strobe with connections for Approved audible signals. Available operating voltage ranges forstrobes are 12-14 V dc and 21-32 V dc with flash rate of 1 flash per sec. The nominal intensity of the strobe 55XX-N = 15 cd, -D = 75 cd,-S = 110 cd, and -W = 15 cd with 75 cd on 0° axis. The 55XX-D and -S strobes are designed for wall mount only. The 55XX-N and -W strobesare suitable for wall or ceiling mount. All strobes are suitable for indoor use only.

Audible/Visible Appliance. Models 5336-X, 5337-X, 5338-X, 5346-X, 5347-X, 5348-X, 6226-X, 6227-X and 6228-X where -X = -N, -W, -D,-S indicates 12-14 V dc or 21-32 V dc strobe/horn combination. The nominal intensity of strobes with the suffix -N = 15 cd, -D = 75 cd, -S= 110 cd, and -W = 15 cd with 75 cd on 0° axis. For indoor use only.

Audible Appliance. Series 538X where X is 3 for flush mount, 4 for surface mount and 5 for ceiling mount. Suitable for use at nominal 12or 24 V dc. Eight different tones can be obtained. The tone selected determines the current draw and sound power output. Suitable for indooruse only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Audible/Visual Appliance. Series 538X-N, -W, -D, -S where X is 6 for flush mount, 7 for surface mount and 8 for ceiling mount. Suitable foruse at nominal 12 or 24 V dc. Eight different tones can be obtained. The tone selected determines the current draw and sound power output.The nominal intensity of strobes with the suffix -N is 15cd, -D is 75cd, -S is 110cd, -W is 15 cd with 75cd on 0° axis. The -D and -S strobesare designed for wall mount only. Suitable for indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).


Federal Signal Corp Signal Div 2645 Federal Signal Dr University Park IL 60466Vibrating Bells. Vibratone Models 500, 504WB, 506WB, and 510WB for 24, 120, or 240 V ac (50/60 Hz) with 4, 6, or 10 in. gongs (102,

152, or 254 mm) for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with weatherproof mounting back-box Model WB. Accessories available:Models NB, NBL, SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.

Vibrating Bells. Vibratone Models 600, 604WB, 606WB, and 610WB for 6, 12, or 24 V dc with 4, 6, or 10 in. gongs (102, 152, or 254 mm)for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with weatherpoof mounting back-box Model WB. Accessories available: Models NB, NBL,SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.

Single-Stroke Bells. Vibratone Models 700, 704WB, 706WB, and 710WB for 24 or 120 V ac (50/60 Hz) with 4, 6, or 10 in. gongs (102, 152,or 254 mm) for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with weatherproof mounting back-box Model WB. Accessories available: ModelsNB, NBL, SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.

Resonating Horns. Model 55 for 24 or 120 V ac (50/60 Hz) and Model 56 for 12 or 24 V dc for indoor or Outdoor use (NEMA 3R).Vibrating Horn. Model 350, or 350WB for 12, 24,120, or 240 V ac (50/60 Hz) for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with

weatherproof mounting back-box Model WB. Accessories available: Models NB, NBL, SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.Vibrating Horn. Model 450 for 12, 24, 125, or 250 V dc for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with weatherproof mounting

back-box Model WB. Accessories available: Models NB, NBL, SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.Electric Siren. Model A for 120 V ac (25-60 Hz) for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R).

Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp 704 S 10th St Blue Springs MO 64015Electric Horn. Model 20-051 for 4-250 V dc.Strobe. Model 20-1055. For indoor and outdoor visual signaling. Input voltage 18-31 V dc; requires 33 mA for the low power and 100 mA

for the high power. Temperature rating is -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C).

Fire Control Instruments Inc 16 Southwest Park Westwood MA 02090Vibrating Bell. Model BMVAC. 6 in. (152 mm), 8 in. (203 mm), 10 in. (254 mm) for 120 V ac operation, and for ac series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A.Single Stroke Bell. Model BMSAC. 6 in. (152 mm), 8 in. (203 mm), 10 in. (254 mm) for 120 V ac operation, and for ac series use at 1.5 or

2.5 A. Model BMSP. 6 in. (152 mm), 8 in. (203 mm) or 10 in. (254 mm) for 24-28 V dc operation.Electric Horn. Model HMV-AC (P/N 130-4002F) for 120 V ac. Model HMVP (P/N 130-3105F) for 24 V dc.Electric Horn. Model HMV-AC for 120 V ac operation. Suitable for mounting on Model WBR weatherproof box.Electric Horn. Models HP-1302113B, 9-15.6 V dc, 0.125 A; HP-1303115B, 18-31.2 V dc, 0.035 A; HP-1303111B, 18-31.2 V dc, 0.063 A;

HV-1301014B, 4.4-9 V dc, 0.25 A; HVA-1304012A, 120 V ac, 0.18 A.Electric Horn. Model IHP-24B-W (white face plate), Model IHP-24B-R (red face plate) for 18-31 V dc. For indoor use only.Strobe. Model FSL. For indoor and outdoor visual signaling. Input voltage 18-31 V dc or 120 V ac. Available in either low or high power

versions. These units differ only in the current ratings: 120 V ac units require 19 mA for the low power and 30 mA for the high; 18-31 V dcunits require 33 mA for the low power and 100 mA for the high. The higher current ratings correspond to greater light intensity emitted. A lowpower, 9-15.6 V dc version, with a current rating of 75 mA is also available. Temperature rating is -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C).

Strobe. Models SL, SL-H, HSC/SL, HSC/SL-H, HFC/SL, HFC/SL-H, B/SL, SSC/SL, SFC/SL, HSL, B/HSL, SFC/HSL, SSL/HSL, HFC/HSL,HSC/HSL for indoor visual signaling. Voltage range 21-30 V dc rated at 38 mA. Temperature rating 32°-125°F (0°-52°C). Strobe lenses areavailable with either a ‘‘HALON’’ or ‘‘FIRE’’ legend. Flash rate is 1.0-1.5 flashes per sec.

Vibrating Bell. Models BLV-6, 6 in. (152 mm); BLV-10, 10 in. (254 mm) for 12, 21-30 V dc. Models BLV-6/120, 6 in. (152 mm); BLV-10/120,10 in. (254 mm) for 6-240 V ac.

Single-Stroke Bell. Models BLS-6, 6 in. (152 mm); BLS-10, 10 in. (254 mm) for 12, 21-30 V dc.Chime. Models BLV-CH and BLS-CH for 12, 21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.Electric Horn. HM Series for 12 and 21-30 V dc.Electric Horn. Series HEF (Model HES) multi-tone signal and Series HE1F (Model HE1S) single-tone signal. Flush grille, surface or ceiing

mounted, 12 or 21-32 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range from 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C).Supplementary Notification Appliance Circuit (SNAC) Panel. Provides two notification appliance circuits, each activated by an Approved

control panel. Each of the SNAC notification appliance circuits is rated 3 A. Standby batteries (7 AH) are available to sustain at 24 and 60hours emergency operation.

Supplementary Notification Appliance Circuit (SNAC-4) Panel. Provides four notification appliance circuits each activated by an Approvedcontrol panel. The notification appliance circuits meet the criteria for Style Z when configured for Class A operation (up to four circuits) andStyle Y when wired for Class B operation (up to four circuits). Each of the SNAC-4 notification appliance circuits is rated 1.5 A if all four circuitsare engaged and 3 A when only two circuits of four are engaged. Standby batteries (7 AH) are available to sustain 24 hours of emergencyoperation when used in local protective systems and 60 hours of emergency operation when used in auxiliary and remote station systems.For indoor use only.

Visible Appliances. Models STW/4F, STS/4F, STW/4S, STS/4S, STW/1G, STS/1G are stand alone strobes without connections forApproved audible signals. Available operating voltage ranges are 12-14 V dc and 21-32 V dc with flash rate of 1 flash per sec. The nominalintensity of the STW strobe, designed for wall or ceiling mount, is 15 cd with 75 cd on 0° axis. Nominal intensity of the STS strobe, designedfor wall mount only, is 110 cd. Suitable for indoor use only.

Audible Appliances. Series HE-8X where X is F for flush mount, S for surface mount, and C for ceiling mount. Suitable for use at nominal12 or 24 V dc. Eight different tones can be obtained. Tone selected determines current draw and sound power output. Suitable for indoor useonly.

Audible/Visual Appliances. Series HE-8X/STW, HE-8X/STD, HE-8X/STS where X is F for flush mount, S for surface mount, and C for ceilingmount. Suitable for use at nominal 12 or 24 V dc. Eight different tones can be obtained. Tone selected determines the current draw and soundpower output. Nominal intensity of the STW strobe is 15 cd with 75 cd on 0° axis. Nominal intensity of the STS strobe is 110 cd. Nominalintensity of the STD strobe is 75 cd. THe STS and STD strobes are designed for wall mount only. Suitable for indoor use only.

Synchronization Module MDL(W)-FC. Suitable for use at 11.0 to 17.0 V dc for 12 V operation and 21.0 to 30.0 V dc for 24 V operation, 3A max device load. Two channels (Class B) or one channel (Class A) of compatible H12/24-FC sounders, S12/24-FC series strobes orP12/24-FC series sounder/strobes can be connected to each module. Provides synchronization of the strobe pulses and temporal-codedsounders. Multiple MDL(W)-FC modules may be interconnected to increase the number of synchronized devices. Strobes are not permittedwhen the MDL(W)-FC is being used to produce the temporal pattern. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Must be used with anApproved fire alarm control panel which provides non-coded power for, and supervision of, notification appliance circuits. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicateswhite color instead of red.

Sounder H12/24-FC and HC12/24-FC. Suitable for use at 10.5 to 30.0 V dc. Two different audible signals can be obtained, with HI and Lowvolume settings, with or without temporal pattern. The signal, volume and temporal option selected determines the current drawn and soundpower output. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The H12/24-FC is not intended for use on coded power supplies. The HC12/24-FCmay be used on coded power supplies. May be used with D-MP-FC mounting plate. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red.

Strobes S12/24-FC Series. S1215-FC, S121575-FC are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; S2415-FC, S2475-FC, S24110-FC, S241575-FC are rated20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use ofD-MP-FC mounting plate. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red.

Sounder/Strobe P12/24-FC Series. P1215-FC, P121575-FC are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; P2415-FC, P2475-FC, P24110-FC, P241575-FCare rated 20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound


power output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for useon coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of D-MP-FC mounting plate. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘F’’ suffix unitshave Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE’’.

Sounder/Strobe P2430-FC, P2430W-FC, P241575EV-FC, P241575AG-FC are rated 20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Eight different audible signals canbe obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independentlyfrom the sounder. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS,S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘EV’’ suffix units have ‘‘EVAC’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘AG’’units have ‘‘AGENT’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’.

Strobes S2430-FC, S2430W-FC, S241575EV-FC, S241575AG-FC, S241575F-FC are rated 20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Indoor use only, 32° to120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffixindicates white color instead of red. ‘‘EV’’ suffix units have ‘‘EVAC’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘AG’’ units have ‘‘AGENT’’ wording instead of‘‘FIRE’’.

Fire-Lite Alarms Inc One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472Vibrating Bell. Models BA-4, -6, -8, -10; for 6-32 V ac, 110 V ac, 220 V dc. Models BD-4, -6, -8, -10; for 6-32 V dc, 110 V dc, 220 V dc.Single-Stroke Bell. Models BA-4S, -6S, -8S, -10S, for 6-32 V ac, 110 V ac, 220 V ac. Models BD-4S, -6S, -8S, -10S, for 6-32 V dc, 110

V dc, 220 V dc.Electric Horn. Models 350 for 6 to 250 V ac; 450 for 6 to 250 V dc.Vibrating Bell Mechanism. Models BDP-6D, -12D, -24D, for 6-12, 12, 24 V dc operation respectively. Used with 4, 6, 8, 10 in. (102, 152,

203, 254 mm) gong sizes.Horn/Strobe. Models STH-71-12 (12 V dc), -71-24 (24 V dc), -72-12 (12 V dc), -72-24 (24 V dc) and -74-115 (115 V, 60 Hz).

GE-Interlogix 1510 Tate Blvd SE Hickory NC 28603Raucous Sounder. Models AE-912, 12 V dc; AE-924, 24 V dc. Electronic sounding device suitable for indoor use only. In alarm, Model

AE-912 draws 28 mA; AE-924 draws 32 mA.

Gentex Corportion 10985 Chicago Dr Zeeland MI 49464HS Series Visible and/or Audible Signaling Appliances. Models HS24-15, HS24-15/75, HS24-30, HS24-60, HS24-75, HS24-110 for

operating voltage range of 20-31 Vdc. Model name is followed by these options: WW (Wall mounted, off-white faceplate); WR (Wall mounted,red faceplate); PW (Plain, no text on bezel, off white); PR (Plain, no text on bezel, red faceplate). Mounting of the appliances can be on astandard single gang, or 4 in. square electrical box, 2-gang masonry boxes or non-metallic 2-gang switch boxes. For indoor use only. Optionalsynchronization module Model AVS44 may be used with these appliances.

GEC, GES and GEH Visible and/or Audible Signaling Appliances. Models GEH24 horn; GES24-15, GES24-15/75, GES24-30, GES24-60,GES24-75, GES24-110 strobe; GEC24-15, GEC24-15/75, GEC24-30, GEC24-60, GEC24-75, GEC24-110 horn/strobe for operating voltagerange of 20-31 Vdc. Model name is followed by these options: WW (Wall mounted, off-white faceplate); WR (Wall mounted, red faceplate);PW (Plain, no text on bezel, off white); PR (Plain, no text on bezel, red faceplate). Mounting of the appliances can be on a standard singlegang, or 4 in. square electrical box, 2-gang masonry boxes or non-metallic 2-gang switch boxes. For indoor use only. Optional synchronizationmodule Model AVS44 may be used with these appliances.

Hochiki America Corp 7051 Village Dr Suite 100 Buena Park CA 90621Vibrating Bell. Series AL-VB for 120 V ac, 24 V dc, 12 V dc operation with 6 or 8 in. (152 or 203 mm) gong size.Motor Driven Bell. Series AL-MB for 24 V dc or 12 V dc operation with 6 or 8 in. (152 or 203 mm) gong size.Motor Driven Bell. Model AL-MTRSL-62414, 24 V dc with 6 in. (152 mm) gong. Varistor element in motor for noise suppression. Model

AL-MTR-62414 equipped with strobe for audible/visible signaling. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range is -35° to 66°C (-26° to151°F).

Honeywell International Inc 1500 W Dundee Rd Arlington Heights IL 60004Single-Stroke Bell. Model SC808D. Used with 4, 6, 8, 10 in. (102, 152, 203, 254 mm) gongs or chime bar. For 12, 24, 120 V ac or 24 V dc.Vibrating Bell. Model SC808C. Used with 4, 6, 8, 10 in. (102, 152, 203, 254 mm) gongs. For 12, 24, 120 V ac or 24 V dc.Buzzer. Model SC808B. For 24 or 120 V ac.Lamp Type Zone Annunciator. Models W649A, W649B, W649C.Horn Series XLSG1X-P. Include Model XLSG1-P horn White, and Horn Model XLSG1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V

dc. For indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.Synchronizing Strobe. Series XLSG1X-VXX; Models XLSG1-V15, 15 cd, White; XLSG1R-V15, 15 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V15, 15 cd, White;

XLSG1RF-V15, 15 cd, Red; XLSG1-V30, 30 cd, White; XLSG1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V30, 30 cd, White; XLSG1RF-V30, 30 cd, Redand XLSG1-V60, 60 cd, White; XLSG1R-V60, 60 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V60, 60 cd, White; XLSG1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red XLSG1-V75, 75 cd,White; XLSG1R-V75, 75 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V75, 75 cd, White; XLSG1RF-V75, 75 cd, Red;XLSG1-V110, 110 cd, White; XLSG1R-V110,110 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V110, 110 cd, White; XLSG1RF-V110, 110 Red. Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchro-nized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Use of Model XLSG1M or XLSG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to besynchronized. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mount only.

Temporal Horn Series XLSG1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series XLSG1X-HVXX. Include Model XLSG1-H horn White, and ModelXLSG1R-H Red, and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: XLSG1-HV15, 15 cd, White; XLSG1R-HV15, 15 cd, Red; XLSG1-HV30, 30 cd, White; XLSG1R-HV30, 30 cd, Red; XLSG1-HV60, 60 cd, White; XLSG1R-HV60, 60 cd, Red; XLSG1-HV75, 75 cd, White; andXLSG1R-HV75, 75 cd, Red XLSG1-HV110, 110 cd, White; XLSG1R-HV110, 110 cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltagerange of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flashper second or temporal light pattern. Can be configured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model XLSG1Mor XLSG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has two settings for continuous or temporal signals.

High dB Horns. Models XLSG1-HO, XLSG1R-HO, XLSG1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltagerange of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 Vfwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ’Fire’ inscription on trim.

Horn/strobes. Models XLSG1-HOV15, XLSG1R-HOV15, XLSG1F-HOV15, XLSG1RF-HOV15, XLSG1-HOV30, XLSG1R-HOV30,XLSG1F-HOV30, XLSG1RF-HOV30, XLSG1-HOV60, XLSG1R-HOV60, XLSG1F-HOV60, XLSG1RF-HOV60, XLSG1-HOV75, XLSG1R-HOV75, XLSG1F-HOV75, XLSG1RF-HOV75, XLSG1-HOV110, XLSG1R-HOV110, XLSG1F-HOV110, and XLSG1RF-HOV110 for connec-tion to an Approved fire alarm control individually providing a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operationin standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to XLSG1M or XLSG1M-RM synchronizationmodules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Light output ratings are 15 cd, 30 cd, 60 cd, 75 cd,and 110 cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.

Speakers. Models G4-S2, G4F-S2, G4R-S2 and G4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), G4-S7, G4F-S7 , G4R-S7 and G4RF-S7 (70 Vrms) with selectabletaps (1.4 W = 81 dBA, 1.2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA). For indoor use with G4B or G4RB wall mount boxes. R designationis for Red color enclosure.


Speakers/strobes. Models G4-S2VM,G4F-S2VM, G4R-S2VM and G4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), G4-S7VM, G4F-S7VM ,G4R-S7VM and G4RF-S7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1 .4W = 81 dBA, 1 .2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobe input voltagerange is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to XLSG1M or XLSG1-RMsynchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Multi-candela strobe output isselectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.

The W L Jenkins Co Electronics Div 1445 Whipple Rd SW Box 80429 Canton OH 44710Vibrating Bell. Cat. No. Series 1000, 41⁄4 in. (108 mm); 2000, 6 in. (152 mm); 3000, 8 in. (203 mm); 4000, 10 in. (254 mm); for 3 to 240 V

ac. Cat. No. Series 1200, 41⁄4 in. (108 mm); 2200, 6 in. (152 mm); 3200, 8 in. (203 mm); 4200, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6 to 240 V dc.Single-Stroke Bell. Cat. No. Series 1100, 41⁄4 in. (108 mm); 2100, 6 in. (152 mm); 3100, 8 in. (203 mm); 4100, 10 in. (254 mm); for 12 to

240 V ac.Single-Stroke Bell. Cat. No. Series 1300, 41⁄4 in. (108 mm); 2300, 6 in. (152 mm); 3300, 8 in. (203 mm); 4300, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6 to

240 V dc.

Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721Electric Horn Model No. 219926. For 4-250 V dc operation strobe. Models 220414, 220415. For indoor and outdoor visual signaling. Input

voltage 18-31 V dc or 120 V ac. Temperature rating is -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C).Vibrating Bell. Models 294938 and 294939. For 24 V dc operation, with 6 or 8 in. (152 or 203 mm) gong size.

King-Fisher Co 2350 Foster Ave Wheeling IL 60090KFANN remote annunciator includes mother board (P/N 16711) and up to 10 zone cards (P/N 16712). 24 V dc power is provided from either

a local fire alarm panel or from KFUPS power supply and 5 to 80 AH battery.

Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472Motor Driven Bell KMS. For 24 V dc operation, with 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size.Vibrating Bell SSV120-XCH. For 120 V ac operation with 6, 8, or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Model WBB weatherproof backbox

required for outdoor use.Motor Driven Bell SSM24-XCH. For 120 V dc operation with 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Model WBB weatherproof

backbox required for outdoor use.

Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146Vibrating Bell PB for 120 V ac, 12 V dc, 24 V dc operation, with 6 or 8 in. (152 or 203 mm) gong size. Models with suffix -W equipped with

a backbox are suitable for outdoor use.Vibrating Bell. PBD126, PBD128, PBD1210 for 12 V dc operation; PBD246, PBD248, PBD2410 for 24 V dc operation; PBA246, PBA248,

PBA2410 for 24 V ac operation; PBA1206, PBA1208, PBA12010 for 120 V ac operation. The dc versions have operating voltage ranges of10.2 - 15.6 V dc (12 V dc version) and 20.4 - 31.1 V dc (24 V dc version) and were tested at 85 - 110% of their rated range, 8.7 - 17.2 and17.3 - 34.3 V dc, respectively. Nominally rated 24 V ac and 120 V ac versions were tested at 20.4 - 26.4 and 102 - 132 V ac, respectively.All bells are available in 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong sizes. Suitable for use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 150°F (-40°to 66°C). All models equipped with a weatherproof backbox BBK-1 are suitable for outdoor use. Both aluminum and plastic type coilenclosures are available. The aluminum enclosure is designated by the suffix A.

Motor Driven Bell PSB for 12 V dc or 24 V dc operation, with 6 or 8 in. (152, 203 mm) gong size. Models with suffix -W equipped with abackbox are suitable for outdoor use.

Protectowire Co Box 200 Hanover MA 02339Vibrating Bell. Model UD. 4, 6, 8, 10 in. (102, 152, 203, 254 mm). For 6, 9, 12, 24 V ac, dc.

Radionics 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36 Salinas CA 93901Electronic Horn and Strobe Horn. Model D448 for 9-15.6 V dc. Model D452 for 9.6-14.4 V dc. Models D449, D453 and D453A for 18-31

V dc. For indoor use only.Motor Bell. Models D440 and D442 for 9-15.6 V dc. Models D441 and D443 for 18-31 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB

backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).Electronic Horn. D448W for 9-15.6 V dc. D449W for 18-31 V dc. For indoor use only. Model D457 for 9 V dc to 15.6 V dc/18 V dc to 31

V dc, respectively. Model D457 is suitable for outdoor use when mounted on D402 backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).Backbox. Weatherproof mounting box Model D400.Audible Strobe Signals. Wall mount 12 V models: D575S (15 cd intensity) and D576S (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds

75 cd only near horizontal axis) with SM-12 sync module or DSM-12 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: D570S(15 cd intensity), D571S (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), D573S (30 cd intensity), D574S(75 cd intensity) and D572S (110 cd intensity) for wall and ceiling mount with D411 sync module or D412 dual sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.

Electronic Strobe Minihorn. D451A, D421A, D429A, D429AW, D419A, D455A and D455AW for 20-31 V dc.Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Series D432A, D422A, D424A, D423A for 20-31 V dc. Multitone Series D475A for 10.5-15.6 V dc.Audible Strobe Signals. Wall mount options only. 12 V models: D560S (15 cd intensity), D562S (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity

exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis) with D411 sync module or D412 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc. 24 V models: D561S (15 cdintensity), D559S (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis) and D558S (75 cd intensity) with D411sync module or D412 dual sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.

Audible Horn. Models D539S and D542S for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc and D543S and D541S for 20.0 V dc to 31 V dc. All units produce a steadytone with low, medium or high setting and may be used with synchronization module Model D411LC or D412LC to produce ‘‘Code-3’’ temporalsignal.

Audible Strobes. Wall mount 12 V models: D549S (15 cd intensity), D551S (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd onlynear horizontal axis) with D411 sync module or D412 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: D544S and D555S(15 cd intensity), D545S and D556S (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), D546S andD577SS (30 cd intensity), D547S and D557S (75 cd intensity) and D548S and D554S (110 cd intensity) with D411 sync module or D412 dualsync module for 20 to 31 V dc. Ceiling mount 24 V models: D552S (15 cd intensity) and D553S (100 cd intensity) with D411 sync moduleor D412 dual sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089Horn Series G1X-P-LG. Include Model G1-P-LG horn White, and Horn Model G1R-P-LG Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc.

For indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.Synchronizing Strobe. Series G1X-VXX-LG; Models G1-V15-LG, 15 cd, White; G1R-V15-LG, 15 cd, Red; G1F-V15-LG, 15 cd, White;

G1RF-V15-LG, 15 cd, Red; G1-V30-LG, 30 cd, White; G1R-V30-LG, 30 cd, Red; G1F-V30-LG, 30 cd, White; G1RF-V30-LG, 30 cd, Red andG1-V60-LG, 60 cd, White; G1R-V60-LG, 60 cd, Red; G1F-V60-LG, 60 cd, White; G1RF-V60-LG, 60 cd, Red G1-V75-LG, 75 cd, White;G1R-V75-LG, 75 cd, Red; G1F-V75-LG, 75 cd, White; G1RF-V75-LG, 75 cd, Red;G1-V110-LG, 110 cd, White; G1R-V110-LG, 110 cd, Red;


G1F-V110-LG, 110 cd, White; G1RF-V110-LG, 110 Red Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flashper second or temporal light pattern. Use of Model G1M or G1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized. All units mounton a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mount only.

Temporal Horn Series G1X-H-LG and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series G1X-HVXX-LG. Include Model G1-H-LG horn White, and ModelG1R-H-LG Red, and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: G1-HV15-LG, 15 cd, White; G1R-HV15-LG, 15 cd, Red; G1-HV30-LG,30 cd, White; G1R-HV30-LG, 30 cd, Red; G1-HV60-LG, 60 cd, White; G1R-HV60-LG, 60 cd, Red; G1-HV75-LG, 75 cd, White; and G1R-HV75-LG, 75 cd, Red G1-HV110-LG, 110 cd, White; G1R-HV110-LG, 110 cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage rangeof 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash persecond or temporal light pattern. Can be configured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model G1M-LG orG1M-RM-LG interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in.sq electrical box. The horn has two settings for continuous or temporal signals.

High dB Horns. Models G1-HO-LG, G1R-HO-LG, G1F-HO-LG for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltagerange of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 Vfwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.

Horn/strobes. Models G1-HOV15-LG, G1R-HOV15-LG, G1F-HOV15-LG, G1RF-HOV15-LG, G1-HOV30-LG, G1R-HOV30-LG, G1F-HOV30-LG, G1RF-HOV30-LG, G1-HOV60-LG, G1R-HOV60-LG, G1F-HOV60-LG, G1RF-HOV60-LG, G1-HOV75-LG, G1R-HOV75-LG,G1F-HOV75-LG, G1RF-HOV75-LG, G1-HOV110-LG, G1R-HOV110-LG, G1F-HOV110-LG, and G1RF-HOV110v for connection to anApproved fire alarm control individually providing a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation instandalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to G1M-LG or G1M-RM-LG synchronizationmodules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Light output ratings are 15 cd, 30 cd, 60 cd, 75 cd,and 110 cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.

Speakers. Models G4-S2-LG, G4F-S2-LG, G4R-S2-LG and G4RF-S2-LG (25 V rms), G4-S7-LG, G4F-S7-LG , G4R-S7-LG and G4RF-S7-LG(70 V rms) with selectable taps (1 .4 W = 81 dBA, 1 .2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA). For indoor use with G4B or G4RB wallmount boxes. R designation is for Red color enclosure.

Speakers/strobes. Models G4-S2VM-LG,G4F-S2VM-LG, G4R-S2VM-LG and G4RF-S2VM-LG (25 V rms), G4-S7VM-LG, G4F-S7VM-LG,G4R-S7VM-LG and G4RF-S7VM-LG (70 V rms) with selectable taps (1 .4 W = 81 dBA, 1 .2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA).Standalone strobe input voltage range is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connectedto G1M-LG or G1-RM-LG synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Multi-candela strobe output is selectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.

Simplex Time Recorder Co, 100 Simplex Dr, Westminster MA 01441-0001Strobe. Models 4903-9101, -9104, -9151, -9154, 4904-9101, -9102, -9103, -9151, -9152 and -9153. For indoor visual signaling. Input

voltage 24 V dc with 45 mA current rating and 120 V ac with 150 mA current rating. 24 V dc version has a flash rate of 45 per min. 120 Vac version has a flash rate of 1 per sec. Temperature rating of 32°F (0°C) to 125°F (52°C).

Vibrating Bell. Models 2901-9001, 4 in. (102 mm); -9002, 6 in. (152 mm); -9003, 10 in. (254 mm); for ac series use at 1.5 A; 2901-9040,4 in. (102 mm); -9041, 6 in. (152 mm); -9042, 10 in. (254 mm); for 24 V ac; 2901-9060, 4 in. (102 mm); -9061, 6 in. (152 mm); -9062, 10 in.(254 mm); for 120 V ac; 2901-9302, -9305, 6 in. (152 mm); for 12 V dc; 2901-9320, 4 in. (102 mm); -9321, 6 in. (152 mm); -9322, 10 in. (254mm); for 24-28 V dc.

Vibrating Bell. Models 2901-9331, 4 in. (102 mm); -9332, 6 in. (152 mm); -9333, 10 in. (254 mm); for 21-30 V dc. Models 2901-9046, -9047,-9048; for 24 V ac. Models 2901-9066, 4 in. (102 mm); -9067, 6 in. (152 mm); -9068, 10 in. (254 mm); for 120 V ac. The 2901-9046, -9047,-9048, -9066, -9067, -9068 bells are not Approved for fire alarm signaling applications. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equippedwith backbox 2975-9008 (beige) or 2975-9009 (red) rated NEMA Type 3R.

Electric Horn. Model 626-203 for 21-30 V dc operation. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on Model 2975-9008 (beige) or 2975-9009(red) weatherproof box (NEMA 3R rated). Cat Nos. 2901-9847 (red) and 2901-9848 (beige) are models which are mounted on standard flushmounts, and 2901-9849 (red) and 2901-9850 (beige) are models which are mounted on standard surface mounts.

Electric Horn. Cat. Nos. 2901-9847 (red) and 2901-9848 (beige) are models which are mounted on standard flush mounts, and 2901-9849(red) and 2901-9850 (beige) are models which are mounted on standard surface mounts. All are for 21-30 V dc operation and are suitablefor outdoor use when mounted on Cat. No. 2975-9008 (beige) or 2975-9009 (red) weatherproof box (NEMA 3R rated).

Cat. Nos. 4901-9805 (red) and 4901-9806 (off-white) have plastic grilles. Cat. Nos. 4901-9805H (red) and 4901-9806H (off-white) haveplastic grilles and internal gasket for high humidity, indoor applications. All are for 23.5 to 29 V dc operation.

Electric Horn. Models 2901-9554 for 4.5 V ac operation; 2901-9553 for 6 V ac operation 2901-9549 through -9552 for 120 V ac operation.Product I.D. Nos. 2901-9806, -9838 through -9841 for 24 V dc operation; 2901-9838 for 12 or 21-28 V dc operation, -9839, -9840, -9841 for21-28 V dc; 2901-9845 and -9846 for 21-30 V dc operation. All are suitable for mounting on Model 2975-9008 (beige) or 2975-9009 (red)weatherproof box.

Chime. Models 2902-9060; for ac series use at 2.5 A; 2902-9236, red; for dc series use at 2.5 A; 2902-9234; for 24-28 V dc.Chime Models 2902-9701, -9072; for series AC series use at 2.5 A. Cat No. 2902-9052; for 120 V ac. Cat. No. 2902-9241; for DC series

use at 2.5 A. Cat Nos. 2902-9207, -9240; for 21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equipped with backbox 2975-9008(beige) or 2975-9009 (red) rated NEMA Type 3R.

Fire Alarm Annunciator. Types 4305, 4306, 4308, 4309, 4315 and 4316, with optional A, B, D, G auxiliary insert panels. A lamp test switchis required on Types 4305, 4308 and 4315 annunciators.

Single-Stroke Bell. Models 2901-9081, -9085, 6 in. (152 mm); -9082, -9806, 10 in. (254 mm); for ac series use at 2.5 A; 2901-9341, 4 in.(102 mm) red; -9342, 6 in. (152 mm) red; -9343, 6 in. (152 mm); -9344, 10 in. (254 mm) red; -9345, 10 in. (254 mm); for dc series use at 2.5A; 2901-9361, 6 in. (152 mm); -9362, 10 in. (254 mm); for 24-28 V dc.

Single-Stroke Bell. Models 2901-9351, 6 in. (152 mm); -9352, 10 in. (254 mm); for dc series use at 2.5 A. Models 2901-9365, 6 in. (152mm); -9366, 10 in. (254 mm); for 21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equipped with backbox 2975-9008 (beige) or2975-9009 (red) rated NEMA Type 3R.

Vibrating Chime. Models 2902-9042; for ac series use at 1.5 A; 2902-9047; for 120 V ac.Visual Fire Alarm Indicating Device. Models 4903-9001, -9102, -9051, -9152, 4904-9001, -9002, -9003, -9051, -9052, -9053. Incandescent

lamps for indoor use. Models 4903-9051, -9152, 4904-9051, -9052, -9053 for 120 V ac operation; Models 4903-9001, -9102, 4904-9001,-9002, -9003 for 24 V dc operation; 80 mA current rating.

Electronic Horn and Strobe. Series 4903 -9252, -9253, -9254, 9255, -9256, -9257, and -9258 free running synchronized selectable withoptional 4905-9914 (Class B), 4905-9922 (Class A) and 4905-9938(SmartSync) synchronizing modules, for 16 to 33 V dc, no full-waverectified dc, with a strobe flash rate of 60 per min. The strobes have nominal 15, 30 and 110 cd intensity ratings.

Visible Appliances. 4904 -9174, -9175, -9176, -9177, -9178, -9179, -9180, -9181, -9182, -9183, -9184, -9185, -9345, -9346 free runningsynchronized selectable with optional 4905-9914(Class B), 4905-9922(Class A) and 4905-9938(SmartSync) synchronizing modules for 16 to33 V dc, no full-wave rectified dc, with a flash rate of 60 per min. The strobes have nominal 15, 30 and 110 cd intensity ratings.

Electronic Horn. Series 4901-98XX, for 23.5 to 29.0 V dc.All 4901-9XXX, 4903-9XXX, 4904-9XXX, 2901-9XXX and 2902-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’Electronic Horn. Model 4901-9820 for 16 to 33 V dc operation. Mounting can be semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single gang,

double gang, or 4 in. square electrical box.


Visible Appliances. Models 4904-9168, -9169, -9170, -9171, -9172, and -9173 strobes for 16 to 33 V dc. The strobes have nominal 15, 75,and 110 cd intensity ratings.

Synchronized Visible Appliances. Models 4904-9331, -9332, -9333, -9342, -9343, and -9344 strobes with 4905-9938 synchronizing module,for 16 to 33 V dc. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings.

DirecTone Voice-Tone Alarm Option. For use with Autocall fire alarm systems. Option consists of signal generator, amplifier, communicationand power supply modules.

TrueAlert Non-Addressable Models 4903-9196, -9197, -9198, -9359, -9360, -9361 Speaker and Strobe free running/synchronized select-able with optional 4905-9938 synchronizing module for 16 to 33 V dc operation, no full-wave rectified dc. 25 or 70.7 V rms speaker circuitscan drive speakers at 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 W power. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. See Simplex 4100 listing underEmergency Voice/Alarm Communication.

Audible/ Visible Models 4903-9148, -9149, -9150, -9153, -9193, -9194, and -9195 Speaker and Strobe free running synchronized selectablewith optional 4905-9914(Class B), 4905-9922(Class A) and 4905-9938(SmartSync) synchronizing modules for 16 to 33 V dc operation, nofull-wave rectified dc. 25 or 70.7 V rms speaker circuits can drive speakers at 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 W power. The strobes have nominal 15, 30, and110 cd intensity ratings. See Simplex 4100 listing Under Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication.

Spectronics Corp, 4645 Hartley, Lincoln NE 68504Vibrating Bell. Models 43T (12, 24 V dc; 115 V, 60 Hz), 45L (6 V dc), 46T (12, 24 V dc). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm) gong sizes.Single Stroke Bell. Model 42PT (12, 24 V dc). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm) gong sizes.Electric Horn. Models 32PT and 34T (12, 24 V dc); 31T and 35T (12, 24, 115 V, 60 Hz).Accessories available for above products with indoor or outdoor use: weatherproof mounting box Model WBB; single and twin projectors

Models SP or TP.Definition of suffixes and prefixes for above models: T = terminal type connections, P = polarized, L = leads exit from sides.

System Sensor, Div of Honeywell, 3825 Ohio Ave, Saint Charles IL 60174Selectable output strobe Model S1224MC. Rated 12/24 V dc or FWR: range for 12 volt operations from 9.5 to 17.5 V dc/FWR and for 24

volt operations from 16 to 33 V dc/FWR; Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mountingrequires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘A’’ suffix indicates a Canadian model.‘‘B’’ suffix indicates BI-lingual (French or English) documentation. ‘‘F’’ suffix indicates only French documentation.

Sounder/Strobe combination model P1224MC. Rated 12/24 V dc or FWR: range for 12 volt operations from 9.5 to 17.5 V dc/FWR and for24 volt operations from 16 to 33 V dc/FWR; Four different audible signals can be obtained at either high or low volume. The tone and volumeselected determine the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indooruse only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MP mountingplates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘A’’ suffix indicates a Canadian model. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates BI-lingual (French or English)documentation. ‘‘F’’ suffix indicates only French documentation.

Sounder MA12/24D. Suitable for use at 8.5 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines thecurrent drawn and sound power output. Suitable for outdoor use -31° to 151°F (-35° to 66°C) with Model WBB weatherproof backbox (NEMA3R). ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.

Strobes SS12/24ADA Series. SS1215ADA is rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc; SS121575ADA; SS2415ADA, SS2475ADA, SS24110ADA,SS241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes unitsfor Canadian distribution. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE.’’

Sounder/Strobe MASS12/24ADA Series. MASS1215ADA, MASS121575ADA are rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc; MASS2415ADA, MASS2475ADA,MASS24110ADA, MASS241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determinesthe sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F(0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for‘‘FIRE.’’

Strobe. SS12LO, 12M, SS24LO, 24M. Wall or ceiling mounted. SS12LO, SS12M suitable for use at nominal 12 V dc; SS24LO, SS24Msuitable for use at nominal 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units forCanadian distribution. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE.’’

Sounder/Strobe MASS12LO, 12M; MASS24LO, 24M. The suffix indicates operating voltage and light output. Eight different audible signalscan be obtained. The tone selected determines the current drawn and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently fromthe sounder. Suitable for indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadiandistribution. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE.’’

Vibrating Bell. Cat. Nos. KMS-6, -24, 6 in. (152 mm); KMS-8, -24, 8 in. (203 mm); KMS-10-24, 10 in. (254 mm); for 21-30 V dc: Cat. Nos.KBS-6-120, 6 in. (152 mm); KBS-8-120, 8 in. (203 mm); KBS-10-120, 10 in. (254 mm); for 120 V ac. Suitable for outdoor use when mountedon WBBF weatherproof backbox (rated NEMA 3R).

Sounder and Strobe. Models PS12LO, PS12M, PS24LO and PS24M. Represents ‘‘LO’’ and ‘‘M’’ Series strobes that mount to the PA400Sounder. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range: 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color.

Sounder. Model PA400. 12 or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range: 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). ‘‘W’’ suffix indicateswhite color. ‘‘EV’’ suffix units have ‘‘EVAC’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘AG’’ units have ‘‘AGENT’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’.

Vibrating Bell SSV120. For 120 V ac operation with 6(A), 8(A) or 10(A) in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Suffix ‘A’ for modelsmanufactured for Canada. Model WBB weatherproof backbox required for outdoor use.

Motor Driven Bell SSM24. For 120 V dc operation with 6(A), 8(A) or 10(A) in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Suffix ‘A’ for modelsmanufactured for Canada. Model WBB weatherproof backbox required for outdoor use.

Sounder MA 12/24EH. Suitable for use at 8.5 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines thecurrent drawn and sound power output. Suitable for outdoor use -31° to 151°F (-35° to 66°C) with Model WBB weatherproof backbox (NEMA3R). ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.

Sounder/Strobe MAEH12LO, 12M; MAEH24LO, 24M. The suffix indicates operating voltage and light output. Eight different sudible signalscan be obtained. The tone selected determines the current drawn and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently fromthe sounder. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘B’’suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘Fire.’’

Sounder/Strobe MAEH12/24ADA Series. MAEH1215ADA, MAEH121575ADA are rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc; MAEH2415ADA,MAEH2475ADA, MAEH24110ADA, MAEH241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The toneselected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indooruse only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units haveSpanish wording for ‘‘FIRE.’’

Synchronized Strobe SS24ADAS Series. SS2415ADAS, SS241575ADAS are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.

Sounder/Synchronized Strobe MASS24ADAS Series. MASS2415ADAS, MASS2475ADAS are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Eight different audiblesignals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operatedindependently from the sounder. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.

Sounder/Synchronized Strobe MAEH24ADAS Series. MAEH2415ADAS, MAEH2475ADAS are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Eight different audiblesignals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operatedindependently from the sounder. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.


Sounder/Strobe PS12/24 Series. Single tone sounder with integral strobe. PS1215ADA, PS121575ADA are rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc;PS2415ADA, PS2475ADA, PS24110ADA and PS241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘W’’ suffixindicates white color. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.

Retrofit Strobe RP12/24 Series. Wall plate with strobe will accept MA12/24D, MA12/24EH sounder or similar audible notification applianceintended for mounting on a 4 in. sq electrical box. RP1215ADA, RP121575ADA strobes are rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc; RP2415ADA, RP2475ADA,RP24110ADA and RP241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only 32°to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Sounder H12/24 and HC12/24. Suitable for use at 10.5 to 30.0 V dc. Two different audible signals can be obtained, with HI and Low volumesettings, with or without temporal pattern. The signal, volume and temporal option selected determines the current drawn and sound poweroutput. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The H12/24 is not intended for use on coded power supplies. The HC12/24 may be usedon coded power supplies. May be used with BBS, S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red.

Strobes S12/24 Series. S1215, S121575, are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; S2415, S2430, S2475, S24110, S241575 are rated 20.0 to 30.0 Vdc. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MPmounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘F’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beigecolor. ‘‘R’’ suffix indicates red color. ‘‘F’’ suffix units have ‘‘Fire’’ wording. Suffix ‘‘P’’ indicates models with plain housings.

Sounder/Strobe P12/24 Series. P1215, P121575 are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; P2415, P2430, P2475, P24110, P241575, P241575EV arerated 20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and soundpower output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for useon coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘F’’suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘EV’’ suffix units have ‘‘EVAC’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘AG’’ units have ‘‘AGENT’’ wordinginstead of ‘‘FIRE’’. Suffix ‘‘P’’ indicates models with plain housings.

Synchronization Module MDL(W). Suitable for use at 11.0 to 17.0 V dc for 12 V operation and 21.0 to 30.0 V dc for 24 V operation, 3 A maxdevice load. Two channels (Class B) or one channel (Class A) of compatible H12/24 or HC12/24 sounders, S12/24 series strobes or P12/24series sounder/strobes can be connected to each module. Provides synchronization of the strobe pulses and temporal-coded sounders.Multiple MDL(W) modules may be interconnected to increase the number of synchronized devices. May also be used in single moduleconfiguration with MA12/24D, MA12/24EH sounders (set for continuous tone only) or PA400 sounders to provide two channels (Class B) orone channel (Class A) of synchronized sounders with temporal-coded sound pattern. Strobes are not permitted when the MDL(W) is beingused to produce the temporal pattern. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Must be used with an Approved fire alarm control panel whichprovides noncoded power for and supervision of notification appliance circuits. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red.

Visual And Audible/Visual Signaling Appliances. Models SC2415, SC2415W, SC241575, SC241575W, SC2430, SC2430W, SC2475,SC2475W, SC2495, SC2495W, SC24115, SC24115W, SC24177, SC24177W strobes; and models PC2415, PC2415W, PC241575,PC241575W, PC2430, PC2430W, PC2475, PC2475W, PC2495, PC2495W, PC24115, PC24115W, PC24177, PC24177W horn/strobes foroperating voltage range of 16 to 33 V dc as standalones and 17 to 33 V dc when connected to the MDL synchronization module. For indooruse only. Suffix ‘‘W’’ indicating color white (otherwise it is red). May be followed with suffix ‘‘P’’ indicating models with plain plastic housing.May be followed with suffix ‘‘A’’ denoting units intended for Canadian distribution. For indoor use on the wall or ceiling using models BBS,BBSC, or BBSCW backbox.

The Viking Corp, 210 N Industrial Park Rd, Hastings MI 49058Vibrating Bell. P/N 03115-B, 6 in. (152 mm); 03116-B, 8 in. (203 mm); 03117-B, 10 in. (254 mm); 3 through 120 V ac. P/N 03917-B, 6 in.

(152 mm); 03918-B, 8 in. (203 mm); 03919-B, 10 in. (254 mm); 3 through 120 V dc.

Wheelock Inc, 273 Branchport Ave, Long Branch NJ 07740Single Stroke Bell. Model 42PT (12, 24 V dc). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm) gong sizes.Vibrating Bell. Models 43T (12, 24 V dc; 115 V, 60 Hz), 45L (6 V dc), 46T (12, 24 V dc). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm) gong sizes.Mechanical Horn. Series 32PT, 34T (12, 24 V dc); 31T, 35T (12, 24, 115 V, 60 Hz). Series 34T horns were tested at voltage ranges of 9-15.6

V dc and 18-31.2 V dc.Strobe. Model WST (24 V dc; 115 V, 60 Hz).Horn/Strobe. Connections with two terminals, Models 7001T, V7001T (indoor use only), 7002T (12, 24 V dc) consist of Model 34T with WS

horn/strobe combination. Model 7004T (115 V, 60 Hz) consists of Model 31T with WS horn/strobe combination. Connections with fourterminals are Models 34T with WS and 32PT with WS (12, 24 V dc) and Models 31T with WS and 35T with WS (115 V, 60 Hz) horn/strobecombinations.

Accessories available for products with indoor or outdoor use: weatherproof mounting box Model WBB; single and twin projectors ModelsSP or TP.

Definition of suffixes and prefixes for above models: T = terminal type connections, P = polarized, L = leads exit from sides.Electronic Signal. Series AES-DL1-WS-24, -EL1, -WH, -WM for 18-31 V dc. Series AES-DL2-WS-12, -EL2, -WH for 9.6-14.4 V dc, models

without strobe for 9-15.6 V dc (W in strobe designation is variable and indicates lens color, W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber).Suitable for indoor and outdoor use: -EL1, -EL2 models mounted on WBB backbox are rated NEMA Type 3R.

Electronic Horn and Electronic Strobe Horn. Series EH-DL1, -EL1 for 9-31 V dc. Series EHS-DL1, -EL1, -WH, -WM for 18-31 V dc. SeriesEH-DL1-WS-24, -EL1, -WH, -WM for 18-31 V dc. EHS-DL2-WH, -EL2 for 9.6-14.4 V dc. EH-DL2-WS-12, -EL2, -WH for 9.6-14.4 V dc (W instrobe designation is variable and indicates lens color, W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber). Suitable for indoor and outdoor use:-EL1, -EL2 models mounted on WBB backbox are rated NEMA Type 3R.

Motor Bell and Motor Bell Strobe. Series MB-G6-12, -G10 for 9-15.6 V dc. Series MB-G6-24 for 18-31 V dc. Series MBS-G6-12, -G10, -WHfor 9.6-14.4 V dc. Series MBS-G6-24-WH, -G10 for 18-31 V dc (W in strobe designation is variable and indicates lens color, W=white, R=red,B=blue, G=green, A=amber). Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).

Electronic Horn and Strobe Horn. MIZ-12-WS for 9.6-14.4 V dc model without strobe for 9-15.6 V dc. MIZ-24-WS, -WH, -WM for 18-31 Vdc ((W in strobe designation is variable and indicates lens color, W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber). For indoor use only.

Visual Signaling Device, Incandescent Lamp. Series VL-24, VL1-24 and VLP-24 followed by one letter for lens color (W=white, R=red,B=blue, G=green, A=amber) rated for 18-31 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only.

Strobe. Series VLPS, VLPH and VLPM (VLPM available in -24 model only), -12 for 9.6-14.4 V dc, -24 for 18-31 V dc, -115 for 102-132 Vac, followed by one letter for lens color (W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber). Suitable for indoor use only.

Strobe. Series WST, WHT, WS1T, WH1T, WS3T, WH3T, -12 for 9.6-14.4 V dc, -24 for 18-31 V dc, -115 for 102-132 V ac. WMT, WM1T,WM3T, -24 for 18-31 V dc (first letter of Model No. is variable and designates lens color, W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber. Thefirst letter may be preceded by one letter indicating lens orientation: C = ceiling, V = vertical or no letter if the lens orientation is horizontal.)Suitable for indoor and outdoor use: WS3T, WH3T and WM3T models mounted on WBB backbox are rated NEMA Type 3R.

LSM Series Strobes. LSM-24, LS1M-24, LS3M-24, LSPM-24 for 20-31 V dc and LSM-12, LSM1-12, LSM3-12, LSPM-12 for 10.5-15.6 Vdc (LSM in strobe designation indicates 15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only near axis). Suitable forindoor use.

IS Series Strobes. IS-24, IS1-24, IS3-24 and ISP-24 for 20-31 V dc (IS in strobe designation indicates 75 cd intensity). Suitable for indooruse.

SL Series Strobes. SL-24, SL1-24, SL3-24, SLP-24 with SCM-24 sync module, and SL-24L, SL1-24L, SL3-24L, SLP-24L with SCM-24L,SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20-31 V dc (SL in strobe designation indicates 15 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.

SLM Series Strobe. SLM-24, SL1M, SL1M-24, SL3M-24 and SLPM-24 with SCM-24 sync module for 20-31 V dc (SLM in strobe designationindicates 15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis).


Audible Strobe Signals (AS Series). AS-1215 (15 cd intensity), AS-121575 (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd onlynear horizontal axis), and AS-1230 (30 cd intensity) with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 8 to 17.5 V dc. AS-2415(15 cd intensity), AS-241575 (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), AS-2430 (30 cd intensity),AS-2475 (75 cd intensity), and AS-24110 (110 cd intensty) for wall and ceiling mount with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual syncmodule for 16 to 33 V dc.

Wall mount 12 V models: AS-1215W-FX (15 cd intensity), AS-121575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd onlynear horizontal axis) with SM-12 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 8 to 17.5 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: AS-2415W-FX(15 cd intensity), AS-241575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), AS-2430W-FX (30cd intensity), AS-2475W-FX (75 cd intensity), and AS-24110W-FX (110 cd intensity) with SM-24 sync module, or DSM-24 dual sync modulefor 20 to 31 V dc. Ceiling mount 24 V models: AS-2415C-FX (15 cd intensity), AS-2430C-FR (30 cd intensity), AS-2475C-FX (75 cd intensity),and AS-24100C-FX (100 cd intensity) with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 16 to 33 V dc. X represents productcolor (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special).

SHW Series Strobes. SHW-24, SH2W-24, SHPW-24 with SCM-24 sync module, and SHW-24L, SH2W-24L, SHPW-24L with SCM-24L,SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20-31 V dc (SH in strobe designation indicates 110 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.

SR Series Strobes. SR-2415 and SRP-2415 with SM-12/24 synchronization module or DSM-12/24 dual-synchronization module (15 cdintensity); SR-241575 and SRP-241575 with SM-12/24 synchronization module or DSM-12/24 dual synchronization module (15/75 cdintensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only near axis); SR-2475 and SRP-2475 for wall or ceiling mount with SM-12/24synchronization module or DSM-12/24 dual-synchronization module (75 cd intensity); SRP-24110 and SRP-24110 with SM-12/24 synchro-nization module or DSM-12/24 dual synchronization module (110 cd intensity) for wall or ceiling mount. All models for 20 to 31 V dc.

SLM Series Strobes. SLM-24, SL1M-24, SL3M-24 and SLPM-24 with SCM-24, SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20-31 V dc (SLM instrobe designation indicates 15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis).

Electronic Sync Strobe Minihorn. Series MIZ-24-(SL, SLM, SHW) with SCM-24, SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20-31 V dc.Electronic Horn and Sync Strobe. Multitone Series MT/MT4 -24-(SL, SLM or SHPW) with SCM-24, SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20

to 31 V dc.Multitone Sync Strobe Series. AMT/AMT4-24-(SL, SLM, SHPW) with SCM-24, SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20 to 31 V dc.LS Series Strobes. LS-24, LS1-24, LS2-24, LS3-24, LSP-24, LS-24L, LS1-24L, LS2-24L, LS3-24L and LSP-24L for 20-31 V dc and LS-12,

LS1-12, LS2-12, LS3-12 and LSP-12 for 10.5-15.6 V dc (LS in strobe designation indicates 15 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.MS Series Strobes. MS-12L, MS1-12L, MS2-12L, MS3-12L, MSP-12, MS-12, MS1-12, MS2-12, MS3-12 and MSP-12 for 10.5-15.6 V dc

and MS-24, MS1-24, MS2-24, MS3-24, MSP-24, MS-24L, MS1-24L, MS2-24L, MS3-24L and MSP-24L for 20-31 V dc (MS in strobedesignation indicates 30 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.

Multitone Series AMT-12 and AMT4-12 for 10.5-15.6 V dc; AMT-24 and AMT4-24 for 20-31 V dc.Multitone Strobe Series. AMT-12-LS, -12-LSM, -MS, -WH, AMT4-12-LS, -LSM and -MS for 10.5-15.6 V dc; AMT-24-LS, -LSM, -MS, -IS,

-HSPW, -WM, -WH, AMT4-24-LS, -LSM, -MS, -HSPW, -WM, -WH and -IS for 20-31 V dc. AMT 12/24 Series are suitable for outdoor use whenmounted on IOB backbox and AMT4-12/24 models are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).

HS Series Strobes. HSW-24, HS1W-24, HS2W-24, HS3W-24, HSPW-24, HSW-24L, HS1W-24L, HS2W-24L, HS3W-24L, HSPW-24L for20-31 V dc (HS in strobe designation indicates 110 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.

Electronic Horn. Model MT-12/24, MT4-12/24 for 9 V dc to 15.6 V dc/18 V dc to 31 V dc, respectively. Models MT-12/24 are suitable foroutdoor use when mounted on IOB backbox and MT4-12/24 models are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB backbox (ratedNEMA Type 3R).

Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Models MT-241575W, MT-2475W, and MTWP-2475W for 16-33 V dc, and Model MT-121575W for8-17 V dc. The MT-241575W and MT-121575W models have 15/75 cd intensity, where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only nearaxis. The MT-2475W and MTWP-2475 models have 75 cd intensity. The MTWP-2475W is rated NEMA Type 3R.

Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Models MT-12-WS, MT4-12-WS, MT-12-WH, MT4-12-WH for 9-15.6 V dc, MT-24-WS, MT4-24-WS,MT-24-WM, MT4-24-WM, MT-24-WH, MT4-24-WH for 18-31 V dc; MT-115, MT4-115, MT-115-WH and MT4-115-WH for 96 to 132 V ac. TheS, H or M designation indicates strobe intensity where S=1.5 cd, H=15 cd and M=117 cd. MT-24-WS, MT-24-WM, MT-24-WH, MT-12-WS andMT-12-WH are suitable for outdoor when mounted on IOB backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R). MT4-24-WS, MT4-24-WM, MT4-24-WH,MT4-12-WS and MT4-12-WH are suitable for outdoor when mounted on WBB backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).

MT-24-WS, MT-24-WM, MT-24-WH, MT-12-WS and MT-12-WH are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on IOB backbox (rated NEMAType 3R). MT4-24-WS, MT4-24-WM, MT4-24-WH, MT4-12-WS and MT4-12-WH are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBBbackbox (rated NEMA Type 3R)

Electronic Strobe Signal. Series AES-DLI or ELI- (LS-24, MS-24, HSWP-24, IS-24 or LSM-24 Series Strobes) for 20-31 V dc. SeriesAES-DL2 or EL2- (LS-12 or LSM-12 Series Strobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.

Electronic Strobe Horn. Series EH or EHS-DLI or ELI- (LS-24, MS-24, HSWP-24, IS-24 or LSM-24 Series Strobes) for 20-31 V dc. SeriesEH or EHS-DL2 or EL2- (LS-12 or LSM-12 Series Strobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.

Electronic Strobe Minihorn. Series MIZ-24 (-LS, -MS, -IS, -HSWP or -LSM Series Strobes) for 20-31 V dc. Series MIZ-12 (-LS or LSM SeriesStrobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.

Electronic Sync Strobe Minihorn. Series MIZ-24-(SL, SLM, SHW) with SCM-24 sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.Motor Bell Strobe. Series MBS-G6 or -G10-24 (-LS, -MS, -IS, -HSWP or -LSM Series Strobes for 20-31 V dc. Series MBS-G6 or -G10 -12

(-LS or -LSM Series Strobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.Electronic Horn and Sync Strobe. Multitone Series MT/MT4-(SL, SLM or SHPW) with SCM-24 sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Series MT/MT4 -24- (LS, LSM, MS, IS or HSWP Series Strobes) for 20-31 V dc. Multitone Series

MT/MT4-12- (LS or LSM Series Strobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.RS Series Strobe. RS-1215 and RSP-1215 (15 cd intensity). RS-121575 and RSP-121575 (15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the

strobe exceeds 75 cd only near axis). RS-1230 and RSP-1230 (30 cd intensity) for 10.5-15 V dc.RS-2415 and RSP-2415 (15 cd intensity). RS-241575 and RSP-241575 (15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds

75 cd only near axis). RS-2430 and RSP-2430 (30 cd intensity). RS-2475 and RSP-2475 (75 cd intensity). RS-24110 and RSP-24110 (110cd intensity) for wall and ceiling mount. All models for 20 to 31 V dc. Wall mount only. RS-2415W-FX and RSP-2415W-FX, 24 V, 15 cdintensity. RS-241575W-FX and RSP-241575W-FX (15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only near axis). Themodels are for non-sync application only. Voltage ranges from 20 to 31 V dc. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray,X=special).

Strobes (RSS and RSSP Series). Wall mount 12 V models: RSS-1215W-FX and RSSP-1215W-FX (15 cd intensity), RSS-121575W-FX andRSSP-121575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis) with SM-12/24 sync module, orDSM-12/24 dual sync module for 8 to 17.5 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: RSS-2415W-FX and RSSP-2415W-FX (15 cd intensity),RSS-241575W-FX and RSSP-241575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), RSS-2430W-FX and RSSP-2430W-FX (30 cd intensity), RSS-2475W-FX and RSSP-2475W-FX (75 cd intensity), and RSS-24110W-FX andRSSP-24110W-FX (110 cd intensity) with SM-24 sync module, or DSM-24 dual sync module for 16 to 33 V dc. Ceiling mount 24 V models:RSS-2415C(R)-FX (15 cd intensity), RSSP-2430C(R)-FX and RSSP-2430C-FX (30 cd intensity), RSS-2475C(R)-FX and RSSP-2475C-FX(75 cd intensity), and RSS-24100C(R)-FX and RSSP-24100C-FX (100 cd intensity) with SM-24 sync module, or DSM-24 dual sync modulefor 16 to 33 V dc. ‘‘R’’ - round grille RSS ceiling strobes. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special).

RSSWP-2475W-FX weatherproof (Rated NEMA 3R) strobe is a wall mounted 2-wire strobe appliance that provides a continuous strobesignal when connected directly to a control panel, or provides a synchronized strobe signal when used in conjunction with a SM or DSM syncmodule. The strobe has a 75 cd intensity. The unit operates over a voltage range of 16.0 to 33.0 V dc/Vrms and is designed to be mountedon a standard 4 in. or 2 in. single gang electrical box. For outdoor application the RSSWP-2475W must be wall mounted to the weatherproof(NEMA-3R rating) back box (WPSBB). X represents product color (R = red, W = white, S = silver/gray, X = special).


Audible Horn. Models AH-12-X for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc and AH-24-X for 20.0 to 31.0 V dc where X represents product color. The AH-12WP-Xand AH-24WP-X models are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB back box (rated NEMA Type 3R). All units produce a steadytone with low, medium or high setting and may be used with synchronization module Model SM(X)-12/24 or DSM(X)-12/24 to produce‘‘Code-3’’ temporal signal. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special). Flush or surface mount.

Audible Strobe Signals (NS and NS4 Series). Wall mount options only. Series NS are 2-wire and series NS4 are 4-wire. 12 V models:NS(4)-1215W-FX (15 cd intensity), NS(4)-121575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis),with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 8 to 17.5 V dc. 24 V models: NS(4)-2415W-FX (15 cd intensity), NS(4)-241575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), and NS(4)-2430W-FX (30 cd intensity),NS(4)-2475W-FX (75 cd intensity), and NS(4)-24110W-FX (110 cd intensity) with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync modulefor 16 to 33 V dc. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special).

Audible Horn. Model NH-12/24-X for 10.5 V dc to 31 V dc. Appliances can be field set to provide either High or Low dBA sound output andmay be used with synchronization module Model SM(X)-12/24 or DSM(X)-12/24 to produce temporal signal. X in the end represents productcolor (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special). Flush or surface mount. For indoor use only.

RSS-24MCW and RSSP-24MCW multi-candela strobes, wall mounted. These provide four selectable light output intensities in one unit:15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, and 110 cd. Units operate over a voltage range of 16.0 to 33.0 V dc. Both the RSS-24MCW and RSSP-24MCWmulti-candela strobes are designed to be mounted on a standard 4 in or 2 in single gang electrical box.

AS-24MCW multi-candela audible strobe is a wall mounted 2-wire horn-strobe appliance that provides four selectable light output intensities(15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, and 110 cd). Functions with a continuous or code 3 horn tone and continuous strobe when connected directly to a controlpanel, or provide a synchronized code 3 horn tone and synchronized strobe when used in conjunction with a SM or DSM sync module. Theunit operates over a voltage range of 16.0 to 33.0 V dc and is designed to be mounted on a standard 4 in or 2 in single gang electrical box.

ASWP-2475W weatherproof (Rated NEMA 3R) audible strobe is a wall mounted 2-wire horn-strobe appliance that provides a selectablecontinuous or code 3 horn tone and continuous strobe when connected directly to a control panel, or provides a synchronized code 3 horntone and synchronized strobe when used in conjunction with a SM or DSM sync module. The strobe has a 75 cd intensity. The unit operatesover a voltage range of 16.0 to 33.0 V dc and is designed to be mounted on a standard 4 in or 2 in single gang electrical box. For outdoorapplication the ASWP must be wall mounted to the weatherproof (NEMA-3 rating) backbox (WPBB).

MIZ-TC12 and MIZ-TC24 mini horns. Selectable continuous or temporal tones. The 12 V model, MIZ-TC12 has voltage range from 8 to17 V dc, the 24 V model, MIZ-TC24 has voltage range from 16 to 33 V dc. Suffix X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray,X=special). Flush or surface mount. For indoor use only.

Models AMT-241575W and AMT-2475W signal/strobe combinations. Wall mount models only. Model AMT-241575W has a 15 cd strobe andmeets 75 cd on axis. AMT-2475W has a 75 cd strobe. Voltage range from 16 to 33 V dc/Vrms. A Suffix (-NYC) indicates a signal portion beingpreset for New York City Applications. Indoor use only.

High Intensity Strobes (RSS Series). 24 V models only: wall mount RSS-24185W (185 cd intensity), and ceiling mount RSS-24150C(R)(150 cd intensity) and RSS-24177C(R) (177 cd intensity) with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 16 to 33 V dc.‘‘R’’ –- round grille strobes. Indoor use only.

Portman MIZ-TC12X and MIZ-TC24X mini horns. Letter ‘‘P’’ on the rating label designates that unit being manufactured at Portman Ltd.Selectable continuous temporal tones. The 12 V model, MIZ-TC12X has voltage range from 8 to 17 V dc, the 24 V model, MIZ-TC24X hasvoltage range from 16 to 33 V dc. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special). Flush or surface mount. For indooruse only.

Auxiliary Power Supplies, Battery Chargers and Notification ApplianceCircuit Boosters for Fire Protective Signaling Systems

These devices are intended to extend a conventional fire alarm panel’s signaling capacity. Devices listed in thiscategory interface the booster power supply through dry contact interface to the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP).Devices that can only communicate via signal line circuit are listed with the Approved controls.

Altronix Corp, 140 58th St, Brooklyn NY 11220Models AL400ULX(R), AL600ULX(R), and AL1024ULX(R) auxiliary power supplies/battery charges. The AL400ULX(R) has a selectable

12 V dc or 24 V dc power limited output rated at 4 amps when 12 V dc output is selected and at 3 amps when 24 V dc output is selected.Maximum battery charge current is 0.7 amps. The AL600ULX(R) has a selectable 12 V dc or 24 V dc non-power limited output rated at6 amps. Maximum battery charge current at 0.7 amps. The AL1024ULX has a 24 V dc non-power limited output rated at 10 amps during analarm and at 8 amps at standby. Maximum battery charge current 0.7 amps. Each power supply accommodates two 12 AH batteries withinthe enclosure. Maximum size of the batteries is 40 AH for AL400ULX(R) and AL600ULX(R) units, and 65 AH for AL1024ULX(R). Suffix ‘‘R’’depicts red color of the power supply cabinet. Each power supply has two form C trouble relays rated 2 amps at 120 V ac/28 V dc.

Models AL602-UL-ADA, AL642UL-ADA, AL802UL-ADA, AL842UL-ADA, AL1002UL-ADA, and AL1042UL-ADA notification applianceboosters/battery chargers with two input circuits rated 9-30 V dc (5.0 mA minimum per input) connecting to an FM Approved fire alarm controlto extend the control’s signaling capacity: to 6.5 A with one separate 1.0A auxiliary output for AL602-UL-ADA; to 6.5 A with two separate 1 Aauxiliary outputs for AL642UL-ADA; to 8A with one separate 1.0A auxiliary output for AL802UL-ADA; to 8 A with two separate 1A auxiliaryoutputs for AL842UL-ADA; to 10A with one separate 1A auxiliary output for AL1002UL-ADA, and to 10A with two separate 1A auxiliary outputsfor AL1042UL-ADA. Each booster power supply requires 120 V ac primary power with a 24 V dc secondary power provided by two 12 Vbatteries with up to 12 AH capacity (for the models AL602-UL-ADA, AL802UL-ADA, and AL1002UL-ADA), and two 12V batteries with up to36 AH capacity (for the models AL642UL-ADA, AL842UL-ADA, and AL1042UL-ADA), charged by a 0.7 A maximum internal current. TheAL602-UL-ADA, AL802UL-ADA, and AL1002UL-ADA each have either a combination of four Class B, Style Y notification appliance circuits(NAC) which may be wired for two (Class A), Style Z circuits, or two (Class B) Style Y circuits and one (Class A) Style Z circuit. Similarly themodels AL642UL-ADA and AL842UL-ADA each have four (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits (NAC) which may be wired for four(Class A) Style Z circuits, or two (Class B) Style Y circuits in addition to two (Class A) Style Z circuits. Each power supply has two form Ctrouble relays rated 2 amps at 250 V ac/28 V dc.

Edwards Systems Technology, 6411 Parkland Dr, Sarasota FL 34243BPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models 10,

10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be usedtoextend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with120 V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah capacity, charged by a 1.0 Amaximum internal circuit. Each booster power supply has four (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. Each circuit is rated 3 A withtotal output limited to 6.5 A or 10 A based on model. The four output circuits may be configured for two (Class A), Style Z wiring performance.Two output circuits may be configured as 24 V dc auxiliary outputs. Each of the two input circuits (SENSE inputs); with an input range of10 V dc, (3 mA dc minimum), to 45 V dc, (12 mA dc minimum) or 14 V fwr to 32 V fwr; connect with an Approved fire alarm control to drivethe output circuits. The booster power supplies have a form C trouble relay rated 8A at 24 V dc.

MIRBPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models10, 10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with120 V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah charged by an internal circuit


capable of charging at 1.0 A maximum. An input (SENSE) voltage range of 10 V dc to 45 V dc or 14 V fwr to 32 V fwr capable of sourcing6 mA @ 24 V dc, 3 mA @ 12 V dc or 12 mA at 45 V dc is needed to drive each of the two inputs of the Notification circuit booster supplies.Each of the four output circuits can drive up to 3.0 A, total output is limited by booster supply model. Two auxiliary output circuits may beutilized in place of two NACs.

EBPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models 10,10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with120V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24Vdc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah charged by an internal circuit capableof charging at 1.0 A maximum. An input (SENSE) voltage range of 10Vdc to 45Vdc or 14V fwr to 32V fwr capable of sourcing 6mA @ 24Vdc,3mA @12Vdc or 12 mA at 45Vdc is needed to drive each of the two inputs of the Notification circuit booster supplies. Each of the four outputcircuits can drive up to 3.0 A, total output is limited by booster supply model. Two auxiliary output circuits may be utilized in place of two NACs.See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING

Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004XLS-BPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models

10, 10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with120 V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah charged by an internal circuit capableof charging at 1.0 A maximum. An input (SENSE) voltage range of 10 V dc to 45 V dc or 14 V fwr to 32 V fwr capable of sourcing 6 mA @24 V dc, 3 mA @ 12 V dc or 12 mA at 45 V dc is needed to drive each of the two inputs of the Notification circuit booster supplies. Each ofthe four output circuits can drive up to 3.0 A, total output is limited by booster supply model. Two auxiliary output circuits may be utilized inplace of two NACs.

Notifier, A Pittway Co, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472FCPS-24 and FCPS-24E booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 4 A. Model FCPS-24 is compatible

with 120V ac power, and model FCPS-24E is compatible with 240V ac power with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of to7 Ah capacity, charged by a 250 mA maximum internal current. Each booster power supply has four Style Y notification appliance circuits,two of which can be wired for Stule Z applications. Each circuit is rated 3 A with total output limited to 4 A. All output circuits may be configuredas 24 V dc auxiliary outputs. Each of the two input circuits with an input range of 9 V dc, (1.0 mA dc minimum), to 32 V dc, (2 mA dc minimum)connects with an Approved fire alarm control to drive the output circuits. The booster power supplies have a form C trouble relay rated 5Aat 24 V dc.

Models FCPS-24FS6 and FCPS-24FS8 booster power supplies with two input circuits rated 9 V dc (1.0 mA minimum per input) to 32 Vdc (2 mA minimum per input) connecting to an FM Approved fire alarm control to extend the control’s signaling capacity to 6 A (FCPS-24FS6)and 8 A (FCPS-24FS8). Both booster power supply models require 120 V ac primary power with a 24 V dc secondary power provided by two12 V batteries up to 18 Ah capacity, charged by a 1.5 A maximum internal current. The FCPS-24FS6 and FCPS-24FS8 each have four ClassB, Style Y notification appliance circuits (NAC) which may be wired for Class A, Style Z performance using optional ZNAC-4 Class A convertermodule. Each NAC circuit is rated 3 A, although the total system output for the FCPS-24FS6 is 4 A continuous/6 A short term (less than onehour), and for the FCPS-24FS8 is 6 A continuous/8 A short term (less than one hour). All the output circuits may be configured as 24 V dcauxiliary outputs. Each booster power supply has a form C trouble relay rated 5 amps at 24 V dc or 5 amps at 30 V ac.

Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation.

AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIONEQUIPMENT

The function of a release system is to cause, mechanically or electrically, a desired operation to be performed incase of fire. The releases listed are actuated automatically by FM Approved fire detection devices. If electricallyoperated for extinguishing system release, provision for at least 24 hours of standby power is required and meansfor manual operation should also be provided.

Approved releases are also used to operate fire protection equipment such as fire doors, ventilation and blowersystems, hatches, dip tank covers and drain valves, motor stops, dampers and valves controlling hazardous liquids

See Chapter 1 for AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.

ADT Security Services Inc, One Town Center Rd, Boca Raton FL 33486Unimode 4-16 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of a CAB-500 enclosure,

CPU-500 central processing unit, MPS-24BPCA power supply, 4000TA transformer, and an initiating module IZ-4 or -8. CPU-500 providestwo indicating circuits, one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protectivesignaling. Requires TC-2 or -4 time control modules with operating system firmware revision level 2. Modules are programmable for eithercross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 15 AH) provide 24 hour standby operation. (See LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)

Unimode II. Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2,-D2, -A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-5000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4or -8. CPU-5000 provides two indicating circuits, one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipaltie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capableof operating throughout the entire voltage range. Unimode II requires TCM-2 or -4 time control modules with operating system firmwarerevision level 2. Modules are programmable for either cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)

ADT Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of ADT-CPU-300 or ADT-CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm.Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

Alison Control Inc, 35 Daniel Rd, Fairfield NJ 07004Fire Detection Extinguishing System Control. Series A888, A971. Consists of detection-input and actuation-output panels. Provides for

actuation of Approved extinguishing systems by use of normally de-energized solenoids rated 24 V dc, 833 mA max. Detection panel A888-Dis suitable for use with Approved 24 V dc smoke detectors that are powered via the detection circuit and draw less than 100 mA supervisoryand 200 mA alarm current per circuit. Detection panels A888-A, -C are Approved for use with Alison 9090 Series (9090-12, -13, -18, -19, -20,


-21, -100, -104, -108) heat sensors. Detection panel P/N A888-E is suitable for use with Approved normally open contact devices having lessthan 80 mA supervisory current per circuit. The Series A971 control is identical to the A888 control. The suffix designations for the A971 Seriesdetection panels are the same as for the A888 detection panels. Standby power (20 AH for 24 hours) included.

Model A888-MXXX Detection System. For extinguishing equipment release applications. (Each X is a numeral; the -M400, for example,identifies only one of many possible system configurations.) An ‘‘H’’ suffix is used to differentiate between plug-in boards having theHI-GJ2K-4730-109L relays and those which do not. System configurations for extinguishing equipment release may contain the followingplug-in circuit boards and modules: P/N 108800 reporting switchboard used to monitor the status of remote normally open or normally closeddetectors and initiating switches, thermostats, or 24 V dc smoke detectors; P/N 108800-2 reporting switchboard for use with 24 V dc smokedetectors with high standby currents (3.0 mA); P/N 108801 solenoid control board used with 24 V dc solenoid valves; P/N 108802 timer boardwith programmable time delay; P/N 108803 UV detection board; P/N 108804 thermal detector board for use with the Alison 9090 Series(9090-12, -13, -18, -19, -20, -21, -104, -108) thermistor cables; P/N 108805 logic-satisfied board used to indicate an alarm response whenat least one actuation on each of the input circuits has occurred; P/N 108806 internal relay board provides two Form C relay contacts andmay be used to provide output contacts for an alarm or trouble indication or to perform internal logic functions; P/N 108807 external relayboard performs alarm and trouble functions via input circuits originating from other circuit boards within the system; P/N 108809 alarm boardcontrols internal audible alarm and trouble signals; P/N 108810 audible alarm control board supervises external audible indicating circuits; P/N108811 rate-of-rise board, used with P/N 108804 thermal detection board to initiate an alarm response when the temperature increase of a9090 Series thermistor cable exceeds a preset rate; sensor cable terminators 9090E-50M1, 9090K-50M1, 9090E-51A, 9090K-51A and9090H-51A; junction boxes 2003K-SSM1, 2003E-SSM1, 2002K-SSM1 and 2002E-SSM1; P/N 108812 T-to-I board optional plug-in used withthe P/N 108804 thermal detection board to provide an output current or voltage proportional to the temperature of a 9090 Series thermistorcable; P/N 108813 battery charger module; P/N 108816 hot spot board, optional plug-in used to identify the location of a heated section alonga 9090 Series thermistor cable; P/N 108817 smoke detector board for use with 24 V dc smoke detectors; P/N 108818 terminator diode boardused to provide Class A (four-wire) detection circuits; P/N 108819 latching indicator board. The A888-MXXX may also include the SignatureSystem printed circuit cards (P/N 108409, 108417-1 to -7, 108426) which are also used with the Alison Control FPE Series modular control.(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) The FPE Series modular controls use the A888-MXXX control output functions and theSignature System’s active multiplex initiating device input circuits. Primary power is 120 V ac or 90-140 V dc. Standby batteries are containedin P/N 883184, 883209, 883214 or 883157 battery packs with respective battery capacities of 24 AH, 48 AH, 72 AH and 96 AH. Up to 192AH of battery capacity is possible with two P/N 883157 packs in parallel for 24 hours of emergency operation. Operating temperature rangesfrom -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). The A888-MXXX system and FPE modular control may also include the following: P/N 108270-NN dualzone 9090, 108271-NN detector/extinguisher, 108272-N dual zone Class A, 108454 Class A annunciator cards; 108244-NN diode/auxiliaryaudible, 108269-1 internal audible alarm control, 108388-N internal fire/trouble audible, 108223-1 master indicator, 108400-1 resistor assem-bly boards, 108253 groundfault, 108403-2 timer modules, 790010, 120 V ac/24 V dc, 12 A power supply, RM302024 740010 alarm/statusrelays, 446033 bell, 446034 horn modification (diodes added). P/N 108271-NN detector/extinguisher cards used with the following dc solenoidvalves: Skinner Model LV2LBX25, ASCO Model WPX 8223A3E and Autocall P/N 32097.

Allestec Corp, 810 Russell Palmer Rd, Kingwood TX 77339Allestec 800 Fire Alarm Control. System operates from 24 V dc. It is for use only in applications where two reliable and independent means

of 24 V dc power are available (oil refineries, power plants, hangars, etc.). The min required system configuration for automatic releaseincludes Model 800-1440 input module, Model 800-1441 manual pull module, Model 800-1442 alarm module, Model 800-1443 releasemodule and Model 800-1444 fault module. Optional Models 800-1436, -1437 abort modules. Initiating device and indicating appliance circuitsprovide from 20 to 28 V dc; therefore, all Approved compatible devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range.

Ansul Incorporated, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54143Automan and Automan IIC Releasing Devices. When electrically or mechanically actuated, a nitrogen or carbon dioxide cartridge is

punctured. Pressure from the cartridge is used to operate Ansul fire extinguishing systems. Electrical actuation would be from a FM Approvedcontrol.

Proper operation of the Automan IIC can be expected between the temperature limits of -20° and 130°F (-29° and 54°C). The temperaturelimits for the Automan are 32° and 130°F (0° and 54°C).

CV-90 and CV-98 Electrical Actuators used in conjunction with the current limiter module P/N 427737 is Approved when used with thecontrol panels listed below.

Fire Alarm Control. Autopulse IQ-301 Analog Fire Panel (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control usesfirmware revision level 2. Contains signaling line circuit and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to12 AH) provide 24 hours standby power.

AUTOPULSE FOUR Control System. Programmable fire alarm panel (P/N 415412) using software No. APFour V2A0E XXXX. 24 V dcpanel operable on two primary voltage ratings 120 V ac or 240 V ac. Also available for releasing applications are P/N 76494 Abort Switch(surface mount); P/N 76495 Abort Switch (flush mount); P/N 76496 Key Operated Selector Switch (surface mount); P/N 76497 Key OperatedSelector Switch (flush mount); P/N 76498 Key Operated Maintenance Switch (surface mount); P/N 76499 Key Operated Maintenance Switch(flush mount). (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Autopulse 442R with operating system firmware revision level A. Includes LED Interface Module (4XLMF); Zone Relay Module (4XZMF);Remote Annunciator (RZA-4XF). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits.Transmitter Module (4XTMF) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition, one regulated and oneunregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not toexceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure battery packs(24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hours standby operation.

AUTOPULSE IQ-396X Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-400 module andMPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH)provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Series Autopulse Z-10 control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Model 430525 (red enclosure) is provided with 4 (Class B) Style B initiatingdevice circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to TEPG-US Model 430531 Class A AdapterModule. The initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, are used to connect to conventional type smoke and/orheat detectors and normally open contact closure devices. The Autopulse Z-10 is compatible with the following 2-wire detectors: heat detector,TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with base models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smokedetector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and430702. Two release circuits are provided for agent release. Each releasing appliance circuit must connect to a TEPG-US Model 430687 coilsupervision module which in turn is connected to either one compatible 24 V dc actuator or solenoid, or two 12 V dc actuators or solenoids.The Autopulse Z-10 is also provided with two (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits with three Form C relay output circuits rated 3 A@ 30 V dc. The Autopulse Z-10 may be used with optional TEPG-US Models 430530 Battery Meter Module, or 430529 Auxiliary RelayModule. Optional TEPG-US Models 430548 and 430550 External Battery Chargers provide the Autopulse Z-10 charging capability for astandby battery bank up to 50 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power. (See Control Panel Description under LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Series Autopulse Z-28 Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.03 using programmed NotificationAppliance Circuits N3 or N4 on the Autopulse Z-28 SFI/O card. One releasing circuit will actuate one 24 V dc control head. SLCNet signalingline circuits can be configured for either Class B, Style 4 or Class A, Style 6 wiring for this application. The panel is compatible with 24 V dc


solenoid valves or actuation devices. Optional TEPG-US Model 430657 or 431193 Suppression Release Peripheral connects to the SLCNetcircuit and to a notification appliance circuit from either the Autopulse Z-28 fire alarm control panel, or from the Autopulse Z-28 EXT NotificationAppliance Circuit Extender. This peripheral monitors the output releasing appliance circuit wiring for opens and shorts. Each releasingappliance circuit must connect to a TEPG-US Model 430687 coil supervision module which in turn is connected to either one compatible24 V dc actuator or solenoid, or two 12 V dc actuators or solenoids. 24 V dc batteries rated 25-50 AH are available to provide 24 hours ofemergency operation. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the TEPG-US Models 430548 or 430550 External Battery Charger mustbe used. (See Control Panel Description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Argus Fire Control, 2301 Distribution St, Charlotte NC 28203Argus IV Fire Alarm Control with Model 242 or 243 spark and ember detectors. Up to 4 zones with provision for cross-zone detector

operation. Separate Argus battery and charger unit provides for 24-hour standby power and supervision of ac power. Battery charger is GlobeModel GRC24200, 24 V, 1.4 A for use with Globe Gel/Cel batteries up to 20 AH capacity. Control has supervised 24 V dc audible signalingand solenoid (0.5 A) extinguishing system release circuits. Models 242 and 243 detector is for use with materials such as coal, cotton or woodmoved on conveyor belts or airborne in pneumatic ducts. Detectors respond to infrared radiation of wave lengths between 0.75 and 1.25microns. For detection of 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) dia. embers, two detectors provide coverage for round ducts up to 12 in. (305 mm) in dia., threedetectors for round or rectangular ducts having 12 to 24 in. (305 to 610 mm) dia. or diagonal dimension. For detection of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) dia.embers, four to six detectors provide coverage for ducts from 24 to 48 in. (610 to 1219 mm); for detection of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) dia. embers, twodetectors mounted 30 in. (762 mm) above a conveyor belt, and mounted a max of 18 in. (457 mm) apart, provide coverage for conveyor beltsup to 36 in. (914 mm) in width.

Models DDZ-2 and XTRA control panels for use with Model 242 or 243 spark/ember detector, Hochiki SIH-24F, SLK-24F smoke detectorsand Kidde-Fenwal Series 27000 heat detectors. An end of line (EOL) module (ARGD00015) is required on each initiating zone to provideproper supervision. Model DDZ-2 provides two zones; each provides a supervised 24 V dc (2 A) extinguishing system release, auxiliary relay,alarm indicating and trouble outputs. It is available in either 120 V ac (ARGZ00001) or 240 V ac (ARGZ00004). Model XTRA panels can beconfigured for up to 20 zones (ARGPX00001 through 20); min configuration requires a power supply card (ARGPX0021), alarm/monitor card(ARGPX0022) and one or more zone card (ARGPX0023 or ARGPX0024). ARGPX0023 zone cards are provided with a 0 to 20 sec time delayfor the release, the ARGPX0024 has no time delay. A 24 V dc auxiliary relay (ARGP00047) for machinery shut down is provided for each zoneof the XTRA. Release circuits are rated 2 A at 24 V dc and for use with extinguishing system releases that disconnect from the circuit afteractuation. Required 24 hour standby provided by two 12 V series connected batteries up to 20AH. ARGPX0052 enclosure is required forstandby batteries.

Argus Odyssey Addressable Fire Alarm Control with Model 343 spark and ember detector or 242 or 243 spark and ember detectors withadd on addressing module (programmable integrated circuit PIC) ARG-ODP1. Provision to power and supervise one (or two, for zones oneand six only) 24 V (fused 2 A) solenoid release per zone for extinguishing system actuation. Up to 75-zones of detectors operation withprovision for up to 16 addressable detectors each. Separate Odyssey monitor module cabinet provides for standby power and supervisionof ac power which can be equipped with two power supplies can recharge Gel/Cell batteries up to 155 AH capacity for 24 hour standby power.

Autronica Fire and Security AS, N 7483, Trondheim NorwayAutroSafe Fire Alarm Control System alternate configuration BS-320/PB200 based system differs from the primary configuration by using:

software designated 1.15.0; a P/N 4550-010.5900 uninterruptible power supply provides 16 A dc at 27 V dc from 120 V ac primary powerprovided by a dedicated branch circuit in accordance with the National Electrical Code NFPA70 articles 700, 701 and 702. The BNB-300/01module provides the electronic circuitry for the manual call points. The network interface BSD-320 allows connection of initiating devices tothe AutroSafe through Autronica’s AUTROFIELDLON Circuit. The BSD-320 connects to Micropack FDS-101 Flame detector through Micro-pack iHUB48516 Hub and Kidde-Fenwal HSSD smoke detector via an RS-485 interface. The BN-221-02 Interface unit provides 6 A dc at27 V dc to drive notification appliances. The EAU-330/2 board Ethernet board provides the unit the capability to interface with computer setup as a remote panel for the purpose of indication and control. The EAU-330/2 Ethernet board, within the fire alarm control panel, mustconnect to the supplemental computer control interface located with the same room via a cable no longer than 20 ft (6 m) installed in conduit.The computer equipment that is required for the supplemental computer control interface is not included in this Approval. See also LocalProtective Signaling listing.

Buckeye Fire Equipment Co, 110 Kings Road, King Mountain NC 28086Shield-SZ DipSwitch Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel using Version 1.00 firmware; P/Ns SZ-120-2R (110 V ac) and SZ-240-2R

(240 V ac). The system may include SZ120-0c (110 V ac) or SZ250-0c (208 or 240 V ac) enclosures with transformer, SZ200-07 or SZ200-17(7 or 17 AH) battery assemblies, SZ101 controller, SZ400 Class A Input Module, and SZ440 Relay module. In the Suppression mode, theSZ101 Controller Card provides two initiating device circuits (capable of cross-zone, sequential alarm or single detector release) for firedetection, one manual release circuit, and one abort circuit, all of which are Class B Style A. In addition, the controller provides thee notificationcircuits (all Class B, Style Y); one alarm relay (non-programmable); one trouble relay (non-programmable), and one releasing circuit foractivation of up to six HA500-M Agent Release Modules. Initiating device circuits can be converted to Class A Style D with optional Class Ainput module SZ400. Two 12 V, 7 or 17 AH batteries provide the required 24 hours of standby power. (For sprinkler system operation, seedescription under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)

CHEMETRON Fire Systems, 4801 Southwick Dr, 3rd Floor, Matteson IL 60443Micro 1002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including a zone relay module. Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual

release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. In addition, one regulated and one unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; onealarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dipswitches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24hour standby operation.

Mechanical Control Release. Models 80-100, -130, -400, -600, -610, -620, -630, -640 and -1000; max load 50 lb (23 kg). Model 59-100-1,min load 50 lb (23 kg), max load 300 lb (136 kg). A mechanical control release system consists of one or more heat-responsive rate-of-risethermostats connected to a release by air tubing in which there is a vent to compensate for normal temperature variations. The release isusually operated by an air filled metal bulb which acts as a heat detector. An abnormal rate-of-rise of temperature, as from fire, causes theair in the bulb to expand, creating pressure which is transmitted through a small copper tube and acts on a diaphragm in such a way that asystem of levers unlocks an arm that supports a weight. The dropping of the weight then operates the protective equipment. The release maybe equipped with a manual trip. It may also be operated by a remote-control station.

Derby Electric Release. Open or closed circuit. An electric tripping mechanism used for releasing a suspended weight when a supervisorycircuit is energized. The release is operated by manual break-glass boxes, or by fixed-temperature or rate-of-rise thermostats. An energizedelectromagnet moves its armature to release a lever system and free the weight-supporting arm. The release may be used in series with otherdevices on 240 V or less, ac or dc. Max load on weight hook 50 lb (23 kg). Wiring circuit should be according to manufacturer’s directions.Where the release is installed on a closed circuit, the supervisory current should not exceed 50 mA.

Class ‘‘B’’ Fire System Control. Models 1-010-0521, -0545. Used with Approved two-wire smoke detectors, heat detectors and solenoid typereleasing devices. Control consists of power module, zone modules (2), timer module, audible signal module and a battery charger module.Provision for two Approved solenoid valves rated 24 V dc, 625 mA each. 24 hour standby from 4.5 AH batteries; 72 hour standby from 9.0 AHbatteries. Model 1-010-0521 provides cross-zone operation. Model 1-010-0545 provides single-zone operation.


Micro 1-EV Extinguishing System Release. Micro 1-EV consisting of enclosure 7-010-0447 or 7-010-0448, CPU 7-010-0450 or 7-010-0557,120 V ac power supply 7-010-0449 or an optional 220 V ac power supply 7-010-0502. An optional Class ‘‘A’’ board module may be used. Thefire alarm control may be using 7-010-0450 [Version 3.91, checksum 8101 software] for actuation of high pressure carbon dioxide or Halon1301 extinguishing systems and 7-010-0557 [Version 4.41, checksum 1DC5 software] for actuation of low pressure carbon dioxide systems.Both panels use programmable logic array (PLA) Version 1.1. Fire alarm functions are input through a keypad programmable microprocessoronly. Provides two detection zones capable of single, cross-zone, sequential verification and cross-zone sequential verification modes; two24 V dc auxiliary input zones, two 24 V dc notification appliance circuits, three 24 V dc solenoid releasing circuits, each capable of providingup to 400 mA to actuate FM Approved compatible extinguishing systems; manual release and abort circuits. A 0 to 60 seconds discharge timedelay can be programmed. Two 6.5 AH batteries provide 24 hour standby power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Fire Alarm Control. Micro-200I Analog Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Containsa signaling line circuit and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 12 AH) provide 24 hours standbypower.

Micro-300I or Micro-400I Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-300 or CPU-400module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs ratedat 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc upto 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

MicroLT Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA. 24 V dc panel available in two primaryvoltage ratings 120 V ac (P/Ns 70100977 and 70100979) or 240 V ac (P/Ns 70100978 and 70100980. Basic MicroLT provides for two initiatingdevice circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one abort circuit, allcircuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs. MicroLT also providesfor two releasing circuits which will actuate one 24 V dc control head each. Standby batteries are available in 1.2 AH capacity (P/N 70100981)to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.

Detector Electronics Corp, 6901 W 110th St, Minneapolis MN 55438Eagle Quantum System. Programmable flame detection release and signaling control. The EQ2100LCU Local Control Unit incorporates

the EQ2100LC Logic Controller, EQ2100CG Communication Gateway and EQ2100IM Isolation Module and is suitable for Class I, Division2, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations in temperatures of 0° to +60°C. When the LCU and field device electronics are mounted in aKillark EXB-122412 enclosure the rating is Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G and Class III. Anoptional Q4004 Mounting Rack is available for multi-controller field wiring applications with up to four Logic Controllers, four CommunicationGateways and one Isolation Module. The operating temperature range is 0° to +60°C. The EQ2100LC firmware is 006128-003 (Revision G)and the EQ2100CG firmware is 006128-002 (Revision D). The EQ2100CG provides, as optional equipment, dual electrically isolated seriallinks for communication with an Operator Interface Station (OIS). EQ2110PS Power Supply (LaMarche A36F-10-24V-ABD1), EQ2130PSPower Supply (LaMarche A36F-30-24V-ABD1), and EQ2175PS Power Supply (LaMarche A36F-75-24V-ABD1) provide the system with 24V dc power derived from 120/240 V ac, 60/50 Hz input power in temperatures of 0° to +50°C. Where a 24 V dc primary supply plus asecondary (standby) supply having at least a 24 hour capacity exists (refineries, power plants, gas processing distribution networks, etc.), thepower supply is not provided. EQ2100LCUPS provides 24 or 90 hour standby battery supervision using batteries ranging from 40 AH to 80AH. The EQ2110PS, EQ2130PS and EQ2175PS provides 24 or 90 hour standby battery supervision via the EQ2100PSM Power SupplyModule using batteries ranging from 100 AH to 750 AH. EQ2100LIOU Local Input/Output Unit incorporates a max of six FENWALNET 2000release modules (74-200001-001), relay modules (74-200004-001) and/or signal modules (74-200003-001) with output circuits that willactuate 24 V dc devices including solenoids, horns, etc. at temperatures of 0° to +50°C. The EQ2100PSM Power Supply Module, EQ2200IDCInitiating Device Circuit, EQ2200IDCGF Initiating Device Circuit Ground Fault, EQ2500ARM Agent Release Module, EQ2500SAM SignalAudible Module, EQ2200UVIR Flame Detector and EQ2200UV Ultraviolet Flame Detector communicate with the EQ2100LCU via the localoperating network (LON). The EQ2200IDC and EQ2200IDCGF firmware is 006662-008 (Revision C), EQ2500ARM firmware is 006662-010(Revision B), EQ2500SAM firmware is 006662- 011 (Revision B), EQ2200UVIR firmware is 006662-012 (Revision B), EQ2200UV andEQ2200 UV HT firmware is 006662-009 (Revision B), EQ2100PSM firmware is 006662-013 (Revision B) EQ24xxRSU firmware is 102985-001 (Revision C) and EQ2400NE firmware is 102985-001 (Revision C). EQ2200IDC provides two super-vised digital inputs for contact closuretype devices for fire alarm signaling and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G, ClassIII and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations and indoor/outdoor use(NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40° to +75°C. EQ2200IDCGF provides one ground fault monitor and one supervised digital input forcontact closure type devices for fire alarm signaling and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, GroupsE, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations andindoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40° to +75°C. EQ2500ARM provides one supervised solenoid actuation output foragent release and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) intemperatures of -40° to +75°C. EQ2500SAM provides two supervised notification appliance circuit outputs for actuating horns, strobes, etc.and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division 2, GroupsA, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of-40° to +75°C. The EQ2200UV flame detector is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F andG, Class III and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations and indoor/outdooruse (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures from -40° to +75°C. The EQ2200UVHT/C7050B continuous duty high temperature UV Flame Elec-tronics Module/Detector is for use in high temperature applications. The EQ2200UVHT is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C andD; Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G; Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous(classified) locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40°C to +75°C. The Model C7050B is suitable for ClassI, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II and III Division 1, Groups E, F and G (T4) hazardous (classified) locations and indoor/outdoor use(NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40°C to +125°C. The EQ2200UVIR is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II,Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardouslocations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures from -40° to +75°C. EQ2400NE Network Extender provides systemcapability for a max of 250 nodes on the local operating network (LON) and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II,Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardouslocations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40° to +75°C. EQ24xxRSU Reflection Suppression Unit acts as a signalrepeater on network segments and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G, Class IIIand Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous (classified) locations and indoor/outdooruse (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -10 to 75°C. The EQ22EMIDC, EQ22EMIDCGF, EQ22EM UV HT, EQ25EMARM, EQ25EMSAM,EQ24EMNE are suitable for installation in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations and are housed in a suitable NRTLlabeled NEMA rated enclosure. (For description of EQ2200DCU and EQ2200DCUEX Digital Communication Units see COMBUSTIBLE GASDETECTORS, FIXED.)

FDRS Programmable System. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLERSYSTEMS.)

Eagle Quantum Premier System. Programmable flame detection release and signaling control. Consists of EQ300X Series Controller (MainApplic. Firmware 007376-001 Rev. A) with signaling line circuit, Class A (Style 7), {referred to as local operating network (LON)} for up to 60devices; Approved versions: EQ300 0 (5) N (D, P) N (C) N A (W); operates on 18 to 30 V dc; operating temperature of -40° to 185°F (-40°to 85°C). Signaling line circuit uses following addressable devices: X3301xxx14xx Multispectrum IR Flame Detector LON Output version(Firmware 007278-001 Rev. C) (see separate listing of X3301 under Fire Detection, Flame-Actuated for acceptable options), operates on 18to 30 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ3700 N (D, P) A (W) Direct Current Input/Output (DCIO) Module


(Firmware 007377-001 Rev. B), operates on 18 to 30 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C); EQ22xxIDC Initiating DeviceCircuit, operates on nominal 24 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ22xxIDCGF Initiating Device Circuit GroundFault, operates on nominal 24 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ25xxARM Agent Release Module, operateson nominal 24 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ25xxSAM Signal Audible Module, operates on nominal 24 V dc,operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ24xxNE Network Extender operates on 18 to 30 V dc, operating temperature of -40°to 167°F (-40° to 75°C);. EQ3700 DCIO provides 8 input/output circuits that can be configured for Class B (Style B, or C) initiating devicecircuits, Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits, or releasing operation. Approved versions of EQ25 a b NE, EQ25 a b ARM c, EQ25a b SAM c, EQ22 a b IDC, EQ22 a b IDCGF signaling line circuit devices have following identifiers: a: 0, 1, 5, 6; b: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9; c: blank, S. System operates on EQ2110PS Power Supply (LaMarche A36D-10-24V-ABD1), EQ2130PS Power Supply (LaMarcheA36D-30-24V-ABD1), EQ2175PS Power Supply (LaMarche A36D-75-24V-ABD1) provide the system with 24 V dc power derived from120/240 V ac, 60/50 Hz input power. The EQ2110PS, EQ2130PS and EQ2175PS provide 24 or 90 hour standby battery using batteries ofmaximum capacities of 100, 300, and 750 AH, respectively, with supervision via the EQ2100PSM Power Supply Module. The EQ3800 PowerDistribution Module (PDM), Approved versions: EQ3800 N A (W), provides 24 V dc power when supplied by two independent nominal 24 Vdc power sources. PDM rated input and output voltage range is 18 to 30 V dc; operating temperature of -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C). TheEQ300X and EQ3700 are suitable for installation in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; T4 Ta = 85°C; Class I, Zone 2 IIC; T4 Ta = 85°Chazardous (classified) indoor locations. The EQ3800 is suitable for installation in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; T3A Ta = 85°C;Class I, Zone 2 IIC; T3 Ta = 85°C hazardous (classified) indoor locations. The EQ300X, EQ3700, and EQ3800 can be installed within theEQ3900E and EQ3900N enclosures. The EQ3900E enclosures have been evaluated for suitability for Class I, Div. 1 locations and theEQ3900N enclosures have been evaluated for suitability for Class I, Div. 2 locations. For further EQ3900E (N) details see the Eagle QuantumPremier listing under COMBUSTIBLE GAS DETECTORS, Fixed. The EQ22xxIDC, EQ22xxIDCGF, EQ25xxARM, EQ25xxSAM, andEQ24xxNE, are suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G; Class I, Division 2, GroupsA, B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous (classified) locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) intemperatures of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C). The X3301xxx14xx is suitable for installation in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; ClassII/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G; Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; T3C Ta = 75°C; Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F and G; T3CTa = 75°C hazardous (classified) locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X).

Edwards Systems Technology, 6411 Parkland Dr, Sarasota FL 34243Automatic Release. EST2 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits are

via SIGA-REL releasing module. Can be used with model BPS6 or BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL polarized endof line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model 276A-RELor 278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available in up to 24 AHcapacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.

Automatic Release. EST3 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits arevia SIGA-REL releasing module. Can be used with model BPS6 or BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL polarized endof line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model 276A-RELor 278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available in up to 65 AHcapacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.

Automatic Release. MIR-2 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits arevia GSA-REL releasing module. Can be used with model MIRBPS6 or MIRBPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOLpolarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: modelM276A-REL or M278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available inup to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.

Automatic Release. MIR-3 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits arevia GSA-REL releasing module. Can be used with model MIRBPS6 or MIRBPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOLpolarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: modelM276A-REL or M278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available inup to 65 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.

Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp, 704 S 10th St, Blue Springs MO 64015Extinguishing System Release. Consists of FiQuench Model 10-042 control panel with -1267 agent release module, auxiliary switches

(-1638 manual release, -1639 system abort, -1640 main/reserve and -1643, -1644, -1646, -1649 combination switches). 20-040 and -046digital aborts (which display time in sec before agent discharge). Detection circuit wired in Class B (two-wire) configuration. Actuation of asingle detector causes an audible alarm device to energize; when a second detector actuates, a predischarge audible signal is produced andafter a preset time delay (0-60 sec) has elapsed, Halon discharge occurs. FM Approvals recommends that this time delay be set at zero. Thecontrol unit is intended to actuate Fike’s FiQuench Halon 1301 extinguishing system. Up to twenty 10-1267 agent release modules may bewired in parallel on the Class B circuit. Two 12 V, 6.5 AH batteries connected in series provide the required 24 hours of standby power. Controlpanel is suitable for use at temperatures of 10° to 122°F (-12° to 50°C).

Extinguishing System Release. Consists of FiQuench IN10-014 control panel with modules -1123, -1126, -1129, -1133, -1128, -1168, -1167,-1139, -1144; IN20-017 auxiliary contact panel; IN10-1163 agent release module. Control can be used with IN10-002 remote lamp unit;IN20-003 switch unit; -005 remote abort switch, Approved heat and smoke detectors, alarm bells and noncode manual alarm station. Providefor actuation of Fike’s FiQuench Halon 1301 system. Standby power (24 hours) included.

Extinguishing System Release. Model 1N10-101 multizone control panel. Consists of Model 10-1390A central control module (PC BoardNos. 02-2397, -2398), one or more 10-1400A area control modules (PC Board Nos. 02-2396, -2403), 10-1426A relay control modules (PCBoard No. 02-2400), 10-1591 detection modules (PC Board Nos. 02-2315, -2311), 10-1267 agent release modules, 10-1555, -1556, -1562,-1662, -1663, -1664 power supplies and initiating and indicating devices. Provides for actuation of FiQuench Halon 1301 system. Required24 hours standby power (6.5, 20 or 28 AH battery) included.

Extinguishing System Release. Consists of FiQuench Models IN10-038, 10-039, -10-043, or -10-044 control panel and -1267 agent releasemodule. All controls may be used with IN10-002 remote lamp unit, IN02-003 switch unit, Approved fire detectors, alarm bells and noncodedmanual alarm stations. The control unit is intended to actuate Fike’s FiQuench halon 1301 extinguishing system. Detection circuits may bewired in either a Class A (four-wire) or Class B (two-wire) configuration. Up to twenty FiQuench agent storage containers may be wired inparallel in either Class A or Class B circuit configurations. Actuation of a single detector causes an audible alarm device to energize; whena second detector actuates, a predischarge audible signal is produced. Control panel is suitable for use at temperatures of 10° to 120°F (-12°to 49°C). The max supervisory load during standby operation is 155 mA.

INTELLA-SCAN II. Model 10-201-E1, -E2, -E4, programmable fire alarm control panel with enhanced control unit (10-2111) using Version1.3 firmware. Provides for actuation of Fike Halon 1301 and Fike Clean Agent suppression systems including FM200 when used with agentrelease module (10-1832). Provides for activation of Fike CO2 suppression systems when used with 55-007 adressable solenoid outputmodule. Analog communications module (10-2101) provides Class A initiating circuit for connection of up to 127 addressable initiatingdevices. Addressable solenoid output module (55-007) provides a supervised 24 V dc output rated at one amp; the solenoid output activationtime should be set for no less than one min. Two 15 AH batteries provide 24 hour standby power. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALINGlisting for min configuration requirements and optional module designations.) Equipment suitable for use at temperatures of 32° to 122°F (0°to 50°C) except where otherwise indicated.

Rhino Programmable Control. Includes (DCM) detection and control module P/N 10-2141 (110 V ac) or 10-2144 (220 V ac) and FikeARM-III (P/N 10-1832) agent release module (10 max/circuit) 24 V dc batteries rated 7-33 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergencyoperation. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)


Model C10-006 Programmable Fire Control Panel. Provides one Style B or Style D alarm signal initiating device circuit, one Style Bnonlatching supervisory signal initiating device circuit, one voltage reversing Style Y notification appliance circuit rated 24 V dc, 500 mA, onevoltage reversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A. Two battery packs are available (6.5 AH and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergencyoperation (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).

SHP Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel using version 1.00 firmware. The SHP system is designated P/N 10-051-C-P, where C iseither R (red cabinet) or G (gray cabinet), and P is 1=120 V ac; 2=208 V ac or 240 V ac. Also available with 2-bay and 3-bay modularenclosures. System includes 10-2175-C-P series of enclosures with transformer, the 10-2190-b 7 or 17 AH battery, and the 10-2171 controllercard with 10-2189 firmware. Provides for up to two initiating device circuits (capable of cross-zone, sequential alarm or single detector release)for fire detection, one manual release circuit, and one abort circuit, all of which are Class B Style A. A supervisory initiating circuit can alsobe programmed. Initiating device circuits can be converted to Class A Style D with optional Class A input module, P/N 10-2172. One alarmand one trouble relay output. Optional SRM4 module, P/N 10-2176, provides four additional relay outputs. There is also one releasing circuitwhich will actuate up to six ARM-III agent release modules, P/N 10-1832, and one reeasing circuit which will actuate 12 V and 24 V solenoids.When connected to the releasing circuit, optional A.R.M. Disconnect Switch P/N 10-2296 may be used to disable all the ARM-III modules. Two12 V, 7 or 17 AH batteries provide the required 24 hr. standby power. Compatible with the following two-wire initiating devices: Hochiki detectorModels SLK-24F, -24FH, SIH-24F, AL-DCA-135, -190 for use with Hochiki base Models HS-221D, HSB-220, -224, YBA-M220, -M224; SystemSensor detector Models 1151 and 2151 for use with System Sensor base Model B110RLP; System Sensor detector Models 1451, 2451,2451TH, and 5451 for use with System Sensor base Models B401B and B401BR; System Sensor detector Models 1400, 2400, and 2400THfor use with 0 Ohm bases.

Cheetah Addressable Control System with Software Revision Level 4.2 control panel using solenoid releasing module P/N 55-022 (HochikiAmerica Corp DCP-SRM). For Approved combinations of solenoid and water control valves, refer to the Automatic Water Control Valve listingsthat follow. 24 V dc batteries rated 7-65 AH are available to provide 90 hours of emergency operation. (See description under LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Fire Control Instruments Inc, 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090Model FC-72 with FFM-2, -2A, -2B firing cards for extinguishing system release. Releasing circuits are for use with Kidde-Fenwal valve P/N

31-19411200XX and initiator P/N 31-199932-004 and control heads P/N 486500, 890181, 895630 and 897494. The panel may also includeother modules (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Operates on 120 V ac, 2.0 A to provide a regulated output of 24 V dc, 4.0 A.Required 24 hours standby power provided by 4.5, 6.0, 12.0 or 14 AH batteries.

FC-ID Addressable Programmable Fire Alarm System with Model RZST-1 or RZST-2 remote zone signaling transponder and up to 5 RZBremote zone boards (each providing an addressable initiating circuit and a programmable set of dry contacts) or RSB remote signal boards(each providing one releasing or indicating circuit or programmable set of dry contacts). RZST-1 must have 24 V dc power supplied externally,RZST-2 includes internal PS-6, 24 V dc, 4 A power supply. RSM remote signaling module provides the same functions as RSB. Otherfunctional modules can be selected as dictated by the needs of a particular installation (see listing for the FC-ID system under LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Release device circuits are rated at 1.75 A. Release devices must be capable of operation over a voltage rangeof 18 to 32 V dc if powered by FC-ID control and 24 to 26.4 V dc if powered by RZST-2 transponder. Standby batteries from 6 to 31 AH areavailable to provide 24 hour emergency power.

FCI 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control. Uses FCP 7200 field configuration program, Version 5.2. Uses optional Releasing Device Unit (RDU)and Abort Timer Switch (ATU). 24 V dc batteries rated 6 to 31 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See descriptionunder LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

FCI 7200 Micro Fire Alarm Control. Uses FCP 7200 field configuration program, Version 4.1. 24 V dc batteries rated 6 to 31 AH are availableto provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472Extinguishing System Release. Miniscan Models MS-424, MS-424A. Provide for actuation of Approved extinguishing systems using

releasing devices requiring up to 1 A continuous or 2 A momentary current nominally rated at 24 V dc. Typical control configuration includesMCB-104 master control (MS-424), DZC-2 double zone card (MS-424), CZM-1 cross zone, (MS-424), INC-9 indicator card, BCM-2 bell circuit,PSB-24 power supply and battery charger. Battery for up to 60 hours of standby power. MS-424A utilizes the MCB-104A master control,ANC-2B double zone card (enables either Class A or B initiating circuit operation) and cross-zone module CZM-1 or CZM-3.

Extinguishing System Release. Sensiscan 1000. Provides for actuation of a single 18-30 V dc releasing device requiring a max of 1 Acontinuous or 2 A momentary current when control is equipped with cross-zone module CZM-1 or CZM-3 (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING).

MRP-4424 with operating system firmware revision level A. Includes LED Interface Module (4XLMF); Zone Relay Module (4XZMF); RemoteAnnunciator (RZA-4XF). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits.Transmitter Module (4XTMF) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and oneunregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not toexceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure battery packs(24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hours standby operation.

Sensiscan 2000 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2F, -B2F,-A3F or -B3F enclosure, CPU-2000 central processing unit, MPS-24F or -24BF power supply, and an initiating module IZ-4F or -8F. CPU-2000provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliaryprotective signaling. Requires TC-2F or -4F time control modules with operating system firmware revision level 2. Modules are programmablefor either cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 15AH) provide 24 hour standby operation. (See LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)

Fire Sentry Corp, 593 Apollo St, Brea CA 92621FS System 7. Consists of the S7-2175 single-zone controller, using Firmware Version 3721-0013 Rev. B, or S7-2175-2 using two-zone

firmware version 3721-1001 Rev. A; the S7-2177 (-1, -2) battery panel, using Firmware Version 3722-0003, Rev. A; the S7-2173-C flamedetector using Firmware Version 3720-0007, Rev. A (4 ft sensitivity); the FS7-2173 flame detector using Firmware Version 5724-002 Rev. A(8 ft sensitivity); the S7-2178 power module; and the FS7-2179 (JB-4) junction box. A max of 18 detectors can be connected to each controllervia the junction boxes. A second initiating device circuit can accommodate up to two manual pull stations. S7-2175 has two releasing circuitsand two notification appliance circuits. S7-2175-2 has two releasing circuits for each zone (total of 4). Releasing circuits can actuate one 24V dc or two 12 V dc solenoids each. Up to 16 of the S7-2178 power modules to control equipment power can be installed on a separate circuit.There is no ground fault protection; this equipment is designed to be installed within wet benches or other enclosed equipment and tools. TheS7-2175 controller operates at 24 V dc as supplied by the S7-2177 (-1, -2) battery panel which in turn operates from 120 V to 240 V ac orfrom two 12 V dc standby batteries with 12 AH rating, S7-2177-1 (up to 12 detectors), or 17.2 AH rating, S7-2177-2 (up to 18 detectors), for24 hours. The detectors, controller module and battery panel are suitable for indoor use, in ambient temperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to131°F). The flame detector housing provides IP-67 degree of protection.

Model FSWB. Consists of the controller, using firmware version 5721-005, Rev. A; the FS7-2173 flame detector using firmware version3720-1001 (8 ft sensitivity); the S7-2178 power module; and the FS7-2179 (JB-4) junction box. A maximum of nine flame detectors can beconnected to each controller directly or via the junction boxes. This total would consist of a maximum of two relay type detectors (FS7-2173-RP or FS7-2173-2RP), and the remaining detectors would be FS7-2173 up to a maximum of nine total detectors. A second initiatingdevice circuit can accommodate up to two manual pull stations. These initiating device circuits are Class B, Style C. Two releasing circuitscan actuate one 24 V dc or two 12 V dc solenoids each. Up to 16 of the S7-2178 power modules to control equipment power can be installed


on a separate circuit. There are two notification appliance circuits. The controller operates at 24 V dc as supplied from 120 V ac or from two12 V dc standby batteries with 7 AH rating (up to 9 detectors) for 24 hours. The detectors and controller are suitable for indoor use, in ambienttemperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to 131°F). The flame detector housing provides IP-67 degree of protection.

Flamex Inc, 4365 Federal Drive, Greensboro NC 27410The FMZ4100 GAB36S Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level 41EGB32X, P/N 902657. Control consists of Mainboard LE (P/N

801015), redundant CPU cards ZKR (P/N 895465), zone cards LK and LKA (P/N 802551 and P/N 805424), anl. adr. Loop card (P/N 902026),relay interface card IF2 (P/N 802538), 8 relay cards RK8 and RK8TQ (P/N 802587 and P/N 800843), line termination cards (P/N 802563 andP/N 806477), solenoid valve termination cards MVA4F (P/N 853507), loop connection card (P/N 800255), 24V/6amp power supplyUSVI-SE-210 (P/N 835193) or 24V/2amp power supply (P/N 852412). Front panel/8x40 character LCD display (P/N 801215), LED panels(P/N 837189) and (P/N 851973), ground fault card (P/N 800096). Provides up to 24 detection zones. Standby batteries 24V, 12 AH provide24 hours of emergency supply. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).

The Gamewell Co, 60 Pleasant St, Ashland MA 01721IdentiFlex 610 programmable analog control panel with operating system Version 7.0. Requires analog addressable module RSM-95 wired

to solenoid interface module SID. Compatible with 24 V dc solenoid valves identified in the Automatic Water Control Valve listings. 24 V dcbatteries rated 7-28 AH are available to provided 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

IdentiFlex 630 and 650 programmable control panels, using Version 1.1 operating system (capable of cross-zone operation). RequiresSCE-95 supervised control module (configured for releasing service) and SID solenoid interface module. Compatible with 24 V solenoidvalves. 24 V dc standby batteries rated (5-50 AH) are available for IdentiFlex control to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (Seedescription under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Hatsuta Seisakusho Co Ltd, 3-5 Shodai-Tajika, Hirakata, Osaka 573-1132 JapanCabinex-WT (Model CPX-WT). Consists of the controller, using firmware version YHA-0160-1; the SX1C-F sensor controller; and the

SX-5000 (Model HIR-5000) infrared flame detector. A max of eight detectors can be connected to each controller via two Class B, Style Ainitiating device circuits. Two releasing circuits can actuate one 24 V dc solenoid rated 1.5 A or less, for each circuit. There is one Class B,Style W notification appliance circuit. The controller operates at 24 V dc as supplied from 120 V ac-240 V ac or from two 12 V dc standbybatteries with 16 AH or 24 AH rating for 24 hours. The detectors and controller are suitable for indoor use, in ambient temperatures from 0°to 52°C (32° to 125°F).

Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004DELTANET FS90 Fire and Security System, including P/N 14505110, BF two zone two wire, two relay indicating board or P/N 14505126,

two zone four wire indicating board which can provide up to 2 A at 24 V dc to actuate Approved extinguishing systems. See description underLOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.

Automatic Release. XLS-100 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits arevia XLS-REL releasing module. Can be used with model XLS-BPS6 or XLS-BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOLpolarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: modelXLS276A-REL or XLS278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries areavailable in up to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.

Automatic Release. XLS-1000 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuitsare via XLS-REL releasing module. Can be used with model XLS-BPS6 or XLS-BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOLpolarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: modelXLS276A-REL or XLS278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries areavailable in up to 65 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.

Johnson Controls Inc, 507 E Michigan St, Milwaukee WI 53201-5211Fire Alarm Control. IFC-200 Analog Fire Panel (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control uses firmware revision

level 2. Contains a signaling line circuit and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 12 AH) provide24 hours standby power.

FC 2000 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2, -D2,-A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-2000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4 or-8. CPU-2000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipaltie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capableof operating throughout the entire voltage range. FC-2000 requires TCM-2 or TCM-4 time control modules with operating system firmwarerevision level 2. Modules are programmable for either cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)

IFC-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-400 module and MPS-400 powersupply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or60 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

IFC1010 Fire Alarm Control Panel. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH)provide 90 hour standby operation.

IFC2020 Fire Alarm Control Panel. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH)provide 90 hour standby operation.

Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721Control Panel. Models 2210, P/N 30-221000-000; 2212, P/N 30-221000-201 (two Model 2210 zone modules in one cabinet). All models

provide power and control Approved Series 7000 photoelectric and ionization type smoke detectors, other Approved 24 V dc fire detectors,audible signaling devices and extinguishing release circuits; two supervised alarm initiating circuits for either Class A or Class B operation;three alarm indicating circuits. Model 2210 has one supervised extinguishing system releasing circuit; Model 2212 has two supervisedextinguishing system releasing circuits. Releasing circuits are for use with valve P/N 31-19411200XX and initiator P/N 31-199932-004 orcontrol heads P/N 486500, 890181, 895630, 897494 may be cascaded up to a max of ten. Power supplies operate on 120 V ac, 1.5 A toprovide regulated 24 V dc, 3.0 A. Built-in battery charger for two 12 V, 6 AH, sealed, lead-acid batteries. Standby battery power capacity is24 hours. Each alarm-indicating circuit and releasing circuit must not draw more than 0.75 A for Models 2210, 2212. Models 2210, 2212 havean optional keyswitch to disable release circuits.

Model 2220, P/N 30-222000-001. For use with signal initiating and indicating devices connected to two Class B initiating circuits and one24 V dc audible indicating circuit. Provides one extinguishing release circuit which will actuate one P/N 31-194135-001 or 31-194135-002actuator, one control head P/N 486500 or 890181 or 895630 or 897494, or two explosive initiators P/N 31-199932-004. Two Powersonic,Model PS-1212, 12 V, 1.2 AH batteries provide the required 24 hour standby power. Current available for alarm indicating circuit is 200 mA.

Model 2320 Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235818-001-AA. 24 V dc panel available in twoprimary voltage ratings 120 V ac (P/N 30-232000-101, -201) or 240 V ac (P/N 30-232000-103, -203). Basic Model 2320 provides for twoinitiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one abort circuit,


all circuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs. Model 2320 alsoprovides for two releasing circuits which will actuate one 24 V dc control head each, P/N 48650001 or P/N 890181; or up to 10 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-004 ; up to 8 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-012; or up to 6 electro-explosive initiators, P/N93-191001-001. Optional front panels are available to add manual release and abort switches (P/N 30-232001-102), or manual release andabort switches plus mounting for a notification appliance (P/N 30-232001-101) to the cover of Model 2320. Standby batteries are availablein 1.2 AH capacity (P/N 30-115915-020) to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Compatible, Approved detectors are: ModelCPD 7051 ionization type smoke detector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smoke detector with the following bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB,2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heat detector with the following bases2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005.

Model 3210, P/N 30-321000-0XX Control Panel. Operates on 120 V ac, 2.0 A to provide regulated 24 V dc, 4.0 A. Uses modules which canbe combined according to the specific needs of an installation and provides for up to 72 zones (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).Typical configuration includes P/N 30-321000-160 basic master fire card, -172 power supply, -182 zone module, -157 bell card, -147, -148and -149 firing cards to be used with extinguishing system initiators 31-199932-004 or control heads P/N 486500, 890181, 895630, 897494.May be cascaded up to a max of ten. Standby batteries (24 hours) included. If used with HSSD AnaLASER smoke detector (see listing underFIRE DETECTION, Smoke Actuated), HSSD AnaLASER is powered by P/N 89-100051-001 power supply/charger and P/N 89-100052-00112 V, 33 AH batteries to provide for up to 24 hours of standby power.

Models KCSD-100 System. Consists of a KCSD-100 control, with P/N 805550 through 805566 and 805581 through 805597 line type(thermistor) heat detectors, plus Approved 24 V dc or 120 V ac polarized audible notification appliances and two nominally rated 24 V dc(14.4 W max) solenoid valves for actuation of Approved extinguishing systems.

Either 33 AH or 45 AH batteries are used to provide for 24 hours of emergency operation. Heat detectors have operating temperatures thatare adjustable at the KCSD-100 control panel from 135°F (57°C) to 1200°F (649°C); max spacing 30 ft (9 m).

GEMINI Control System. For extinguishing system release, 24 V dc solenoid operated devices actuated by control equipped with sup-pression control board, P/N 295006; optional slave control board, P/N 295007; digital display board, P/N 295028. Contains integral 24 V dcpower supply/battery charger. Release circuit nominally rated at 24 V dc, 2 A max; audible output circuits rated 24 V dc, 1.5 A max. (See listingunder LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Panel equipped with the appropriately sized battery (5, 10, 15, 25, 45 AH) supply to providerequired 24 hours of emergency power.

Extinguishing System Release. KPS-100R control, P/N 220061; expansion board, P/N 220060; RM releasing module, P/N 263013; ClassA input zone module, P/N 263001. Two polarized signaling device circuits are rated 1.5 A, 24 V dc. Single releasing device circuit is rated 1 Acontinuous current, 2 A momentary, 24 V dc. Total current available for releasing and polarized signaling devices is limited to 2 A. Standbybatteries (10 AH, 15 AH) are available to provide 24 hours of emergency power.

One Zone Fire Alarm Control Panel. Mercury (P/N 295100). Consists of control motherboard (P/N 295105), Class A module (P/N 295109)and releasing module (P/N 295102). Integral power supply rated 1.5 A max. Releasing circuit rated 2 A momentary, up to 1 A continuouscurrent depending on overall system load. Two 12 V dc batteries (6.5 to 15 AH) used to supply 24 hours of standby power. (See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

SCORPIO Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA. 24 V dc panel available in twoprimary voltage ratings 120 V ac (P/N 84-232000-102, -202) or 240 V ac (P/N 84-232000-104, -204). Basic SCORPIO provides for twoinitiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one abort circuit,all circuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs. SCORPIO alsoprovides for two releasing circuits which will actuate one 24 V dc control head each, P/N 48650001, P/N 890181 OR 899175. Standbybatteries are available in 1.2 AH capacity (P/N 06-115915-020) to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Compatible, Approveddetectors are: Model CPD 7051 ionization type smoke detector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smoke detector with the followingbases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heat detector withthe following bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005.

Fire Alarm System. KPS-1000. Contains major fire alarm and agent release functions in panels and modules which can be combined asa system according to the specific needs of an installation. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices, the systems can beconfigured for local and auxiliary alarm signaling. Approved function panels are PCP, IZP, OZP, RP, BCP, MRP, APP, MIP. Approved circuitmodules are AOZ, BOZ, CBM, PAM, MTMU, TLC, BZM, AIZ, BIZ-1, BIZ-2, BCZ, DZM, AWZ, AOZ, BOZ, RM. Standby power (24 or 60 hours)provided.

FENWALNET 1000 Programmable Fire Alarm System with solenoid release module 74-100015-001 which will actuate one 24 V dc controlhead, P/N 48650001, 899175 or 890181; up to 10 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-004; up to 8 electro-explosive initiators, P/N31-199932-012; or up to 6 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 93-191001-001. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 17or 40 AH) supply 24 hours of standby power. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

FenwalNET 2000 and FenwalNET 2000 ML programmable analog controls. The FenwalNET 2000 is equipped with CCM (single loop P/N74-200008-701) Rev. CCMF81.0SL; while the FenwalNET 2000 ML is equipped with CCM (multi-loop P/N 74-200008-800) Rev.CCMF81.0ML). OPTIONAL agent release module (P/N 74-200001-001) Rev. AD, and power supply module (P/N 74-200009-010) Rev. AA(configured for releasing service). The CCM and release module each have one releasing circuit which will actuate one 24 V dc control head,P/N 48650001, P/N 890181, P/N 895630, P/N 897494, P/N 486500 or P/N 899175; the release module can also actuate up to 10 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-002, -004; or up to 6 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 93-191001-001. The panel is also compatible with24 V dc solenoid valves. 24 V dc batteries rated 17-99 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See description underLOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

PEGAsys and PEGAsys ML programmable analog controls. The PEGAsys is equipped with CCM (single loop P/N 76-100008-701) Rev.CCMP81.0SL; while the PEGAsys ML is equipped with CCM (multi-loop P/N 76-100008-800) Rev. CCMP81.0ML), optional agent releasemodule (P/N 76-100001-001) Rev.AD, and power supply module (P/N 76-100009-010) Rev. AA (configured for releasing service). The CCMand release module each have one releasing circuit which will actuate one 24 V dc control head, P/N 48650001, P/N 890181, P/N 895630,P/N 897494, P/N 486500 or P/N 899175. The panel is also compatible with 24 V dc solenoid valves. 24 V dc batteries rated 17-99 AH areavailable to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

AnaLASER TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control module. The AnaLASER TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detectorwith suppression control module is a one zone high sensitivity smoke detection system including the housing, sampling fan, detector, anddisplay control card (DCC) with firmware Version FD3-2.0 for the detector; with integral programmable fire alarm/suppression control moduleusing software no. 06-235251-001 XXXX-AB, and optional addressable contact input device module 70-407008-003. The AnaLASER TFPHigh-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control module provides for two initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) forfire detection (one of which may be connected to the high sensitivity smoke detector), one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, oneabort circuit, all circuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs; onereleasing circuit which will actuate one 24 V dc control head, P/N 48650001, P/N 890181 or P/N 899175; or up to 10 electro-explosiveinitiators, P/N 31-199932-004; or up to 8 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-012; or up to 6 electro-explosive initiators, P/N93-191001-001; power supply and battery charger. Compatible Approved smoke detectors are: Model CPD 7051 ionization type smokedetector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smoke detector with bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001, -002, -003,-005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heat detector with bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005.High sensitivity smoke detectors are available with factory set min sensitivities of 0.015%/ft (0.05%/m), 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m)and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m), respectively. The detector assembly provides an analog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The DCC providesa continuous display of smoke obscuration levels via a 10 segment bar graph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set pointsand corresponding alarm LEDs are used to set threshold levels for alarm annunciation. The Fenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up thesystem piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line.

(See separate listing for ‘‘SNIFF’’ under FIRE DETECTION—SMOKE ACTUATED.)


The AnaLASER operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 12 V 12 AH batteries (P/N 06-115915-047) for up to24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the AnaLASER. Suitable for indoor useonly in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Optional intelligent interface module (IIM) and RS232/485 converter module areavailable as supplemental equipment. AnaLASER TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control modules are as follows:

89-1VWX00-YZ0

V: 12

120 V ac240 V ac

W: 023

No optional modulesOptional RS232/485 converter moduleOptional RS232/485 converter module andIntelligent Interface Module (IIM)

X: 12345

0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)0.003 to 0.03%/ft (0.01 to 0.1%/m)0.0015 to 0.015%/ft (0.005 to 0.05%/m)

YZ: 051020

TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control moduleTFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control moduleTFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control module

ORION 5RP/10RP [High Sensitivity Smoke Detector(HSSD)/Fire Alarm Control/Suppression Panel]. The ORION 5RP/10RP is a one zonehigh sensitivity smoke detection system including the housing, sampling fan, detector, and display control card (DCC) with firmware versionKD1-0.0 for the detector; with integral Programmable fire alarm/suppression control module using software number 06-235252-003XXXX-AA. The ORION 5RP/10RP fire alarm/suppression module provides for two initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) forfire detection (one of which may be connected to the high sensitivity smoke detector), one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, oneabort circuit, all circuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs; onereleasing circuit which will actuate one 24 V dc control head, P/N 48650001, P/N 890181 or P/N 899175; power supply and battery charger.Compatible, Approved smoke detectors are: Model CPD 7051 ionization type smoke detector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smokedetector with bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heatdetector with bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT, and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005. High sensitivity smoke detectors are available with factoryset minimum sensitivities of 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m). The detector assembly provides an analog output proportional tosmoke obscuration. The DCC provides a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels via a 10 segment bar graph display. Threeindependent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDs are used to set threshold levels for alarm annunciation. The‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line.

‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 2.0 for use with the ORION 5RP/10RP. This program allows a designer to lay out an engineered systemwhich is dynamically balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. The program calculates the transport time fromeach sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120seconds; minimum suction pressure 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; maximum number of sampling ports is 40. The piping networkcalculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program isnot used, a balanced piping network must be installed.

The ORION 5RP/10RP operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 12 V 12 AH batteries (P/N 06-115915-047)for up to 24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the ORION 5RP/10RP. Suitablefor indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). ORION 5RP/10RP part numbers are as follows:

77-297010-000, ORION 5RP, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)77-297011-000, ORION 5RP, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)77-297012-000, ORION 10RP, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)77-297013-000, ORION 10RP, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)

SCORPIO 24 Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA. Supplied with 24 V dc power bya dedicated branch circuit of an emergency or optional standby system in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 700,701, or 702. No AC power supply or battery backup is provided with this system. Basic SCORPIO 24 provides for two initiating device circuits(capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one abort circuit, all circuits are ClassB Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs. SCORPIO also provides for two releasingcircuits which will actuate one 24 V dc control head each, P/N 48650001, or P/N 890181 OR 899175. Standby batteries are available in1.2 AH capacity (P/N 06-115915-020) to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Compatible, Approved detectors are: Model CPD7051 ionization type smoke detector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smoke detector with the following bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB,2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001 -002, -003, -005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heat detector with the following bases2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005.

Gemini II Multi-Hazard Control System. Modular system consisting of a Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BA operating software, RemoteHazard Unit (RHU) with Rev. BA operating software, Remote Display Unit (RDU) with Rev. BA operating software and Optional Relay Board(ORB). The MCP can communicate with up to seven RHUs over the RS485 data network configured for (Class A) Style 7 signalingperformance. Both the MCP and the RHU are provided with 3 (Class A) Style D or (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (capable of beingcross-zoned) for fire detection, one of which is designated for waterflow while the other two are typically used to connect to conventional typesmoke detectors and normally open contact closure devices. Two release circuits and a stop valve output are provided for agent release whichwill actuate one 24 V dc control head P/N 48650001, 899175 or 890181. The MCP and the RHU are compatible with the following 2-wiresmoke detectors: CPD 7051, - 7051D, PSD-7155, -7155P, or PSD-7156 with base models: 2-WIRE, 2-WRB, 2-WRB with Indicator, 2WRLT,or DH-60(2W). The MCP and the RHU are also provided with two (Class A) Style Z or (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. TheMCP is also provided with three Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. The ORB is provided with five Form C relay outputcircuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. For Canadian installations, an LED display module is added for each MCP and RHU. The modularsystem is provided with a standby battery bank up to 66 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.

Fenwal 3220 Multi-Hazard Control System. Modular system consisting of a Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BA operating software,Remote Hazard Unit (RHU) with Rev. BA operating software, Remote Display Unit (RDU) with Rev. BA operating software and Optional RelayBoard (ORB). The MCP can communicate with up to seven RHUs over the RS485 data network configured for (Class A) Style 7 signalingperformance. Both the MCP and the RHU are provided with 3 (Class A) Style D or (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (capable of beingcross-zoned) for fire detection, one of which is designated for waterflow while the other two are typically used to connect to conventional typesmoke detectors and normally open contact closure devices. Two release circuits are provided for agent release which will actuate one


24 V dc control head P/N 48650001, 899175 or 890181; or up to 10 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-004; or up to 6 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 93-191001-001. The MCP and the RHU are compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: CPD 7051,-7051D, PSD- 7155, -7155P, or PSD-7156 with base models: 2-WIRE, 2-WRB, 2-WRB with Indicator, 2WRLT, or DH-60 (2W). The MCP andthe RHU are also provided with two (Class A) Style Z or (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. The MCP is also provided with threeForm C relay output circuits rated 3 A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. The ORB is provided with five Form C relay output circuits rated 3 A @ 30 Vdc/120V ac. For Canadian installations, an LED display module is added for each MCP and RHU. The modular system is provided with a standbybattery bank up to 66 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.

King-Fisher Co 2350 Foster Ave Wheeling IL 60090DACS I Detection, Actuation and Control System. Consists of Model KF-24-DS fire control (single zone) or -24-DS with optional Model

-24-AN zone annunciator (up to 8 zones), integral 24 V dc power supply/battery charger. May be used with Kepco 110 V dc power supplyModel RMD 24-B-110. Class A type initiating (detection) circuits for connection of Approved normally-open alarm contact heat detectors ormanual stations. Supervised releasing circuits for use with 24 V dc Skinner Model LV2LBX-25 solenoid valve. DACS equipped with 5 to 80AH batteries to provide up to 90 hours of emergency power.

Fire Alarm Control Panel. Models KFRTI-20, -52. Provide up to 20 and 52 alarm zones respectively, through the selection of the followingsubassemblies: 66115 power supply board, 66150 CPU board (software version IRII-6), 66156 alarm control board, 66165 dual zone ‘‘ClassA’’ input board, 66167 single zone ‘‘Class A’’ input with release, 66163 4-zone input board, 66099 main motherboard, 66107 zone mother-board; 66111 switch panel assembly. The single zone input with release is rated for 24 V dc, 1.3 A. The total current available for release andsignaling devices is limited to 2 A. The following batteries are available to provide 24 hours of standby power: 17014 (5 AH), 17012 (12.5 AH),17015 (25 AH).

Meggitt Safety Systems Inc 1915 Voyager Ave Simi Valley CA 93063901C programmable control panel using P/N 902565-01 operating program (version 01). Consists of control panel, P/N 902360 (English

version) or 902466 (Spanish version) and power supply, P/N 902666 which can accept either 120 V ac or 240 V ac, 50/60 Hz. For selectedoccupancies where a 24 V dc primary supply plus a secondary (standyby) supply having 24 hour capacity exist (power plants or oil refineriesfor example), the power supply P/N 902666 is not provided. Has up to 18 Class B initiating device circuits, eight 4-20 mA inputs, and 24programmable outputs of which 6 outputs can be supervised. The supervised output circuits will actuate 24 V devices including solenoids,horns and strobes. Up to three pairs of 12 V dc, 24 AH batteries P/N 40-40018, connected in parallel, provide 24 hour standby power.

Minimax GmbH Box 1260 Industriestrasse 10-12 D-23840 Bad Oldesloe GermanyFMZ 4100 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware version 9L.O7E. Consists of CPU card (P/N 802514), line card

rack (P/N 802599), interface card (P/N 802538), zone card (P/N 802551), line termination card (P/N 802563), programmable output/releasecard (P/N 853507), logic power supply 5 V dc/2 A (P/N 837104), logic power supply 15 V dc/2 A (P/N 837116), main power supply 24 V dc/6 A(P/N 835193), voltage distribution card (P/N 809569), relay cards (P/N 809399 and 802587), battery temperature card (P/N 809508). Standbybatteries 24 V 16 AH provide 24 hours of emergency power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

The FMZ 4100 GAB 6 Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level 41GB06FM, P/N 800513. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 896445),8 relay card (P/N 802587), power supply (P/N 800042), ground fault card (P/N 800096), 2x16 character LCD display (P/N 800414), and acabinet (P/N 800310). Provides up to 4 detection zones. Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide 24 hours of emergency supply. (See alsoLOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

The FMZ 4100 GAB 24 Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level GAB24E00. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 890819), subsystemcard (P/N 892142), detector identification card (P/N 802605), detector identification connection card (P/N 802617), 8 relay card (P/N 802587),power supply (P/N 852412), ground fault card (P/N 800096), 2 x 16 character LCD display and a cabinet (P/N 892518). Provides up to 16(extended version with the subsystem card only) detection zones of protection. Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide 24 hours of emergencysupply. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472AFC-600 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-600 module and MPS-6 power supply. 120/240 V ac

primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs from the MPS-6 rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A. Release circuitrequires REL 2.2K end-of-line device for supervision. Release circuit can be provided via FCM-1 module and/or XP5-C and XP5-MTransponders. Total MPS-6 power output is 6 A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provides 90 hour standby operation. Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.

RP-1002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); RemoteAnnunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. Trans-mitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one unregulated24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc,6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.

System 500 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of a CAB-500 enclosure,CPU-500 central processing unit, MPS-24BPCA power supply, 4000TA transformer, and an initiating module IZ-4 or -8. CPU-500 providestwo indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protectivesignaling. Requires TC-2 or -4 time control modules with operating system firmware revision level 2. Modules are programmable for eithercross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 15 AH) provide 24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL PRO-TECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)

System 5000 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2,-D2, -A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-5000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4or -8. CPU-5000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipaltie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capableof operating throughout the entire voltage range. System 5000 requires TCM-2 or TCM-4 time control modules with operating system firmwarerevision level 2. Modules are programmable for either cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)

Fire Alarm Control. AM2020 Fire Panel. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Programmable control. Release circuit isvia FCM-1, CMX-1, LIB-200, LIB-200A or LIB-400 modules and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to55 AH) provide 90 hours standby power.

Fire Alarm Control. AFP1010 Fire Panel. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Programmable control. Release circuit is via FCM-1,CMX-1, LIB-200, LIB-200A or LIB-400 modules and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. Contains up to two output circuits. Standby batterypacks (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 90 hours standby power.

Fire Alarm Control. AFP-200 Analog Fire Panel. Programmable control (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Contains asignaling line circuit with cross-zone capability and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Release circuit can be provided via FCM-1module and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. For deluge and preaction sprinkler system release, compatible solenoid valves includeASCO Models R8210A107, T8210A107, 8210A107, Skinner Model LV2LBX25, and solenoid for Star Sprinkler Model D deluge valve. ForApproved combinations of solenoid and water control valves, refer to AUTOMATIC WATER CONTROL VALVES. Standby battery packs(24 V dc, 7 to 12 AH) provide 90 hours standby operation.


AFP-300 or AFP-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-300 or CPU-400module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs fromthe MPS-400 rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A. Release circuit requires REL 2.2K end-of-line device for supervision. Release circuit can be providedvia FCM-1 module and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. Total MPS-400 power output is 6A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH)provides 90 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

NFS-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Basic system consists of the CPU-640 module with internal power supply. 120 V ac primary systemprovides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus two 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Totalpower output is 6 A in alarm, 3 A in standby. Release circuit requires REL 2.2K end-of-line device for supervision. Release circuit can beprovided via FCM-1 module and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. For deluge and preaction sprinkler system release, compatible solenoidvalves include ASCO Models R8210A107, T8210A107, 8210A107 and Skinner Model LV2LBX25. For Approved combinations of solenoid andwater control valves refer to AUTOMATIC WATER CONTROL VALVES. Transmitter Module (TM-4) provides a local energy municipal tie forauxiliary protective signaling. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provides 90 hour standby operation. See control panel description underLOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.

NFS-3030 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-3030ND or CPU-3030D, AMPS-24/-24E PowerSupply, 120/240 V ac primary system is an addressable power supply and battery charger with two outputs rated at 24 V dc, 1.0 A, and24 V dc 4.5 A. It operates in FlashScan® or CLIP mode. Release circuit requires REL 2.2K end-of-line device for supervision. Standby battery(24 V dc up to 60 AH) provides 24 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).

Pem-All Fire Extinguisher Corp, Div Pem Systems Inc 39A Myrtle St Cranford NJ 07016PEM-2002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote

Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. Trans-mitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one unregulated24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc,6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.

Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146PFC Series 100R Fire Control Panel provides one Style B or Style D initiating circuit, one voltage reversing Style Y indicating circuit rated

24 V dc, 500 mA, one voltage reversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A. Two battery packs are available (6.5 AH and 8 AH) to provide24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Model PFC-100RC Programmable Fire Control Panel. Provides one Style B or Style D initiating device circuit, one Style B non-latchingsupervisory signal initiating device circuit, one voltage reversing Style Y notification appliance circuit rated 24 V dc, 500 mA, one voltagereversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A. Two battery packs are available (6.5 AH and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

PFC Series 2000RC Fire Control Panel. Extinguishing system release (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Uses FirmwareVersion 1.1 with release circuit discharge times selectable (2 min. or continuous). Contains two signal initiating device circuits (fieldprogrammable for Style B or D operation), two signal indicating circuits, one manual releasing circuit, and one polarized releasing devicecircuit (24 V dc, 1 A continuous, 3 A momentary). Combined load of all external devices including signaling devices not to exceed 3 A. In theevent of primary power failure, standby battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 8, 10, 12, or 15 AH) are available for 24 hours of emergency power.

Model PFC-4410 and PFC 4410A Programmable Fire Control Panel using software Rev. 3.5. Provides four Class B (Style B) alarm signalinitiating device circuits, one Class B (Style B) supervisory signal initiating device circuit, four voltage reversing Class B (Style Y) program-mable output circuits rated 24 V dc, 1 A, and one auxiliary power supply circuit rated 24 V dc, 150 mA with 7AH standby batteries or 200 mAwith 8 AH standby batteries. Two battery packs are available (7 AH and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Protectowire Co Box 200 Hanover MA 02339Series ACR-1600, -1600HD, -1600LTI control panel for extinguishing system release. Consists of Module CP-1041-S, -M and built-in

24 V dc PS-1 power supply/battery charger (7.7-50 AH batteries for 24 hour standby power), at least one ZM-2200 or -2201 Class A/ClassB zone module, at least one SM-1000 or -1001 release module and other functional modules as dictated by the needs of a specific installation(see listing of other functional modules under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). A Power-One Model HC28-2-A 2 A power supply isrequired for installations using 15.3-50 AH standby batteries. The control may be configured to provide supervision for a max of 50 detectionzones. Suitable for use with releasing devices nominally rated 24 V dc, 1 A. Detection circuit suitability for Classes I, II, III, Division 1, GroupsA, B, C, D, E, F and G hazardous locations via Stahl Barrier 9001/01-280-100-10.

FS-2000 Series Modular Fire Control Panel for extinguishing system release. Release module (RS-91 or RM-91) compatible with SkinnerLV2LBX25, and ASCO Model 8210A107 solenoids (with or without R or T suffix), RS-91D compatible with Star Model D deluge valve. Suitablefor use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowire heat sensitive cable. Detection circuits are capable of cross zoneapplications. 24 V dc batteries for 24 hours of standby power are available in 4.5-55 AH capacities. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

FireSystem-2600HD Series Modular Fire Control Panel. Release module (RM-2) compatible with Skinner LV2LBX25, and ASCOModel 210A107 solenoids (with or without R or T suffix), (fused appropriately), Star Model D deluge; ASCO 8210G207; Skinner73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2; Skinner 73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2; Skinner 71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2; and Viking HV-274-060-001;solenoid valves. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowire heat sensitive cable. Detection circuits arecapable of cross zone applications 24 V dc batteries for 90 hours of standby power are available in 7.0-60 AH capacities. (See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Pyrene Corp, 130 Esna Park Dr, Markham Ontario L3R 1E3Extinguishing System Release. Series 3000. Provides for actuation of up to three Chubb Halo-Pac Halon 1301 extinguishing systems.

Typical control configuration includes 300-1002 main control (extinguishing) module; -1003 small extender board or -1004 large extenderboard; -3001 extinguishment module which fires the P/N 94429 discharge plug(s); -5001 low voltage cutoff switch; 4.5 or 8 AH battery for24 hours of standby power.

Fire Alarm and Extinguishment Control Panel Series 4000. The 40-3002 extinguishment module provides a solenoid release output ratedat 24 V dc, 3 A for 10 sec or 2 A continuously. Standby batteries from 6.5 to 16 AH are available to provide 24 hours emergency power (seealso LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).

Pyro-Chem Inc, One Station Street, Marinette WI 54143PCR-100 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote

Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. Trans-mitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one unregulated24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25 A.Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5,12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.


Fire Alarm Control. PCR-400IP Analog Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Containsa signaling line circuit and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Release circuit can be provided via FCM-1 module and/or XP5-C andXP5-M Transponders. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 12 AH) provide 24 hours standby power.

Fire Alarm Control. PCR-400IP Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses softwareno. #AFP2R2.42. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7 and four Style Y indicating appliance circuitsas described in NFPA72. Optional modules 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary applications. The following addressable peripheralequipment is also available: Models CPX-551, CPX-751 and FSI-751 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only) ionization; SDX-551, SDX-751,and FSP-751 (CLIP mode only) photoelectric; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors;SDX-551T and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551, FST-751 (CLIP mode only), andFST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max); FSD-751P and FSD-51RP duct detectors;and; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551 and FSD-751P detectors; Model NBG- 12LX, -12LRAaddressable pull station; Models MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP mode only), FMM- 101 (CLIP mode only), and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only)monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only), and FRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules, System SensorB524BI and B224BI isolator detector bases. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, PC-LCD-80. Model RA400Z remote annunciator availablefor remote alarm indication. Standby battery packs (24 V dc), 7 and 12 AH internal, provide 24 or 60 hour operation. Optional: ACPS-2406auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supplyconsists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. FCPS-24 and -24E remote power supplies (120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz)are used to provide 24 V dc power to four notification appliance circuits or conventional four-wire fire detectors. The FCPS-24, -24E have two12 V dc, 7 AH batteries. APS-6R cabinet-mounted 150W Auxiliary Power Supply, CHG-120 battery charger in BB-55 battery box may be usedwith 25 to 100 AH batteries to provide greater standby operation capacity. A CHG-120 requires the use of monitor module connected tointernal trouble relay contacts to provide trouble monitoring by the PCR-400IP.

Series Triton RP control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Model 551450 (red enclosure) is provided with 4 (Class B) Style B initiating devicecircuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to TEPG-US Model 430531 Class AAdapter Module. Theinitiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, are used to connect to conventional type smoke and/or heatdetectors and normally open contact closure devices. The Triton RP is compatible with the following 2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-USModels 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with base models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smoke detector,TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702.Two release circuits are provided for agent release. Each releasing appliance circuit must connect to a TEPG-US Model 430687 coilsupervision module which in turn is connected to either one compatible 24 V dc actuator or solenoid, or two 12 V dc actuators or solenoids.The Triton RP is also provided with two (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits with three Form C relay output circuits rate 3 A @30 V dc. The Triton RP may be used with optional TEPG-US Models 430530 Battery Meter Module, or 430529 Auxiliary Relay Module.Optional TEPG-US Models 430548 and 430550 External Battery Chargers provide the Triton RP charging capability for a standby batterybank up to 50 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power. (See Control Panel Description under LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

Series Triton RPA Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.03 using programmed NotificationAppliance Circuits N3 or N4 on the Triton RPA SFI/O card. One releasing circuit will actuate one 24 V dc control head. SLCNet signaling linecircuits can be configured for either (Class B), Style 4 or (Class A), Style 6 wiring for this application. The panel is compatible with 24 V dcsolenoid valves or actuation devices. Optional TEPG-US Model 430657 or 431193 Suppression Release Peripheral connects to the SLCNetcircuit and to a notification appliance circuit from either the Triton RPA fire alarm control panel, or from the Triton EXT Notification ApplianceCircuit Extender. This peripheral monitors the output releasing appliance circuit wiring for opens and shorts. Each releasing appliance circuitmust connect to a TEPG-US Model 430687 coil supervision module which in turn is connected to either one compatible 24 V dc actuator orsolenoid, or two 12 V dc actuators or solenoids. 24 V dc batteries rated 25-50 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the TEPG-US Models 430548 or 430550 External Battery Charger must be used. (See ControlPanel Description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Securiplex Inc, 549 Meloche Ave, Dorval Quebec H9P 2W2 CanadaFire Alarm Control Panel. Model 1010. Programmable control panel P/N PNL-05900-XX (-01, 110 V ac; -05, 220 V ac) uses firmware

version MEM-03690-01 Rev. (B); P/N PNL-12485-XX (-00 110 V ac English version, -01 220 V ac English version, -02 110 V ac Frenchversion, -03 220 V ac French version) using firmware MEM-03690-06 Rev. (F) for Fire Scope 2000 Water Mist System. (See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING and FIRE-SCOPE 2000 listing under WATER MIST SYSTEMS.)

PROPAK Fire Alarm Control. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as the Protectowire heat-sensitive cable.Detection circuits are capable of cross-zone applications. Two 12 V dc, 12 AH batteries provide the required 24 hours of standby power. (Seealso LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf SwitzerlandALGORex Fire Detection System. NOTE: This system may not comply with all requirements of NFPA 72-1996 which would be

applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America. Programmable fire alarm panel (CS1140). 24 V dcpanel operable on primary voltage rating of 240 V ac. (See CS1140 system description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Extin-guishing system control requires optional E3G080 control module ‘‘extinguishing’’ (Firmware E3G080/3120/LON002.01 and E3G080/CS1140/V4.0) which provides two release outputs rated at 24 V dc at 2 A max, alarm horn and illuminated warning panel outputs rated at 24 V dc at2 A max, five monitored detection lines for manual actuation, stop or blocking button (abort), signal contact ‘‘loss of extinguishing agent’’,signal contact ‘‘extinguishing blocked’’ and signal contact ‘‘extinguishing actuated’’. Additionally, there is a LON interface (Class B signalingline circuit) for connection to the B3Q440 operating unit ‘‘extinguishing’’ (Firmware B3Q440/27C256-LON/V1.01). The B3Q440 providesindications and controls for a single extinguishing system. It may be located in the CS1140 enclosure or remotely mounted in a separateenclosure. Indications are provided for alarm, extinguishing command, extinguishing activated, trouble, power on, automatic actuation ofextinguishing blocked and manual actuation of extinguishing blocked. Controls provided, in addition to a key switch to inhibit their operation,are: automatic actuation of extinguishing blocked, manual actuation of extinguishing blocked, switch off alarm horn and switch off illuminatedwarning panel. The B3Q440 also requires a 24 V dc supply from the control unit.

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089Automatic Release. ALS2 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits are

via SIGA-REL-LG releasing module. Can be used with model BPS6 or BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL polarizedend of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model276A-REL-LG or 278A-REL-LG manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are availablein up to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.

Automatic Release. ALS3 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits arevia SIGA-REL-LG releasing module. Can be used with model MIRBPS6 or MIRBPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOLpolarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model276A-REL-LG or 278A-REL-LG manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are availablein up to 65 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.


XLS-BPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models10, 10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with120 V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah charged by an internal circuit capableof charging at 1.0 A maximum. An input (SENSE) voltage range of 10 V dc to 45 V dc or 14V fwr to 32 V fwr capable of sourcing 6 mA @24 V dc, 3 mA @ 12 V dc or 12 mA at 45 V dc is needed to drive each of the two inputs of the Notification circuit booster supplies. Each ofthe four output circuits can drive up to 3.0 A, total output is limited by booster supply model. Two auxiliary output circuits may be utilized inplace of two NACs.

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932System 3 Universal Alarm Control. Consists of CP-35 control panel, HC-35 extinguishing control module, or one or more HC-30U, RM-30U

or RM-30RU output control (release) modules and other functional modules if dictated by the needs of the particular installation (see listingof functional modules under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Approved releasing device load configurations for HC-30U, RM-30U,RM-30RU and HC-35 modules are as follows: one 24 V dc 1⁄2 in. Skinner No. LV2LBX25 or other nominally rated 24 V dc or 120 V ac solenoidor relay; or one 24 V dc electric detonator. Additionally, the HC-30U, RM-30RU and HC-35 modules (by jumper options) are capable ofoperating up to four 6-V dc solenoids or relays. The releasing device circuit is rated at 3 A max. Standby batteries (4.5 AH-55 AH) are availableto provide 24 hours emergency power.

Dual Zone Releasing Device Control. Models CP-2H, -2HA, -2HR, -2ER. Models CP-2H and -2HA have two Class B initiating circuits.Models CP-2HR and -2ER have two Class A initiating circuits. Models CP-2HA, -2HR and -2ER produce an audible alarm signal when eitherof two initiating circuits is in alarm. A general audible alarm signal is produced when either of the two initiating circuits is in alarm. All modelsactuate a single releasing circuit when both initiating circuits are in alarm (cross-zone operation). For Models CP-2H, -2HA and -2HR, thereleasing device circuit is rated at 1.5 A at 24 V dc. For Model CP-2ER, the releasing device circuit is rated at 2 A at 24 V dc. Total currentavailable for polarized releasing and audible signaling devices from the CP-2H, -2HA,-2HR and -2ER dc power supply is limited to 4.0 A.Battery back-up (5 to 10 AH) is available to sustain operation for up to 60 hours. The CP-2H, -2HA, -2HR and -2ER control is compatible withthe following Approved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: Siemens Building Technologies Inc DI-3, -3H, -A3, -A3H, -B3, -B3H,-4, -4A, -4H, -6, PEC-3, -3T, PE-3 and -3T. The CP-2ER control is compatible with the following Approved two-wire heat detection devices:Siemens Building Technologies Inc DT-3P. DT-3P heat detector spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.

MXL Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System. Uses Version 10.06 operating system and field programming software CSG-M Version10.03 (capable of cross-zone operation). Requires CSM-4 signal module (configured for releasing service) compatible with, Skinner ModelLV2LBX25 and ASCO Models 8210A107 (with R or T suffixes) and Alarm-Saf Model AS/PS5-BFS-24-UL power supply. 24 V dc standbybatteries rated (15-55 AH) are available for MXL control and Alarm-Saf power supply (31 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.(See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

MXL-IQ Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System. Uses Version 6.06 operating system and field programming software CSG-M Version10.03 (capable of cross-zone operation). Requires CSM-4 signal module (configured for releasing service) compatible with, Skinner ModelLV2LBX25 and ASCO Models 8210A107 (with R or T suffixes) and Alarm-Saf Model AS/PS5-BFS-24-UL power supply. 24 V dc standbybatteries rated (15-55 AH) are available for MXL-IQ control and Alarm-Saf power supply (31 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.(See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001Series 2088 Relay Unit. Master and auxiliary control relays for fan shutdown and fire door release. These relay units are for use with

compatible Simplex controls with 24 V dc signaling circuit.4002 Control. Configured with Model 2081-9032 coil supervision module, Model 4002-4101 dual-signal module, Model 4002-0111 auxiliary

power supply and other functional modules as dictated by the needs of the installation (see listing for the 4002 Control under LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other functional modules). Extinguishing release applications utilize Model 4002-7001 CPU Class B (NFPA72A, Style B) module. A selection of the following modules may also be included: Models 4002-5003 or -5004 Class A (NFPA 72, Style D)initiating zone modules or Models 4002-5001 or -5002 Class B (NFPA 72, Style B) initiating zone modules. The control must be loaded perfield wiring diagram 841-669. Release device circuits are rated at 2 A. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 33 AH are available to provide 24 hoursemergency power.

4010 Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.01 using programmed Notification ApplianceCircuits N3 or N4 on the 4010 SFI/O card. One releasing circuit will actuate one 24 V dc control head. IDNet signaling line circuits must beconfigured for Class A, Style 6 wiring for this application. The panel is compatible with 24 V dc solenoid valves. Optional 4090-9005 and -9006Suppression Release Peripherals connect to the notification appliance circuit (NAC 3 or 4) from the 4010 fire alarm control panel. Thisperipheral monitors the output releasing appliance circuit wiring for opens and shorts. Each releasing appliance circuit must connect to a2081-9046 coil supervision module which in turn is connected to a compatible 24 and 12 V dc actuator or solenoid. 24 V dc batteries rated25-50 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the 4081-9301 to 4081-9304external battery charger must be used. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Model 4100 Control. Configured with Models 4100-4001, -4002, -4321 or -4322 signal modules, Model 4100-0129 Limiter Module, Model2081-9032 coil supervision module, Models 4100-5011, -5012 or -5014 Class A eight zone monitor assemblies and other functional modulesas dictated by the needs of the installation (see listing for the 4100 Control under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other functionalmodules). Release device circuits are rated at 2 A. The 4100 control must be loaded per field wiring diagram 841-731 for proper valveoperation. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AH are available to provide 24 hours emergency power.

4100U Addressable Control System. Programmable control panel with Software Revision Level 11.02.01. IDNet signaling line circuits mustbe configured for Class A, Style 6 wiring for this application. Models 4090-9005 and -9006 Suppression Release Peripherals with SoftwareRev. 1.01 connect to the notification appliance circuit from the 4100U fire alarm control panel. These peripherals monitor the output releasingappliance circuit wiring for opens and shorts. Each releasing appliance circuit must connect to a 2081-9046 coil supervision module whichin turn is connected to a compatible 24 V dc solenoid. For Approved combinations of solenoid and water control valves, refer to the AutomaticWater Control Valve listings that follow. 24 V dc batteries rated up to 125 AH are available to provide 90 hours of emergency operation. (Seedescription under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

4020-8001 Microprocessor Based Monitoring and Control System. Configured with Model 2081-9032 coil supervision module, 565-317agent discharge power supply regulator and other functional modules as dictated by the needs of a particular installation (see listing for the4020-8001 Control under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other functional modules). Release device circuits are rated at 2A. The4020-8001 control must be loaded per field wiring diagram 841-842 for proper valve operation. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH areavailable to provide 24 hours emergency power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

4120 Network Control. Configured with Models 4120-4001, -4321 signal modules, 4120-0129 limiter module, Model 2081-9032 coilsupervision module, Model 4120-5014 Class A eight zone monitor assembly and other functional modules as dictated by the needs of theparticular installation (see listing for the 4120 Network System under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other functional modules).Release device circuits are rated at 2 A. The 4120 network control must be loaded per field wiring diagram 841-731 for proper valve operation.Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Series 4004R control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Models 4004-9301 (beige enclosure) and -9302 (red enclosure) are each provided with4 (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to 4004-9864 ClassA Adapter Module. The initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, are used to connect to conventional typesmoke detectors and normally open contact closure devices. The 4004R is compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: 4098-9612,


-9613(E), -9614(E), and -9615(E) with base models 4098- 9788(E), 9683(E), and -9684(E); detector models 4098-9601, -9602, 9603, and-9605 with base models 4098-9788(E), and -9683(E). Two release circuits are provided for agent release. Each releasing appliance circuitmust connect to a 2081-9046 coil supervision modules which in turn is connected to a compatible 24 and 12 V dc actuators or solenoid. The4004R is also provided with two (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits and three Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc.The 4004R control may be used with optional 4001-9811 Battery Meter Module, or 4004-9860 Auxiliary Relay Module. Optional Models4081-9301, -9302, -9303, and -9304 External Battery Chargers provide the 4004R charging capability for a standby battery bank up to 50 AHin capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.

Extinguishing System Release. KDR-1000 control with RP releasing panel or RM releasing module. Provides for actuation of Approvedextinguishing systems using releasing devices requiring up to 1 A continuous or 2 A momentary current. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

AutoPulse Control. With capacity for 3, 6, 12 or 18 functional modules. For 120 V ac operation with P/N 24993 power supply module, 24988master module, and combinations of the following extender modules: 24290 dual output, 24390 dual input, 24385 timed release, 24295 dualrelay. Standby power (24 hours) included. Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances andprovide for actuation of Approved extinguishing systems using any of the following Approved Ansul release devices: P/N 32353 solenoid(12 V dc), 32097 solenoid (24 V dc), 45531 electric discharge plug, Automan IIC. Controls may be used with P/N 25988 momentary type abortswitch.

Autopulse Dual Zone Control. Model Nos. 56302, 56304, for 120 V ac operation; Nos. 56303, 56305 for 240 V ac. Standby power (24 hours)included. Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances and provide for actuation of Approvedextinguishing systems using any of the following Approved Ansul release devices: P/N 32353 solenoid (12 V dc), 32097 solenoid (24 V dc),45531 electric discharge plug, Automan IIC. Controls may be used with P/N 25988 momentary type abort switch.

Alarm/Extinguishing Modular Control. Model FE2003A. For 24 V dc operation with facilities module P/N 56000, voter module P/N 56006,twin zone module P/N 56012, system text module P/N 56016, halon (release) control module P/N 56020, executive line module P/N 56024,output relay module P/N 56028, signal relay module P/N 56032 and display control module P/N 56040. Used with Approved fire detectors andmanual stations; each output circuit is limited to either a single 24 V dc solenoid release or 24 V dc audible signaling device, drawing no morethan 1 A each.

Autopulse Single Zone Control. P/N 68204 for 120 V ac operation with standby battery (4 AH) for 24 hours included. Used with Approvedfire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances to provide for actuation of Approved extinguishing systems using anyof the following Approved Ansul release devices: P/N 32353 solenoid (12 V dc), 32097 solenoid (24 V dc), Automan IIC.

The Autocall TFX-400, TFX-500, and TFX-800 series fire alarm control with configuration program software CONSYS (Ver.12.0), eitherRPS-424 or PSM-800 power supply and standby battery capacity from 7 to 110 AH for 24 hours included. Includes the releasing stations ineither of two configurations: GAR-1 Releasing Station (P/N 976381) or GARA-1 Releasing Station with Abort Switch (P/N 976376). The firesuppression agent releasing stations use normally-open contacts and operate with extinguishing system based on Autocall TFX controls andin conjunction with 505/506SDA notification appliance module, Multizone Detection Module MDM521 (P/N 976375), IXA-501CM mini contactmodule, OXA- 502RM addressable relay module (for GARA-1 installations only), and either RPS-424 or PSM-800 power supply (if required)to power 505/506SDA and/or OXA-502RM modules and connected solenoids. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Spectronics Corp 4645 Hartley Lincoln NE 68504Extinguishing System Release. Model 640 or 641 control panel using 640/641-A2 output card or 641-COM A control card for operation of

Approved extinguishing systems using releasing devices rated up to 3 A continuous/24 V dc. Standby battery pack (5, 8, 20 AH/24 V dc)provide 24 hours of emergency power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Extinguishing System Release. Specnet 5 panel using ADS-01B(H) or ADS-01B output cards for operation of Approved extinguishingsystems using releasing devices rated up to 3 A continuous/24 V dc for ADS-01B(H) and releasing devices rated up to 1 A continuous/24 Vdc for ADS-01B. Standby battery pack (5, 8 or 20 AH/24 V dc for PS3-F, or 20, or 60 AH/24 V dc for PS3-RC) provide 24 hours of emergencypower. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

System Sensor, Div of Honeywell 3825 Ohio Ave Saint Charles IL 60174PDRP-1002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote

Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits.Transmitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and oneunregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not toexceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs(24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.

LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING

Local systems produce alarm and/or supervisory signals within the protected property, which may not beconstantly attended. The systems are electrically supervised, may include standby power and often are primarily forthe purpose of providing occupant evacuation signals. Some local systems also provide for signaling to a constantlyattended remote location.

The heart of a signaling system consists of a control unit to which are connected the initiating and signal indicatingcircuits. The control unit is usually in a separate enclosure, provides power to its external circuits, and often is ofmodular design to enable flexibility in obtaining multiple functions. In a coded signaling system, transmitters may beeither separate from or integral to a control; they transmit to the control or from a control to remote receivingequipment. The equipment listed below, in conjunction with peripheral devices, may be used to form a completesystem or a portion of a multizone system.

ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486Alarm/Supervisory Transmitter Panel. Types C2130-001, C2132-001, 2135-001. For use with Approved, normally open contact alarm

devices and/or normally closed contact supervisory devices.Supervisory Transmitter Panel. Types C2131-019, 2136-019. For use with Approved supervisory devices having normally closed contacts.Model 4520 Unimode Control. Consists of a 4520-138, -538, -838, B4520-138, -538, -838 common control unit; 4520-903, -810, -812,

B4520-812 (120 V ac, 60 Hz), 4520-913, -811 (240 V ac, 50 Hz), B4520-813 (220/240 V ac, 50 Hz) power supply unit; 4520-912 powerextender module; 4520-605, -608, -615, -624, -638 battery pack; various functional modules including 4520-229, -329, -130, -230, -319, -330,-529 alarm receiving module; -331, -431, -634 through -934 combination receiving/signal control; -132 municipal tie; -133 remote stationtransmission module; -136 extinguishment control; -173 extender (interface); -320 dual zone coded module; B4520-321 coding module;4520-037 central station coding module; -043 lamp drive; -235, -335 auxiliary relay; -139 auxiliary relay with disconnect switch; -039 programmodule; -140 annunciator interface; -701, -702 signal module; -901, -902 power extender; -904 power transfer module; -905 power distribution


module; -042, -142 alarm annunciators; -145, -245 remote trouble units; -064 central processor module version BFFO; -080 addressable zonemodule; -081 addressable relay terminal; -157 timing module, -435 switch module; -053, -054 end-of-line devices; B4520-321 multiple zonecoded module version 0A58; 5060-AD interface board. 4520-083 status/control center; B4520-183, -283, -303 annunciator modules; 4520-483 LCD display module; -082 addressable signal module; -419 supervisory module; -229, -329, -130, -230, -319, -330 and -529 alarm/receiving modules are compatible with the following two-wire smoke detectors: Models 3521-100, -200 with -017, -012, -002 bases; Models3527-301, -401 duct detectors, Model 3531-100 with -022, -023 bases; Fenwal Model CPD-7021 with P/N 70-201000-001, -002, -003 bases.4520-064 central processor module is compatible with the following two-wire addressable smoke detectors: ADT Models 3536-611AD,-611TAD, -612AD detectors with Model 601UA base. Standby battery packs (5-38 AH) provide 24 to 60 hours of emergency operation.

Unimode 4-16 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of a CAB-500 enclosure,CPU-500 central processing unit, MPS-24BPCA power supply, 4000TA transformer, and an initiating module IZ-4 or -8. CPU-500 providestwo indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protectivesignaling. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules: IZ-4, IZ-8, IZE-A, IZ-4A, IC-4, CR-4L,ICR-4L, ICE-4, CR-4 and CRE-4. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Audio-visual power supply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 15 AH) provide the required 24 or 60 hour standby operation.

Unimode II. Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2,-D2, -A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-5000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4or -8. CPU-5000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipaltie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capableof operating throughout the entire voltage range. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules:IZM-4, IZM-8, IZE-A, ICM-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, TCM-2, TCM-4, TRM-4, ICM-4 or ICE-4. When required, the following remote annunciators maybe used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Audio-visualpower supply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3 A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) providethe required 24 or 60 hour standby operation.

(See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT and AUTOMATICRELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)

Unimode 200 Addressable Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software no. 73612. The basic Unimode 200 panelprovides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 99 addressable smoke detectors and 99 addressable control or monitor modules;two notification appliance circuits; one alarm, one trouble and one supervisory relay output. ADT-DP-9200 dead-front dress panel is requiredfor user protection. Compatible addressable devices are: 2951ADT, 2951TADT, 2951TMADT, and SD300 photoelectric smoke detectors,1951ADT and CP300 ionization smoke detector, BG-10LX and ADT-BG-12LX manual pull station, M300 monitor module, M301 monitormodule, M302 monitor module (see below), C300 control module, C304 control module, 1300 loop isolator module. Optional modules for theUnimode 200 are: ZDM-16F 16 zone LED module; PIM-24 printer/PC interface module; RTM-8F relay transmitter module for additionalprogrammable relay outputs and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. When required, the following remote annun-ciators may be used: AFTM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-32AX, AEM-32AF, AFM-16AF, AFM-32AF. Optional XRM-24 transformerassembly required when 24 V dc panel load exceeds 3.6 A (max load with XRM-24 is 6.0 A). Standby batteries are available in 7, 12 and 17AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Battery sizes larger than 7 AH require the optional BB-17F batterybox. M302 monitor module has a single initiating device circuit and will operate compatible 2-wire smoke detectors. Requires 18.8 to 28.0 Vdc input power from the Unimode 200 panel. Compatible, Approved detectors are: System Sensor Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401Bbase; Models 1851B, 2851B, 2851BTH with Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400, 2400TH, 2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC;Kidde-Fenwal Models PSD-7125, PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 bases.

Type 4510 Alarm or Supervisory Signaling Annunciator Control. Includes up to nine 4510-218 Class A or -219 Class B zone alarm orsupervisory plug-in modules and one 4510-201 common alarm-supervisory plug-in module for each panel (one or two panels per control); aNo. 2637-24 rectifier-charger power set with No. 2618-24 emergency standby 24 V battery; power failure transformer-relay 7132-020 andground detector relay GD-10K.

Control Unit. Type G799 with C2637-012 power set. Used with Approved circuit-closing devices to form a supervised signaling system. Forwaterflow supervision, terminals 23 and 24 must be internally connected.

Model 4519 Unimode. Consists of Types 4519-103, -113 (120 V ac, 60 Hz/12 V dc), Types 4519-003, -013 (120 V ac, 60 Hz/24 V dc), Type4519-313 (240 V ac, 50 Hz/24 V dc) control units. All types feature one 2-wire and one 4-wire (field configurable to 2-wire) initiating devicecircuit and one 2-wire audible and visual alarm indicating circuit. Types 4519-003, -103 have ground detection capability. Used with 4519-053,-153 end-of-line devices, 4520-045 remote trouble indicator, P-43817 protective cover. Requires 12 V 2.5 AH battery pack per ADT MS-B2-2(2 required for 24 V dc units) for 24 hour standby power.

Fire Alarm and Supervisory Transmitter for Central Station Signaling Service. Model 2140 with Model 880445 Transformer or P/N SCN443251 external Class 2 plug-in transformer with optional Model 2655 (P/N SCN 443266) transformer housing. Provides for two fire alarmor waterflow and four supervisory alarm signal initiating device circuits. For use with Approved normally-open contact alarm and normally-closed contact supervisory devices. Equipped with 7.5 AH 12 V battery pack to provide 24 hour standby operation. Software operatingprogram designation is 2140 14A6 Rev. 1.

ADT FOCUS 48 System. Consists of microprocessor based control units 7182-103 (US version), -113 (Dutch/Belgium version), -123(French/Belgium version) and up to 48 signaling devices including 7187-061 daytime annunciator (see also separate ADT initiating andindicating device listings). Each signaling device is connected to the control unit via a dedicated point interface device (PID), Model Nos.7187-006, -007, -011, -012, -015, -028 or -039. The max load for all signaling devices in a FOCUS 48 system is limited to 1 A at 12 V dc. Whenstandby power is required, a 7187-002 battery enclosure having 25 AH battery supply (ADT 804497) provides 24 hours of emergencyoperation.

FOCUS 75 Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration software 3036 (Revision Level 4). Consists of 472407 unit, up to five 472406 remoteconsoles, 472404 transformer with enclosure, 472401 eight zone remote point module, 472408 relay module, and 472403 indicator module.Models 4192SD, 4192SDT photoelectric type and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors are compatible with the FOCUS 75.Panel must be provided with 24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to 34.4 AH batteries.

FOCUS 100/FOCUS UNIBANK, FOCUS 100B, 100D Systems. Includes a microprocessor based control unit 7182-203, -303 (Lot 2) forFOCUS 100/FOCUS UNIBANK or (Lot 3) for FOCUS 100B (SCN 472341 or 472342) for 100D, consisting of a control motherboard (SCN246834) and cabinet, a PROM (SCN 244940) for (Lot 2) or EPROM (SCN 147280) for (Lot 3) firmware Version 5.0 for 100D (SCN 148176,148177 and 838941), up to ten 7182-204 or -206 remote operating panels, a transformer (SCN 443218) or a 7187-220 transformer unit, andup to three 871058 plug-in relays. System monitors up to 47 points of protection using Approved ADT signaling devices including 7187-061daytime annunciator, 100D monitors up to 62 points of protection, uses up to four (SCN 471200) operating panels connected to the controlunit or a max of 16 if external power is provided (see also separate ADT initiating and indicating device listings). Each signaling device isconnected to the control unit via a dedicated point interface device (PID), Model Nos. 7187-006, -007, -011, -012, -015, -028, -039 or -106.For 100D optional switch interface unit (SCN 471715) and remote keyswitch (SCN 471998), printer interface (SCN 471997). Withoutsupplemental 7187-040 (Lot 2) power supply units, max trunk load for all signaling devices is limited to 1.4 A at 12 V dc. Standby batteries(8 AH or 25 AH) are provided for 24 hours of emergency operation. Separate enclosure (7187-202) required to house 25 AH batteries.

ADT FOCUS 256 System. Consists of control units 7184-001 or -101 (US version), 7184-111 or -011 (Dutch/Belgium version), and7184-121 or -021 (French/Belgium versions) and up to 256 signaling devices including 7187-061 daytime annunciator; -053 map matrix (seealso separate ADT initiating and indicating device listings). Each signaling device is connected to the control unit via a dedicated pointinterface device (PID), Model Nos. 7187-006, -007, -011, -012, -015, -028, -039 or -046. The max current drawn by all signaling devices ina FOCUS 256 System should not exceed 11 A at 12 V dc. Control unit is powered from external La Marche rectifier/battery charger (chargersavailable rated 6-30 A). Externally mounted batteries (25-900 AH) provide for 24 hours of standby power.


Aero System. Employs heat-detecting equipment operating primarily on the rate-of-rise principle. Auxiliary components may be used topermit fixed-temperature operations. Although one system would not necessarily utilize all components, the following are applicable: Aerodetector transmitter D4202, -A, -AM, -G, -GS, -GSM, -D, -DM, -M, -MF, -AMF, -DMF, -GSMF; Aero detectors 774-M, -C, -MC, D774-MF; Aerotubing 790, 790-M, -V, -MV; Aero rosette B4103; transmitter panels C2130-001, C2132-001, 2135-001; fixed-temperature attachments B4113,136°, 203°F (58°, 95°C); Aero annunciators D780, -F, -R, -RF (4, 8, 12 or 16 target drops); power set C2637-012 or 2643-27. Max spacingbetween adjacent tubing runs should be 30 ft (9 m); max tubing length should be 1000 ft (305 m).

Teletherm System 4221. Operates on temperature rate-of-rise principle and uses compensated thermocouple junctions as heat-detectingelements. The following equipment is applicable (keys, test kits, etc., not included): controls 4221-028, -029 (Lots 1 and 2), -031, -316;detectors 4221-020, -030, -040, -060, -080, -120, -180, -240. Max spacing: -020, 20 x 20 ft (6 × 6 m); -030, 25 × 25 ft (8 × 8 m); -040 through-240, 30 × 30 ft (9 × 9 m). Power supplied by power set C2637-012 with 2618-12 standby batteries. The 4221-029 control can also be poweredby power supply 2649-160 or 2643-27 in conjunction with a 12 V battery 2647-120. These controls (except 4221-029) are supervised bycontrol unit G-799 or alarm transmitter C2130-001; the 4221-029 has an integral transmitter.

Beam Type Smoke Detection System. Model 3506. Consists of transmitter 3506-012, Lot 1; receiver 3506-018, Lot 3; control cabinet3506-03; beam control panels 3506-27, Lot 3. The transmitter may be located up to 300 ft (91 m) from the receiver. The transmitter producesa beam of infrared light; obscuration of this beam by smoke causes an alarm signal. For use with power set C-2637-012 and Approvedsignaling apparatus.

Noncode System. Consists of control panels 539-A1, -A2, -AP1, -AP2; station B5009 or B5009-010; alarm bell 3206; trouble bell B575-C-110.

Coded Fire Alarm General and Presignal System. Type B4607. Consists of control panels B4607-C, -A; supervisory transmitter C2131-019;alarm stations series C1046-GS; alarm bells and horns Types 134, B518. Signal recorders are optional.

ADT FOCUS 300 System. Consists of 7184-201 control unit, which is a control unit (SCN 246397) with PROM IC (SCN 866855) FirmwareIssue 4 plus separate operating panel (SCN 246398) with Firmware Issue I, power supplies and up to 256 signaling devices including7187-061 daytime annunciator, -053 map matrix and -067 watchdog module with Firmware Issue 1 (see also separate ADT initiating andindicating device listings). Each signaling device is connected to the control unit via a dedicated point interface device (PID), Model Nos.7187-006, -007, -011, -012, -015, -028, -039 or -046. External power supply is 7187-040 (Lot 2), 120 V ac, 60 Hz or 7187-063 (Lot 2), 220V ac/50 Hz. Max current drawn by the system including all signaling devices should not exceed 4 A at 12 V dc. Additional 7187-040 or -063power supply units with 7187-015 quad repeaters can be used to increase the loading capacity by 4 A each. A max of 8 external batteries6 V dc, 25 AH housed in 7187-040 and -066 battery enclosures provide up to 100 AH for 24 hours of standby power.

472303 FOCUS SSWF-Series control unit (firmware Version 1-48204). Programmable control unit includes 247621 control-communicatorboard providing 11 Class B (Style A) initiating circuits for connection of normally open dry contact type devices, 11 open collector outputs usedto control 12 V dc power, and 247730 SSWF display board. Optional modules include 248035 Class A loop module for conversion ofcontrol-communication board Class B initiating circuits to Class A (Style D) operation, 247650 4W/2W smoke detector interface module forconnection of two wire smoke detectors or heat detectors that are powered by the initiating circuit, 248026 SPDT and 248028 DPDT relayboard. Powered by 120 V ac with 12 V 7 AH standby battery for 24 hours of operating power. Equipment suitable for operation in ambienttemperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Control panel also has digital alarm communicator transmitter and AC multiplex communicator(see also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS).

ADT3000 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/addressable devices. Operational software 3-STU, Rev. 1.4 Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consistsof wall-mounted enclosures FACP CAB5/7/14/21(R) and FACP RCC7/14/21(R); 3-CPU or 3-CPU1 processor with 3-LCD display and3-XMEM memory expansion; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the following local railmodules; optional BPS Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxxLED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232 supplementary connection card; 3-RS485A and 3-RS485B RS-485 networkcommunication cards; 3-FIB and 3-FIBA fiber optic interface modules; 3-6ANN, 3-10ANN and 3-LCDANN remote annunciators including3-ANNCPU1 remote annunciator CPU, 3-ANNSM annunciator driver for LED/switch display modules, 6ANN/B flush box for the 3-6ANN,6ANN/B-S surface box for 3-6ANN, 10ANN/B flush box for 3-10ANN, 10ANN/B-S surface box for 3-10ANN, 3-6ANN/D door for 3-6ANN, and3-10ANN/D door for 3-10ANN; 3-AADC Analog Addressable Device Controller, 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible with Edwards6250 Ionization and 6270 photoelectric smoke detectors; 3-SSDC single or 3-DSDC dual SIGAnature data cards compatible with thefollowing: SIGA-PS photoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ion-ization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS multisensor detector, SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector; SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C)combination fixed and rate-of-rise heat detector (spacing guide for -HFS and HRS is 15 x 15 ft/[3×3 m]); SIGA-270, 270B, -270F, -270P,-278BP and -278 manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 and -WTM input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGAdetector bases are; SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB, -RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TStrim skirt for bases. 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighterstelephone; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30, and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90 W audio amplifiers used with757-1A-R25(R) or 757-1A-R70(R) speakers, 3-REMICP and 3-REMICA remote microphones, 3-ATPINT Audio Termination Panel interfacecard for use with model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers, 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60hours of emergency operation. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS and PROPRIETARY SIGNALINGSYSTEM listings.)

472362B FOCUS 200B Quantum System. Programmable system. Consists of 472362B control unit using firmware Version 8, a 443219or 472364B transformer enclosure, up to sixteen 471210 operating panels, any combination of up to eight 472368 SIM Gateways or 248239PID Gateways. Optional modules include up to three 871058 relays, up to eight 472270 access control interface units, up to sixty-two 472430RS485 repeaters and up to eight 471715 Printer Interface Units. System monitors up to 255 points of protection using Approved ADT signalingdevices. Up to 72 devices can be connected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472388 Horn/Strobe SIM, 472370 FA PullStation. Up to 62 devices can be connected to the 248239 PID Gateway including 471877 quad PID module, 471941 and 471966 micro PID,471898 quad-power sounder PID (Lot 3), 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytime annunciator, 471881retrofit fire alarm PID, 471854 waterflow retard PID (Lot 2), 471855 supervised bell control unit, 471883 commandable output PID (Lot 2).Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.

ADT Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. #ADT4R3.52. Basicsystem consists of a combination of ADT-CPU-300 or ADT-CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary systemprovides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs.Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Optional modules are; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4,ARM-4, ADT-UZC-256 universal coder module firmware revision level 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signalingconnection. Unimode-300, -400 are capable of operating with the Notifier XP series transponders. Unimode-300 provides a single signalingline circuit capable of communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Unimode-400 provides two signaling line circuitseach capable of communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles4, 6 or 7. ADT-NIB-96 network interface board may be used to connect an Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 control with Unimode-II controls.The following System Sensor addressable initiating device and control equipment are also available: Models 1951ADT, 1551 and 1251ionization; 2551 photoelectric, 2251 photoelectric used with base Models B210LP and B501B; H2351 photoelectric used with base B710HD,DH500ACDC and DH500 duct housings can be used with models 1551 and 2551 detectors; 2951ADT, 2951TADT, 2951TMADT, and 2551THphotoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; 5551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 30 ft [9 9 m] max); 5551R 135 F (57C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); (sensor Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’), Heatdetectors: 5251B (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and 5251RB (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6m) maximum spacing. Models DH300P and DN300RP duct smoke detectors, Models M500M and M501M monitor, M300DADT dual monitor,M500X fault isolation, M500CH control module. Model ADT-BGX-101L addressable pull station. When required, the following remote


annunciators may be used: ADT-ACM-8R, ADT-ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ADT-ACM-32A, AEM-32A, ADT-AFM-16AT, ADT-AFM-32A, ADT-LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, ADT-LCD-80. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See alsoEMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHINGSYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)

472462 FOCUS 200 PLUS System. Programmable system. Consists of 472462 control unit using firmware Version 9.1, a 443219, 472364Bor 472404 transformer enclosure, up to sixteen 471210 operating panels, any combination of up to eight 472368 SIM Gateways, 248239 PIDGateways, 472490A RF Gateways or Optional modules include up to eight 472270 access control interface units, up to sixty-two 472430RS485 repeaters and up to eight 471715 Printer Interface Units. System monitors up to 255 input/output points of protection using ApprovedADT signaling devices. Up to 72 devices can be connected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472488 Horn/Strobe SIM,472370 FA Pull Station. Up to 62 devices can be connected to the 248239 PID Gateway including 471877 quad PID module, 471941 and471966 micro PID, 471898 quad-power sounder PID (Lot 3), 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytimeannunciator, 471881 retrofit fire alarm PID, 471854 waterflow retard PID (Lot 2), 471855 supervised bell control unit, 471883 command ableoutput PID (Lot 2). Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.

472462A FOCUS 200 PLUS System. Programmable system. Consists of 472462A control unit using firmware Version 3.2, a 443219,472364B or 472404 transformer enclosure, up to sixteen 471210 operating panels, any combination of up to eight 472368 SIM Gateways,248239 PID Gateways, 472490 RF Gateways. Optional modules include up to eight 472270 access control interface units, up to sixty-two472430 RS485 repeaters and up to eight 471715 Printer Interface Units. System monitors up to 255 points of protection using Approved ADTinput/output signaling devices. Up to 72 devices can be connected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472488 Horn/StrobeSIM, 472370 FA Pull Station. Up to 62 devices can be connected to the 248239 PID Gateway including 471877 quad PID module, 471941and 471966 micro PID, 471898 quad-power sounder PID (Lot 3), 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytimeannunciator, 471881 retrofit fire alarm PID, 471854 waterflow retard PID (Lot 2), 471855 supervised bell control unit, 471883 command ableoutput PID (Lot 2). Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.

472514/472511 FOCUS CADET System. Programmable system. Consists of CADET control unit using firmware Version 1.1, a 443219,472364B or 472404 transformer enclosure, up to eight 471210 operating panels, and one on board SIM Loop. Optional modules include upto one RF Gateway, up to four 472270 access control interface units, up to thirty-one 472430 RS485 repeaters and one 471715 PrinterInterface Unit. System monitors up to 64 points of protection using Approved ADT input/output signaling devices. Up to 72 devices can beconnected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472388 Horn/Strobe SIM, 472370 FA Pull Station. Up to 62 devices can beconnected to the on-board SIM including, 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytime annunciator), 471855supervised bell control unit. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.

Model Unimode-9600 Addressable Fire Control Panel. Fire alarm panel using software #M9600 V1.0. The basic Unimode-9600 panelprovides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 318 total addressable devices (159 detectors and 159 modules); two notificationappliance circuits; three form C relays are provided that are default programmed for alarm, trouble, and supervisory relay outputs. ModelSLC-2 signal line circuit module is available as optional equipment. The SLC-2 loop is also capable of supporting 318 additional addressabledevices, 159 detectors and 159 modules. DP-9600 dead-front dress panel is required. Compatible addressable devices are: 2351ADT, SD300and SD350 photoelectric smoke detectors, 2951ADT, 2951TADT, 2951TMADT, and 2351TADT, SD300T and SD350T photoelectric smokedetectors with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, 1951ADT, 1351ADT, CP300 and CP350 ionization smoke detectors, 5351ADT and H350 135°F(57°C) fixed temperature heat detector, spacing guide (for the H350): 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; 5351RADT and H350R 135°F (57°C) fixedtemperature and rate-of-rise heat detector, spacing guide (for the H350R): 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Detectors used with B350LP base. Heatdetectors: 5251B (135°F [57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and 5251RB (135°F [57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6m) maximum spacing. ADT-BG-10LX and ADT-BG-12LX manual pull stations, M300 monitor module, M301 monitor module, M302 monitormodule (see below), MMF-300 monitor module, MDF- 300 monitor module, MMF-301 mini module, MMF-302 (see below) 2-Wire detectormonitor module, M300MADT monitor module, M301MADT mini monitor module, M302MADT interface module, M300CADT supervisedcontrol module, M300RADT relay control module, CMF-300 control module, CRF-300 control module, C300 control module, C304 controlmodule, I300 loop isolator module, RA400Z remote annunciator. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ADT-ACM-16AT, ADT-AFM-16AT, ADT-ACM-32A. ADT-LCD-80F and the ADT-LDM-32F lamp driver modules. The Unimode-9600 motherboard includesa charger designed for 24VDC lead-acid, gel cell batteries, with a capacity range of between 7 Ah and 25 Ah. The secondary source of powermay be either a dedicated battery or battery back-up source of 24VDC. The Unimode-9600 cabinet can house up to a 12 amp hour batterycapacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Model ADT-CHG-120 requires the use of monitor module (see above)connected to internal trouble relay contacts to provide required trouble monitoring by the Unimode-9600. M302/MMF-302 monitor module hasa single initiating device circuit and will operate compatible two-wire smoke detectors. Compatible, Approved detectors are: System SensorModels 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401B base; Models 1851B, 2851B, 2851BTH with Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400, 2400TH,2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC; Kidde-Fenwal M1odels PSD-7125, PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002, -003,-005 bases.

Unimode-640(E) Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #NFS6V1.0. Basic system consists of a combination ofADT-CPU-640 Motherboard, KDM-2 Keyboard Display Module, ADT-NCA Network Control Annunciator, or NCS Network Control System. Thepower supply is an integral part of the ADT-CPU-640. 120 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuitoutputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus two 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs Total power output is 6 A in alarm, 3A in standby. Optionalmodules are: LEM-320 Loop Expander Module, ADT-APS-6R Auxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406 Addressable/Charger Power Supply,ICM-4RK, ICE-4, CRM-4RK, CRE-4, and ARM-4, VCM-4RK, VCE-4, DCM-4RK and XPIQ (See separate listing). TM-4 transmitter modulerequired for auxiliary signaling connection. Unimode-640 is capable of operating with the ADT-XP5 series transponders. Signaling line circuitscan be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. Unimode-640 supports the NOTI-FIRE-NET network consisting of the NCS-W-ONYX/NCS-F-ONYX Network Control Station, NCM-W/NCM-F Network Control Modules, ADT-NCA Network Control Annunciator for use with Unimode-640and/or Unimode300/400 fire alarm control panels. The following addressable detectors are also available in Flashscan Protocol: Models2351TMADT photoelectric and fixed temperature heat detectors 135°F (57°C), 1951ADT and 1351ADT ionization smoke detectors; 2951ADT,2951TADT, 2951TMADT, and 2351ADT photoelectric smoke detectors, 2351TADT, combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C)fixed temperature sensor, Thermal detectors: 5951ADT (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, 5951RADT (135°F(57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, 5351ADT Thermistor type smoke sensor, and 5351RADT Thermal Rate of RiseDetector used with Models B210LP standard US base and B501standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporalsounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. DH300PL-ADT, DH300RPL-ADT, DH300P-ADT, and DH300RP-ADT Photoelectricduct detectors. The following addressable detectors are available in C.L.I.P.protocol: 3251 photoelectric, ionization, and thermal smokedetector used with base Models B210LP standard US base and B501standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporalsounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. 1551, 2251, 2251R photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; 5551, 135°F(57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 ´ 30 ft [9 ´ 9 m] max); 5551R,135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacingguide 30 ´ 30 ft [9 ´ 9 m] max); (sensor model numbers may be followed by ‘‘A’’). 2251 photoelectric used with base Models B210LP and B501.Mode l ADT-BGX-101L, ADT-BG-12LX, and ADT-NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models M300MADT, M302MADT, M300DADT,M500M, M501M, M301MADT Monitor Modules, M500X Fault Isolation, M500CH, M300CADT, M300RADT Control Modules. When required,the following Remote Annunciators may be used- AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, ADT-ACM-8R, ADT-ACM-16AT, ADT-ACM-32A, AEM-32A, ADT-AFM-16AT, ACM-24AT, ACM-48A, AEM-24AT, AEM-48A, ADT-LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, ADT-LCD-80. Models ACM-24AT and ACM-48Auses firmware revision level #ACM-R1.1. Model ADT-LCD-80 uses firmware revision level #LCD80R1.7. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. Model ADT-PRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALINGSYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATICRELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMSlistings.)


Horn Series ADTG1X-P. Include Model ADTG1-P horn White, and Horn Model ADTG1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of20-31 V dc. For indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.

Synchronizing Strobe. Series ADTG1X-VXX; Models ADTG1-V15, 15 cd, White; ADTG1R-V15, 15 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V15, 15 cd, White;ADTG1RF-V15, 15 cd, Red; ADTG1-V30, 30 cd, White; ADTG1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V30, 30 cd, White; ADTG1RF-V30, 30 cd, Redand ADTG1-V60, 60 cd, White; ADTG1R-V60, 60 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V60, 60 cd, White; ADTG1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red ADTG1-V75, 75 cd,White; ADTG1R-V75, 75 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V75, 75 cd, White; ADTG1RF-V75, 75 cd, Red;ADTG1-V110, 110 cd, White; ADTG1R-V110,110 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V110, 110 cd, White; ADTG1RF-V110, 110 Red. Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchro-nized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Use of Model ADTG1M or ADTG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to besynchronized. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mount only.

Temporal Horn Series ADTG1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series ADTG1X-HVXX. Include Model ADTG1-H horn White, and ModelADTG1R-H Red, and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: ADTG1-HV15, 15 cd, White; ADTG1R-HV15, 15 cd, Red; ADTG1-HV30, 30 cd, White; ADTG1R-HV30, 30 cd, Red; ADTG1-HV60, 60 cd, White; ADTG1R-HV60, 60 cd, Red; ADTG1-HV75, 75 cd, White; andADTG1R-HV75, 75 cd, Red ADTG1-HV110, 110 cd, White; ADTG1R-HV110, 110 cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltagerange of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flashper second or temporal light pattern. Can be configured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model ADTG1Mor ADTG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has two settings for continuous or temporal signals.

High dB Horns. Models ADTG1-HO, ADTG1R-HO, ADTG1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltagerange of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 Vfwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ’Fire’ inscription on trim.

Horn/strobes. Models ADTG1-HOV15, ADTG1R-HOV15, ADTG1F-HOV15, ADTG1RF-HOV15, ADTG1-HOV30, ADTG1R-HOV30,ADTG1F-HOV30, ADTG1RF-HOV30, ADTG1-HOV60, ADTG1R-HOV60, ADTG1F-HOV60, ADTG1RF-HOV60, ADTG1-HOV75, ADTG1R-HOV75, ADTG1F-HOV75, ADTG1RF-HOV75, ADTG1-HOV110, ADTG1R-HOV110, ADTG1F-HOV110, and ADTG1RF-HOV110 for connec-tion to an Approved fire alarm control individually providing a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operationin standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to ADTG1M or ADTG1M-RM synchronizationmodules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Light output ratings are 15 cd, 30 cd, 60 cd, 75 cd,and 110 cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.

Speakers. Models G4-S2, G4F-S2, G4R-S2 and G4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), G4-S7, G4F-S7, G4R-S7 and G4RF-S7 (70 Vrms) with selectabletaps (1 .4W = 81 dBA, 1 .2W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). For indoor use with G4B or G4RB wall mount boxes. R designationis for Red color enclosure.

Speakers/strobes. Models G4-S2VM,G4F-S2VM, G4R-S2VM and G4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), G4-S7VM, G4F-S7VM ,G4R-S7VM and G4RF-S7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1 .4W = 81 dBA, 1 .2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobe input voltagerange is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to ADTG1M or ADTG1-RMsynchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Multi-candela strobe output isselectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.

AFA Protective Systems Inc 961 Joyce Kilmer Ave North Brunswick NJ 08902Aero Fire Detection System. No. 700. Consists of detector-station Models 700-M and/or 700-P; detector tubing 720, 720-V, -M, -MV;

detector rosettes 750-35, 751-35 and Approved control panel. Max spacing between adjacent tubing runs should be 30 ft (9 m); max tubinglength should be 1000 ft (305 m).

Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model No. 875. Two zone control panel is for connection of Approved compatible initiating and notification

appliances. Model No. 876 remote annunciator is available to provide status change information up to 5000 ft (1520 m) from control panel.Control panel has provisions for interconnection to Approved ADEMCO Model No. 678UL-F digital alarm communicator transmitter (see alsoCENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS) for central station signaling service. Control panel can be configured for 12 or 24 V dcoperation. Standby battery packages available having 5 to 30 AH capacity and providing up to 60 hours emergency operation.

Vista 5140XM Fire Alarm Control. Consists of 5140XM unit, up to 16 5137AD/5137ADR or up to five 6139/6139R remote consoles, 1451transformer with enclosure, 4190WH remote point module, 4208 eight zone remote point module and 5140 LED indicator module. ModelPS24 power supply module mounted in 5140XM control enclosure used with 1451-24 transformer with separate enclosure, provides two24 V dc, 1.7 A notification appliance circuit. Models 4192SD, 4192SDT, 5192SD and 5192SDT photoelectric type and 4192CP ionization typeaddressable smoke detectors are compatible with the 5140XM. Panel must be provided with 24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to34.4 AH batteries (when PS24 power supply module is used, 7 to 17.2 AH batteries).

7720ULF Fire Alarm Control. Programmable control panel (firmware version 1.24) provides two Class A (Style D) and six Class B (StyleB) initiating device circuits, one 12 V dc 500 mA Style Y notification appliance circuit, 12 V dc 150 mA auxiliary power and one set of troublerelay contacts. Control is field programmable using Model 7720P programmer. Initiating device circuits programmable for fire alarm orsupervisory signals. Control has integrated radio alarm transmitter (see also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING). Powered by 120 V ac with12 V 7 AH standby battery for 24 hours of operating power or 12 V 21 AH battery bank (three 12 V/7 AH batteries connected in parallel) for60 hours of operating power. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C).

Ademco 5110XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). A single keypad 6137R or 6139R is required.Provides five Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, one 12 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit. Compatible with thefollowing Approved System Sensor two-wire detectors: Models 1151 with B110LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401B base, 1451DH with DH400base ionization smoke; 2151 with B110LP base, 2400, 2451 with B401B base photoelectric smoke; 2400TH, 2451TH with B401B basephotoelectric smoke with heat. Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V dc batteries rated 7 or 14 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours ofemergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Ademco 5120XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). A min of one keypad 6137R or 6139R isrequired. Provides five Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, one 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit. Includes ModelPS24 power supply module. Compatible with the following Approved System Sensor two-wire detectors: Models 1151 with B110LP base,1400, 1451 with B401B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151 with B110LP base, 2400, 2451 with B401B base photo-electric smoke; 2400TH, 2451TH with B401B base photoelectric smoke with heat. Primary power 120 V ac. 24 V dc secondary supplyconsisting of 12 V dc batteries rated 7, 12 or 17.2 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See alsoREMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)


Ademco VISTA-100 programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS100-12). A min of one 6139R keypad is required. Provides eightClass B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 12 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Polling loop circuit for zone expansionuses following devices: 4190WH, 4208U, 4209U zone expanders, 4192SD and 5192SD photoelectric type, 4192SDT and 5192SDT photo-electric type with 135°F (37°C) heat, and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors. 4204 relay module; 4204CF relay moduleprovides two Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Compatible with the following Approved System Sensor two-wire detectors:Models 1151 with B110LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151 with B110LP base, 2400,2451 with B401B base photoelectric smoke; 2400TH, 2451TH with B401B base photoelectric smoke with heat. Optional PS24 power supplymodule provides one 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit. Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V dc batteries used with 12 to 34.4AH capacity to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRALSTATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Ademco VISTA-128FBP, VISTA-250FBP programmable control panel (firmware Versions WAVIS128FBP Rev. 10, for VISTA-128FBP andWAVIS250FBP, Rev. 10, for VISTA-250FBP). A minimum of one 6139R or 6160 keypad is required. Provides eight Class B (Style B) initiatingdevice circuits, two 12 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Polling loop circuit for zone expansion uses following devices:4297 polling loop extender, 4101SN, 4190SN, 4190WH, 4208U, 4209U zone expanders, 4208SNF zone expander/converter, 4192SDphotoelectric type, 4192SDT photoelectric type with 135°F (37°C) heat, and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors. 4204 relaymodule; 4204CF relay module provides two Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Compatible with the following Approved SystemSensor two-wire detectors: Models 1151 with B110LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151with B110LP base, 2400, 2451 with B401B base photoelectric smoke; 2400TH, 2451TH with B401B base photoelectric smoke with heat. TheVISTA-128FBP, -250FBP are compatible with the 5808 LST Photoelectric Smoke/Heat Detector/Transmitter using the 5881ENHC receiverconnected using the keypad port. Optional PS24 power supply module provides one 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit.Primary power 120 V ac, 12 V dc batteries used with 12 to 34.4 AH capacity to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See alsoREMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Alison Control Inc 35 Daniel Rd Fairfield NJ 07004Modular Control Panel. FPE Series. Included in various combinations are RMD-24-B-110, -24-D-110 power supplies; 108207-0, -4 dual

zone Class A cards; 108269-4 audible alarm control card; 108270-11 single zone 9090 detection card; 108409 signature system control card;108417-1, -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -7 signature system memory driver cards; 108426 signature system Class A card; 108210-1 local fire buzzer card;-2 local trouble buzzer card; 108253-2 low voltage supervision module; -3 high/low voltage supervision module; 108253-4, 108253 ground-fault modules; 108291 Class A terminator module; CAD14D10-24 V dc, CAD14D10-110 V dc relays enclosed in dust-tight/drip type (NEMA12) enclosure. Used with A12000-2S smoke detectors or P/N 870000-1 signature system smoke detector assemblies and Approved Alison9090-100 Series thermistor line type sensors. Control is Approved for use from -10° to 122°F (-14° to 50°C); smoke detectors are for use from32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C). Primary power may be 120 V ac, 240 V ac, or 125 V dc. Up to 168 AH of battery standby capacity may be providedwith 883517 battery pack for 24 hours of emergency operation. Models 9090-100, -13, -104, -108 sensors have variable operating tempera-tures, factory-adjusted in the control, up to 500°F (260°C) for 9090-100 and 9090-13; 700°F (371°C) for 9090-104; 1200°F (649°C) for9090-108; sensor cable terminators 9090E-50M1, -51A, 9090K-50M1, -51A and 9090H-51A; junction boxes 2003K-SSM1, 2003E-SSM1,2002K-SSM1 and 2002E-SSM1. The sensor should be installed no more than 30 ft (9 m) between parallel sections and within 3 in. (76 mm)of the ceiling. Max length of sensor connected to one control is 1000 ft (305 m).

A888-MXXX Detection System. (See listing for 90-140 V dc and 120 V ac A888-MXXX under AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and14.) A nominal 250 V dc power supply is also available for local signaling applications at sites such as power utilities when two or moreindependent and reliable sources of 250 V dc power exist. Approval of the 250 V dc version has the following additional limitation: -10° to120°F (-24° to 50°C).

Allestec Corp 810 Russell Palmer Rd Kingwood TX 77339Allestec 800 Fire Alarm Control. System operates from 24 V dc. It is for use only in applications where two reliable and independent means

of 24 V dc power are available (oil refineries, power plants, hangars, etc.). The min required system configuration includes Model 800-1440input module, Model 800-1441 manual pull module, Model 800-1442 alarm module and Model 800-1444 fault module. The optional Model800-1443 release module and Models 800-1436, -1437 abort modules are available for extinguishing system release. Initiating device andindicating appliance circuits provide from 20 to 28 V dc; therefore, all Approved compatible devices must be capable of operating throughoutthis entire voltage range. (See also listing under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTEC-TION EQUIPMENT.)

Ansul Incorporated, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54143Fire Alarm Control. AutoPulse IQ-301 Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses

firmware revision level 2. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6, or 7 and four Style Y indicatingappliance circuits as described in NFPA 72. Optional modules 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary applications. The followingaddressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models CPX-551 ionization; SDX-551 photoelectric; DHX-501, -502 duct housings canbe used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 140°F (60°C)thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor,ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 control modules. When required, the following remote annunicators may be used: ACM-8R,ACM-16T, AEM-16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LSM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R432, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc),7 and 12 AH internal, provide 24 or 60 hour operation.

AUTOPULSE FOUR Control System. Programmable fire alarm panel (P/N 415412) using software No. APFour V2A0E XXXX. 24 V dcpanel operable on two primary voltage ratings 120 Vac or 240 V ac. The basic AUTOPULSE FOUR provides four programmable input/outputcircuits which can be configured for initiating device circuits (Class B Style B), manual release circuit, supervisory, abort, remote acknowledge/reset, notification appliance (Class B Style Y) or releasing. Four programmable relays and one common trouble relay are also provided.Standby batteries are available in 4 AH capacity (P/N 68709) to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Optional systemcomponents include: P/N 416610 Style D/Z I/O module required to provide up to two Style D (Class A) input circuits or two Style Z (Class A)


output circuits (up to two Style D/Z I/O modules may be used in an AUTOPULSE FOUR Control System). Compatible, Approved smokedetectors are: Hockiki SIH-24F, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH, HSC-224R base, HS21D base, YBA-M21 base, HSB-21 base; System Sensor 1451,2451, B401BR-750 base, B402B base. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIREPROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)

AUTOPULSE IQ-396 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. AFP4R3.0. Basic system consistsof a combination of CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliancecircuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 Ain alarm. Optional modules are AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256 universal coder modulefirmware revision level 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection. AUTOPULSE IQ-396X is capable ofoperating with the XP series transponders (see separate listing). AUTOPULSE IQ-396X provides two signaling line circuits each capable ofcommunicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96network interface board may be used to connect an AUTOPULSE IQ-396X control with System 5000 controls. The following addressableinitiating device and control equipment is also available: Models CPX-551 and CPX-751 ionization; SDX-551 photoelectric, SDX-751THphotoelectric used with base Models B710LP and BX501; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30×30 ft[9×9 m] max); FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max); (sensor modelnos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’) Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1and CMX-2 control modules. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A,AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standbyoperation. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOREXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)

Model Autopulse Z-28 EXT Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Power Extender. These panels are P/N 430674 (120 V ac, red enclosure),430675 (220/240 V ac, red enclosure), 431191 (120 V ac, red enclosure and Canadian battery cutout option) [with motherboard P/N 565-771,software 1.05]. None of the panels are suitable for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. All the panels can be used to provideadditional notification appliance circuit output capability to the Approved Ansul control panels: Autopulse Z-10 and Autopulse Z-28. TheAutopulse Z-28 EXT provides up to 4 (8 with optional TEPG-US Model 430676 NAC Expansion Card Style Y (Class B) or (when optionalmodule TEPG-US Model 430677 Adapter Option Card is connected) Style Z (Class A) notification appliance circuits with a max panel outputof 8 A at 24 V dc. 18 AH capacity standby batteries are available to provide 24 hour emergency power.

Series Autopulse Z-10 control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Model 430525 (red enclosure) is provided with 4 (Class B) Style B initiatingdevice circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to TEPG-US Model 430531 Class A AdapterModule. The Autopulse Z-10 is compatible with the following 2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and430700 with base models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smoke detector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560,430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702. The Autopulse Z-10 is also providedwith two (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits with three Form C relay output circuits rate 3 A @ 30 V dc. The Autopulse Z-10 maybe used with optional TEPG-US Models 430530 Battery Meter Module, 430529 Auxiliary Relay Module, and 430687 Coil Supervision Module.Optional TEPG-US Models 430548 and 430550 External Battery Chargers provide the Autopulse Z-10 charging capability for a standbybattery bank up to 50 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.

Series Autopulse Z-28 Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.03 available in four part numbers:P/N 430532 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure; P/N 430537 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure, standard door, and a battery cutoutoption to meet Canadian requirements; P/N 431497 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure, door equipped with a 24 LED annunciator, anda battery cutout option to meet Canadian requirements; P/N 430539 is a 220/240 V ac panel with a red enclosure. SLCNet signaling linecircuits can be configured for either Class B, Style 4 or Class A, Style 6. The panel is compatible with TEPG-US Models 430631 and 430716photoelectric smoke sensor, 430632 and 430717 ionization smoke sensor, 430633 and 430718 heat sensor, with 430637, 430638, 430636,430640, 430639, 430721, 430722, 430720, 430724, and 430723 sensor bases; and 430654, 431190 duct type sensor housings. In additionthe following SLCNet devices are compatible with the Autopulse Z-28: TEPG-US Models 430670 and 430671 pull stations; 2-wire Class AMonitor Zone Adapter Modules (ZAM) TEPG-US Model 430666 and 2 or 4-Wire Class B ZAM TEPG-US Model 430665 with the followingcompatible 2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with base models 430567, 430569,430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smoke detector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702; TEPG-US Models 430634 and 430719 Photo/Heat Sensor with 430641, 430642,431187 and 431188 sensor bases. Optional supervised Individual Addressable Modules (IAM) TEPG-US Model 430660 and Relay IAM430664 may also be connected. TEPG-US Model 430710 Relay module may also be connected. For auxiliary signaling, the Autopulse Z-28control uses the TEPG-US Models 430607 or 430623 City Cards. 24 V dc batteries rated 25 AH are available to provide 60 hours ofemergency operation. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the TEPG-US Models 430548 or 430550 External Battery Charger mustbe used. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)

Argus Fire Control, 2301 Distribution St, Charlotte NC 28203Argus IV Fire Alarm Control with Argus Battery/Charger Cabinet. Provision to power and supervise one 24 V, 0.5 A solenoid release per

zone for extinguishing system actuation. Up to 4-zone operation with provision for single- or cross-zone detector operation. Separate Argusbattery and charger cabinet provides for standby power and supervision of ac power. Battery charger is Globe Model GRC24200, 24 V, 1.4 Afor use with Globe Gel/Cell batteries up to 20 AH capacity for 24 hour standby power.

Argus Odyssey Addressable Fire Alarm Control with Model 343 spark and ember detector or 242 or 243 spark and ember detectors withadd on addressing module (programmable integrated circuit PIC) ARG-ODP1. Up to 75-zones of detectors operation with provision for up to16 addressable detectors each. Separate Odyssey monitor module cabinet provides for standby power and supervision of ac power whichcan be equipped with two power supplies can recharge Gel/Cell batteries up to 155 AH capacity for 24 hour standby power. Control hassupervised 24 V dc audible signaling and solenoid (fused 2 A) extinguishing system release circuits. Models 242, 243 and 343 detectors arefor use with materials such as coal, cotton or wood moved on conveyor belts or airborne in pneumatic ducts. Detectors respond to infraredradiation of wave lengths between 0.75 and 1.25 microns. For detection of 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) dia. embers, two detectors provide coverage forround ducts up to 12 in. (305 mm) in dia., three detectors for round or rectangular ducts having 12 to 24 in. (305 to 610 mm) dia. or diagonaldimension. For detection of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) dia. embers, four to six detectors provide coverage for ducts from 24 to 48 in. (610 to 1219 mm);for detection of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) dia. embers, two detectors mounted 30 in. (762 mm) above a conveyor belt, and mounted a max of 18 in.(457 mm) apart, provide coverage for conveyor belts up to 36 in. (914 mm) in width.

Autronica Fire and Security AS, N 7005 Trondheim NorwayModel BS-100 addressable fire alarm control using firmware designated as P1-BS100-3B23. The fire alarm control can accommodate a

maximum of 16 loops, each of which can accommodate 99 addresses. The loop voltage ranges from 12 V dc to 16 V dc. The control consistsof a BS-100 mother board with an integrated BSS-103 power supply which provides 24 V dc at 3 A; BSJ-100 control output module, eachof which allows for 16 programmable control outputs; BSD-100 detector loop module, each of which allows for connection of 2 loops; BSB-100alarm output module, each of which allows for connection of 4 additional alarm outputs; and BSL-100 data output module, each of whichprovides a single output which can be either RS232 or 20 mA current loop.

Addressable devices include the Models BE-30 and BE-34 heat detectors rated at 133°F (56°C) with a maximum spacing of 25×25 ft(7.6×7.6 m); Models BH-31A and BH-31A/S photoelectric type smoke detectors; Models BJ-31 and BJ-33 ionization type smoke detectors;Models BF-33L, BF-35 and BF-52 manual fire alarm stations; and Models BN-33A/24 and BN-35 addressable interfaces to allow connectionof conventional initiating devices such as smoke detectors and flame detectors.


The control can be configured for Style E (Class A) or Style C (Class B) initiating device circuit performance and Style Z (Class A) or Style X(Class B) notification appliance circuit performance. The BS-100 control is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 140°F(0° to 60°C); the BE-30 and BE-34 heat detectors operate from -4° to 125°F (-20° to 52°C); all other peripheral devices are rated at -4° to158°F (-20° to 70°C). The control operates on 230 V ac, 50 Hz. Two 12 V dc batteries up to 60 AH provide the required 24 hours of standbypower plus five minutes of alarm.

AutroSafe Fire Alarm Control System consists of either a single control panel or a system of up to five different panels. A single BS-310Fire Alarm Control using software designated 3.1 requires a BSS-103A 220Vac/ 3A-power supply. It can accommodate a maximum of 14modules, one BSS-310 power module, one BSL-310 communication module and up to 12 optional modules. Controls are limited to six loopsand a total of 512 devices. Loops can contain initiating devices or notification appliances. If the control is equipped with internal batteries thetotal number of optional modules is reduced to five. The SY 310 battery cabinet provides charging supply and storage location for up to 2,12 V dc 24 Ah batteries. A multi-panel AutroSafe Fire Alarm Control System includes a BS-320 Control panel using the same software andpower as the BS-310 and optional panels: BC-320 controller, BS-330 Operator Panel, BU- 320 and Repeater Panel, BV-320. The BX-3XXcontrols are suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C); the BD series heat detectors operate from -4° to125°F (-20° to 52°C); all other peripheral devices are rated at -4° to 158°F (-20° to 70°C). The control operates on 230 V ac, 50 Hz. Two 12V dc batteries up to 24 Ah provide the required 24 hours of standby power plus five minutes of alarm. The optional modules are: BSJ-310output module, each of which allows for 8 programmable open collector, non-monitored 100 mA outputs; BSD-310/311 detector loop module,each of which allows for connection of one loop of 127 devices, which can be configured for Style 7 (Class A) or Style 4.5 (Class B) signalingline circuit performance, panels are limited to six loops and a total of 512 devices, loops can be initiating or notification; BSB-310 alarm outputmodule, each of which allows for connection of 4 alarm outputs having Style Y (Class B) notification appliance circuit performance.Addressable initiating devices include the Models BD-200, BD-300, BD-500, BD-500/N and BD-501 heat detectors rated 130°F (56°C) witha maximum spacing of 25×25 ft (7.6×7.6 m); Models BH-200, BH-300 and BH-500, BH-500/S and BH-500/N) photoelectric type smokedetectors BH-220, BH-320 and BH-520 photoelectric type smoke detectors with thermistor heat detection and Models BF-300, BF-300Mmanual fire alarm stations. The addressable interfaces BN-300 with SelfVerify and BN-310 without SelfVerify allow connection of conventionalinitiating devices. An addressable notification device, the BBR-200 addressable sounder is available to be connected to a BSD-31X loop asan alarm notification device.

AutroSafe Fire Alarm Control System alternate configuration BS-320/PB200 based system differs from the primary configuration by using:software designated 1.15.0; a P/N 4550- 010.5900 uninterruptible power supply provides 16 A dc at 27 V dc from 120 V ac primary powerprovided by a dedicated branch circuit in accordance with the National Electrical Code NFPA70 articles 700, 701 and 702. The BNB-300/01module provides the electronic circuitry for the manual call points. The network interface BSD-320 allows connection of initiating devicesto the AutroSafe through Autronica’s AUTROFIELDLON Circuit. The BSD-320 connects to Micropack FDS-101 Flame detector throughMicropack iHUB48516 Hub and Kidde-Fenwal HSSD smoke detector via an RS-485 interface. The BN-221/02 Interface unit provides 6 A dcat 27 V dc to drive notification appliances. The EAU-330/2 board Ethernet board provides the unit the capability to interface with computerset up as a remote panel for the purpose of indication and control. The EAU 330/2 Ethernet board, within the fire alarm control panel, mustconnect to the supplemental computer control interface located within the same room via a cable no longer than 20 ft (6 m) installed in conduit.The computer equipment that is required for the supplemental computer control interface is not included in this Approval.

Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model D9124 Control/Communicators using Firmware Version 3.12 equipped with Model D1255,

D1256, D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Options include theD184 local energy interface kit for auxiliary signaling, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX (Point of ProtectionExpansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversing relay module, D192C indicatingcircuit module, D125B powered loop interface module, and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. D9124 control is equipped with Model D9142 powersupply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipmentis suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Controls can also be used as digital alarm communicatortransmitters (see also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS listings).

Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panels. Model D7412 (Software Rev. 5.22), Control/Communicator equipped with Model D1255, D1256,D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Each control has a D192Cnotification appliance module and D125B powered loop interface module (initiating device circuit module). The controls may connect with theD184 local energy interface kit for auxiliary signaling, D129 dual Class A initiating circuit module, Zonex zone expansion system consistingof D8125 POPEX module or D8128A OctoPOPIT module with D9127U and D9127T POPITs which provide the D7412 panels with up to 40signaling line circuits, all capable of (Class B) Style 3.5 signaling performance. Each control is equipped with 12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeablebatteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. (See also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMSlistings.)

Buckeye Fire Equipment Co, 110 Kings Road, King Mountain NC 28086Shield-SZ DipSwitch Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel using Version 1.00 firmware; P/Ns SZ-120-2R (110 V ac) and SZ-240-2R

(240 Vac). The system may include SZ120-0c (110 V ac) or SZ250-0c (208 or 240 V ac) enclosures with transformer, SZ200-07 or SZ200-17(7 or 17 AH) battery assemblies, SZ101 controller, SZ400 Class A Input Module, and SZ440 Relay module. Compatible with the followingtwo-wire initiating devices: Hochiki detector Models SLK-24F, -24FH, SIH-24F, AL-DCA-135, -190 for use with Hochiki base Models HS-221D,HSB-220, -224, YBA-M220, -M224; System Sensor detector Models 1151 and 2151 for use with System Sensor base Model B110RLP;System Sensor detector Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH, and 5451 for use with System Sensor base Models B401B and B401BR; SystemSensor detector Models 1400, 2400, and 2400TH for use with 0 Ohm bases. Two 12 V, 7 or 17 AH batteries provide the required 24 hoursof standby power. Available in three primary voltage ratings: 120 V ac, 208 V ac, or 240 V ac. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASESFOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)

CHEMETRON Fire Systems, 4801 Southwick Dr, 3rd Floor, Matteson IL 60443Micro 400 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including a zone relay module and Remote Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel

provides four initiating circuits; four indicating circuits; one regulated and one unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and onetrouble relay output. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for alarm verification.In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also Micro1001 and Micro 1002 under AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)

Micro 1-EV Fire Alarm Control. Micro 1-EV consisting of enclosure 7-010-0447 or 7-010-0448, CPU 7-010-0450 or 7-010-0557, 120 V acpower supply 7-010-0449 or an optional 220 V ac power supply 7-010-0502. An optional Class ‘‘A’’ board module may be used. The fire alarmcontrol may be using 7-010-0450 [Version 3.91, checksum 8101 software] or 7-010-0557 [Version 4.41, checksum 1DC5 software]. Bothpanels use programmable logic array (PLA) Version 1.1. Fire alarm functions are input through a keypad programmable microprocessor only.Provides two detection zones capable of single, cross-zone, sequential verification and cross-zone sequential verification modes; two 24 Vdc auxiliary input zones; and two 24 V dc notification appliance circuits. Two 6.5 AH batteries provide 24 hour standby power. The Micro 1-EVcontrol is compatible with the following Approved 2-wire smoke detection devices: Hochiki America Corp. SIH-24F, SLK-24F and SLK-24FH.(See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.)

Fire Alarm Control. Micro-200I Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses softwareNo. 73843. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7 and four Style Y indicating appliance circuits asdescribed in NFPA72. Optional modules 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary applications. The following addressable peripheralequipment is also available: Models CPX-551 ionization; SDX-551 photoelectric; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models


CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector(spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor, ISO-X faultisolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 control modules, System Sensor B524BI and B224BI isolator detector bases. When required, the followingremote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc), 7 and 12 AH internal, provide 24 or 60 hour operation.

Micro-300I or Micro-400I Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. AFP4R2.2. Basic systemconsists of a combination of CPU-300 or CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides fournotification appliance circuit/ releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400power output is 6 A in alarm. Optional modules are; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256universal coder module firmware revision level 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection. Micro-300I orMicro-400I are capable of operating with the XP series transponders (See separate listing). Micro-300I provides a single signaling line circuitcapable of communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Micro-400I provides two signaling line circuits each capableof communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7.NIB-96 network interface board may be used to connect an Micro-300I or Micro-400I control with System 5000 controls. The followingaddressable initiating device and control equipment are also available: Models CPX-551 and CPX-751 ionization; SDX-551 photoelectric,SDX-751TH photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and BX501; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551 andSDX-551 detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max);(sensor Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’) Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor, ISO-X faultisolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 control modules. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT,AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH)provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation.

(See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTIN-GUISHING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)

Casey Systems Inc, 209 Lafayette Dr, Syosset NY 11791COMTRAK 1720/2000 Fire Command System. System consists of COMTRAK 2000 FCS fire command station with optional FCS2000

dustshell P/N 23-109-019; CSS-1720 RCU remote computer units; CSS-1000-SPO fire warden station; CSS-2000 fire warden telephone/manual station; CSS-1720-806T, -807T, -APF, -15TEL and -950-EH public address speakers. Programmable COMTRAK 2000 fire commandstation using 2000CPU software (Version 4.0) with FCS memory-Input/Output board (25-101-308); FCS 68HC16 processor board (25-101-306); FCS personal computer enhancement (25-101-302); communications board (25-101-304) and FCS 1720 personality module (25-101-305). CSS-1720 RCU using 1720RCU software (Version 1.0) with RCU Input/Output card (CSIRCU0220A); MPU/memory card(CSIRCU1020A); RCU communication card (CSIRCU4020A); RCU amplifier card (CSIRCU3020); signal module (CSIRCU7020CM); RCUrelay card (CSIRCU5020B); RCU power supply (CSS17002008220); RCU strobe ExPS (CSSTRBPS4.8); RCU cross strap B/P card(CSIRCU6320); RCU cross strap board (CSIRCU0320) for use with GS 6250 and GS 6270 detectors; and RCU addressable analog loopcontroller (25-101-213) interfaces the Comtrak 2000 data bus to the Edwards Systems Technology P/N x2010-201 and x2010-202 addres-sable line cards for use with GS 6250B Series, and 6270B Series sensors. Comtrak 1720/2000 may be interconnected with a EdwardsSystems Technology EST-2 system (P/N ESTKC2SR, software version 1.41, P/N 190198) via any of four RS-485 signaling line circuits (SLCs)capable of (Class B) Style 3 signaling performance or a 25-101-261, 1720/EST-2 Translator using firmware RCUCCU020620. A total of 48EST-2 controls are allowed for connection to the Comtrak 2000 system. For 24 hour standby operation, the COMTRAK 2000 FCS and allRCUs require a 120 V ac secondary power source independent of the primary 120 V ac supply.

Detector Electronics Corp, 6901 W 110th St, Minneapolis MN 55438Eagle Quantum System. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE

PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)Eagle Quantum Premier System. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE

PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)

Digital Monitoring Products Inc, 2500 N Partnership Blvd, Springfield MO 65803Model 1912XR Fire Alarm Control. Model 1912XR control with Model 670, 770, 771, 772, 773 or 774 keypads with wire-in transformer

Model 320 or 322. Optional Model 881 zone expansion interface with Model 704, 705, 714 or 715 zone expander increases the number ofinitiating device circuits. The 1912XR control may include Model 865 and 866 indicating modules and Model 869 initiating module. Controlis equipped with 12 V dc, 13 AH rechargeable battery to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation inambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING listing.)

Model XR200 Fire Alarm Control (Software Revision Level 111) with Model 670, 693, 770, 771, 690, 790, 791 or 793 Security Commandkeypads and wire-in transformers P/N 320 or 322. The basic system consists of a controller board with two (Class B) Style A initiating devicecircuits (IDC), one (Class B) Style W notification appliance circuit (NAC) and two Form-C relay contacts rated for 1 A @ 30 V dc each. When(Class B) Style A Zone Expander Models 714 and 715 are connected, the XR200 is compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors:Detection System’s DS282, DS282TH; DS250, DS250TH and DS250HD with MB2W and MB2WL bases; Hochiki America Corp’s SLK-12detectors with HSB-12-1 and HSB-12-1N bases; GE-Interlogix’s 429AT detector. Connected Zone Expander Models 711/711E each providea supervised detection loop for 4-wire N.O. contacts. Optional model 710 Bus Splitter/Repeater allows expansion of number of devices andlength of wire used. In addition, Model 460 Interface Adapter with two or more Model 481 Expansion Interface Cards wired to the XR200 isrequired for connection of the following NAC or IDC optional modules: NAC Model 865 (Class A), Style Z wiring; NAC Model 866 or 867 (ClassB), Style W wiring; IDC Model 869 (Class A), Style D wiring. 12 V dc batteries rated 6.5 to 28 AH are available to provide 24 hours ofemergency operation. (See also CENTRAL STATION, PROPRIETARY, AND REMOTE STATION SIGNALING.)

Edwards Systems Technology, 6411 Parkland Dr, Sarasota FL 34243(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Edwards Unit of General Signal, Owen

Sound, Ontario/Mirtone Unit General Signal Ltd., Downsview, Ontario/Fire Alarm & Systems Technology, Sarasota, FL.) Units may bear thename brands and model designations shown below.

Remote LED annunciators include: Edwards/EST Model 8550-X110, -X111, -X112, -X120, -X121, -X122, -X130, -X131, -A110, -A120,-A130 and Edwards/EST Model 8556-X110 remote trouble unit.

Fire Alarm Control. Edwards/EST Model 5721B. Provides fire alarm functions by way of plug-in modules which can be combined accordingto the specific needs of an installation. A system consists of a selection of the following Edwards/EST modules: 5721B common control panel;5722B extender panel; 5706B-010 or 5726B-010 signal power extender panels; 5723B-111, -112 five-circuit strip; 5724-1, -2 battery packs(1.5 AH, 4.5 AH) used with 5721B-011 charger; 5724B-003 battery pack and charger (20 AH); 5724B-004 battery pack (9 AH); P-047327-0242-X1 lamp circuit; 5721B-012 double supervision; -014 battery pack interface; 421 time limit cutout; -022 march time; 423 continuoussignal; 425 master code/recall; -026 signal control; 428 two-stage signal; 041 one minute inhibit; 5703B-101, -102, -103, -105 receiving;5703B-201, -203 signal; 5703B-301 auxiliary relay. Standby power for at least 24 hours is provided.

FAST/EST IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. Data entry Software Revision level 2.1. Programmable system consists of FAST/EST ModelsPS4B/PS8B power supplies, APS4B/APS8B auxiliary power supply, CM1N/CM1NX control module, CM2N control module, ZAS-1 intelligentloop card, ZAS-2 Signature Loop Controller for use with Signature series devices, ZB8-2, -5, -8 input/output zone cards, ZB0-8 relay card,ZA4-2 zone card, UIO-12 universal input/output module, ARM-8 auxiliary relay module with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optic transmit and


receive cards, LSRA, LSRA-C and CMDN(C)/SMDN(C) remote alpha-numeric display annunciator, RPM reverse polarity module, URSMuniversal riser supervisory module, DAPM Dual Audio Pre-Amp module, CDR-3 coder module, RZB12-6 remote zone board, optional BPSSeries, models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity. FAST/EST Models1551F, 2551F smoke sensors used with model B501 and B501B bases. FAST/EST Model 5551F heat sensors used with model B501 andB501B bases, FAST/EST Models MSOOMF, M501MF, MSOOCF, MSOOXF modules. The FAST/EST Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for135°F (57°C) with a spacing guide of 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. ZAS-2 loop controllers can be programmed with the following Signatureseries devices: SIGA-IS ionization type smoke detector, SIGA-PS photoelectric type smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric type smokedetector with integral heat element, SIGA-IPHS multi criteria ionization, photoelectric and heat detector, SIGA-HFS fixed temperature heatdetector, SIGA-HRS fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector, SIGA-CT1 single input module, SIGA-CT2 double input module,SIGA-WTM waterflow/supervisory module, SIGA-MM1 single output module, SIGA-CR control relay module, SIGA-CC1/2 single and doubleinput riser select modules, SIGA-270,-P, -F, -B, -PB, and SIGA-278 manual pull stations, SIGA-SB, -SB4 standard bases, SIGA-RB, -RB4relay bases, SIGA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases, SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate for SIGA detectors, SIGA-LED remote alarm LED and SIGA-TStrim skirt for bases. SIGA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model SIGA-DTS Duct Test Station for use with SIGA-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors.Compatible with the following modules and detectors: M500RF relay control module, M500SF supervised control module, M500MF andM500MFB monitor module, M501MF mini-module, M502MF interface module, 2251F photoelectric smoke sensor, 2251TF photoelectricsmoke sensor with 135°F fixed temperature heat sensor, 1251F ionization smoke sensor, 5251F 135°F fixed temperature heat sensor, and5251FR 135°F fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat sensor, 1251FB ionization smoke detector; 2251FB, 2251TFB photoelectric smokedetectors; 5251FB fixed temperature thermostat operating point of 135° F (57.2° C): spacing guide for 5251FB is 25 ft (7.6 m); DH200PLF,DH200RPLF, DH200PF and DH200RPF photoelectric duct detectors. Indicating appliance circuits produce from 19 to 26.4 V dc; therefore,the Approved compatible signaling devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range. Secondary power provided by30 to up to 60 AH, 12 V dc batteries.

ACP Audio Control Panel. This panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. Programmable system using CPU softwareRev. 3.0 (P/N 130048) can be used to provide emergency voice/alarm communication capability to the IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control (see separateIRC-3 listing). Consists of RPSB remote power supply, PS4A/PS8A power supplies, APS8A auxiliary power supply, URSM universal risersupervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RAMM random access message module, ATP audio termination panel, AA75T-25 audio amplifier,Rauland FAX250 250 watt amplifier, Wheelock Model E-9025-WS-24 speaker. Four Power PRC-1230X, 12 V dc, 30 AH batteries provide 60AH for up to 60 hours of standby power.

FAST/EST FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Programmable system consists of the following required modules: PCPUdisplay CPU module; PCPU polling CPU module; FCCD display module; and PT1-S printer. A max of one PCPU module may be used witha total of four of these communication modules: FCOM-FIB fiber optic module, FCOM-20 20 mA communication circuit module; FCOM-485RS-485 communication circuit module, FCOM-485D four wire RS-485 communication module. A max of three DCPU modules may be usedwith a total of four of these communication modules per DCPU module: FCOM-485 RS-485 communication circuit module, FCOM-232RS-232 communication module. The max number of FCCD’s allowed is 24. At least one of these field data gathering panels is required:CM2N, CM2N/SO, CM2N-RM, CM2N-RM/SO, CM2ND, CM2ND/SO, CM2ND-RM, CM2ND-RM/SO. The ‘‘SO’’ indicates serial output optionand is required for the connection of either the SO-FIB, SO-20 or FIB/20 communication modules. The ‘‘RM’’ option indicates 19 in. (48 cm)rack mount. At least one of these I/O modules must be installed in the CM2(N)(D)(-RM)(SO) module: ZB8-2, ZB8-5, ZB8-8, ZA4-2, ZAS-1 orSignature Loop Controller for use with Signature series devices (ZAS-2). The APS8A(RM), PS8A(RM) and APS4A(RM) power supplies areused to provide primary and secondary power to the PCPU and DCPU modules. The PS8A(RM) and PS4A(RM) power supplies are usedto provide primary and secondary power to the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO) module. At least one of these enclosures is required for any of thenon-rack mounted modules such as the CAB2, CAB3, CAB3F or CAB6F. At least one of these enclosures is required and can house eitherthe rack mounted or non-rack mounted modules CB17, CB31 or CB45. The BC1 battery cabinet may be used to provide additional enclosurespace for large AH battery sets. The following modules are optional: FCCS switch panel, MUX-8 multiplex card, IOP-3 isolated dual RS-232communication card, PS4A(-RM)/PS8A(-RM) power supplies, APS4A(-RM)/APS8A(-RM) auxiliary power supply, optional BPS Series, Mod-els 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies; UIO-12 universal input/output module, ZBO-8 relay card, ARM-8 auxiliary relaymodule with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optic transmit and receive cards, URSM universal riser supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module,RZB12-6/RZMP remote zone board, RZB12-6/MFC remote zone board; SAN and RSAN series annunciator consisting of any variety of thefollowing modules: SAN MIC module, SLU-16Y module, SLU-16R module, SHO-4 module, SAN CPU module, SWU-8 module, ISP-96-2 andISP-96-3 series annunciators; RASP annunciator; LSRA, LSRA-C and CMDN(C)/SMDN(C) remote alpha-numeric display annunciator; RPMreverse polarity module; ACP audio control panel; RPSB remote power supply; AA75-25(-RM), AA75T-25(-RM), DAPM Dual Audio Pre-Ampmodule, Rauland FAX 250 250-watt audio amplifier; ATP audio termination panel; RKU series enclosures. The Approved compatible signalingdevice is the Wheelock ET1010R speaker. The system may also include Models 1551F, 2551F smoke sensors, used with Models B501 andB501B bases. Model 5551F heat sensor used with Models B501 and B501B bases, and Models M500MF, M501MF, M500CF and M500XFmodules. The Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for 135°F (57°C) with a spacing guide of 30 ft by 30 ft (9 m by 9 m) max. Model DH500Fduct housing, used with 1551F or 2551F smoke sensor, operates in air duct with velocity from 300-4,000 ft/min Duct housing accessories areRA400Z remote alarm LED and RTS451 remote test station. ZAS-2 loop controllers can be programmed with the following Signature seriesdevices: SIGA-IS ionization type smoke detector, SIGA-PS photoelectric type smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric type smoke detectorwith integral heat element, SIGA-IPHS multi criteria ionization, photoelectric and heat detector, SIGA-HFS fixed temperature heat detector,SIGA-HRS fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector, SIGA-CT1 single input module, SIGA-CT2 double input module, SIGA-WTMwaterflow/supervisory module, SIGA-MM1 single output module, SIGA-CR control relay module, SIGA-CC1/2 single and double input riserselect modules, SIGA-270,-P, -F, -B, -PB, and SIGA-278 manual pull stations, SIGA-SB, -SB4 standard bases, SIGA-RB, -RB4 relay bases,SIGA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases, SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate for SIGA detectors, SIGA-LED remote alarm LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt forbases. SIGA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model SIGA-DTS Duct Test Station for use with SIGA-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors. Notificationappliance circuits produce from 19 to 26.4 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capable of operating throughout this voltagerange to be compatible. Data entry software revision level 1.08. Firmware levels are Rev. 0.2 for the PCPU and DCPU; 0.5 for the FCCD;3.3 for the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO)CPU; 0.5 for the SAN-CPU; 3.1 for the ACP; 1.5 for the ZAS-1; and 1.6 for the RZB12-6 CPU. Four-batteriesprovide up to 60 AH for 24 hours of standby power.

Fire Alarm Control. Mirtone 790 Series. Provides fire alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined as a system accordingto the specific needs of an installation. The detection and signaling modules are inserted into the appropriate type circuit strip, and a blankingmodule is inserted into any unused circuit strip slot for supervision purposes. When used with Approved initiating and signaling devices, asystem will consist of a selection of the following modules: 79023 detection circuit strip; 79024 signal circuit strip; 79025 combination detectionand signal strip; 79030 common control/module; 79030/50 common control module with 8 AH battery charger; 79030/51 common controlmodule with 11 AH battery charger; 79030/52 common control with 55 AH battery charger; 79042 dual Class B detection module; 79044 ClassA smoke detection module; 79045 Class B smoke detection module; 79045-2 dual Class B smoke detection module; 79046 dual Class A orB signal module; 79047 detection blanking module; 79048 signal blanking module. 24 V dc standby battery (24 hours) available.

Fire Alarm Control. Mirtone Model 7200. Provides two supervised zones of 22 V dc, Class B alarm initiating device circuits, and twosupervised zones of 24 V dc indicating device circuits. Optional Model 7230 module converts both detection and signal zones for Class Awiring. Jumper selectable polarity reversal circuit is capable of delivering 3.5 mA at 12 V dc. Alarm and trouble relays are provided withcontacts rated 3A at both 28 V dc and 120 V ac. An integral auxiliary power supply, available for smoke detectors which are not powered bythe detection circuit, can provide 200 mA max at 22 V dc. May be used with optional Model 79066A remote trouble indicator. Two, 12 V, 6AH batteries, capable of providing up to 60 hours of standby power, are included.

Modular Control Mirtone Model 9200 RTU. Microprocessor-based with software level G03.02-V00. Contains the following: 8050motherboard/card cage assembly; 8055 power supply/battery charger (operates on 120 V ac, 4A to provide 24 V dc, 10A); 9220 serialcommunication link; 9280 common control; 8056 front panel control strip or 9222 local control. Provides up to 40 zones (any combination ofdetection, signaling, telephone and relay outputs). The following optional modules may be chosen to suit a particular application: 8070 Class


B (6 detection/2 signaling); 8071 8 zone Class B detection, 8072 4 zone Class B detection; 8073 4 zone Class B detection (plus 4 alarmrelays); 8083A display module; 8079 display strip; 9224 8 zone supervised relay driver; 9285 8 relay module; 9282 4 zone telephone module;8087 auxiliary function module (with polarity reversal and local energy/city tie circuit, capable of supplying 200 mA at 24 V dc). May be usedwith one or two Model 9300 RAU remote audio units. Batteries are available (9.5, 12, 16, 23, and 55 AH) to provide up to 60 hours of standbypower.

Mirtone Model 8000 control, microprocessor-based, with software levels 82060082 and 82060092; similar to Model 9200 RTU but cannotcommunicate with the 9100 System.

EST1-1Z1, -1Z1-220, -2Z1, -2Z1-220, MIR-1Z1, -1Z1-220, -2Z1, -2Z1-220 and Edwards 2411. Programmable modular control panels. Eachpanel is equipped with a 120 V ac power supply module, (or 220 V ac with a suffix -220) and a 24 V dc, 4 AH battery to provide 24 or 60 hoursecondary (standby) power. Models EST1-1Z1, MIR-1Z1, and Edwards 2411 have a base module (using firmware Version 1.05), one ClassB (Style B) initiating device circuit (IDC) and two Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits (NACs). Models EST1-2Z1 and MIR-2Z1 havea base module, two Class B (Style Y) NACs and two Class B (Style B) IDCs. Each panel can be expanded to include one optional module,the relay-city tie module (EST or MIR RCT-1, optional BPS Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can beused to extend controller’s signaling capacity. Edwards 2400-RCT). Also available is the remote trouble unit driver (EST or MIR RTUDR,Edwards 2400-RTUDR) required for use with a remote trouble unit (RTU). Each panel may be used with the following Approved compatibletwo-wire smoke detection devices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B, 6250B, 6264B-001, 6266B-001, 6269B, 6269B-003, 6270B and6270B-003. An ‘‘R’’ designation in the model number (e.g., 2Z1R) indicates a red panel. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALINGSYSTEMS.)

EST1-2Z3,-2Z3-220, -2Z6, -2Z6-220, MIR-2Z3, -2Z3-220, -2Z6, -2Z6-220 and Edwards 2412, 2414, 2418. Programmable modular controlpanels each consisting of a 120 V ac power supply module (or 220 V ac with a suffix -220) and a base module (using firmware Version 1.05)with two Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits (IDCs) and two Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits (NACs). Each 2Z3 panelcan be expanded to include up to three optional modules and each 2Z6 up to six additional modules which include an annunciator drivermaster (EST or MIR ADMM, Edwards 2400-ADM), annunciator driver slave (EST or MIR ADSM, Edwards 2400-ADS), two zone IDC module(EST or MIR 21DC, Edwards 2400-21DC), the relay-city tie module (EST or MIR RCT-1, Edwards 2400-RCT), base panel Class A module(EST or MIR BPAC, Edwards 2400-BPA), IDC Class A module (EST or MIR IDCA, Edwards 2400-IDCA), optional BPS Series, Models 6, 6C,6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can be used to extend controller’s signaling capacity. Remote annunciators include theremote trouble unit (RTU) and 2, 4 or 8 zone annunciators (4ZA, 8ZA and 12ZA). The Edwards 2414 and 2418 are factory assembled withthe additional modules. 24 V dc, 4.5, 6.5 or 8.0 AH standby batteries are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of secondary (standby) power.Each panel may be used with the following Approved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B,6250B, 6264B-001, 6266B-001, 6269B, 6269B-003, 6270B and 6270B-003. An ‘‘R’’ designation in the model number (e.g., 2Z1R) indicatesa red panel. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Model EST2 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 96 SIGA seriesaddressable detectors and 94 SIGA series addressable control or monitor modules; two notification appliance circuits; one alarm, one troubleand one supervisory relay outputs. Available in 120 V ac or 220 V ac (EST2-220) versions. Available with red cabinet (EST2R-). Basicmodules are 2-PPS or 2-PPS-220 power supply (Firmware 195010), 2-MCM main control module (Firmware 190142 and 190143) and 2-LCDprimary operator interface (Firmware 195008). Network option of the control requires use of the following modules: 2-MCMN network maincontroller module (Firmware 190244), 2-CPU network annunciator central processor unit (Firmware 190244), 2-DLM Class A network datamonitor, 2-3ANN and 2-6ANN EST2 network annunciators, and 2-PPS/6A and 2-PPS/6A-220 power supplies. Compatible addressabledevices are: 1251FB ionization smoke detector; 2251FB, 2251TFB photoelectric smoke detectors; 5251FB fixed temperature thermostatoperating point of 135°F (57.2°C): spacing guide for 5251FB is 25 ft (7.6 m); DH200PLF and DH200RPLF duct smoke detectors; SIGA-PSphotoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135°F (57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ionization smokedetector, SIGA-IPHS multisensor detector, SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heat detector, SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C) fixed tem-perature and rate-of-rise heat detector, (spacing guide for SIGA-HFS and SIGA-HRS is 15 x 15 ft (3 x 3 m)), SIGA-270, -278, -270P,SIGC-270F, -270B, -270PB manual pull stations, SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 control modules, SIGA-CR controlrelay module, SIGA-WTM waterflow/supervisory module. Detector bases are SIGA-SB, -SB4 standard bases, SIGA-RB, -RB4 relay bases,SIGA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases. Also available are SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate for SIGA detectors, SIGA-LED remote alarm LED andSIGA-TS trim skirt for bases. SIGA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model SIGA-DTS Duct Test Station for use with SIGA-PS/PHS/IPHSdetectors, optional BPS Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can be used to extend controller’s signalingcapacity. Optional modules for the EST2 are: 2-LCX expander module provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 96addressable detectors and 94 addressable control or monitor modules and provides two notification appliance circuits; MTM-1 march timemodule; IOP-3 RS-232 isolator module; 2-16R, 2-16Y, 2-16G, 2-8RY, 2-12R4Y, 2-16R8S, 2-16Y8S, 2-8RYS panel mounted LED andLED/switch annunciator modules (Firmware 195003), SIGA-UIO2R, SIGA-UIO6R, and SIGA-UIO6 universal input/output motherboards;2-CTM city tie module; 2-ISO isolation module; 2-SMK smoke power converter; SIGA-UM and SIGA-MAB universal class A/B modules;SIGA-IM isolator module; SIGA-AB4 audible sounder base for use with SIGA detectors; SIGA-MCT2 input module; SIGA-MCC1 andSIGA-MCC2 signal modules; SIGA-MCR, SIGA-CRR, and SIGA-MCRR control relay and polarity reversal modules. When required, thefollowing remote annunciators may be used: 2LSRA, 2LSRA-C, 2-CMDN, 2-CMDN-C, 2-SMDN, 2-SMDN-C alphanumeric display annun-ciators, SAN-CPU WITH 2-SAN-COM-R, SWU-8, SHO-4, ISP-96-2/3, SLU-16R, SLU-16Y, SLU-16RY switch/annunciator modules andRSAN-PRT printer. Standby batteries are available in up to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Batterysizes larger than 10 AH require the optional BC-2 battery cabinet. APS-4B or APS-8B auxiliary power supplies are available to provide 3.5A or 7 A additional 24 V dc power. Also available in 220 V ac version with -220 suffix. Auxiliary power supplies must be monitored by the EST2panel for required trouble annunciation. Auxiliary power supply standby batteries are available in up to 60 AH capacity to provide the required24 or 60 hours of standby operation.

EST3 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/addressabledevices. Operational software 3-STU, Rev. 1.4 Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall-mountedenclosures FACP CAB5/7/14(R) and FACP RCC7/14/21(R); 3-CPU or 3-CPU1 processor with 3-LCD display and 3-XMEM memoryexpansion; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the following local rail modules; optional BPSSeries, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxx LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPSauxiliary connection module; 3-RS232 supplementary connection card; 3-RS485A and 3-RS485B RS-485 network communication cards;3-FIB and 3-FIBA fiber optic interface modules; 3-6ANN, 3-10ANN and 3-LCDANN remote annunciators including 3-ANNCPU1 remoteannunciator CPU, 3-ANNSM annunciator driver for LED/switch display modules, 6ANN/B flush box for the 3-6ANN, 6ANN/B-S surface boxfor 3-6ANN, 10ANN/B flush box for 3-10ANN, 10ANN/B-S surface box for 3-10ANN, 3-6ANN/D door for 3-6ANN, and 3-10ANN/D door for3-10ANN; 3-AADC Analog Addressable Device Controller, 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible with Edwards 6250 Ionization and6270 photoelectric smoke detectors; 1251FB ionization smoke detector; 2251FB, 2251TFB photoelectric smoke detectors; 5251FB fixedtemperature thermostat operating point of 135°F (57.2°C): spacing guide for 5251FB is 25 ft (7.6 m); DH200PLF and DH200RPLF duct smokedetector; 3-SSDC single or 3-DSDC dual SIGAnature data cards compatible with the following: SIGA-PS photoelectric smoke detector,SIGA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ionization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS multisensordetector, SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector; SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C) combination fixed and rate-of-rise heat detector(spacing guide for -HFS and HRS is 15 x 15 ft/[3 × 3M]); SIGA-270, 270B, -270F, -270P, -278BP and -278 manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2,-MM1 and -WTM input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGA detector bases are; SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate;SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB, -RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt for bases. 3-ASU audio source units;3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A,3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30, and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90 W audio amplifiers used with 757-1A-R25(R) or 757-1A-R70(R) speakers, 3-REMICP


and 3-REMICA remote microphones, 3-ATPINT Audio Termination Panel interface card for use with model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukaneamplifiers, 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also EMERGENCYVOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEM listings.)

EST200 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/addressable devices. Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall mounted enclosure FACPCAB5(R); 3-CPU processor with 3-LCD display; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and thefollowing local rail modules; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxx LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232supplementary connection card; 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible with Edwards 6250 Ionization and 6270 photoelectricsmoke detectors; 3-SSDC single or 3-DSDC dual SIGAnature data cards compatible with SIGA-PS photoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHSphotoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ionization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS multisensor detector,SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector; SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C) combination fixed and rate-of-rise heat detector [spacing guidefor -HFS and HRS is 15 x 15 ft/(3 × 3M)]; SIGA-270, 270B, -270F, -270P, -278BP and -278 manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 and-WTM input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGA detector bases are; SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4,-RB, -RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TS trim ring. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available toprovide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation.

Model MIR2 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 96 GSA seriesaddressable detectors and 94 GSA series addressable control or monitor modules; two notification appliance circuits; one alarm, one troubleand one supervisory relay outputs. Available in 120 V ac or 220 V ac (MIR2-220) versions. Available with red cabinet (MIR2R-). Basic modulesare 2-PPS or 2-PPS-220 power supply (Firmware 195010), 2-MCM main control module (Firmware 190142 and 190143) and 2-LCD primaryoperator interface (Firmware 195008). Network option of the control requires use of the following modules: 2-MCMN network main controllermodule (Firmware 190244), 2-CPU network annunciator central processor unit (Firmware 190244), 2-DLM Class A network data monitor,2-3ANN and 2-6ANN MIR2 network annunciators, and 2-PPS/6A and 2-PPS/6A-220 power supplies; Compatible addressable devices are:GSA-PS photoelectric smoke detector, GSA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135F (57C) heat detector, GSA-IS ionizationsmoke detector, GSA-IPHS multisensor detector, GSA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heat detector, GSA-HRS 135°F (57°C) fixedtemperature and rate-of-rise heat detector (spacing guide for GSA-HFS and GSA-HRS is 15 × 15 ft [3 × 3 m]), GSA-270, -278, -270P,SIGC-270F, -270B, -270PB manual pull stations, GSA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 input modules, GSA-CC1, -CC2 control modules, GSA-CR controlrelay module, GSA-WTM waterflow/supervisory module, Detector bases are GSA-SB, -SB4 standard bases, GSA-RB, -RB4 relay bases,GSA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases, Also available are GSA-DMP duct mounting plate for GSA detectors, GSA-LED remote alarm LED and GSA-TStrim skirt for bases. GSA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model GSA-DTS Duct Test Station for use with GSA-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors,optional MIRBPS Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can be used to extend controller’s signalingcapacity. Optional modules for the MIR2 are: MIR2-LCX expander module provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 96addressable detectors and 94 addressable control or monitor modules and provides two notification appliance circuits; MTM-1 march timemodule; IOP-3 RS-232 isolator module; 2-16R, 2-16Y, 2-16G, 2-8RY, 2-12R4Y, 2-16R8S, 2-16Y8S, 2-8RYS panel mounted LED andLED/switch annunciator modules (Firmware 195003), GSA-UIO2R, GSA-UIO6R, and GSA-UIO6 universal input/output motherboards;2-CTM city tie module; 2-ISO isolation module; 2-SMK smoke power converter; GSA-UM and GSA-MAB universal class A/B modules;GSA-IM isolator module; GSA-AB4 audible sounder base for use with GSA detectors; GSA-MCT2 input module; GSA-MCC1 and GSA-MCC2signal modules; GSA-MCR, GSA-CRR, and GSA-MCRR control relay and polarity reversal modules. When required, the following remoteannunciators may be used: 2LSRA, 2LSRA-C, 2-CMDN, 2-SMDN, 2-SMDN-C alphanumeric display annunciators, SAN-CPU wi 2-SAN-COM-R, SWU-8, SHO-4, ISP-96-2/3, SLU-16R, SLU-16Y, SLU-16RY switch/annunciator modules and RSAN-PRT printer. standby batteriesare available in up to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Battery sizes larger than 10 AH require theoptional BC-2 battery cabinet. AXP-4B or AXP-8B auxiliary power supplies are available to provide 3.5 A or 7 A additional 24 V dc power. Alsoavailable in 220 V ac version with -220 suffix. Auxiliary power supplies must be monitored by the MIR2 panel for required trouble annunciation.Auxiliary power supply standby batteries are available in up to 60 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation.

Quick Start Series (QSC, QS1, and QS4) Fire Alarm Control. Programmable modular fire alarm panel allows configuration of controls withone, five or twelve modules. The CPU/Display (firmware 7350050 V. 1.3 {QSCP1}; 7350051 V 1.3{QSCP4}) provides a LCD for text andkeypad for operator interface. The Signature Loop Intelligent Controller (SLIC) (Firmware 7400028 rev 1 and 7400029 rev 1) provides onesignaling line circuit for connection of up to 125 SIGA series addressable detectors and 125 SIGA series addressable control or monitormodules and two notification appliance circuits, #1, 2A; #2, 1A. The Power Supply Card PS6, connected to either a 120 V ac or 220 V actransformer, equipped with one common alarm, one common trouble and one common supervisory relay outputs, provides 24 V dc at 4 A tothe control. Two conventional zone cards are available. ZA8-2 provides six Class A, Style D initiating device circuits, and two additional circuitsconfigurable as notification appliance circuits or Class A, Style D. ZB16-4 provides twelve Class B, Style B, and four additional circuitsconfigurable as notification appliance circuits or Class B, Style B. ZR-8 relay output card provides eight dry contact outputs. NT-A Cardprovides an RS232 printer output and a RS485 output for a Class A remote annunciator. Each panel may be used with the following Approvedcompatible two-wire smoke detection devices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B or C, 6250B or C, 6264B or C -001, 6266B or C -001,6269B or C, 6269B or C -003, 6270B or C and 6270B or C -003. They may be connected to ZB16-4 or ZA8-2 directly or to a SLIC througha SIGA-UM or SIGA-MAB. Compatible addressable devices are: 1251FB ionization smoke detector; 2251FB, 2251TFB photoelectric smokedetectors; 5251FB fixed temperature thermostat operating point of 135°F (57.2°C): spacing guide for 5251FB is 25 ft (7.6 m); DH200PLF andDH200RPLF duct smoke detectors; SIGA-PS photoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135°F(57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ionization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS multisensor detector, SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heatdetector, SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat detector, (spacing guide for SIGA-HFS and SIGA-HRS is 15 × 15 ft[3 × 3 m), SIGA-270, -278, -270P, SIGC-270F, -270B, -270PB manual pull stations, SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2control modules, SIGA-CR control relay module, SIGA-WTM waterflow/supervisory module. Detector bases are SIGA-SB, -SB4 standardbases, SIGA-RB, -RB4 relay bases, SIGA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases. Also available are SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate for SIGA detectors,SIGA-LED remote alarm LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt for bases. SIGA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model SIGA-DTS Duct Test Stationfor use with SIGA-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors. Optional modules for the Quick Start Series are: IOP-3 RS-232 isolator module; which may besupplemented by SL30 and SL30-1 LED/Switch cards for supplemental visible alarm, supervisory and trouble indication and control. 2-CTMcity tie module; SIGA-REL Releasing Module; and RPM Reverse polarity transmitter Module. Standby batteries are available in up to 40 AHcapacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Battery sizes larger than 10 AH require the optional BC-1 battery cabinet.

Faraday LLC, 805 S Maumee St, Tecumseh MI 49286MPC-2000 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable system consists of CU-2 main control module; AM-1 addressable/analog module; ZN-1(S),

ZN-2(S), and ZN-3(S) dual conventional initiating circuit modules; SC-1, -2 and -3 dual conventional indicating appliance circuit modules; CI-1,-2 and SI-2 interface modules; CT-1 city tie module; DC-1 digital communicator module; AR-1, -2, -3 relay modules; PR-1 and RPR-100printers; RDC-700 remote annunciator; D700, G700 Series LED/incandescent annunciators; 710A-016, -032, -064, -096, -128 remote relaycontrol units; MP-2 main power supply; AP-1, -2 and -3 power supplies; BC-1 battery charger modules; BB-1, -2 buffer boards; PD-1, -4 powerdistribution modules; TX-1, -2 transformer modules; and representative samples of the intelligent sensors and addressable modules. Thefollowing intelligent sensors, manufactured by System Sensor, are compatible with the AM-1 module: Model 1551B analog ionization sensor,Model 2551B analog photoelectric sensor, Model 2551BT analog photoelectric sensor with thermal sensor, Models DH500AC/DC and DH500duct sensors. The M500MB, M501M monitor modules, M500CB control module, M500X isolator module are used with MPC-2000. Forauxiliary signaling applications, the MCP-2000 must interface to the municipal system via the ‘‘City Box’’ connections of the CT-1 city tiemodule. The CT-1 can be configured for local energy, leased line or shunt operation. The system must be provided with a min 24 hours ofstandby power (17.2 AH capacity).


Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp, 704 S 10th St, Blue Springs MO 64015INTELLA-SCAN II. Models 10-201-E1, -E2, -E4 programmable fire alarm control panel using Version 1.3 firmware. Min configuration must

include an enhanced control unit (10-2111), a power converter card (10-2110), a 24 V dc, 5 or 10 amp power supply (10-047) or (10-1961)and at least one buss card (10-1775A), one analog communications module (10-2101) and one of the output modules listed below. Modulesare suitable for use with Approved initiating devices, polarized audible and visible notification appliances, and the agent release module III(10-1832) releasing device. Additional modules may be used: output/output module (10-1776A) output rated for 24 V dc, 350 mA; output/output module (10-2095) output rated for 24 V dc, one amp; input/input module (10-1777A or 10-2096); input/output module (10-1778A)output rated for 24 V dc, 350 mA; input/output module (10-2097) output rated for 24 V dc, one amp; auxiliary power module (10-1985B); 4Binut/output module (10-1794B) output rated for 24 V dc, one amp; supplemental relay module (10-1796A). Optional addressable devices usedwith 10-2101: analog photoelectric smoke sensor with base (63-020) -14° to 122°F (-10° to 50°C), addressable base (55-002), supervisedoutput module (55-005) output rated for 24 V dc, one amp, dual form-A relay module (55-006), solenoid output module (55-007), quad form-Arelay module (55-010), and addressable input module (55-012). 30 AH batteries supplied with 10-047 power supply, 20 AH batteries suppliedwith 10-1961 power supply or 66 AH batteries (10-048) for use with either power supply provide 24 hours of standby power. Equipmentsuitable for use at temperatures of 32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C).

Rhino Programmable Control. Consists of enclosure P/N 10-050-1, 10-050-2, or 10-050-11, detection and control modules (DCM) P/N10-2141 (110 V ac) or 10-2144 (220 V ac) with firmware versions ECHELON (10-2146, Ver. 1.00) and DCM (10-2147, Ver. 1.00), interactivedisplay module (IDM) P/N 10-2142 with firmware versions ECHELON (10-2146, Ver. 1.00) and IDM (10-2149, Ver. 1.00), relay module (RDM)P/N 10-2143. Compatible with the following two-wire smoke detectors: Hochiki Models SLK-24F, SIH-24F, AL-DCA-135 and AL-DCA-190 withbase Models HSB-220, HSB-224, ABL-M220 and ABL-224; System Sensor Models 1151, 1451, 2151, 2451 and 5451 with base ModelsB401BR and B110RLP. 24 V dc batteries rated 7-33 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATICRELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)

SHP Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel using Version 1.00 firmware. The SHP system is designated P/N 10-051-C-P, where C iseither R (red cabinet) or G (gray cabinet), and P is 1=120 V ac; 2=208 V ac or 240 V ac. The system includes 10-2175-C-P series ofenclosures with transformer, the 10-2190-b 7 or 17 AH battery, and the 10-2171 controller card with 10-2189 firmware. Two 12 V, 7 or 17 AHbatteries provide the required 24 hours of standby power. Available in three primary voltage ratings: 120 V ac, 208 V ac, or 240 V ac. (Seedescription under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)

Cheetah Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 4.2 available in four part nos.: P/N 10-052-R-1is a 120 V ac panel with a red 21.125 x 14.625 x 4 in. enclosure; P/N 10-052-G-1 is a 120 V ac panel with a grey 21.125 x 14.625 x 4 in.enclosure; P/N 10-052-R-2 is a 208/240 V ac panel with a red 21.125 x 14.625 x 4 in. enclosure; while P/N 10-052-G-2 is a 208/240 V acpanel with a grey 21.125 x 14.625 x 4 in. enclosure. Also available with 2-bay and 3-bay modular enclosures. Signaling line circuits can beconfigured to meet Styles 4 or 6. RS232 line meets (Class B) Style 3.5 when connected to a VESDA Laser PLUS Detector (Software Version2.09.00), VESDA Laser Compact Smoke Detector (Software Version 3.01.00) and/or VESDA Laser Scanner (Software Version 2.14.03) viathe HLI/VESDA Interface Module Assembly P/N 10-2277. Signaling line circuit RS485 meets (Class B) Style 3.5 when connected to RemoteDisplay P/N 10-2276 (firmware P/N 10-2278 Rev. 2.10). The panel is compatible with P/Ns 63-1021 (Hochiki America Corp. ALG-V) and67-1032 (Hochiki America Corp. AIE-EA) analog addressable photoelectric and ionization type smoke sensors, 63-028 and 63-029 (HochikiAmerica Corp. DH-98-A and DH-98-AR) analog addressable photoelectric duct sensor, heat sensor P/N 60-1028 (Hochiki America Corp.ATG-EA) rated 135°F (37°C) [spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 x 6.1 m) max] with the 6 in. P/N 63-1023 (Hochiki America Corp. HSB-NSA-6)and 4 in. P/N 63-1020 (Hochiki America Corp. YBN-NSA-4) sensor bases. In addition, the Cheetah control is compatible with fast responsecontact module P/Ns 55-019 and 55-020 with firmware 3130-00071 rev. 0.B (Hochiki America Corp. DCP-FRCME, -S-100, -4-100), dual relaymodule P/N 55-023 with firmware 3130-00101 rev. 0.D (Hochiki America Corp. DCP-R2M), supervised output module P/N 55-021 withfirmware 3130-00081 rev. 1.1(Hochiki America Corp. DCP-SOM), and solenoid releasing module P/N 55-022 with firmware 3130-00091 rev.0.E (Hochiki America Corp. DCP-SRM) (optional for auxiliary signaling). Up to eight Cheetah controls may be connected in a networkingconfiguration utilizing (Class B) Style 4.0 signaling line circuit RS485 when network interface module 10-2292 is installed in each Cheetah.24 V dc batteries rated 7-65 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FORPREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)

Fire Burglary Instruments Inc, 163 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel. Security Dimensions Model SD-2000C used with firmware Version WA200C-12. Optional Model

7105 zone expander increases the number of initiating device circuits from eight to 16 or Model 7126 multiplex expansion module providingtwo circuits for connection of up to 64 addressable devices on each circuit. Approved addressable devices are SD-2708 8 point multiplexmodule and XL-4750SDT, SD-2750SDT or XL4760SDT photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135°F heat detector. Model SD-2000Cpowered by 120 V ac with 12 V standby batteries of 8 to 20 AH for 24 hours of operating power. Equipment suitable for operation in ambienttemperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Control panel also has digital alarm communicator transmitter (see CENTRAL STATIONSIGNALING SYSTEMS listing).

Fire Control Instruments Inc, 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090Fire Alarm Control Panel. FC-72 Series. Operates on 120 V ac, 2.0 A to provide regulated 24 V dc, 4.0 A. Provides fire alarm functions by

means of modules which can be combined according to the specific needs of an installation. The following modules provide for up to 32 zones:ZDM zone module, SSM sprinkler supervisory, BCM-6 bell circuit, BMC-6 master march time coder, PS-6 power supply, LBM low batterymonitor, RTI remote trouble indicator, RZA remote zone annunciator and RDS fire drill switch, ADAM-6, -6A, -6B actuation modules, APS-6auxiliary 4 A power supply, BMFC-6 basic master fire card, CCM-6 common coder, DMM diode matrix, PNIS zone coder, RB-6 auxiliary relayboard, SRB-6 supervised auxiliary relay board, TBZ, TBZ-U zone trouble annunciators, TDS-438 time delay switch, ZMC, ZMC-A, -B zoneexpanders, ZDM-D double density zone module, VZM verification module, DRBC battery charger, VEOL variable end-of-line device and RDFreleasing device interface module. Standby batteries available for 24 or 60 hours of operation.

FC-ID Addressable Programmable Fire Alarm System using field configuration program FCP 200 Version 4.60 (firmware Version 4.9). Thesystem consists of the MCM microcontroller module, PSM power supply module, DTM device termination module, DLM dual loop module,KDM-4 or KDM-40 keyboard display module and a selection of optional addressable modules to meet the needs of a particular installation.Optional modules include; KDM-40R remote keyboard display module, RIM-U remote identification module/universal, SLM sub-loop module,CPM control point module and these smoke detectors: CPD-7021 ionization smoke detector, PSD-7121, -7122, -7125, -7126 photoelectricsmoke detectors used with CPD-ID addressable smoke detector base, 301I ionization smoke detector, 301P photoelectric smoke detector or301PT photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector used with 301B smoke detector base or 301-ID addressable smokedetector base, PSD-7155 photoelectric smoke detector or PSD-7156 photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector used with2WID addressable smoke detector base. Model RZST-1 remote zone signaling transponder can accommodate a combination of up to 5 RZBremote zone boards each providing an addressable initiating circuit and a set of programmable alarm or trouble dry contacts or RSB remotesignal boards each providing an indicating circuit or programmable set of dry contacts, RZST-1 must have 24 V dc power supplied externally,RZST-2 includes internal PS-6, 24 V dc, 4 A power supply. Model RSM remote signaling module provides functions of one RSB in an individualplastic enclosure, RZM remote zone module provides functions of one RZB in an individual plastic enclosure. DDM-60R decoder drivermodule provides 60 addressable outputs programmable to annunciate alarm or trouble conditions associated with a particular address. Thesystem can be configured to meet Style 4 and 6 signaling line circuits and Style Y and Z indicating circuits. Two series connected 12 V, 31AH batteries provide 60 hours of standby power.

FCID-A Analog Addressable Programmable Fire Alarm System using field configuration program FCPA Version 4.6 (firmware Version 2.1).Operates on 120 V ac, 60 Hz supply. System consists of PSM power supply module providing 24 V dc, 4 A power, KDM-40 keyboard displaymodule, MCM microcontroller module using firmware Version 2.1, ALM analog loop module and DTM device termination module. DTM


provides two 24 V dc, 1.75 A indicating appliance circuits. KDM-40R remote keyboard display module is optional. Addressable devicesinclude: ASD-P photoelectric analog smoke sensor, ASD-I ionization analog smoke sensor and ATD analog thermal detector used with ADB-Fbase, AMM-2 and AMM-4 monitor modules and AOM or AOM-2 output modules. DDM-60R decoder driver module provides 60 addressableoutputs programmable to annunciate alarm or trouble conditions associated with a particular address. Two series connected 12 V, 31 AHbatteries provide 60 hours of standby power. ATD analog thermal sensor is rated for 135°F (57°C) with a spacing guide of 30x30 ft (9x9 m)max.

FCI 7100 Series Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration program FCP 7100 (Version 1.0). Consists of either BSM-1 or BSM-2motherboard equipped with 80 character LCD display and a 12 button keypad/LED unit, two Class B notification appliance circuits (NAC), oneClass B SLC signaling line circuit (two SLC circuits for the BSM-2 board), one alarm relay and one trouble relay (Form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A at 30V dc), one programmable 24 V dc auxiliary output. Includes the following optional modules: MCOM Municipal Circuit option module, CAOMClass A option module, AOM-2 output module, AMM-2 monitor module, AMM-2I dual monitor module, AMM-2MS pull station module poweringMS-7A manual pull station, MMO-6R Six Relay Module, MMO-6S Six Supervised Control Module, MMI-10 Ten Monitor Module, MMI-6S SixConventional Zone Interface Module, AOM-2S supervised control module, AMM-4S interface module 2551T, ASD-I, ASD-IL, ASD-P andASD-PL analog ionization and photoelectric smoke sensors; MCS-Acclimate Photoelectric Smoke Detector, ASD-LS intelligent laser smokesensor; ASD-Filtrex smoke detector, ASD-P200 and ASD-RP200 duct smoke detectors. The power supply/battery charger (PSU) is anonboard unit and can charge the batteries up to 31 AH. Standby batteries (6 to 31 AH) are available to provide 24 and 60 hours emergencyoperation.

FCI 7200 Micro Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration program FCP 7200 (Version 4.1). Consists of the SCU-M system control unit(Firmware Version 4.1), SPSU power supply, RAU or RAU-FV remote annunciator units (Version 4.1), ALU-M analog loop unit (FirmwareVersion 4.1) compatible with AOM output module, AMM-2 monitor module, ASD-I and ASD-P analog ionization and photoelectric smokesensors and KDU-M or KDU-LM keyboard display unit (Firmware Version 4.1). Standby batteries (6 to 31 AH) are available to provide 24, 60and 90 hours emergency operation.

FCI 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration program FCP 7200 (Version 5.2). Consists of the main control 7200 BSUcommunicating through FCINET network with peripheral devices, including distributed systems 7200 BDU, remote annunciator units RAU orRAU-FV (Version 4.1) and keyboard display units KDU (Version 5.2). The 7200 BDU consists of up to five DIU (Firmware Version 4.1) andSPSU-V power supply units. Up to 15 7200 BDU can be connected to one control; total of BDUs, RAUs and KDUs communicating via FCINETto a single control must not exceed 30. The 7200 BSU consists of the SCU system control unit (Firmware Version 5.2), SPSU-V power supplyunit, QZU-L quad zone unit (Firmware Version 4.1) and EZU-L eight zone unit (Firmware Version 4.1). Optional modules include; ALU analogloop unit (Firmware Version 5.2) compatible with AOM output module, AOM-2R relay control module, AMM-2 and AMM-4 monitor modules,AMM-2I dual monitor module, AMM-2MS pull station module powering MS-7A manual pull station, AOM-2S supervised control module,AMM-4S interface module, PBA panel bus adaptor, MMO-6R Six Relay Module, MMO-6S Six Supervised Control Module, MMI-10 TenMonitor Module, MMI-6S Six Conventional Zone Interface Module, ASD-I, ASD-IL, ASD-P and ASD-PL analog ionization and photoelectricsmoke sensors; MCS-Acclimate Photoelectric smoke detector, ASD-PTL photoelectric smoke sensor with 135°F (57°C) fixed temperaturethermal sensor; ASD-LS intelligent laser smoke sensor; ASD-Filtrex smoke detector ADS-P200 and ASD-RP200 duct smoke detectors, ZCUzone coder unit, DSU/XFMR dual signal unit, KDU keyboard display unit (Firmware Version 5.2), QRU-EOL quad relay unit (Version 4.1),EZD-L eight zone unit daughter board, EZA-L eight zone annunciator board, HRU high current relay unit (Version 4.1), RZA remote zoneannunciator IDU Addressable Interfare Unit, and these detectors: addressable 5551 thermal detector, 1551 ionization detector, 2551 pho-toelectric detector and B501 thermal detector. ATD and ATD-L 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensors (spacing guide 30×30 ft[9×9 m] max); ATD-R and ATD-RL 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensors (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max); ASD-Iionization sensor; ASD-P photoelectric sensor all with ADB-F base. Standby batteries (6 to 31 AH) are available to provide 24, 60, and 90hours emergency operation.

FCI 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration program FCP 7200 (Version 5.2). Consists of the main control 7200 BSUcommunicating through FCINET network with peripheral devices, including distributed systems 7200 BDU, remote annunciator units RAU orRAU-FV (Version 4.1) and keyboard display units KDU (Version 5.2). The 7200 BDU consists of up to five DIU (Firmware Version 4.1) andSPSU-V power supply units. Up to 15 7200 BDU can be connected to one control; total of BDUs, RAUs and KDUs communicating via FCINETto a single control must not exceed 30. The 7200 BSU consists of the SCU system control unit (Firmware Version 5.2), SPSU-V power supplyunit, QZU-L quad zone unit (Firmware Version 4.1) and EZU-L eight zone unit (Firmware Version 4.1). Optional modules include; ALU analogloop unit (Firmware Version 5.2) compatible with AOM output module, AOM-2R relay control module, AMM-2 and AMM-4 monitor modules,AOM-2S supervised control module, AMM-4S interface module, PBA panel bus adaptor, ASD-I, ASD-IL, ASD-P and ASD-PL analog ionizationand photoelectric smoke sensors; ASD-PTL photoelectric smoke sensor with 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensor; ZCU zone coderunit, DSU/XFMR dual signal unit, KDU keyboard display unit (Firmware Version 5.2), QRU-EOL quad relay unit (Version 4.1), EZD-L eightzone unit daughter board, EZA-L eight zone annunciator board, HRU high current relay unit (Version 4.1), RZA remote zone annunciator IDUAddressable Interfare Unit, and these detectors: addressable 5551 thermal detector, 1551 ionization detector, 2551 photoelectric detector andB501 thermal detector. ATD and ATD-L135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensors (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); ATD-R andATD-RL 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensors (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); ASD-I ionization sensor;ASD-P photoelectric sensor all with ADB-F base. Standby batteries (6 to 31 AH) are available to provide 24, 60, and 90 hours emergencyoperation.

Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472Fire Alarm Control. Sensiscan 1000. Provides fire alarm functions by means of subassemblies which can be combined according to the

specific needs of an installation. Used with Approved initiating and indicating devices, plus a selection of the following equipment: CAB-A, -B,-C, -D enclosures; MCB-108, -114 control boards; BEC-1, -2 basic equipment compliment; MZB-4, -8, -12, -22 expander boards; PSM-104,-104A, -104B, -102AR, -204A, -204B power supplies; TMM-3, BCM-2, ZRM-1, -2, -3, -4, RM4-A, -B, RBZ-1, CZM-1, -3, TDM-1; INC-11,SWC-8, ANC-2, WFC-1, -2 plug-in cards; RZI-4, -8, -12, -20 remote zone indicators; RZS remote zone scanner. Standby battery availablefor up to 60 hours operation.

Sensiscan 2000 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2F, -B2F,-A3F or -B3F enclosure, CPU-2000 central processing unit, MPS-24F or -24BF power supply, and an initiating module IZ-4F or -8F. CPU-2000provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliaryprotective signaling. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules: IZ-4F, IZ-8F, IZE-AF, IZ-4AF,IC-4F, CR-4LF, ICF-4LF, IC-4F, ICE-4F, CR-4F AND CRE-4F. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used; ACM-8RF,AEM-16ATF, ACM-32AF, AEM-32AF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-32AF, LDM-32F, LDM-E32F, LDM-R32F, LCD-80. Audio-visual power supply AVSP-24F provides an additional 3A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 15AH) provide the required 24 or60 hour standby operation. Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consistsof 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATICRELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)

Fire Alarm Control Panel. Miniscan MS-424, -424A. Provides fire alarm functions by means of subassemblies which can be combinedaccording to the specific needs of an installation. The following modules provide for up to four zones and can be used with both the MS-424and MS-424A unless otherwise noted: MCB-104 master control (MS-424), MCB-104A master control (MS-424A), DZC-2 dual zone card(MS-424), ANC-2B dual zone card (MS-424A), CZM-3 cross-zone module with relays (MS-424A), CZM-1 cross-zone module, INC-9 indicatorcard, BCM-2 bell circuit card, RBZ-1 ring-by-zone card, PSB-24 power supply and battery charger module, AX-2 auxiliary relay module,RM-4A, -4B relay modules, ZRM-1, -2, -4, -5, -6, -7, -8 zone relay modules, RZA-4 remote zone annunciator. Standby batteries available forup to 60 hours operation.

MS-4424 with operating system firmware revision level A. Includes Zone Relay Module (4XZMF); Remote Annunciator (RZA-4XF). Panelprovides four initiating circuits; four indicating circuits; one regulated and one unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one


trouble relay output. Transmitter Module (4XTMF) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Combined load forall external devices not to exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for alarm verification. In the event of primary power failurebattery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 or 60 hours standby operation. Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supplyprovides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or60 hours of emergency operation. (See also MRP-4424 under AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)

Model MS4824 Control. Consists of SA4824-1 mainboard (firmware WA4812PR-3), -2 terminal block, -13 24 V power supply board, -1412 V power supply board, at least one IZ424 initiating zone module or DCID24 polling loop interface module and a selection of the followingequipment: RR 12 reverse relay module, ABM-24 auxiliary bell circuit module, ATR auxiliary alarm/trouble relay module, ATB auxiliary terminalblock board, RDA remote digital annunciator, RIZ-1 remote initiating zone module. The Fire-Lite Models CPID, SDID and SDIDT addressablesmoke detectors communicate with the control via a signaling line circuit. Other compatible smoke detectors include BRK Models 2424, 2451,2451 with B402B base, 2424TH, 1451, 2451TH with B402B base, Models 2451TH and 2451 with B401B base, Models 2400 and 2400TH,Models 2851DH duct detector with DH2851DC base and AR10 relay, Model 1851DH and DH1851DC base and AR10 relay. 4 to 12 AHbatteries are available for 24 hour standby power.

MS-5210UD(E) programmable fire alarm control panel (firmware Versions MS-5210UD: #MS52103.2 SUMCC43; MS-5210UDE:#MS5210E32 SUMCBC9). Provides ten Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits.Optional modules include: CAC-10F Class A Converter Module, PRT-24 Printer Interface Module, NAC-REM NAC/Relay Expander Module,ACM-8RF Relay Module, LED-10IM Interface Module; Remote annunciators: LED-10, AFM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-16AF,LDM-32, LDM-E32. Compatible with the following Approved two-wire detectors: System Sensor Models 1151 with B401, B110LP, B116LPbase, 1400, 1451 with B401B, 406B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151 with B401, B110LP, B116LP base, 2400,2400AIT with heat sensor, 2400AT with heat sensor, 2400TH with heat sensor, 2451 with B401B, B406B base, 2451TH with B401B, B406Bbase and heat sensor photoelectric smoke; Kidde-Fenwal Models CPD-7021 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base ionization smoke;PSD-7125 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base, PSD-7126 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base and heat sensor photoelectricsmoke. Primary power 120 V ac; 220/240 V ac for ‘‘E’’ version. Optional XRM-24(E) transformer increases accessory power limits. OptionalFCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Model MS-9200 Addressable Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 73829. The basic MS-9200 panelprovides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 99 addressable smoke detectors and 99 addressable control or monitor modules;two notification appliance circuits; one alarm, one trouble and one supervisory relay outputs. DP-9200 dead-front dress panel is required foruser protection. Compatible addressable devices are: SD355, SD355T, AD355, AD350, SD300 and SD350 photoelectric smoke detectors(32°-120°F [0°-49°C]), SD300T and SD350T photoelectric smoke detectors with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, CP300, CP350 and CP355,ionization smoke detectors. Detectors used with B350LP base. Compatible duct smoke detectors are D350PL, D350RPL, D350P andD350RP. BG-10LX manual pull station, M300 monitor module, M301 monitor module, M302 monitor module (see below), MMF-300 monitormodule, MDF-300 monitor module, MMF-301 mini module, MMF-302 2-wire detector monitor module, CMF-300 control module, CRF-300control module, C300 control module, C304 control module, I300 loop isolator module, CRF-300-6 six relay module, CMF-300-6 six super-vised control module, MMF-300-10 ten monitor module, MMF-302-6 six conventional zone interface module, RA400Z and ACM-16AT remoteannunciator. Optional modules for the MS-9200 are: ZDM-16F 16 zone LED module; PIM-24 printer/PC interface module; RTM-8F relaytransmitter module for additional programmable relay outputs and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Whenrequired, the following remote annunciators may be used: AFM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-32AX, AEM-32AF, AFM-16AF, AFM-32AF. LCD-40(L) and the LDM-32F lamp driver module. Optional XRM-24 transformer assembly required when 24 V dc panel load exceeds3.6 amp (max load with XRM-24 is 6.0 amp). Standby batteries are available in 7, 12 and 17 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60hours of standby operation. Battery sizes larger than 7 AH require the optional BB-17F battery box. CHG-120F battery charger in BB-55Fbattery box may be used with 25 to 100 AH batteries to provide standby operation for greater periods than can be obtained with the 17 AHbatteries. A CHG-120F requires the use of monitor module (see above) connected to internal trouble relay contacts to provide required troublemonitoring by the MS-9200. Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consistsof 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. M302 monitor module has asingle initiating device circuit and will operate compatible two-wire smoke detectors. Requires 18.8 to 28.0 V dc input power from the MS-9200panel. Compatible, Approved detectors are: System Sensor Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401B base; Models 1851B, 2851B, 2851BTHwith Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400, 2400TH, 2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC; Kidde-Fenwal Models PSD-7125,PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 bases.

MS-5024UD(E) programmable fire alarm control panel (firmware Versions MS-5024UD: #5024UDV30 SUM5480; MS-5024UDE:#5024UEV30 SUME493. Provides five Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z) notificationappliance circuits. Optional modules include: CAC-5F Class A Converter Module, PRT-24 Printer Interface Module, RM-5F Relay Module,RZA-5F Remote Annunciator Module requires use of ADM-24 Annunciator Driver Module. Compatible with the following Approved two-wiredetectors: System Sensor Models 1151 with B401, B110LP, B116LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401B, 406B base, 1451DH with DH400 baseionization smoke; 2151 with B401, B110LP, B116LP base, 2400, 2400AIT with heat sensor, 2400AT with heat sensor, 2400TH with heatsensor, 2451 with B401B, B406B base, 2451TH with B401B, B406B base and heat sensor photoelectric smoke; Kidde-Fenwal ModelsCPD-7021 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base ionization smoke; PSD-7125 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base, PSD-7126with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base and heat sensor photoelectric smoke. Primary power 120 V ac; 220/240 V ac for ‘‘E’’ version.Optional XRM-24(E) transformer increases accessory power limits. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AHwhich are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Model MS-9600 and MS-9600E Addressable Fire Control Panels. Primary power is 120 V ac for the MS-9600 and 240 V ac for MS-9600EVersion. Fire alarm panel using software # M9600 V1.0. The basic MS-9600(E) panel provides one signaling line circuit for connection of upto 318 total addressable devices (159 detectors and 159 modules); two Class A or B notification appliance circuits (can be expanded to fourClass B circuits); three form C relays are provided that are default programmed for alarm, trouble, and supervisory relay outputs. Model SLC-2signal line circuit module is available as optional equipment. The SLC-2 loop is also capable of supporting 318 additional addressable devices,159 detectors and 159 modules. DP-9600 dead-front dress panel is required. Compatible addressable devices are: SD355, SD355T, AD355,AD350, SD300 and SD350 photoelectric smoke detectors, SD355, SD355T, AD355, SD300T and SD350T photoelectric smoke detectors with135°F (57°C) heat detector, CP-355, CP300 and CP350 ionization smoke detectors, H350 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heat detector,spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; H350R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat detector, spacing guide: 30 by 30ft (9 by 9 m) max. Thermal detectors: H355 (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, H355R (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and H355HT (190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm): 20 by 20 ft (6.1 m by 6.1 m) maximumspacing. Detectors used with B350LP base. Compatible duct smoke detectors are D350PL, D350RPL, D350P and D350RP. BG-10LX andBG-12LX manual pull stations, M300 monitor module, M301 monitor module, M302 monitor module (see below), MMF-300 monitor module,MDF-300 monitor module, MMF-301 mini module, MMF-302 (see below) 2-Wire detector monitor module, CMF-300 control module, CRF-300control module, C300 control module, C304 control module, I300 loop isolator module, CRF-300-6 six relay module, CMF-300-6 six super-vised control module, MMF-300-10 ten monitor module, MMF-302-6 six conventional zone interface module, RA400Z and ACM-16AT remoteannunciator. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: AFM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-32AX, AEM-32AF,AFM-16AF, AFM-32AF. LCD-80F and the LDM-32F lamp driver module. ACM-8RF control relay module. The MS-9600 motherboard includesa charger designed for 24 V dc lead-acid, gel cell batteries, with a capacity range of between 7 Ah and 25 Ah. The secondary source of powermay be either a dedicated battery or battery back-up source of 24 V dc. The MS-9600 cabinet can house up to a 12 amp hour battery capacityto provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Model CHG-120F requires the use of monitor module (see above) connected to internaltrouble relay contacts to provide required trouble monitoring by the MS-9600. Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply providesadditional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hoursof emergency operation. M302/MMF-302 monitor module has a single initiating device circuit and will operate compatible two-wire smoke


detectors. Compatible, Approved detectors are: System Sensor Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401B base; Models 1851B, 2851B,2851BTH with Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400, 2400TH, 2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC; Kidde-Fenwal ModelsPSD-7125, PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 bases.

First Alert Professional Security Systems, 175 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791FA1500C Fire Alarm Control. Consists of FA1500C unit, up to 16 FA510KP and FA510KPR remote consoles, 1451 transformer with

enclosure, 4190WH remote point module, 4208 eight zone remote point module, and 5140 LED indicator module. Models 4192SD, 4192SDTphotoelectric type and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors are compatible with the FA1500C. Panel must be provided with24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to 34.4 AH batteries.

FA1600C programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS150-16.1, Rev. 6.1). A minimum of one FA550KP, FA560KP keypad isrequired. Provides eight Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 12 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Polling loopcircuit for zone expansion uses following Ademco devices: 4297 polling loop extender, 4101SN, 4190SN, 4190WH, 4208U, 4209U zoneexpanders, 4208SNF zone expander/converter, 4192SD photoelectric type, 4192SDT photoelectric type with 135°F (37°C) heat, and 4192CPionization type addressable smoke detectors. 4204 relay module; 4204CF relay module provides two Class B (Style Y) notification appliancecircuits. Compatible with the following Approved System Sensor two-wire detectors: Models 1151 with B110LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401Bbase, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151 with B110LP base, 2400, 2451 with B401B base photoelectric smoke; 2400TH,2451TH with B401B base photoelectric smoke with heat. Optional Ademco PS24 power supply module w/1451-24 direct-wire transformerprovides one 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit. Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V dc batteries used with 12 to 34.4 AHcapacity to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATIONSIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Flamex Inc, 4356 Federal Drive, Greensboro NC 27410FMZ4100 GAB36S Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level 41EGB32X, P/N 902657. Control consists of the Mainboard LE

(P/N 801015) which houses redundant CPU cards ZKR (P/N 895465), LED control card LEDAK (P/N 806271), Line cards LK and LKA(P/N 802551 and P/N 805424), Extinguishing Control card LO (P/N 837190), FTX Spark Test card (P/N 802540), SK Loop (MxLoop) card(P/N 902026), PC/printer interface card PC/DRUIF (P/N 832349), relay interface card IF2 (P/N 802538). The following cards connect directlyto external modules and detectors: 8 relay card RK8 and RK8TQ (P/N 802587 and P/N 800843), line termination cards LAK8 and LAK8A(P/N 802563 and P/N 806477), solenoid valve/monitored output cards MVA4F (P/N 853507), SAK2 loop (MxLoop) connection card(P/N 800255), spark test connection cards FTX-AK8 (P/N 806209). 24V/6amp power supply USVI-SE-210 (P/N 835193), or 24V/2amp powersupply (P/N 852412). Front panel FPTUL with 8 × 40 character LCD display (P/N 801215), LED panels F + S FPFUS (P/N 837189) and FPSfor MxLoop devices indication only (P/N 851973), ground fault module MEM (P/N 800096). Control provides up to 12x9V Class B detectioninput zones (maximum 32 detectors per one zone) using line termination cards LAK8 or LAK8A, 12 Zener groups for manual pull stations(open circuit) connections, 12 solenoid/notification appliances/monitored outputs via three MVA4F cards. Compatible with the followinginitiating devices: DMX 3000, and 3003 manual stations, IMX 1001E ionization type smoke detector, rated IP 23, OMX 1001, OMX 1001C,OMX 1111C photoelectric type smoke detectors, rated IP 23, WMX 1000 D60, WMX 1000 D90, WMX 1000 F60, rated IP 65 and WMX 1000F90 (rated IP 65) heat detectors, FMX 3100, FMX 4300, FMX3511, and UMX 3000 flame detectors, all rated IP 65 and FUX 3001(L1) sparkdetector, rated IP65. Series F60 and D60 heat detectors are combination of fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F (60°C), while Series F90and D90 heat detectors have triggering temperature ranging from 201°F (94°C) to 230°F (110°C). Spacing guide for D60 and D90 series heatdetectors is 25 × 25 ft (7.6 × 7.6 m); while for F60 and F90 series it is 15 × 15 feet (4.6 × 4.6 m). Compatible with the following analogaddressable devices via the MxLoop card: IMX50 ionization smoke detector, OMX50 photoelectric smoke detector, WMX50 D60 rate-of-riseheat detector: spacing guide for D60 series heat detectors is 30 × 30 ft (9.1 × 9.1 m); DMX50/50F manual stations, SMX50 short circuit loopisolator, SUX50/50H contact monitoring module, Aktor 50/50H actuator switch, and LMX50 indicator module. Standby batteries 24V, 12 AHprovide 24 hours of emergency supply.

The Gamewell Co, 60 Pleasant St, Ashland MA 01721Programmable Identifier Network System 2 (INS-2). Addressable fire alarm system using software Version 30814-102. Consists of main

control module (P/N 30763); main display module (P/N 30764); optional alphanumeric display/printer interfaces (P/N 30773, -01, -02, -03);expansion module (P/N 30772); Style B or D addressable detector base (P/N 30765); remote LED annunciator (P/N 30766, -01); addressablemanual pull station (P/N M46-33); addressable control element with relay contacts rated 1 A/30 V dc - 0.2 A/120 V ac (P/N 30770-10, -11);and Style B or D collective zone interface (CZI) module (P/N 30771-10, -12, 30774-10, -12); remote graphics/relay driver (P/N 30778, -01);auxiliary relay (P/N 30422) with contacts rated 10A/120 V ac. Two Style Y or Z indicating circuits. Communication lines to addressable devicesmeet Style 4 or 6. Optional voltmeter/ammeter kit (P/N 30802). Battery pack (24 V dc/40 AH) provides 24 or 60 hours of emergency operationload dependent.

Flexalarm 620 programmable control panel, Models F624 and 628 with operating systems Version 1.01. Optional modules include: cabinetexpander module CAB-EXP; alarm/trouble display module (ATD); relay control display module (RCD); building control display module (BCD);status control modules SAN, RAN, and SIM-232; conventional input modules CIM-4 and CIM-8; module SZA-8; relay modules RM-4 andRM-8, and building control modules BC-4 and BC-8. Compatible with the following addressable/analog devices SCE-95, RCE-95, andBCE-95 control elements; Compatible with the following Apollo Ltd two-wire detectors: P/N’s 55000-153 thermal; 55000-350 photoelectricsmoke; 55000-250 ionization smoke and bases, P/N 45681-200 and 45681-220. 24 V dc batteries rated 5-50 AH are available to provide 24or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SYSTEMS.)

IdentiFlex 610 programmable analog control panel with operating system Version 7.0. Consists of a CPU module, operators display, busdriver module, analog addressable interface modules, and a 6.0 A power supply. Optional modules include: status control modules SAN, RANand SIM-232. Compatible with the following addressable/analog devices; PID-95(P) point input devices; SCE-95, BCE-95 and RCE-95 controlelements; Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-650 photoelectric smoke; 55000-550 ionization smoke; 55000-450 thermal detector and XP95-LI isolatormodule; MS-95 manual station; CZI-95 conventional zone interface, compatible with the following conventional two-wire detectors: Apollo LtdP/N’s 55000-153 thermal; 55000-350 photoelectric smoke; 55000-250 ionization smoke and bases, P/N 45681-200 and 45681-220. 24 V dcbatteries rated 7-28 AH are available to provide 24 hours emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHINGSYSTEMS AND PREACTION AND DELUGE SYSTEMS.)

IdentiFlex 630 programmable analog control panel, Models IF630-252 and 502 with operating systems Version 1.01. Optional modulesinclude: universal signal modules USM-4 and USM-8; Class A adapter module SZA-8; relay modules RM-4 and RM-8, alarm/trouble displaymodule (ATD); relay control display module (RCD); building control display module (BCD); status control modules SAN, RAN and SIM-232;and building control modules BC-4 and BC-8. Compatible with the following addressable/analog devices; PID-95(P) point input devices;SCE-95, BCE-95 and RCE-95 control elements; Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-650 photoelectric smoke; 55000-550 ionization smoke; 55000-450thermal detector and XP95-LI isolator module; MS-95 manual station; CZI-95 conventional zone interface, compatible with the followingconventional two-wire detectors: Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-153 thermal; 55000-350 photoelectric smoke; 55000-250 ionization smoke andbases, P/N 45681-200 and 45681-220. 24 V dc batteries rated 5-50 AH are available to provide 24 hours emergency operation. (See alsoAUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SYSTEMS.)

IdentiFlex 650 programmable analog/conventional control, Models IF 654 and 658 with operating system Version 1.01. Optional modulesinclude: conventional input modules CIM-4 and CIM-8; Class A adapter module SDA-8; universal signal modules USM-4 and USM-8; ClassA adapter module SZA-8; relay modules RM-4 and RM-8; cabinet expander module CAB-EXP; alarm/trouble display module (ATD); relaycontrol display module (RCD); building control display module (BCD); status control modules SAN, RAN and SIM-232; and building controlmodules BC-4 and BC-8. Compatible with the following addressable/analog devices: PID-95(P) point input device; SCE-95 BCE-95 andRCE-95 control elements; Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-650 photoelectric smoke; 55000-550 ionization smoke; 55000-450 thermal detector and


XP95-LI isolator module; MS-95 manual station; CZI-95 conventional zone interface. Compatible with the following conventional two-wiredetectors: Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-153 thermal; 55000-350 photoelectric smoke; 55000-250 ionization smoke and bases, P/N 45681-200 and45681-220. 24 V dc batteries rated 5-50 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATICRELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SYSTEMS.)

Harrington Signal Inc, 2519 4th Ave, Box 590, Moline IL 61265The HS-3030 fire alarm control panel with configuration program software Network Plus (Version 17). The following equipment makes up

the HS-3030 fire alarm control panel: HS-3331 main circuit board assembly (Firmware HS2-7, Version 17.xx), HS-3130 Network board,HS-3235 Terminal board Class A, HS-3236 Terminal board, Class B, HS-3237 Plug-in board, HS-3032 LED Annunciator board, HS-3038Class B conventional IDC module, HS-3138 Class B conventional IDC module, HS-3238 Class B conventional IDC module, HS-3338 ClassA conventional IDC module, HS-3039 Class B, SLC module (Firmware BRK 3G, Version 17.xx), HS-3139 Class A, SLC module (FirmwareBRK 2G, Version 17.xx) and HS-3035 power supply module. Standby batteries (7 to 40 AH) are available to provide 24 hours emergencyoperation. The two 40 AH batteries require a separate battery box HS-3938. HS-3140 remote annunciator module uses HS-3434 main circuitboard (Firmware AN-4H, Version 17.xx) in conjunction with the HS-3130 Network Communication board to interface with the main controlover a proprietary DCLR Class A Style 7 SLC network. Annunciator contains 16 programmable switch inputs, communication ports and an80 character LCD display. Power to the annunciator (24 V dc) is provided through a supervised connection to the control power supply. Thefollowing analog-addressable devices are compatible with the HS-3030 control: System Sensor models 2551, 1551, and 2551T smokedetectors, System Sensor model 5551 heat detector (spacing guide 30 x 30 ft [9 x 9 m] max), System Sensor M500CH control, M500MBmonitor and M501M mini-monitor modules. The System Sensor detectors are to be used with B501B bases. The HS-3030 control iscompatible with the following Approved two-wire smoke detection devices: Apollo Fire Detectors, Ltd. 60A, P/N 55000-250, P/N 55000-350;Detection Systems, Inc. DS200-2W, DS200-HD; Hochiki America Corp. SIF-24F, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH; System Sensor 1400, 1451, 2400,2400TH, 2451, 2451TH.

Hochiki America Corp, 7051 Village Dr Suite 100, Buena Park CA 90621Fire Alarm Control. Model AL-136H with the following subassemblies: HA-241-2000-A control board and power supply chassis; -241-

2002-A three zone circuit boards (5 max); -241-2003-A battery charger; -241-2004-A (X1-X2) supplemental auxiliary output module for citybox connection; optional 24 V standby power available for 24 or 60 hours from 6 or 12 AH rechargeable gel-cell type batteries. Providestwo-wire (combination initiating/power circuits) Class B initiating device circuits with 5.6 K ohm end-of-line-resistor for use with Approved 24V dc smoke detectors, or normally open contact fire detectors and manual stations; Approved polarized 24 V dc audible signal indicatingappliances.

Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model AL150. Operates from 120 V ac, 60 Hz supply; internal 24 V dc, 2.5 A power supply. Panel suitable foruse with the Approved Hochiki two-wire SLG-24F, SIF-24F detectors with HS-224 mounting bases, or normally-open contact fire alarm orsprinkler waterflow alarm initiating devices and polarized 18-36 V dc audible signaling appliances. Provides single 24 V dc Class B initiatingdevice circuit and two 24 V dc 0.75 A audible signaling appliance circuits. Control is equipped with 24 V, 6.5 AH battery to provide 24 hoursecondary (standby) power.

Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc), 2701 4th Ave S, Minneapolis MN 55408Model 5505 Fire and Security System. Control consists of P/N D1640 120/16-17 V ac, 40 V, 60 Hz transformer, Model 5505 control/

communicator assembly (Version E or G); Model D192 bell circuit supervision model. Options include Model No. 136 relay, Model No. D129dual Class A initiation circuit module, D125 powered loop interface, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of two D8125 POPEX (Pointof Protection Expansion) modules each with up to 63 D8126U, D8126T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), Model 510 or 520arming station. A 12 V, 6 AH battery can provide the required 24 hours standby power. When connected to Approved signal initiating devicesand indicating appliances, this system meets the performance requirements of NFPA72 (Local Protective Signaling Systems). When equippedwith D128 dual phone line switcher, this control can also be used as the protected premises portion of the Honeywell Digital AlarmCommunicator System (DACS). (See CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panels. Models 5800C and 5900C (Software Rev. 0500) Control/Communicators equipped with ModelD1255, D1256, D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Each controlhas a D192C notification appliance module and D125B powered loop interface module (initiating device circuit module). The controls mayconnect with D129 dual Class A initiating circuit module, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX module or D8128AOctoPOPIT module with D8127U, D8127T, D9127U and D9127T POPITs which provide the 5900C with up to 238 signaling line circuits, andthe 5800C panel with up to 40 signaling line circuits, all capable of (Class B) Style 3.5 signaling performance. Each control is equipped with12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. (See also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATIONSIGNALING SYSTEMS listings.)

Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model 5924C Control/Communicators using Firmware Version 3.12 equipped with Model D1255,D1256, D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Options includeZonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX (Point of Protection Expansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Pointof Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversing relay module, D192C indicating circuit module, D125B powered loop interface module andD8128A OctoPOPIT module. The 5924C control is equipped with Model D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperaturesfrom 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Controls can also be used as digital alarm communicator transmitters. (See also CENTRAL STATION andREMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS listings.)

XLS-1000 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/addressable devices. Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall-mounted enclosures XLS-CAB5/7/14/21(R) and XLS-RCC7/14/21R; 3-CPU or 3-CPU1 processor with 3-LCD display and 3-XMEM memory expansion; 3-PPS/M(230)primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the following local rail modules; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxxLED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232 supplementary connection card; 3-RS485A, 3-RS485B and 3-RS485R,RS485 network communication cards; 3-FIBA fiber optic interface modules; 3-6ANN, 3-10ANN and 3-LCDANN remote annunciators including3-ANNCPU1 remote annunciator CPU, 3-ANNSM annunciator driver for LED/switch display modules, 6ANN/B flush box for the 3-6ANN,6ANN/B-S surface box for 3-6ANN, and 10ANN/B flush box for 3-10ANN; 10ANN/B-S surface box for 3-10ANN, 3-6ANN/D door for 3-6ANN,and 3-10ANN/D door for 3-10ANN; 3-AADC Analog Addressable Device Controller. 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible withEdwards 6250B (or C) Ionization and 6270 photoelectric smoke detectors; 3-DSDCsingle SIGAnature data cards compatible with thefollowing; XLS-PS photoelectric smoke detector, XLS-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, XLS-IS ionizationsmoke detector, XLS-IPHS multisensor detector, XLS-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector; XLS-HRS 135°F (57°C) combination fixedand rate of rise heat detector (spacing guide for -HFS and HRS is 15×15 ft); SIGA-270B, -270F, and -278BP, and XLS-270, -270P, and -278manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 and -WTM input modules,SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGA detector bases are;SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB, -RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt for bases.SIGA-DH duct housing assembly and SIGA-DTS duct test station for use with XLS-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors. 3-ASU audio source units;3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A,3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30 and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90 W audio amplifiers used with XLS757-1A-R25(R) or XLS757-1A-R70(R) speakers3-.REMICP and 3-REMICA remote microphones, 3-ATPINT Audio Termination Panel Interface card for use with model 1B3125 and 1B3250Dukane amplifiers. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See alsoEMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEM listings.)


XLS200 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/addressable devices. Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall-mounted enclosure XLS-CAB5(R); 3-CPU processor with 3-LCD display; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and thefollowing local rail modules; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxx LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232supplementary connection card; 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible with Edwards 6250B (or C) Ionization and 6270 photo-electric smoke detectors; 3-DSDC single SIGAnature data cards compatible with XLS-PS photoelectric smoke detector, XLS-PHS photo-electric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, XLS-IS ionization smoke detector, XLS-IPHS multisensor detector, XLS-HFS 135°F(57°C) fixed temp heat detector; XLS-HRS 135°F (57°C) combination fixed and rate of rise heat detector (spacing guide for -HFS and HRSis 15 X 15 ft [3 X 3 m]); SIGA-270B, -270F, and -278BP, and XLS-270, -270P, and -278 manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 and -WTMinput modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGA detector bases are; SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB,-RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TS trim ring. SIGA-DH duct housing assembly and SIGA-DTS duct test stationfor use with XLS-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergencyoperation.

Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004DELTANet FS90 Fire and Security System. Programmable fire alarm control panel consists of a P/N 14505151 enclosure, up to four P/N

14505102 motherboards, P/N 14505148 power supply (120 V ac) with P/N 14506408 battery supervision module and a selection of functionalboards. Functional boards covered by this Approval are as follows: P/N 14505104-005, CA control board (Operating Software Ver. 3.4); P/N14505106-001, AA four-zone, two-wire initiating; P/N 14505108, AB two-zone, four-wire initiating; P/N 14505106-002, AC four-zone, two-wireinitiating; P/N 14505118, AD digital input; P/N 14505132-001, AE intelligent loop (Operating Software Ver. 3.2A); P/N 14505110, BF two zone,two wire, two relay indicating; P/N 14505126, two zone, four wire indicating; P/N 14505112-002, DC accessory relay; P/N 14506788-004, LHcommand center interface (Operating Software Ver. 3.0); P/N 14506344-001, LJ communication/display (Operating Software Ver. 2.2); P/N14506817, printer/display assembly; P/N 14505114, VA master box and remote station transmitter (required for auxiliary connection to amunicipal fire alarm system); P/N 14506302,-001, SK 3 position HVAC override; P/N 14506302-002, SF 2 position HVAC override.Compatible with the following modules and detectors: Laser Photoelectric smoke detector TC846A1005, photoelectric smoke detectorsTC844A and TC840M1005, Photoelectric Smoke Sensor TC806B1001, Photoelectric Smoke Sensor with 135°F Fixed Temperature HeatSensors TC806B1076, TC806B1084, TC840M1021 and TC806B1043, Ionization Smoke Sensors TC807B1059, TC807B1000, 135°F FixedTemperature Heat Sensors TC808B1002, TC808B1041 and TC808B11058; 190°F Fixed Temperature Heat Sensor TC808B1066; 135°FFixed Temperature and Rate-of-Rise Heat Sensor TC808B1010, Duct Detectors TC806D1023, TC806D1031, TC806D1011, TC806D1018,TC806D1049, TC806D1056, 32002812-005, and 32002812-006; Relay Control Module TC810R1024, Supervised Control ModuleTC810N1013, Monitor Module TC809A1059, Dual Monitor Module TC809D1004, Mini-Module TC809B1008, Interface Module TC841A1000,S464G1007 dual action manual pull station.

The following addressable modules and intelligent/analog sensors can be used with the AE intelligent loop board: TC 810A1056 controlmodule; TC 809A1059 monitor module; TC 809B1008 monitor module; TC 811A1006 isolator module; TC 804C1001 photoelectric typesmoke sensor; TC 804C1019 photoelectric type smoke sensor with heat detector; TC 805C1000 ionization type smoke sensor; TC 806A1037photoelectric type smoke sensor; TC 807A1036 ionization type smoke sensor; TC 808A1027 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensor(spacing guide is 30 by 30 feet [9 by 9 m] max); 14506414-001 base; 14506873-001 duct type smoke sensor.

The system can be configured to meet any of the five styles of initiating device circuits, styles 4, 5 and 7 signaling line circuits and stylesW and Y for notification appliance circuits described in ANSI/NFPA 72-1993. P/N 14506056-002, 24 V dc, 26 AH batteries are available toprovide 24 to 60 hours of standby power. (See PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHINGSYSTEMS.)

XLS-1Z1, -1Z1-220, -2Z1 and -2Z1-220. Programmable modular control panels. Each panel is equipped with a 120 V ac power supplymodule (or 220 V ac with a suffix -220) and a 24 V dc, 4 AH battery to provide 24 or 60 hour secondary (standby) power. Model XLS-1Z1has a base module (using firmware Version 1.05), one Class B (Style B) initiating device circuit (IDC) and two Class B (Style Y) notificationappliance circuits (NACs). Model XLS-2Z1 has a base module, two Class B (Style Y) NACs and two Class B (Style B) IDCs. The panel canbe expanded to include one optional module, the relay-city tie module (RCT-1). Also available is the remote trouble unit driver (RTUDR)required for use with a remote trouble unit (RTU). Each panel may be used with the following Approved compatible two-wire smoke detectiondevices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B, 6250B, 6264B-001, 6266B-001, 6269B, 6269B-003, 6270B and 6270B-003.

XLS-2Z3, -2Z3-220, -2Z6 and -2Z6-220. Programmable modular control panels each consisting of a 120 V ac power supply module (or 220V ac with a suffix -220) and a base module (using firmware Version 1.05) with two Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits (IDCs) and twoClass B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits (NACs). Each 2Z3 panel can be expanded to include up to three optional modules and each2Z6 up to six additional modules which include an annunciator driver master (ADMM), annunciator driver slave (ADSM), two zone IDC module(2IDC), the relay-city tie module (RCT-1), base panel Class A module (BPAC), IDC Class A module (IDCA). Remote annunciators include theremote trouble unit (RTU) and 2, 4 or 8 zone annunciators (4ZA, 8ZA and 12 ZA). Each panel may be used with the following Approvedcompatible two-wire smoke detection devices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B, 6250B, 6264B-001, 6266B-001, 6269B, 6269B-003,6270B and 6270B-003.

Johnson Controls Inc, 507 E Michigan St, Milwaukee WI 53201-5211Fire Alarm Control. IFC-200 Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses firmware

revision level 2. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6, or 7 and four Style Y indicating appliance circuitsas described in NFPA 72. Optional modules Notifier 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary applications. The following addressableperipheral equipment is also available: Models 1551J and 1351J ionization; 2551J and 2351TMJ photoelectric; DH500J or DH502J ducthousing can be used with Models 1551J and 2551J detectors; DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; FTX-P2J photoelectric smoke detector;FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; 2551THJ and 2351TJ photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermalelement; 5551J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9×9 m] max) 5351J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJthermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. Model BGX-101L and JBG-12LX addressable pullstation; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ, M500MJ and M501MJ monitor, M300DJ dual monitor, M302MJ interface, M500XJ fault isolation,M300CJ control relay, M300RJ relay, M301MJ mini, and M510CJ control module. When required, the following remote annunicators may beused: Notifier ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standbybattery packs (24 V dc), 7 and 12 AH internal provide 24 or 60 hour operation.

Fire Alarm Control Panel System 5000. Provides fire alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined according to the specificneeds of an installation. The following modules provide for up to 24 zones: ZDM zone module, SSM sprinkler supervisory, BCM bell circuit,BMT signal circuit timer, BMC master march time coder, BMCT master march time coder and timer, PS4/PS4X power supply auxiliarysignaling, ACB power and supervision ac signaling, PS3 power supply, LBM low battery monitor, RTI remote trouble indicator, RZA remotezone annunciator, RDS fire drill switch.

Multiplex System 5000. Consists of the System 5000 control panel with a binary field processing unit, for communication with the JC/85/40,mounted within the enclosure. This unit can be a stand-alone local control panel or be used as the protected premises portion of the JohnsonControls JC/85/40 Multiplex Proprietary System. (See also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

FC-2000 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2, -D2,-A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-2000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4 or-8. CPU-2000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipaltie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capableof operating throughout the entire voltage range. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules and


detectors: DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; 1351J Ionization smoke detector, FTX-P2J and 2351TMJ photoelectric smoke detector;FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; 2351TJ photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element, 5351J135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ thermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. M300MJ,M300SMJ monitor, M300DJ dual monitor, M302MJ interface, M300RJ relay, M300CJ control relay, M301MJ mini modules; IZM-4, IZM-8,IZE-A, ICM-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, TCM-2, TCM-4, TRM-4, ICM-4 or ICE-4. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used:ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Audio-visual powersupply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3 A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide therequired 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)

IFC-2020 Advanced Multiplex System. The IFC-2020 system consists of the following: one CPU-2020 central processing unit; one DIA-1display interface assembly; up to three ICA-4 interconnect chassis assemblies; up to ten LIB-200 loop interface boards; one SIB-64 serialinterface board; one MPS-24 main power supply; and up to three AVPS-24 audio/visual power supplies (with CHS-4 option chassis assem-blies) enclosed in one of four different size cabinets, depending on the particular system configuration. Software revision level ROMSC3-2020,Rev. D. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Model 1551J ionization type intelligent smoke detector; Model2551J photoelectric type intelligent smoke detector; Model 2551THJ photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; Model 5551J 135°F(57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Model BG-10L addressable pull station; Models M500MJ and M501MJmonitors, M500XJ fault isolation, M500CJ and M510CJ control modules; Model CRT-1 video display unit and P-80 printer. The system canbe configured to meet Styles 4 or 6 signaling line circuits and Styles Y or Z indicating appliance circuits as described in NFPA72. Models 1551Jionization sensor and 2551J photoelectric sensor can be used with DH500J duct housing powered by 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, 240 V acor with the DH502J duct housing. The system has a programmable detector alarm verification feature which delays alarm annunciation upto 50 sec, in order to reduce unwanted alarms. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT,AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Two 25 AH batteries provide the required 24hour standby power. Indicating appliance circuits supply from 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capable of operatingthroughout this entire voltage range.

IFC1010 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control using firmware Rev. 6.60 consists of combination of CPU-1010 central process-ing unit, Firmware No. 73764; DIA-1010 display interface assembly, Firmware No. 73757; up to 10 LIB-200 loop interface boards, FirmwareNo. 73760; SIB-232 serial interface board; SIB-2048 serial interface board, Firmware No. 73790; SIB-N2 network interface board, FirmwareNo. 73790; MPS-24A main power supply; ICA-4(L) interconnect chassis assemblies; MBT-1 municipal box trip device; AVPS-24 audio-visualpower supply. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board connects an IFC1010 controlwith other AM2020/AFP1010 controls. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models 1551J and 1351J ionizationsensor, 2551J and 2351TMJ photoelectric sensor, 2551THJ and 2351TJ photoelectric sensor with 135°F (57°C) thermal element, FTX-P2Jphotoelectric smoke detector; FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; System Sensor Models 1251ionization sensor, 2251 photoelectric sensor, base Models B210LP and B501B, RA400Z remote LED assembly; DH-500J, -502J ducthousings can be used with Models 1551J ionization or 2551J photoelectric sensors; 5351J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJthermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. 5551J 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensor(spacing guide 30 30 ft max) (5551J to be programmed only with ‘‘Medium’’ sensitivity); DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; ModelBGX-101L addressable pull station; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ, M500MJ monitor module, M300DJ dual monitor module, M500XJ faultisolation module, M300RJ relay module, M300CJ control relay module, M302MJ interface module, M301MJ mini module, M510CJ controlmodule; CRT-2 monitor with keyboard, PRN-4 printer. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, -16AT,AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, LDM-32, -E32, -R32, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 24 to 60 hour standbyoperation.

IFC-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. IFC4R3.0. Basic system consists of a combi-nation of CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasingcircuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Optionalmodules are AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256 universal coder module firmware revisionlevel 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection. IFC-400 is capable of operating with the Notifier XP seriestransponders (see separate listing). IFC-400 provides two signaling line circuits each capable of communicating with up to 198 addressableinput and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Style 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board may be used toconnect an IFC-400 control with System 5000 controls. The following addressable initiating device and control equipment are also available:Models 1351J, CPX-551 and CPX-751 ionization; SDX-551 and 2351TMJ photoelectric, SDX-751TH photoelectric used with base ModelsB710LP and BX501; FTX-P2J photoelectric smoke detector; FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector;DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors; DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; 5351J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ thermal detector with rate-of-rise(spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft max); FDX-551R135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft max); (sensor Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’) ModelBGX-101L and JBG-12LX addressable pull station; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ, MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor, M300DJ dual monitor,M300CJ control relay, M300RJ relay, M301MJ mini, M302MJ interface, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 control modules. Whenrequired, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A,LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See alsoEMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHINGSYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)

IFC-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #IFC6V2.0. Basic system consists of a combination of JCPU-640Motherboard, KDM-2 Keyboard Display Module, JNCA Network Control Annunciator, or NCS Network Control System. The power supply isan integral part of the JCPU-640. 120 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 Vdc 2.5 A plus two 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs Total power output is 6 A in alarm, 3 A in standby. Optional modules are: LEM-320Loop Expander Module, APS-6R Auxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406 Addressable/Charger Power Supply, ICM-4RK, ICE-4, CRM-4RK,CRE-4, and ARM-4, VCM-4RK, VCE-4, DCM-4RK and XPIQ (see separate listing). TM-4 transmitter module required for auxiliary signalingconnection. IFC-640 is capable of operating with the XP5 series transponders. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6or 7. IFC-640 supports the NOTI-FIRE-NET network consisting of the NCS-W-ONYX/NCS-F-ONYX Network Control Station, NCM-W/NCM-FNetwork Control Modules, JNCA Network Control Annunciator for use with IFC-640, IFC-1010, IFC2020, IFC-200 and/or IFC-400 fire alarmcontrol panels. The following addressable detectors are also available in Flashscan Protocol: Models 1351J ionization; 2351TMJ photoelectricwith 135°F (57°C) thermal element used with base Model B710LP; FTX-P2J Photoelectric smoke detector, FSL-751 Laser Photoelectricdetector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; 2351TJ photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermalelement; 5351J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ thermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by7.60 m]. FDX 551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate of rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 by 30 ft [9 by 9 m] max); (sensor ModelNos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’) Model JNBG-12LX addressable pull station; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ monitor, M300DJ dual monitor,M300CJ control relay, M300RJ relay, M301MJ mini, M302MJ interface, M500XJ fault isolation modules. When required, the following remoteannunciators may be used: ACM 8R, ACM 16AT, AEM 16AT, ACM 32A, AEM 32A, AFM 16AT, AFM 32A, LDM 32, LDM E32, LDM R32, LCD80. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. Model JPRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used. (See alsoCENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTEC-TIVE EQUIPMENT, and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS listings.)

IFC2020 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control using firmware Rev. 6.60 consists of combination of CPU-2020 central process-ing unit, Firmware No. 73763; DIA-2020 display interface assembly, Firmware No. 73756; up to 10 LIB-200 loop interface boards, FirmwareNo. 73760; SIB-232 serial interface board; SIB-2048 serial interface board, Firmware No. 73790; SIB-N2 network interface board, FirmwareNo. 73790; MPS-24A main power supply; ICA-4(L) interconnect chassis assemblies; MBT-1 municipal box trip device; AVPS-24 audio-visual


power supply. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board connects an IFC2020 controlwith other IFC2020/IFC1010 controls. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models 1551J and 1351J ionizationsensors, 2551J and 2351TMJ photoelectric sensors, 2551THJ and 2351TJ photoelectric sensor with 135°F (57°C) thermal element, FTX-P2Jphotoelectric smoke detector; FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; System Sensor Models 1251ionization sensor, 2251 photoelectric sensor, base Models B210LP and B501B, RA400Z remote LED assembly; DH-500J, -502J ducthousings can be used with Models 1551J ionization or 2551J photoelectric sensors; DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; 5351J 135°F(57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ thermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. 5551J 135° F(57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft max) (5551J to be programmed only with ‘‘Medium’’ sensitivity); ModelBGX-101L addressable pull station; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ, M500MJ monitor module, M300DJ dual monitor module, M500XJ faultisolation module, M302MJ interface module, M300CJ control relay module, M300RJ relay module, M301MJ mini module, M510CJ controlmodule; CRT-2 monitor with keyboard, PRN-4 printer. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, -16AT,AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, LDM-32, -E32, -R32, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 24 to 60 hour standbyoperation.

XP Series Transponder (P/N 73737, Rev. A). Programmable modular control panel for local and auxiliary signaling. The XP panel consistsof an XPP-1 processor (P/N 73736), the XPM-8 and XPM-8L initiating device circuit (IDC) modules, the XPC-8 notification appliance circuitmodule (NAC) and the MPS-24A or MPS-24B power supply with up to two 12 V dc, 55 AH batteries. The battery bank is able to provide 24to 60 hour secondary (standby) power. For initiating auxiliary signals, the MBT-1 municipal box trip must be connected to any two NACterminals on the XPC-8 module. Optional FCPS-24 and FCPS-24E remote power supplies (120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz) are used to provide 24V dc power to four notification appliance circuits or conventional four-wire fire detectors. The XP panel may be used with the followingApproved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: System Sensor detectors 1400, 1451, 2400, 2400AIT, 2400AT, 2400TH; 24512451TH with base Models B401, B401B, B406B and DH400; System Sensor detectors 1151, 2151, 1451DH, 1851DH and 2851DH with baseModels B401, B116LP, DH2851DC, DH1851DC, DH400 and B110LP.

Kidde-Fenwal Inc, 400 Main St, Ashland MA 01721Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model 3210, P/N 30-321000-0XX. Operates on 120 V ac, 2.0 A to provide regulated 24 V dc, 4.0 A. Provides fire

alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined according to the specific needs of an installation. The following modules providefor up to 72 zones: 30-321000-182 zone module, -157 bell circuit, -158 master March time coder, -163 diode matrix card (1-5 function), -164diode matrix card (6-10 function), -172 power supply, -178 trouble by zone card, -179 trouble by zone card, -151, -152 and -153 actuationmodules, -174 auxiliary 4 A power supply, -160 basic master fire card, -187 common coder, -190 zone coder, -181 sprinkler supervisorymodule, -183, -184, -185 zone expanders, -186 dual rate charger card, -188 time delay switch [on module], -189 time delay switch, -198supervised relay card, -915 transformer assembly, -146 double density zone module, -145 verification module, -147, -148 and -149 firing cardsto be used with initiators 31-199932-004. Standby batteries provided for 24 hours of operation.

Model 2320 Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235818-001-AA. 24 V dc panel available in twoprimary voltage ratings 120 V ac (P/N 30-232000-101, -201) or 240 V ac (P/N 30-232000-103, -203). (See description under AUTOMATICRELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)

Control Panel. Model 2210, P/N 30-221000-000; Model 2212, P/N 30-221000-201 (two Model 2210 zone modules in one cabinet). Allmodels provide power and control Approved Series 7000 photoelectric and ionization type smoke detectors, other Approved 24 V dc firedetectors, audible signaling devices and extinguishing release circuits; two supervised alarm initiating circuits for either Class A or Class Boperation; three alarm indicating circuits. Model 2210 has one supervised extinguishing system releasing circuit; Model 2212 has twosupervised extinguishing system releasing circuits. Releasing circuits are for use with valve P/N 31-19411200XX and up to ten explosiveinitiators, P/N 31-199932-004, or up to six explosive initiators, P/N 93-191001-001. Power supplies operate on 120 V ac, 1.5 A to provideregulated 24 V dc, 3.0 A. Built-in battery charger for two 12 V, 6 AH, sealed, lead-acid batteries. Standby battery power capacity is 24 hours.Each alarm-indicating circuit and releasing circuit must not draw more than 0.75 A. Models 2210, 2212 have an optional keyswitch to disablerelease circuits.

Model 2220, P/N 30-222000-001. For use with signal initiating and indicating devices connected to two Class B initiating circuits and one24 V dc audible indicating circuit. Provides one extinguishing release circuit which will actuate one P/N 31-194135-001 or -002 actuator, ortwo explosive initiators P/N 31-199932-004. Two Powersonic, Model PS-1212, 12 V, 1.2 AH batteries provide the required 24 hour standbypower. Current available for alarm indicating circuit is 200 mA.

SCORPIO Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA.. 24 V dc panel available in twoprimary voltage ratings 120 V ac (P/N 84-232000-102, -202) or 240 V ac (P/N 84-232000-104, -204). (See description under AUTOMATICRELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)

Fenwalnet 1000 Programmable Fire Alarm System including central control module 74-100001-001 with 06-234970-003 through06-234976-003 firmware and 89.01 operating program, mother board 74-100000-001, memory module 74-100002-001, signal audiblemodule 74-100004-001, receiver/transmitter module 30-402002-003 or -004, indicator switch board 74-100005-001, relay module 74-100006-001, power supply 74-100009-001, power supply 74-100003-001, autodial module 74-100007-001, memory module 74-100002-001, batteryenclosure 74-100017-001. 70-401001-000, 70-401004-000, 71-401001-000 and 71-401004-000 smart smoke detectors, 70-403000-000 ducthousing, PSD-7125, PSD-7126 photoelectric detectors and CPD-7021 ionization smoke detector used with 70-201000-001 detector base,PSD-7152 (P/N 71-402001-100) photoelectric detector and CPD-7052 (P/N 70-402001-100) ionization detector used with 6 in. base (6SB)P/N 70-400001-100, 4 in. base (4SB) P/N 70-400001-101 and mechanical adapter MA-002 (P/N 70-400001-200, 70-407002-001 normallyopen addressable contact input device, 70-407008-001 and -003 addressable contact input device modules, 70-408004-001 addressablerelay output device module, 70-407003-001 and 70-407004-001 addressable manual station adaptor, 70-408003-000 alarm indicator,70-408002-000 addressable relay output device, 70-410001-000 remote annunciator led, 70-403000-000 duct detector housing. City tiemodule 74-100014-001 provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Addressable signaling lines can be configuredto meet NFPA72 Styles 4 and 6. Optional intelligent interface modules P/N 89-100066-001 and 89-100071-001 may be used with theKidde-Fenwal AnaLASER detector as supplemental equipment. Standby batteries (24 V dc, 17 or 40 AH) supply 24 or 60 hours of emergencyoperating power.

FenwalNET 2000 equipped with CCM (single loop P/N 74-200008-701) rev. CCMF 80.1 SL or CCM (multiloop P/N 74-200008-800) rev.CCMF 80.1 ML used with AnaLASER II High Sensitivity Smoke Detector. For multiple AnaLASER II detectors, connection by means of anIntelligent Interface Module (IIM) (P/N 89-300014-001 software ver. AB; P/N 89-300015-001 software ver. AB; P/N 89-300012-001, softwareversion AB; P/N 89-300013-001 software version AB). The IIM allows interfacing up to 127 AnaLASER II detectors to a FenwalNET 2000 viaan RS-485 network configurable as either Style 4 (Class B) or Style 6 (Class A). For a single AnaLASER II, connection by means of anAnaLASER Interface Module (AIM), (P/N 89-300010-001 software version AA) mounted inside the detector enclosure and interfaced to theRxTx addressable loop. Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See separate FenwalNET 2000listing under Local Protective Signaling and AnaLASER II listing under Fire Detection, Smoke Actuated.)

Fenwalnet 4000 Programmable Fire Alarm System including 30-405003-000 central control module with 06-234650-003 through06-234656-003 firmware and 89.01 operating program, 30-403002-000 motherboard card cage assembly, up to eight 30-402002-000receiver/transmitter module assembly (includes 06-234649-003/-004 firmware), 30-401004-000 signal/audible output module, 30-401006-000 city tie output module, 30-401005-000 relay output module, 30-406003-000 functional display door assembly, 30-407000-000 powersupply and battery charger, 30-404002-000 battery charger module, 30-404003-000 power supply regulator module, 70-400001-000 smartsmoke detector base, (CPD-7040) 70-401001-000, (CPD-7042) 70-401002-000, (CPD-7044) 70-401004-000, (PSD-7140) 71-401001-000,(PSD-7142) 70-401002-000, and (PSD-7144) 71-401004-000 smart smoke detectors, 70-403000-000 duct housing, PSD-7125, PSD-7126photoelectric detectors and CPD-7021 ionization smoke detector used with 70-201000-001 detector base, 70-407002-001 normally openaddressable contact input device, 70-407008-001 and -003 addressable contact input device modules, 70-408004-001 addressable relay


output device module, 70-407003-001 addressable manual station, 70-408002-000 addressable relay output device, 70-410001-000 remoteannunciator led, 70-403000-000 duct detector housing, 30-408002-000 keyboard, 30-412001-000 remote trouble indicating panel. Addres-sable signaling lines can be configured to meet NFPA72 Styles 4 and 6. Optional intelligent interface modules P/N 89-100064-001 and89-100071-001 may be used with the Kidde-Fenwal AnaLASER detector as supplemental equipment. Standby batteries supply 24 or 60hours of emergency operating power.

One Zone Fire Alarm Control Panel. Mercury, P/N 295100, 295101. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices, the systemcan be configured for local and auxiliary alarm signaling. Control motherboard, P/N 295105, contains one Class B initiating circuit (24 V dc),one indicating device circuit (1 A max), one switched DC output circuit (24 V dc, 0.3 A max) and one supervisory signaling circuit. Control canbe used with city box module, P/N 295104 and Class A module, P/N 295109. 12 V dc batteries (6.5 to 15 AH) used to supply required 24 or60 hours of standby power.

GEMINI Fire Alarm Control System. Provides fire alarm functions by modules which can be combined according to the specific needs ofan installation. Used with Approved initiating and indicating devices, the basic Gemini unit consists of a common control board with two ClassB initiating circuits and one Class A indicating appliance circuit, P/N 295005; a 2.75 A, 28.2 V power supply/charger, P/N 295003 and a powertransformer, P/N 295014 or a 4.0 A power supply/charger, P/N 295004 and a power transformer, P/N 295015. Operates from 110/120 V acor 220/240 V ac, 24 V dc. Standby batteries (5, 10, 15, 25, 45 AH) for 24 hours available. Optional board and accessory equipment include:alarm auxiliary control board, P/N 295044; city box transmitter, P/N 295045; four-zone detection board with and without switches, P/N 295043;10 relay board, P/N 295042; counting zone board, P/N 295041; sprinkler supervisory board, P/N 295047; single polarized relay, P/N 295062;double polarized relay, P/N 295063; bus-to-bus interconnecting cable, P/N 295049; two zone (initiating circuits) expansion board, P/N 295009(3 max); auxiliary relay board, P/N 295008; Class A input zone relay, P/N 295026.

Gemini II Multi-Hazard Control System. Modular system consisting of a Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BA operating software, RemoteHazard Unit (RHU) with Rev. BA operating software, a Remote Display Unit (RDU) with Rev. BA operating software, and Optional Relay Board(ORB). The MCP can communicate with up to seven RHUs over the RS485 data network configured for (Class A) Style 7 signalingperformance. Both the MCP and the RHU are provided with 3 (Class A) Style D or (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (IDC), one ofwhich is designated for waterflow while the other two are typically used to connect to conventional type smoke detectors and normally opencontact closure devices. The MCP and the RHU are compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: CPD 7051, -7051D, PSD-7155,-7155P, or PSD-7156 with base models: 2-WIRE, 2-WRB, 2-WRB with Indicator, 2WRLT, or DH-60(2W). The MCP and the RHU are alsoprovided with two (Class A) Style Z or (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. The MCP is also provided with three Form C relay outputcircuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. The ORB is provided with five Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 Vdc/120 V ac. For Canadianinstallations, an LED display module is added for each MCP and RHU. The modular system is provided with a standby battery bank up to66 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.

AnaLASER 50TFP/100TFP/200TFP (High Sensitivity Smoke Detector/Fire Alarm Control/Suppression Panel). The AnaLASER 50TFP/100TFP/200TFP is a one zone high sensitivity smoke detection system with integral programmable fire alarm/suppression control module.(See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.)

FenwalNET 2000 and FenwalNET 2000 ML Programmable analog controls. The FenwalNET 2000 is equipped with CCM (single loop P/N74-200008-701) software Rev. CCMF81.1SL; while the FenwalNET 2000 ML is equipped with CCM (multi-loop P/N 74-200008-800) softwareRev. CCMF81.1ML. Both controls are also each equipped with RX/TX card (P/N 74-200005-001) Rev. R0483, power supply module (P/N74-200009-010) Rev. AA and optional agent release module (P/N 74-200001-001) Rev. AD, city tie module (P/N 74-200002-001) Rev. AC,audible signal module (P/N 74-200003-001) Rev. AE relay module (P/N 74-200004-001) Rev. AD, optional annunciator driver module ATM-L(P/N 74-300004-032), and optional relay driver module ATM-R (P/N 74-300005-032). Each control is compatible with PSD-7152 (P/N71-402001-100) and CPD-7052 (P/N 70-402001-100) analog addressable photoelectric and ionization type smoke detectors with the 6 in.6SB (P/N 70-400001-100) and 4 in. 4SB (P/N 70-400001-101) detector bases, mechanical adapter MA-002 (P/N 70-400001-200), DH-2000duct detector with PSD-7152 (P/N 70-403001-052) and DH-2000 duct detector with CPD-7052 (P/N 70-403001-152). The panels are alsocompatible with the Addressable AlarmLine Module (P/N 73-100001-001) installed in either a standard electrical outlet box or a suitably ratedNRTL listed NEMA 4 enclosure. In addition, the FenwalNET 2000 and the FenwalNET 2000 ML are compatible with 70-407008-001 and –003addressable contact input device modules, 70-408004-001 addressable relay output device module, addressable manual stations (P/Ns70-407003-001 and 70-407004-001), addressable contact input devices (P/Ns 70-407002-001 and –002), addressable relay output devices(P/Ns 70-408002-000, 70-408001-000 and 70-408003-000), Addressable Signal Sounder Module (P/N 70-200200-001), PSD-7140 (P/Ns71-401001-000 and 71-401004-000) and CPD-7040 (P/Ns 70-401001-000 and 70-401004-000) analog addressable smoke detectors with(P/N 70-400001-000) detector base. The panels are also compatible with the THD7252 thermistor heat detector (P/N 70-404001-100) rated135°F (37°C) to 155°F (68.3°C), spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 x 6.1 m) max, loop isolator base mount (P/N 74-200012-004), loop isolatorsingle gang mount (P/N 74-200012-002) and the loop isolator RX/TX mount (P/N 74-200012-001). When connected with the IntelligentInterface Module IIM-2000 (P/N 89-100082-001 with software Version 1.0), the FenwalNET 2000 can monitor up to 30 AnaLASER detectors.When the AnaLASER Interface Module AIM (P/N 89-100081-001 with software Version AB) is connected to the RX/TX module, the Fen-walNET 2000 can monitor one HSSD AnaLASER on its addressable signaling line circuit. FenwalNet 2000 used with AnaLASER II HighSensitivity Smoke Detector. For multiple AnaLASER II detectors, connection by means of an Intelligent Interface Module (IIM) (P/N89-300014-001 software ver. AC; P/N 89-300015-001 software ver. AC; P/N 89-300012-001, software version AC; P/N 89-300013-001software version AC). The IIM allows interfacing up to 127 AnaLASER II detectors to a FenwalNET 2000 via an RS-485 network configurableas either Style 4 (Class B) or Style 6 (Class A). For a single AnaLASER II, connection by means of an AnaLASER Interface Module (AIM),(P/N 89-300010-001 software version AD) mounted inside the detector enclosure and interfaced to the RxTx addressable loop. Suitable forindoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (Note: The CCM software must be series 70 rev. or higher.) (Seeseparate AnaLASER II listing under Fire Detection, Smoke Actuated.) Depending on its configuration, optional Network Interface Card (P/N74-200036-001) provides an RS485 (Class A) Style 7 or (Class B) Style 4 signaling line circuit enabling a network of 32 fire alarm controlsto communicate for local monitoring only. The panels are also compatible with the Remote Display and Control Module (P/N 74-300000-502)and the Remote Display Module (P/N 74-300000-501). 24 V dc batteries rated 17-99 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergencyoperation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)

Fenwal 3220 Multi-Hazard Control System. Modular system consisting of a Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BA operating software,Remote Hazard Unit (RHU) with Rev. BA operating software, a Remote Display Unit (RDU) with Rev. BA operating software, and OptionalRelay Board (ORB). The MCP can communicate with up to seven RHUs over the RS485 data network configured for (Class A) Style 7signaling performance. Both the MCP and the RHU are provided with 3 (Class A) Style D or (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (IDC),one of which is designated for waterflow while the other two are typically used to connect to conventional type smoke detectors and normallyopen contact closure devices. The MCP and the RHU are compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: CPD 7051, -7051D,PSD-7155, -7155P, or PSD-7156 with base models: 2-WIRE, 2-WRB, 2-WRB with Indicator, 2WRLT, or DH-60(2W). The MCP and the RHUare also provided with two (Class A) Style Z or (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. The MCP is also provided with three FormC relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. The ORB is provided with five Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 Vac. For Canadian installations, an LED display module is added for each MCP and RHU. The modular system is provided with a standbybattery bank up to 66 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.

PEGAsys and PEGAsys ML Programmable analog control panels. The PEGAsys is equipped with CCM (single loop P/N 76-100008-701)software Rev. CCMP81.1SL; while the PEGAsys ML is equipped with CCM (multi-loop P/N 76-100008-800) software Rev. CCMP81.1ML.Both controls are also each equipped with RX/TX card (P/N 76-100005-001) Rev. R0483, power supply module (P/N 76-200009-010) Rev.AA and optional agent release module (P/N 76-100001-001) Rev. AD, city tie module (P/N 76-100002-001) Rev. AC, audible signal module(P/N 76-100003-001) Rev. AE relay module (P/N 76-100004-001) Rev. AD, optional annunciator driver module ATM-L (P/N 76-200004-032),and optional relay driver module ATM-R (P/N 76-200005-032). The panels are compatible with PSD-7152 (P/N 71-402001-100) and CPD-7052 (P/N 70-402001-100) analog addressable photoelectric and ionization type smoke detectors with the 6 in. 6SB (P/N 70-400001-100) and4 in. 4SB (P/N 70-400001-101) detector bases, mechanical adapter MA-002 (P/N 70-400001-200), DH-2000 duct detector with PSD-7152


(P/N 70-403001-052) and DH-2000 duct detector with CPD-7052 (P/N 70-403001-152). The panels are also compatible with the AddressableAlarmLine Module (P/N 73-100001-001) installed in either a standard electrical outlet box or a suitably rated NRTL listed NEMA 4 enclosure.In addition, the PEGAsys and the PEGAsys ML are compatible with 70-407008-001 and –003 addressable contact input device modules,70-408004-001 addressable relay output device module, addressable manual stations (P/Ns 70-407003-001 and 70-407004-001), addres-sable contact input devices (P/Ns 70-407002-001 and –002), addressable relay output devices (P/Ns 70-408002-000, 70-408001-000 and70-408003-000), Addressable Signal Sounder Module (P/N 70-200200-001), PSD-7140 (P/Ns 71-401001-000 and 71-401004-000) andCPD-7040 (P/Ns 70-401001-000 and 70-401004-000) analog addressable smoke detectors with (P/N 70-400001-000) detector base. Thepanels are also compatible with the THD7252 thermistor heat detector (P/N 70-404001-100) rated 135°F (37°C) to 155°F (68.3°C), spacingguide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 x 6.1 m) max, loop isolator base mount (P/N 74-200012-004), loop isolator single gang mount (P/N 74-200012-002)and the loop isolator RX/TX mount (P/N 74-200012-001). When connected with the Intelligent Interface Module IIM-2000 (P/N 89-100082-001with software Version 1.0), the PEGAsys can monitor up to 30 AnaLASER detectors. When the AnaLASER Interface Module AIM (P/N89-100081-001 with software Version AB) is connected to the RX/TX module, the PEGAsys can monitor one HSSD AnaLASER on itsaddressable signaling line circuit. PEGASys used with ORION XT High Sensitivity Smoke Detector. A single ORION XT, connects by meansof a PEGASys Addressable Loop Module (PALM) (P/N 297103 with software version AC) mounted inside the detector enclosure andinterfaced to the RxTx addressable loop. Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (Note: The CCMsoftware must be series 70 rev. or higher.) (See separate ORION XT listing under Fire Detection, Smoke Actuated.) Depending on itsconfiguration, optional Network Interface Card (P/N 74-200036-001) provides an RS485 (Class A) Style 7 or (Class B) Style 4 signaling linecircuit enabling a network of 32 fire alarm controls to communicate for local monitoring only. The panels are also compatible with the RemoteDisplay and Control Module (P/N 74-300000-502) and the Remote Display Module (P/N 74-300000-501). 24 V dc batteries rated 17-99 AHare available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGESPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)

ORION 5RP/10RP [High Sensitivity Smoke Detector(HSSD)/Fire Alarm Control/Suppression Panel]. The ORION 5RP/10RP is a one zonehigh sensitivity smoke detection system with integral Programmable fire alarm/suppression control module. (See description under AUTO-MATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.)

SCORPIO 24 Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA. Supplied with 24 V dc power bya dedicated branch circuit of an emergency or optional standby system in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 700,701, or 702. No AC power supply or battery backup is provided with this system. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOREXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)

Multizone Alarm Control Unit. Models P/N 30-191040-XXX, 30-191041-XXX. Consist of plug-in modules 30-191042-000, -001, -003, -011,-020, -025, -06X, -050, -051 which provide electrical supervision, alarm signaling and automatic actuation of Fenwal’s fixed fire extinguishingor explosion-suppression systems.

King-Fisher Co 2350 Foster Ave Wheeling IL 60090Fire Alarm Control. Models KFRTI-20, -52 provide up to 20 and 52 alarm zones, respectively, through a selection of the following

subassemblies: Model 66099 main motherboard, 66107 zone motherboard, 66111 control panel board, 66170 auxiliary relay board, 66150CPU board (software version IRII-6), 66115 power supply, 66163 four zone input, 66156 alarm control board, 66165 dual zone board (Class‘‘A’’). P/N 17014 (5 AH) battery provides 60 hours standby power for the KFRTI-20. The P/N 17012 (12.5 AH) battery provides 60 hoursstandby power for the KFRTI-52. These controls can function as auxiliary boxes for the King-Fisher REAMS municipal alarm signaling systemor transponders for the REAMS proprietary signaling system when equipped with a selection of the following boards: 66125 FM receiver,66120 AM transmitter, 66122 FM transmitter.

P/N 66810-UU, -LL, -UL, -LU dual alarm notification (DAN) module. Provides two additional 3 A, 24 V dc (max) Class A (Style Z) or B (StyleY) notification appliance circuits controlled by the KFRTI-20/52. Available with both circuits unlatched (-UU), latched (-LL) or in combinationconfigurations (-UL, -LU). Requires separate KFRTI-20/52 cabinet, one 66811 dual alarm notification module mother board per DAN moduleand one or more auxiliary power supplies. The 3 A, 24 V dc (max) auxiliary power supply consists of one P/N 66115 power supply module,one P/N 66831 auxiliary power supply mother board and two P/N 17014 (5 AH) batteries.

DACS I Fire Control Panel. Model KF-24-DS. Consists of integral 24 V dc power supply/battery charger (or Kepco Model RMD 24-B-110,110 to 24 V dc power supply) and Model KF-24-DS fire control. Optional Model KF-24-AN zone annunciator available to provide four or eightzones of alarm detection/indicating. Single-zone (KF-24-DS only) or multi-zone (KF-24-DS with KF-24-AN zone annunciator) configurationsare available. Panel suitable for use with Approved two-wire smoke detectors and Approved normally open alarm contact initiating (detection)devices. Class A or B type detection circuits. Panel is equipped with battery (5 to 80 AH) to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency power.

DACS II Control Panel. Model KFUCP. Local or auxiliary system consists of a KFUCP control, KF-TL-300, -400, -500, -540, -700, -900 linetype (thermistor) heat detectors, Approved 24 V dc notification appliances and battery (5 to 80 AH) to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergencypower. May be used with Kepco 110 to 24 V dc power supply, Model RMD-24-B-110. Thermistor Model No. indicates the temperature (°F)at which a 50 ft (15 m) length of detector will have a resistance of 100 ohms. Thermistor sensor should be installed no more than 30 ft (9 m)between parallel sections.

Landis & Gyr Powers Inc 1000 Deerfield Pkwy Buffalo Grove IL 60089ACP Audio Control Panel. This panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. Programmable system using CPU software

Rev. 3.0 (P/N 130048) can be used to provide emergency voice/alarm communication capability to the IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control (see separateIRC-3 listing). Consists of RPSB remote power supply, PS4A/PS8A power supplies, APS8A auxiliary power supply, URSM universal risersupervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RAMM random access message module, ATP audio termination panel, AA75T-25 audio amplifier,Rauland FAX250 250 watt amplifier, Wheelock Model E-9025-WS-24 speaker. Four Power PRC-1230X, 12 V dc, 30 AH batteries provide 60AH for up to 60 hours of standby power.

FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Programmable system consists of the following required modules: DCPU display CPUmodule; PCPU polling CPU module; and FCCD display module. A max of one PCPU module may be used with a total of four of thesecommunication modules: FCOM-FIB fiber optic module, FCOM-20 20 mA communication circuit module; FCOM-485 RS-485 communicationcircuit module, FCOM-485D four wire RS-485 communication module. A max of three DCPU modules may be used with a total of four of thesecommunication modules per DCPU module: FCOM-485 RS-485 communication circuit module, FCOM-232 RS-232 communication module.The max number of FCCD’s allowed is 24. At least one of these field data gathering panels is required: CM2N, CM2N/SO, CM2N-RM,CM2N-RM/SO, CM2ND, CM2ND/SO, CM2ND-RM, CM2ND-RM/SO. The ‘‘SO’’ indicates serial output option. The SO is required for theconnection of either the SO-FIB, SO-20 or FIB/20 communication modules. The ‘‘RM’’ option indicates 19 in. (48 cm) rack mount. At least oneof these I/O modules must be installed in the CM2(N)(D)(-RM)(SO) module: ZB8-2, ZB8-5, ZB8-8, ZA4-2 or ZAS-1. The APS8A(RM),PS8A(RM) and APS4A(RM) power supplies are used to provide primary and secondary power to the PCPU and DCPU modules. ThePS8A(RM) and PS4A(RM) power supplies are used to provide primary and secondary power to the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO) module. At least oneof these enclosures is required for any of the non-rack mounted modules such as the CAB2-LG, CAB3-LG, CAB3F-LG or CAB6F-LG. At leastone of these enclosures is required and can house either the rack mounted or non-rack mounted modules CB17-LG, CB31-LG or CB45-LG.The BC1-LG battery cabinet may be used to provide additional enclosure space for large AH battery sets. The following modules are optional:FCCS switch panel, MUX-8 multiplex card, IOP-3 isolated dual RS-232 communication card, PS4A(-RM)/PS8A(-RM) power supplies,APS4A(-RM)/APS8A(-RM) auxiliary power supply, ZBO-8 relay card, ARM-8 auxiliary relay module with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optictransmit and receive cards, URSM universal riser supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RZB12-6/RZMP remote zone board, RZB12-6/MFC remote zone board; SAN and RSAN series annunciator consisting of any variety of the following modules: SAN MIC module, SLU-16Ymodule, SLU-16R module, SHO-4 module, SAN CPU module, SWU-8 module, ISP-96-2 and ISP-96-3 series annunciators; RASP annun-ciator; PT1-S Printer; ACP audio control panel; RPSB remote power supply; AA75-25(RM), AA75T-25(-RM), AA75P-25(-RM), Rauland FAX


250 250-watt audio amplifier; ATP audio termination panel; RKU series enclosures. The Approved compatible signaling device is theWheelock ET1010R speaker. The system may also include Models 1551F, 2551F smoke sensors, Model 5551F heat sensor and ModelsM500MF, M501MF, M500CF and M500XF modules. The Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for 140°F (60°C) with a spacing guide of 30 by30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Model DH500F duct housing, used with 1551F or 2551F smoke sensor, operates in air duct with velocity from 300-4,000ft/min. Duct housing accessories are RA400Z remote alarm LED and RTS451 remote test station. Indicating appliance circuits produce from19 to 26.4 V dc; therefore, the Approved compatible signaling devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range. Dataentry software revision level 1.08. Firmware levels are Rev. 0.2 for the PCPU and DCPU; 0.5 for the FCCD; 3.3 for the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO)CPU; 0.5 for the SAN-CPU; 3.1 for the ACP; 1.5 for the ZAS-1; and 1.6 for the RZB12-6 CPU. Power PRC-1230X batteries provide upto 60 AH for 24 hours of standby power.

IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable system consists of PS4A/PS8A power supplies, APS8A auxiliary power supply, CM1N/CM1NXcontrol module, CM2N control module, ZAS-1 intelligent loop card, ZB8-2, -5, -8 input/output zone cards, ZB0-8 relay card, ZA4-2 zone card,ARM-8 auxiliary relay module with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optic transmit and receive cards, RPM reverse polarity module, URSMuniversal riser supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RZB12-6 remote zone board, Models 1551F, 2551F smoke sensors. Model 5551Fheat sensors, Models MSOOMF, M501MF, MSOOCF, MSOOXF modules. The Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for 140°F (60°C) with aspacing guide of 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Data entry Software Revision level 2.1. Indicating appliance circuits produce from 19 to 26.4 Vdc; therefore, the Approved compatible signaling devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range. Four PowerPRC-1230X, 12 V dc, 30 AH batteries provide 60 AH for up to 60 hours of standby power.

Minimax GmbH Box 1260 Industriestrasse 10-12 D-23840 Bad Oldesloe GermanyFMZ 4100 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware Version 9L.07E. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 802514),

line card rack (P/N 802599), interface card (P/N 802538), zone card (P/N 802551), line termination card 802563, programmable output/release card (P/N 853507), logic power supply 5 V dc/2 A (P/N 837104), logic power supply 15 V dc/2 A (P/N 837116), main power supply24 V dc/6 A (P/N 835193), voltage distribution card (P/N 809569), relay cards (P/N 809399 and 802587), battery temperature card (P/N809508). Compatible with the following two-wire initiating devices: IMX 1001 E ionization type smoke detector, rated IP 23, OMX 1001photoelectric type smoke detector, rated IP23, WMX 1000 D 60 heat detector, combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F (60°C),spacing guide 25 × 25 feet (7.6 × 7.6 m), rated IP 65 and WMX 1000 F 60 heat detector, combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F(60°C), spacing guide 15 x 15 feet (4.6 x 4.6 m) rated IP 65, DMX 3000, -3001 and -3003 manual stations, FMX 3100, 3511 and -4300 infraredflame detectors, rated IP 65, UMX 3000 ultraviolet flame detector rated IP 65. Standby batteries 24 V, 16 AH provide 24 hours of emergencypower.

The FMZ 4100 GAB 6 Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level 41GB06FM, P/N 800513. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 896445),8 relay card (P/N 802587), power supply (P/N 800042), ground fault card (P/N 800096), 2x16 character LCD display (P/N 800414), and acabinet (P/N 800310). Provides up to 4 detection zones of protection, and 2 monitored outputs. Compatible with the following initiatingdevices: DMX 3000, and 3003 manual stations, IMX 1001 ionization type smoke detector, rated IP 23, OMX 1001 photoelectric type smokedetector, rated IP 23, WMX 1000 D60, WMX 1000 D90, WMX 1000 F60, rated IP 65 and WMX 1000 F90 (rated IP 65) heat detectors, FMX3100, FMX 3511, FMX 4300, and UMX 3000 flame detectors, all rated IP 65 and FUX 3001(L1) spark detector, rated IP 65. Series F60 andD60 heat detectors are combination of fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F (60°C), while Series F90 and D90 heat detectors havetriggering temperature ranging from 201°F (94°C) to 230°F (110°C). Spacing guide for D60 and D90 series heat detectors is 25 × 25 ft (7.6 ×7.6 m); while for F60 and F90 series it is 15 × 15 ft (4.6 × 4.6 m). Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide 24 hours of emergency supply.

The FMZ 4100 GAB 24 Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level GAB24E00. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 890819), subsystemcard (P/N 892142), detector identification card (P/N 802605), detector identification connection card (P/N 802617), 8 relay card (P/N 802587),power supply (P/N 852412), ground fault card (P/N 800096), 2 x 16 character LCD display and a cabinet (P/N 892518). Compatible with thefollowing addressable and 2-wire initiating devices: DMX 3000, 3003 and 3011 manual stations, IMX 1111 E and IMX 1001 ionization typesmoke detector, rated IP23, OMX 1111 and 1001 photoelectric type smoke detector, rated IP23, FMX 3100, FMX 3511, FMX 4300, rated IP65,and UMX 3000 flame detectors, FUX 3001(L1) and FUX 3111(L1) spark detectors, both rated IP 65, WMX 1000 D60, WMX 1000 F60, ratedIP65, WMX 1111 D60, WMX 1111 F60, rated IP65, WMX 1111 D90, WMX 1111 F90, rated IP65, WMX 1000 D90, WMX 1000 F90, rated IP65heat detectors. Series F60 and D60 heat detectors are combination of fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F (60°C), while Series F90 andD90 heat detectors have triggering temperature ranging from 201°F (94°C) to 230°F (110°C). Spacing guide for D60 and D90 series heatdetectors is 25 x 25 feet (7.6 x 7.6 m); while for F60 and F90 series it is 15 x 15 feet (4.6 x 4.6 m). Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide24 hours of emergency supply.

Monaco Enterprises Inc E 14820 Sprague Ave Spokane WA 99216Fire Alarm Control Model MAAP. Programmable control panel (MAAP CPU firmware P/N 326-108-00 Revision C.01 and C.02, AAC

firmware P/N 326-500-00, Revision C.02, and ADC firmware Revision C.02a). The MAAP incorporates an integrated narrowband radio alarmtransmitter (see separate listing under PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS and PUBLIC FIRE ALARM REPORTING SYSTEMS). Thebasic MAAP includes one Analog Addressable Controller AAC backplane and one ADC Analog Driver Card signaling line circuit card whichprovides two Class B (Style 4) or one Class A (Style 6/7) signaling line circuit for connection of up to 99 addressable smoke detectors oraddressable heat detectors and up to 99 addressable control modules or addressable monitor modules.. Up to seven additional signaling linecircuit cards may be added to the basic panel to provide a total of eight signaling line circuit cards. The AAC provides 8 removable terminalblock ports for connection of signaling line circuit field wiring. SLC circuits used with the following Approved compatible addressable detectorheads and detector bases: smoke heads: 723-353-00, 723-361-00, 724-345-00, heat heads: 721-124-00, 722-121-00 detector heads usedwith the following detector bases: 729-127-00, 729-132-00, 729-129-00, 729-134-00. SLC circuits also used with following Approved com-patible addressable control modules and monitor modules: 729-142-00, 729-141-00, 729-144-00, 729-143-00. Style 7 SLC operation requiresApproved fault isolator modules 729-140-00 or Approved fault isolator detector bases 729-133-00. Each MAAP CPU provides two Class A(Style D) or four Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two Style Z 24 V dc 1.5 A and one Style Y 24 V dc 1.5 A or four Style Y 24 V dc1.5 A and one Style Y 24 V dc 1.5 A notification appliance circuits, two Class B auxiliary inputs, one 24 V dc 2.0 A auxiliary power circuits andtwo sets of relay contacts. Expansion backplane P/N 176-185-00 may be used to provide for connection of up to seven zone expansion cardsP/N 176-186-00, auxiliary output cards P/N 176-187-00, or universal input cards P/N 176-197-00, in each backplane. MAAP CPU andexpansion IDC circuits used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire detectors: smoke:723-002-00 (detector)/729-150-00 (base),723-212-00, 723-331-00, 723-331-01, 723-340-00/729-097-00, 723-345-00/729-113-00, 723-345-00/729-114-00, 723-347-00/729-119-00,723-358-00/729-152-00, 723-360-00, 724-000-00/729-150-00, 724-329-00, 724-330-00/729-097-00, 724-342-00/729-113-00, 724-344-00/729-119-00, 724-348-00/729-152-00; heat 721-118-00 (detector)/729-113-00 (base), 721-118-00/729-114-00, 721-122-00/729-126-00, 722-302-00/729-126-00. Powered by 120/240 V ac with 24 V batteries available up to 80 AH capacity.

Fire Alarm Control Models M-1 and M-2. Programmable control panel (M-1 firmware P/N 326-096-00 Revision E and M-2 firmware P/N326-100-00 Revision A). Both models have integrated radio alarm transmitter (see separate listing under PROPRIETARY SIGNALINGSYSTEMS and PUBLIC FIRE ALARM REPORTING SYSTEMS). Each control provides two Class A (Style D) or four Class B (Style B)initiating device circuits, two Style Z 24 V dc 1 A and one Style Y 24 V dc 1 A or four Style Y 24 V dc 500 mA and one Style Y 24 V dc 1 Anotification appliance circuits, two Class B auxiliary inputs, one 24 V dc 1 A auxiliary power circuits and two sets of relay contacts. Up to eightexpansion backplane P/N 176-185-00 may be used to provide for connection of up to seven zone expansion cards P/N 176-186-00 orauxiliary output cards P/N 176-186-00 in each backplane. Used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices:723-212-00, 723-331-00, 723-331-01, 723-339-00, 723-340-00 with 729-097-00 base, 723-340-01 with 729-097-00 base, 723-341-00 with729-100-00 base, 724-329-00, 724-330-00 with 729-098-00 base, 724-340-00 with 729-101-00 base, 723-324-00 with 729-072-00 base.Powered by 120/240 V ac with 24 batteries available up to 80 AH capacity. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C).


Vulcan I Fire Alarm Control Panel. For local or auxiliary protective signaling service. Designed to operate from a 120/230 V ac, 50/60 Hzsupply; internal power supply provides full wave, filtered, regulated 24 V dc with 3 A capacity. Vulcan I provides two supervised Class B (twowire) or one Class A (four wire) alarm initiation circuits plus two supervised alarm signaling circuits. Expansion capability provided throughzone expansion module, each incorporating four Class B or two Class A initiating circuits. Panel suitable for use with Approved, compatibletwo-wire smoke detectors and normally open contact initiating (detection) devices. Rechargeable batteries for 24 or 60 hour standby powerare 5 or 6.5 AH at 20 hour rate, housed within the enclosure which is available in two sizes. Suitable for use at temperatures of 32° to 132°F(0° to 55°C).

Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472Model AFP-100 Addressable Fire Control Panel. Fire alarm panel using software AFP100V10. The basic AFP-100 panel provides one

signaling line circuit for connection of up to 99 addressable smoke detectors and 99 addressable control or monitor modules; two notificationappliance circuits; one alarm, one trouble and one supervisory relay outputs. The following addressable detectors are available in C.L.I.P.mode Protocol: Models FSI-851 and FSI-751 ionization smoke detectors; FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximumspacing thermistor, FST-851R 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing thermistor, and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixedtemperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) maximum spacing. FSD-751PL and FSD-751RPL duct detectors; FSP-851, FSP-851T,FAPT-851 and FSP-751 photoelectric smoke detectors, FSP-751T combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C) fixed temperaturesensor, FST-751 Thermistor type smoke sensor, and FST-751R Thermal Rate of Rise Detector used with base Models B710LP standard USbase and B501standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal sounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BI isolatorbase. FSD-751P and FSD-751RP Photoelectric duct detectors, IPX-751 photoelectric, ionization, and thermal smoke detector, CPX-751ionization smoke detector, LPX-751 Photoelectric laser detector used with base Models B710LP standard US base and B501standardEuropean base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal sounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. HPX-751 and FSH-751smoke detectors. CPX-551,and SDX-551; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermaldetector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30× 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); (sensor model numbers may be followed by ‘‘A’’). SDX-751 photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and B501.Model BGX-101L, BG-10LX, and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models MMX-1, MMX-2, FMM-1, FZM-1,FDM-1, MMX-101, FMM-101Monitor Modules, ISO-X Fault Isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1, FRM-1 Control Modules. Optional modules for the AFP-100 are: PIM-24printer/PC interface module; RTM-8F relay transmitter module for additional programmable relay outputs and a local energy municipal tie forauxiliary protective signaling. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: AFM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-16AT, AFM-32A,AEM-32A, ACM-32A. Optional XRM-24 transformer assembly required when 24 V dc panel load exceeds 3.6 amp (max load with XRM-24is 6.0 amp). Standby batteries are available in 7, 12 and 17 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Batterysizes larger than 7 AH require the optional BB-17 battery box. ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery chargercan provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AHcapacity. MMX-101 monitor module has a single initiating device circuit and will operate compatible two-wire smoke detectors. Requires 18.8to 28.0 V dc input power from the AFP-100 panel. Model PRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used. Compatible, Approved detectors are: SystemSensor Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401B base; Models 1851B, 2851B, 2851BTH with Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400,2400TH, 2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC; Kidde-Fenwal Models PSD-7125, PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002,-003, -005 bases.

Fire Alarm Control. AFP-200 Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses softwareno. AFP2R2.42. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7 and four Style Y indicating appliance circuitsas described in NFPA72. Optional modules are APS-6R auxiliary power supply, and 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary appli-cations. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models FSI-851, CPX-551 and CPX-751 and FSI-751 (CLIP orClassic Protocol mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T, FAPT-851, SDX-551 and SDX 751 and FSP-751 (CLIP mode only) photoelectric;FSH-751 and HPX-751 photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551and SDX-551 detectors; SDX-551T and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551FST-751(CLIP mode only) and FST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Thermal detectors:FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing,and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) maximum spacing. FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL, FSD-751Pand FSD-751RP, duct detectors; and LPX-751 VIEW (CLIP mode only) and LPX-751L laser photoelectric smoke detector (sensitivity 0.03%/ftto 1%/ft (0.005 dB/m to 0.15 dB/m) used with base Models B701LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B224BI; DHX-501, -502 duct housings canbe used with Models CPX-551, SDX-551 and FSD-751 detectors; Model BGX-101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull station; Models FDM-1,MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP mode only), FMM-101(CLIP mode only) and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only) monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1,CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only) and FRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules, XP6-R Six Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six SupervisedControl Module, XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module. System Sensor B524BI and B224BI isolator detectorbases can be used with APS-6R auxiliary power supply. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT,AEM-16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc), 7 and 12AH internal, provide 24 or 60 hour operation. ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up tofour notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. APS-6RAuxiliary Power Supply, FCPS-24 and -24E remote power supplies (120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz) are used to provide 24 V dc power to fournotification appliance circuits or conventional four-wire fire detectors. The FCPS-24, -24E have two 12 V dc, 7 AH batteries. CHG- 120 batterycharger in BB-55 battery box may be used with 25 to 100 AH batteries to provide greater standby operation capacity. A CHG-120 requiresthe use of monitor module (see above) connected to internal trouble relay contacts to provide trouble monitoring by the AFP-200. A ModelPRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used.

Fire Alarm Control. AFP1010. Consists of a combination of CPU-2 central processing unit (Software No. CPUIM3.0); DIA-1010 displayinterface assembly (Software No. DIAIM3.0); ICA-4(L) interconnect chassis assemblies; LIB-200 loop interface boards (Software No.LIBM3.0); LIB-200A loop interface boards (Software No. LIB4M3.0); LIB-400 loop interface boards (Software No. LIB4M3.0); SIB-2048A(Software No. SIBM3.0) serial interface boards; MPS-24A main power supply; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply, and APS-6R AuxiliaryPower Supply. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board (Software No. 73454)connects an AFP1010 control with other AM2020/AFP1010 controls. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available:Models FSI-851, CPX-551 and FSI-751 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T, FAPT-851, SDX-551 andFSP-751 (CLIP mode only) photoelectric; FSH-751 and HPX-751 photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; Model FAPT-751 photo-electric and fixed temperature heat detector 135°F (57°C), DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551detectors; SDX-551T and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551, FST-751 (CLIP modeonly), and FST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Thermal detectors: FST-851135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, andFST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) maximum spacing. FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL, FSD751P andFSD751RP duct detectors; and LPX-751 VIEW and LPX-751L (CLIP mode only) laser photoelectric smoke detector used with base ModelsB701LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B22BI; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551 and FSD-751detectors; Model BGX-101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models FDM-1, MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP mode only),FMM-101 (CLIP mode only), and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only) monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only), andFRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules, XP6-R Six Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six ZoneInterface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module, CRT-2 monitor with keyboard, PRN-4 printer. When required, the following remoteannunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby batterypacks (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour operation. CHG-120 battery charger in BB-55 battery box may be used with 25 to 100AH batteries to provide greater standby operation capacity. A CHG120 requires the use of monitor module (see above) connected to internal


trouble relay contacts to provide trouble monitoring by the AFP1010. ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and batterycharger can provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max25 AH capacity. Model PRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used.

System 500 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of a CAB-500 enclosure,CPU-500 central processing unit, MPS-24BPCA power supply, 4000TA transformer, and an initiating module IZ-4 or IZ-8. CPU-500 providestwo indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protectivesignaling. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules: IZ-4, IZ-8, IZE-A, IZ-4A, IC-4, CR-4L,ICR-4L, ICE-4, CR-4 and CRE-4 can be used with APS-6R auxiliary power supply. When required, the following remote annunciators maybe used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Audio-visualpower supply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3 A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 15 AH) providethe required 24 or 60 hour standby operation.

System 5000 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2,-D2, -A3, -B3, -C3, D3B, or -D3 enclosure, CPU-5000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating moduleIZM-4 or -8. CPU-5000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energymunicipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must becapable of operating throughout the entire voltage range. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optionalmodules: APS-6R auxiliary power supply, IZM-4, IZM-8, IZE-A, ICM-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, TCM-2, TCM-4, TRM-4, ICM-4 or ICE-4 can be usedwith APS-6R auxiliary power supply, FMM-1 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only), FMM-101 (CLIP mode only), FZM-1 (CLIP mode only),XP6-R Six Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input MonitorModule. FCM-1 (CLIP mode only), or FRM-1 (CLIP mode only). When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R,ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. The following addressabledetectors are also available: Model FSI-851 and FSI-751 (CLIP mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T, FAPT-851, FSP-751 andFSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric; FST-751 (CLIP mode only), and FST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector(spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max). Thermal detectors: FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by6.1 m) maximum spacing. Audio-visual power supply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3 A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby batterypacks (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide the required 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)

AM2020 Fire Alarm Control Plan. Consists of a combination of CPU-2020 central processing unit (Software No. CPUM3.0); DIA-2020display interface assembly (Software No. DIA2M3.0); ICA-4(L) interconnect chassis assemblies; LIB-200 loop interface boards (Software No.LIBM3.0); LIB-200A loop interface boards (Software No. LIB4M3.0); LIB-400 loop interface boards (Software No. LIB4M3.0); SIB-2048A(Software No. SIBM3.0) serial interface boards; MPS-24A main power supply; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply, ACPS-2406 auxiliaryaddressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consistsof two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. Control’s signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7.NIB-96 network interface board (Software No. 73454) connects an AM2020 control with other AM2020/AFP1010 controls. The followingaddressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL Duct Detectors; Models FSI-851, CPX-551, CPX-751,and FSI-751 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T, FAPT-851, SDX-551 and FSP-751 (CLIP mode only)photoelectric, SDX-751 photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and B501 (sensor Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’); FSH-751 andHPX-751 photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; Model FAPT-751 photoelectric and fixed temperature heat detector 135°F (57°C);DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors; SDX-551T and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only)photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; Thermal detectors: FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing;FST-851R 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft(6.1 by 6.1 m) maximum spacing. FDX-551, and FST-751 (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detectors (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 ×9 m] max); FDX-551R , FDX-551RA and FST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal detector (spacingguide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max) (FDX-551, FDX-551R and FDX-551RA to be programmed only with ‘‘Medium’’ sensitivity); and LPX-751 VIEWand LPX-751L (CLIP mode only) laser photoelectric smoke detectors (sensitivity 0.03%/ft to 1%/ft (0.005 dB/m to 0.15 dB/m) used with baseModels B701LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B22BI; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551 andFSD-751 detectors; Model BGX-101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models FDM-1, MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP modeonly), FMM-101 (CLIP mode only), and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only) monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only),and FRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules, XP6-R Six Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six ZoneInterface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module, CRT-2 monitor with keyboard, PRN-4 printer. When required, the following remoteannunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32,LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour operation. Model PRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used.

Smoke Detection System. Consists of MD740 Series control units with P210, P210C, P310 or P310C power supply, ionization type smokedetector Model NH-241 or NK-24, remote alarm lamp NKRL, supervision unit RCS31A. Model NK-24 has a temperature range of -20° to120°F (-29° to 52°C); suitable for unheated areas but not recommended for refrigerated areas.

SFP-400 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panelprovides four initiating circuits; four indicating circuits; one regulated and one unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and onetrouble relay output. Transmitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Combined load for allexternal devices not to exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for alarm verification. In the event of primary power failure,battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also RP-1001 and RP-1002 under AUTOMATICRELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)

XP Series Transponder (PN 73737, Revision A). Programmable modular control panel for local and auxiliary signaling. The XP panelconsists of an XPP-1 processor (P/N 73736), the XPM-8 and -8L initiating device circuit (IDC) modules, the XPC-8 notification appliancecircuit module (NAC) and the MPS-24A, or -24B power supply with up to two 12 V dc, 55 AH batteries. The battery bank is able to provide24 or 60 hour secondary (standby) power. For initiating auxiliary signals, the MBT-1 municipal box trip must be connected to any two NACterminals on the XPC-8 module. Optional FCPS-24 and -24E remote power supplies (120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz) are used to provide 24 V dcpower to four notification appliance circuits or conventional four-wire fire detectors. The FCPS-24, -24E have two 12 V dc, 7 AH batteries. TheXP panel may be used with the following Approved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: System Sensor detectors 1400, 1451, 2400,2400AIT, 2400AT, 2400TH; 2451, and 2451TH with base Models B401, B401B, B406B, and DH400; System Sensor detectors 1151, 2151,1451DH, 1851DH, and 2851DH with base Models B401, B116LP, DH2851DC, DH1851DC, DH400, and B110LP; Notifier detectors CP-651,SD-651 with base Models B401, B610LP, B616LP; Hochiki America Corp. detectors SIH-24F, and SLK-24F/FH with base Models HS-22D,HSB-220, YBA-M22, HS-2-RB, and HSB-224; Edwards Systems Technology detectors 6250B, 6270B, 6264B with base Model 6251B-001;Simplex detectors 2098-9576, -9202, and 2098-9201 with base Model 2098-9211.

AFC-600 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #AFC6R1.0. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-600module and MPS-6 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-6 power output is 6 A in alarm. Optional modules are: APS-6RAuxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up to four notificationappliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. MLD-1 (#MLD-IRI.0)Multi-Language Display, ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256 universal coder module firmware 73712 revision level 2.0, FMM-1,FZM-1, and FMM-101 monitor modules, FCM-1 and FRM-1 control modules, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signalingconnection. AFC-600 is capable of operating with the XP series transponders (See separate listing). Signaling line circuits can be configuredto meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board may be used to connect an AFC-600 control with AFP-400 and System 5000 controls.The following addressable initiating device and control equipment is also available: Models CPX-551, CPX-751, FSI-751 ionization smokedetectors; SDX-551, FAPT-751, FSP-751, FSP-851, FSP-851T and FAPT-851 photoelectric smoke detectors, FSH-751 and HPX-751


photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; SDX-751TH and FSP-751T combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C) fixedtemperature sensor, photoelectric smoke detector used with base Models B710LP and BX501; IPX-751 multi sensing smoke detector usingModels B710LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B224BI bases; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551and FSD-751 detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; ; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacingLPX-751 laser photoelectric smoke detector guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermalsensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); (sensor model numbers may be followed by ‘‘A’’). FSL-751 Laser smoke detector; FSM-751Photo, Ion, and Thermal Detector, FST-751, FST-851 (135°F [57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R (135°F[57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H (190°F [87.8°C]) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m)maximum spacing, Thermistor type smoke sensor, and FST-751R Thermal Rate of Rise Detector, FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL, FSD751P andFSD751RP duct detectors. Model FSI-851 ionization smoke detector. Model BGX-101L and NBG-12 addressable pull station; Models FDM-1,MMX-1,MMX-2, FMM-1, FZM-1, MMX-101, FMM-101 Monitor, ISO-X Fault Isolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 Control Modules, XP6-R Six RelayControl Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module. Whenrequired, the following Remote Annunciators may be used- ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEK4-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A,LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-Ra2, LCD-80. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. Model PRN-5auxiliary printer may be used. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FORPREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and emergency voice/alarm communication systems listings.)

AFP-300 or AFP-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. AFP4R3.0. Basic system consistsof a combination of CPU-300 or CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notificationappliance circuit/ releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power outputis 6 A in alarm. Optional modules are; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; APS-6R auxiliary power supply; ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two seriesconnected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256 universal coder module firmware revisionlevel 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection. AFP-300 or AFP-400 are capable of operating with the XPseries transponders (See separate listing). AFP-300 provides a single signaling line circuit capable of communicating with up to 198addressable input and output devices. AFP-400 provides two signaling line circuits each capable of communicating with up to 198 addres-sable input and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board may be usedto connect an AFP-300 or AFP-400 control with System 5000 controls. The following addressable initiating device and control equipment arealso available: Models FSI-851, CPX-551, CPX-751, and FSI-751 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T,FAPT-851, SDX-551, FAPT-751 and FSP-751 (CLIP mode only) photoelectric, SDX-751T photoelectric used with base Models B710LP andBX501; FSH-751 and HPX-751 photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; FSL-751, LPX-751, LPX-751L (CLIP mode only) laserphotoelectric smoke detectors (sensitivity 0.03%/ft to 1%/ft (0.005 dB/m to 0.15 dB/m) used with base Models B701LP, B501, B501BH,B224RB, and B224BI; IPX-751 multi sensing smoke detector using Models B710LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B224BI bases; DHX-501,-502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551 and FSD-751 detectors; Models FSD-751PL and FSD-751RPL ductdetectors. SDX-551TH and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 and FST-751 (CLIP modeonly) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FDX-551R and FST-751R (CLIP mode only 135°F (57°C) fixedtemperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FSD751P and FSD751RP duct detectors (sensor ModelNos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’). Thermal detectors: FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R 135°F(57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m)maximum spacing. Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP mode only), FDM-1, FSM-101,FMM-101 (CLIP mode only), and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only) monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only), XP6-RSix Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module andFRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules can be used with APS-6R auxiliary power supply. When required, the following remote annunciatorsmay be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standbybattery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. CHG-120 battery charger in BB-55 battery box may be used with 25to 100 AH batteries to provide greater standby operation capacity. A CHG120 requires the use of monitor module (see above) connected tointernal trouble relay contacts to provide trouble monitoring by the AFP-300, -400. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICA-TIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FORPREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)

NFS-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #NFS6V1.0. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-640Motherboard, KDM-2 Keyboard Display Module, NCA Network Control Annunciator, or NCS Network Control System. The power supply isan integral part of the CPU-640. 120 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc2.5 A plus two 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs Total power output is 6 A in alarm, 3A in standby. Optional modules are: LEM-320 LoopExpander Module APS-6R Auxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406 Addressable/Charger Power Supply, ICM-4RK, ICE-4, CRM-4RK, CRE-4, andARM-4, VCM-4RK, VCE-4, DCM-4RK and XPIQ (See separate listing). TM-4 transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection.NFS-640 is capable of operating with the XP5 series transponders. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NFC-640supports the NOTI-FIRE-NET network consisting of the NCS-W-ONYX/NCS-F-ONYX Network Control Station, NCM-W/NCM-F NetworkControl Modules, NCA Network Control Annunciator for use with NFS-640, AFP-1010, AM2020, AFP-200 and/or AFP-300/400 fire alarmcontrol panels. The following addressable detectors are also available in Flashscan Protocol: Models FAPT-751 photoelectric and fixedtemperature heat detectors 135°F (57°C), FSI-851 and FSI-751 ionization smoke detectors; FSL-751 Laser smoke detector; FSP-851,FSP-851T, FAPT-851 and FSP-751 photoelectric smoke detectors, FSP-751T combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C) fixedtemperature sensor, FST-751 Thermistor type smoke sensor, and FST-751R Thermal Rate of Rise Detector used with Models B710LPstandard US base and B501 standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal sounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BIisolator base. FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL, FSD-751 and FSD-751RP Photoelectric duct detectors. The following addressable detectors areavailable in C.L.I.P. protocol: IPX-751 photoelectric, ionization, and thermal smoke detector, LPX-751 Photoelectric laser detector used withbase Models B710LP standard US base and B501 standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal sounder base,B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. FSH-751 and HPX-751 photoelectric detector used with B710HD base; CPX-551, and SDX-551;SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max);FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max); (sensor model numbers maybe followed by ‘‘A’’). Thermal Detectors: FST-851 (135°F [57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R (135°F [57.2°C]):25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H (190°F [87.8°C]) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) maximumspacing. SDX-751 photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and B501. Model BGX-101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations;Models MMX-1, MMX-2, FMM-1, FZM-1,FDM-1, MMX-101, FMM-101 Monitor Modules, ISO-X Fault Isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1,FRM-1 Control Modules. When required, the following Remote Annunciators may be used ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A,AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, ACM-24AT, ACM-48A, AEM-24AT, AEM-48A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Models ACM-24AT and ACM-48A uses firmware revision level #ACM-R1.1. Model LCD-80 uses firmware revision level #LCD80R1.7. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOREXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGESPRINKLER SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS listings.)

NFS-3030(E) Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #3030V1.00. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU3030ND or CPU-3030D, AMPS-24/-24E Power Supply/Battery charger with two outputs rated at 24Vdc, 1.0A, and 24V dc 4.5A. Controloperates in FlashScan(r) or CLIP mode. The AMPS-24 can mount in CAB-4 series enclosure or in BB-25, BB-100, or 200 Battery Box. TheCPU-3030D comes with a display. Optional modules are: LCM-320 Loop Control Module, LEM-320 Loop Expander Module, APS-6R AuxiliaryPower Supply, ACPS-2406 Addressable/Charger Power Supply, ICM 4RK, ICE 4, CRM 4RK, CRE 4, and ARM 4, VCM-4RK, VCE-4,DCM-4RK, IZM-8RK and XPIQ modules. TM-4 transmitter module is required for auxiliary signaling connection. NFS 3030 is capable of


operating with the XP5 series transponders. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NCM-W, NCM-F NetworkControl Module may be used to connect an NFS 3030 control with AM2020, AFP-1010, AFP-200, AFP 300/400, NFS-640, and NCA controls.Models NCS-W-ONYX, NCS-F-ONYX modules have internal printed circuit board (NCS-NCW or NCS-NCF) to connect with AM2020,AFP-1010, AFP-200, AFP 300/400, NFS 640 and NCA controls. The following addressable detectors are capable of working in both CLIP andFlashscan Protocols: Models FAPT-751 photoelectric and fixed temperature heat detection 135°F (57°C), FSI 751 ionization smoke detectors;FSP 751 photoelectric smoke detectors, FSP 751T combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature sensor, FST 751135°F (57°C) fixed thermal detector, and FST 751R Thermal Rate of Rise Detector used with base Models B710LP standard US base andB501 standard European base; B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. FSD 751 and FSD-751RP Photoelectric duct detectors. Thefollowing addressable detectors are available in C.L.I.P. protocol: IPX-751 photoelectric, ionization, and thermal smoke detector, LPX-751Photoelectric laser detector used with base Models B710LP standard US base and B501standard European base; B224RB relay base,B224BI isolator base. HPX-751 Hostile areas smoke detector. CPX 551, and SDX 551; SDX 551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermalelement; FDX 551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 H 30 ft [9 H 9 m)] max); FDX 551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rateof rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 H 30 ft [9 H 9 m] max); (sensor model numbers may be followed by ‘‘A’’). SDX 751 photoelectric usedwith base Models B710LP and B501. Model BGX 101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models MMX 1, MMX 2, FMM 1, FZM1,FDM-1, MMX 101, FMM 101 Monitor Modules, ISO X Fault Isolation, CMX 1, CMX 2, FCM-1, FRM-1, XP6-C Control Modules. Whenrequired, the following Remote Annunciators may be used ACM 8R, ACM 16AT, AEM 16AT, ACM 32A, AEM 32A, AFM 16AT, ACM-24AT,ACM-48A, AEM-24AT, AEM-48A, LDM 32, LDM E32, LDM R32, LCD 80. Models ACM-24AT and ACM-48A uses firmware revision level#ACM-R1.1. Model LCD-80 uses firmware revision level #LCD80R1.7. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standbyoperation. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS. PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOREXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGESPRINKLER SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS listings.)

SFP-1024(E) programmable fire alarm control panel (firmware Versions SFP-1024: #MS52103.2 SUMCC43; SFP-1024E: #MS5210E32SUMCBC9). Grey cabinet. Provides ten Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits.Optional modules include: CAC-10F Class A Converter Module, PRT-24 Printer Interface Module, NAC-REM NAC/Relay Expander Module,ACM-8R Relay Module, LED-10IM Interface Module; Remote annunciators: LED-10N, AFM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16AT, AFM-16A,LDM-32, LDM-E32. Compatible with the following Approved two-wire detectors: Notifier Models CP-651 with B610LP, B616LP, SystemSensor B401 base ionization smoke; SD-651 with B610LP, B616LP, System Sensor B401 base photoelectric smoke; System Sensor Models1400, 1451 with B401B, B406B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2400, 2400AIT with heat sensor, 2400AT with heat sensor,2400TH with heat sensor, 2451 with B401B, B406B base, 2451TH with B401B, B406B base and heat sensor photoelectric smoke. Primarypower 120 V ac; 220/240 V ac for ‘‘E’’ version. Optional FCPS-24(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondarysupply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. Model PRN-5auxiliary printer may be used. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Potter Electric Signal & Manufacturing Ltd 55 Glencameron Rd Thornhill Ontario L3T 1P2System 7 (McCulloh) Signaling Transmitter. For use in central station or proprietary protective signaling service. Any arrangement of fire,

burglary and supervisory circuits can be used, up to a total of seven using the following modules: fire Class A No. 7002, fire Class B No. 7005,burglary No. 7003 with remote control station No. 7008, burglary supervisory No. 7019, master burglary No.7013 used with up to six slaveboards, No. 7014 and switch No. 7020, single zone burglary No. 7015 used with remote switch No. 7016. Optional feature for interrogationregarding status of selected priority module by line-trigger box No. 7009. Power supply includes plug-in type 120/16 V ac transformer No. 7010and two Power-Sonic PS-610, 6 V, 1.0 AH batteries or two Elpower EP610 gel-cell 6 V, 0.9 AH batteries No. 7012. Battery charger is includedon power relay module No. 7001. An optional relay No. 7011 is available to operate a local fire alarm.

Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146System 7 (McCulloh) Signaling Transmitter. For use in central station or proprietary protective signaling service. Any arrangement of fire,

burglary and supervisory circuits can be used, up to a total of seven using the following modules: fire Class A No. 7002, fire Class B No. 7005,burglary No. 7003 with remote control station No. 7008, burglary supervisory No. 7019, master burglary No. 7013 used with up to six slaveboards, No. 7014 and switch No. 7020, single-zone burglary No. 7015 used with remote switch No. 7016. Optional feature for interrogationregarding status of selected priority module by line-trigger box No. 7009. Power supply includes plug-in type 120/16 V ac transformer No. 7010and two Power-Sonic PS-610, 6 V, 1.0 AH batteries or two Elpower EP610 gel-cell 6 V, 0.9 AH batteries No. 7012. Battery charger is includedon power relay module No. 7001. An optional relay No. 7011 is available to operate a local fire alarm.

Fire Alarm Transmitter. Models EFT-C, -G2. Class A detection circuit transmitter with built-in standby battery charging circuit. Primary poweris provided by a 10 VA 115/12 V ac plug-in transformer. Standby power for 60 hours is provided by an Elpower Model EP610 6 V, 0.9 AHbattery. Each transmitter draws 8 mA in standby and 75 mA max in alarm condition. The transmitters have alarm and trouble contacts ratedfor 3 A at 125, 250 V ac and 30 V dc. EFT-C options include an auxiliary plug-in trouble relay P/N 5190147, Model ULT transformer P/N1000391 (when conduit connection is required), and 60 sec waterflow alarm retard. The EFT-G2 has an ammeter to indicate current in thealarm detection circuit, trouble silence and alarm silence switches, all on front cover. It may be used with the optional ULT transformer andremote key test/reset switch P/N 5420221.

PFC Series 100R Fire Control Panel provides one Style B or Style D initiating circuit, one Style B nonlatching supervisory device circuit,one voltage reversing Style Y indicating circuit rated 24 V dc, 500 mA, one voltage reversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A and oneauxiliary power supply circuit rated 24 V dc, 210 mA with 8 AH standby batteries, 150 mA with 6.5 AH standby batteries and 0 mA for 1.9 AHstandby batteries. Three battery packs are available (1.9, 6.5 and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours or more of emergency operation.

Model PFC-100RC Programmable Fire Control Panel. Provides one Style B or Style D alarm signal initiating device circuit, one Style Bnonlatching supervisory signal device circuit, one voltage reversing Style Y notification appliance circuit rated 24 V dc, 500 mA, one voltagereversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A and one auxiliary power supply circuit rated 24 V dc, 210 mA with 8 AH standby batteries, 150mA with 6.5 AH standby batteries and 0 mA for 1.9 AH standby batteries. Used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detectiondevices: System Sensor 1400, 1451, 2400, 2400TH, 2451, 2451TH, Detection Systems DS200, DS200HD, DS250, DS250TH, ESL 425,425CT, Hochiki SLK-24F, SLK-24H, SIH-24F, Kidde-Fenwal CPD-7051, PSD-7155, PSD-7156. Three battery packs are available (1.9, 6.5and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.

PFC Series 2000RC Fire Control Panel. Microprocessor based control and extinguishing agent releasing panel (see AUTOMATICRELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14). Uses Firmware Version 1.1. System operates from 120 V ac, 60 Hz primary input power supply. Containstwo signal initiating device circuits (field programmable for Style B or D operation), two signal indicating circuits (24 V dc, 1 A max), onesupervisory circuit, one releasing circuit (24 V dc, 1 A continuous, 3 A momentary), and one auxiliary power circuit (24 V dc, 500 mA max).Optional RA2R remote annunciator available. ARM-2 auxiliary relay module, a max of three may be used. Combined load of all externaldevices including signaling devices not to exceed 3A. In the event of primary power failure, standby battery pack (24 V dc, 6.5, 8 or 10 AH)available for 24 hours of emergency power.

Model PFC-4410 and PFC-4410A Programmable Fire Control Panel using software Rev. 3.5. Provides one Class B (Style B) alarm signalinitiating device circuits, one Class B (Style B) supervisory signal initiating device circuit, four voltage reversing Class B (Style Y) program-mable output circuits rated 24 V dc, 1 mA, and one auxiliary power supply circuit rated 24 V dc, 150 mA with 7 AH standby batteries, 200 mAwith 8 AH standby batteries. Optional CA2Z Class A initiating device module converts two Class B initiating device circuits to Class A (StyleD) operation; up to two CA2Z modules may be used. Optional CAM Class A indicating device module converts one Class B programmableoutput to Class A (Style D) operation, a max of two may be used. ARM-2 auxiliary relay module, a max of four may be used. Relay contactsare provided for trouble, alarm and supervisory. Used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices: System Sensor1400, 2400, 2400TH, Detection Systems DS200, DS200HD, DS250, DS250TH, ESL 425, 425CT, Kidde-Fenwal CPD-7051, PSD-7155,PSD-7156. Two battery packs are available (7 and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.


Protectowire Co Box 200 Hanover MA 02339FS-2000 Series Modular Fire Control Panel. Consists of the main control board (MB-91, MB-91M), control card module (CC-91, CC-91I,

CC-91NT or CC-91INT), with integral power supply and battery charger and dual indicating circuits. A min system configuration would includeone ZC-91 initiating circuit module connected to a single Approved initiating device. Other optional equipment includes: signal adapter moduleAM-91, alarm expander modules AE-91, -91W, -91Z, -91WZ, auxiliary power supply PS-91, zone voting module ZV-91, battery chargingmeters, auxiliary master box trip module MBA-2420, zone expander board (EB-91, EB-91M), dual zone modules (ZC-91, ZC-91M), waterflowindicator module ZC-91W, supervisory card SC-91, ZC-95 or ZC-95M zone card for use with two wire conventional or type TRI dualtemperature (155°F [68°C] pre-alarm 200°F [93°C] alarm) linear heat detection cable. Initiating zone cards may include intrinsically safe shuntbarriers when the Model No. designation ZC-91 is changed to ZI-91 and the Stahl Barrier 9001/01-280-100-10 is connected. The TRI Dualtemperature linear heat detection cable can be connected to ZC 95 or ZC 95M through the Stakl Barrier 9001/01-280-100-10. Releasemodules RS-91 and RM-91 are compatible with Skinner LV2LBX25 and ASCO 8210A107 solenoid valves (RS-91D and compatible StarModel D deluge valve); auxiliary relays MR801, MR201, KDP12-24 or KRPA-11DG-24, KDP-13-24 or KRPA-14DG-24. Digital panel meterPDM-1000-1; zone alarm scanners NDS-91 and NDS-91-16X. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowireheat sensitive cable; 24 V dc batteries for 24 hours of standby power are available in 4.5-55 AH capacities. The use of an optional LTIenclosure with this control results in a rating of NEMA 4 and NEMA 12. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGESYSTEMS and HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)

Control Panel. Series ACR-1600, -1600HD, -1600 LTI. Consists of Module CP-1041-S, -M and built-in 24 V dc PS-1 power supply/batterycharger (7.7-50 AH batteries for up to 24 hour standby power). Other functional modules include Model PS-2 for output/signal power mayinclude auxiliary master box trip relay Model MBA-324D or -2420; zone modules ZM-2001, -2200, -2201; audible alarm module AM-1600;switch supervisory module SM-1000-1; solenoid release module SM-1001; groundfault module GFD-1603; digital meter panel PWM-D. Thecontrol may be configured to provide supervision for a max of 50 detection zones. Detection circuits suitable for hazardous location, ClassI, II and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G in accordance with Dwg. IL-1008 and Groups C, D, E, F and G with Dwg. IL-1008-1. A suffixof J or K indicates NEMA 12 or NEMA 4 enclosures, respectively. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowireheat sensitive cable and audible signaling devices. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14 and HAZARDOUS LOCATIONELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)

2600HD Series Modular Fire Control Panel. Consists of the main control board (MB-97)with integral power supply and battery charger, orconfigured for use with two sources of AC power (MB-97-UC1) and an Annunciator panel (AP-12,or AP-20 for HD1 and HD2) or Touch screengraphic display (HD3). HD1 and HD3 are set up for detecting the location of an alarm point on a linear heat detector cable. HD1 uses the alarmpoint location meter to display the alarm point using either the alarm point location meter or the location meter scanner option. A minimalsystem configuration would include a zone module, either a ZM-2 or a ZM-3224, connected to a single Approved initiating device. Otheroptional equipment includes: cable transition module CT-34, alarm expander modules AE-2, auxiliary power supervisory module APS-1,battery charging meters, expander board (EB-2, EB-3), dual zone modules (ZM-2) configurable to report alarm or supervisory conditions,ZM-3224 zone card for use with type TRI dual temperature (155°F [68°C] pre-alarm 200°F [93°C] alarm) linear heat detection cable or up tofour conventional alarm or supervisory zones. Audible trouble indication is provided by a built in buzzer. Initiating zones may include theintrinsically safe shunt barriers, Stahl Barrier 9001/01-280-100-10. Detection circuits suitable for hazardous location, Class I, II and III, Division1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G in accordance with Dwg. IL-1008 and Groups C, D, E, F and G with Dwg. IL-1181. Release module RM-2 iscompatible with Skinner LV2LBX25; ASCO 8210A107; (fused appropriately), Star Model D deluge; ASCO 8210G207; Skinner73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2; Skinner 73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2; Skinner 71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2; and Viking HV-274-060-001; sole-noid valves or auxiliary relays requiring a drive current of 35 mA @ 24 V dc. Digital panel meter PDM-1000-1 or PDM-1000-2; zone alarmscanners NDS-91 and NDS-91-16X. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowire heat sensitive cable; 24V dc batteries for 90 hours of standby power are available in 7.0-60 Ah capacities. The enclosure provided with this control results in a ratingof NEMA 4, 4X, 12 and 13 for both single and two door enclosures. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGESYSTEMS and HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)

Model SRP4x4 Fire Alarm Control. The control is suitable for ambient temperatures from 0° to 49°C (32° to 120°F). The control has fourinitiating device circuits capable of Class A, Style D or Class B, Styles A and B performance, one supervisory circuit capable of Class B, StyleB performance, and four output circuits capable of Class B, Style Y performance. The output circuits can be configured as one notificationappliance circuit, up to three release circuits, a supervisory bell circuit, a trouble bell circuit, and waterflow. Optional accessories are thePDM-1000-3 Protectowire alarm point locator digital meter, the AM-91-2 module which converts Class B notification circuits to Class A, andthe RB-4 relay module which provides four additional sets of relay contacts. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such asthe Protectowire heat-sensitive cable. Compatible with the following two-wire smoke detectors: Hochiki Models SIJ-24, SLR-24H, SLR-24V,and SLR-835 with base Model NS6-220. Two 12 V dc, 7 AH batteries are needed for minimum 24 hour stand-by power. (See alsoAUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS)

Pyrene Corp, 130 Esna Park Dr, Markham Ontario L3R 1E3 CanadaFire Alarm Control Panel. Series 3000. Provides fire alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined according to the specific

needs of an installation. The following modules provide for up to 22 initiating circuits: 300-1001 main control (fire alarm); -1002 main control(extinguishing); -1003 small extender board; -1004 large extender board; -2001 dual zone open contact module; -2002 supervisory module;-2003 dual zone smoke module; -3001 or -3002 extinguishment module; -5001 low voltage cutoff switch. Standby battery available for 24hours operating power.

Fire Alarm Control Panel. Series 4000. The control consists of the 40-1014 control panel module and a selection of optional modules tomeet the needs of a particular installation. The 40-1014 module provides two Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 24 V dc, 2 A signalindicating circuits, one set of trouble relay contacts and two sets of alarm contacts. Optional boards plugged into connectors on the 40-1014include: 40-1003 and 40-1004 extender boards, 40-2002 and 40-2005 dual zone supervisory modules, 40-2003 dual zone module, 40-2004dual zone Class A module, 40-2008 dual zone Class A module, 40-3002 extinguishment module. Standby batteries from 6.5 to 16 AH areavailable to provide 24 hours emergency power.

Pyro-Chem Inc, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54153Model Triton EXT Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Power Extender. These panels are P/N 551472 (120 V ac, red enclosure), 551473

(220/240 V ac, red enclosure), 551474 (120 V ac, red enclosure and Canadian battery cutout option) [with motherboard P/N 565-771.software 1.05 ]. None of the panels are suitable for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. All the panels can be used to provideadditional notification appliance circuit output capability to the Approved Pyro Chem control panels: Triton RP and Triton RPA. The Triton EXTprovides up to 4 (8 with optional TEPG-US Model 430676 NAC Expansion Card Style Y (Class B) or (when optional module TEPG-US Model430677 Adapter Option Card is connected) Style Z (Class A) notification appliance circuits with a max panel output of 8 A at 24 V dc. 18 AHcapacity standby batteries are available to provide 24 hour emergency power.

Series Triton RP control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Model 551450 (red enclosure) is provided with 4 (Class B) Style B initiating devicecircuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to TEPG-US Model 430531 Class AAdapter Module. TheTriton RP is compatible with the following 2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with basemodels 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smoke detector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562,430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702. The Triton RP is also provided with two (Class B)Style Y notification appliance circuits with three Form C relay output circuits rate 3 A @ 30 V dc. The Triton RP may be used with optionalTEPG-US Models 430530 Battery Meter Module, 430529 Auxiliary Relay Module, and 430687 Coil Supervision Module. Optional TEPG-USModels 430548 and 430550 External Battery Chargers provide the Triton RP charging capability for a standby battery bank up to 50 AH incapacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.


Series Triton RPA Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.03 available in four part numbers:P/N 551454 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure; P/N 551459 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure, standard door, and a battery cutoutoption to meet Canadian requirements; P/N 552082 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure, door equipped with a 24 LED annunciator, anda battery cutout option to meet Canadian requirements; P/N 551461 is a 220/240 V ac panel with a red enclosure. SLCNet signaling linecircuits can be configured for either Class B, Style 4 or Class A, Style 6. The panel is compatible with TEPG-US Models 430631 and 430716photoelectric smoke sensor, 430632 and 430717 ionization smoke sensor, 430633 and 430718 heat sensor, with 430637, 430638, 430636,430640, 430639, 430721, 430722, 430720, 430724, and 430723 sensor bases; and 430654, 431190 duct type sensor housings. In additionthe following SLCNet devices are compatible with the Triton RPA: TEPG-US Models 430670 and 430671 pull stations; 2-wire Class A MonitorZone Adapter Modules (ZAM) TEPG-US Model 430666 and 2 or 4-Wire Class B ZAM TEPG-US Model 430665 with the following compatible2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with base models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701,430702, and 430703; smoke detector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702; TEPG-US Models 430634 and 430719 Photo/Heat Sensor with 430641, 430642, 431187 and 431188sensor bases. Optional supervised Individual Addressable Modules (IAM) TEPG-US Model 430660 and Relay IAM 430664 may also beconnected. TEPG-US Model 430710 Relay module may also be connected. For auxiliary signaling, the Triton RPA control uses the TEPG-USModels 430607 or 430623 City Cards. 24 V dc batteries rated 25 AH are available to provide 60 hours of emergency operation. For batteryrequirements exceeding 25 AH, the TEPG-US Models 430548 or 430550 External Battery Charger must be used. (See also AUTOMATICRELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS).

Radionics 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36 Salinas CA 93901Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel. Models D7212B, D9112B and D9124 Control/Communicators using Firmware Version 3.12

equipped with Model D1255, D1256, D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarmconditions. Options include the D184 local energy interface kit for auxiliary signaling, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125POPEX (Point of Protection Expansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversingrelay module, D192C indicating circuit module, D125B powered loop interface module, and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. D9124 control isequipped with Model D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hoursecondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Controls can alsobe used as digital alarm communicator transmitters (see also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS listings).

Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panels. Model D7412 (Software Rev. 5.22), Control/Communicators equipped with Model D1255, D1256,D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Each control has a D192Cnotification appliance module and D125B powered loop interface module (initiating device circuit module). The controls may connect with theD184 local energy interface kit for auxiliary signaling, D129 dual Class A initiating circuit module, Zonex zone expansion system consistingof D8125 POPEX module or D8128A OctoPOPIT module with D9127U and D9127T POPITs which provide the D7412 panels with up to 40signaling line circuits, all capable of (Class B) Style 3.5 signaling performance. Each control is equipped with 12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeablebatteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. (See also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMSlistings.)

D10024 or D9024 programmable analog control panels each with Firmware Revision 664B-U0. D10024 has five expansion slots for theD9067 polling circuit module while the D9024 only has three slots. Module D9067 is a signaling line circuit module which can be configuredfor (Class A) Style 5 or (Class B) style 3.5 wiring. Optional modules include: D9051 RS485 bus-module and D9070 fire system controller. TheD9024 and the D10024 are each compatible with P/Ns D323 (Hochiki America Corp ALE-EA) and D324 (Hochiki America Corp. AIC-EA)analog addressable photoelectric and ionization type smoke sensors, heat sensor P/N D322 (Hochiki America Corp ATD-EA) rated 135°F(37°C) [spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 x 6.1 m) max] with the 6 in. P/N D321 (Hochiki America Corp HSB-DCP6) and 4 in. P/N D336 (HochikiAmerica Corp YBJ-RL-2ND) sensor bases. In addition, the controls are each compatible with response contact module P/Ns D334 withFirmware 8000-00120 Rev. A, and D326 with Firmware TMP47C241AF, Rev. HC024 (Hochiki America Corp DCP-FRCME and CHQ-CM-4,respectively), supervised output module P/N D327 with Firmware TMP47C440AF, Rev. HC025 (Hochiki America Corp CHQ-BM). 24 V dcbatteries rated 17-38 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation for local or auxiliary signaling.

Securiplex Inc 549 Meloche Ave Dorval Quebec H9P 2W2 CanadaFire Alarm Control Panel. Model 1010. Programmable control panel P/N PNL-05900-XX (-01, 110 V ac; -05, 220 V ac) uses firmware

version MEM-03690-01 (B). The control provides eight initiating device circuits, four of which are configurable as Class A (Style D), fourprogrammable Style Y notification appliance circuits, two sets of trouble relay contacts, two sets of alarm relay contacts and one 24 V dc, 250mA auxiliary power output; optional eight-zone expansion card (P/N PCA-02878-00) provides eight additional initiating zones, four program-mable Style Y outputs, five programmable relays and one 24 V dc, 250 mA auxiliary output. May be provided with two Fire Sentry CorporationModel FS7-130-SX modules which are factory installed and wired to terminals on the eight-zone expansion card. Used with the followingApproved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: System Sensor 1400, 1451 and 2400. Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide 24hours of emergency power. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIONEQUIPMENT and Fire-Scope 2000 listing under WATERMIST SYSTEMS.)

Model 1120 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control panel P/N PNL-008784-XX (-05 110 V ac, -07 220 V ac) uses firmware versionMEM-08765-00 (A). The Main Processing Unit (P/N CCA-08693-01) provides two sets each of Form C alarm and trouble relay contacts andone 24 V dc 900 mA auxiliary power output circuit. The MPU extender card (P/N CCA-05969-00) provides six expansion slots to interfaceexpansion cards to the MPU data bus. Expansion cards include 24/32 zone supervised input card (P/N CCA-08748-00) providing 24/32 ClassB (Style B) initiating zones for use with contact type devices or conventional 2-wire devices (System Sensor 1400 and 1451 ionization smokedetector and 2400 photoelectric smoke detector, 5451 heat detector), Analog Addressable Devices Interface Card AAD I/F (P/N CCA-08632-02) provides a Style 6 signaling line circuit for up to 99 addressable sensors and 99 addressable modules (System Sensor 1551 ionizationsmoke detector, 2551 photoelectric smoke detector, M500X isolation module, M500M monitor module, M500C control module, M500MAmonitor module) or can accommodate twice the number of devices when wired for Style 4 performance and provides four sets of program-mable relay contacts, Addressable Conventional Detector Interface ACDI (P/N-BAM-086707-00) connects to the control via the AAD I/F tointerface conventional 2-wire detectors to the control. The LCD annunciator (PNL-05925-03) or remote annunciator located in separateenclosure provides an eighty character liquid crystal display (LCD), indicators and operator switches. Used with the following Approvedcompatible addressable devices and 2-wire smoke detection devices: Standby batteries for 1120 control panel and 1120 UPS 24 V up to 65AH provide 24 hours of emergency power.

PROPAK Models 10CR, 10CG, and 10CM Fire Alarm Controls. Revision Level MEM-16245-00, Rev. (-). The control is suitable for ambienttemperatures from 0° to 49°C (32° to 120°F). The control has eight input circuits (initiating device circuits or supervisory circuits) capable ofClass A or B, Styles D or B performance, and four output circuits capable of Class B, Style Y performance. The output circuits can beconfigured as notification appliance circuits or releasing circuits. Compatible with the following two-wire detectors: System Sensor Models1151(A), 1151EIS, 2151(A), 5451(A), 5451EIS, 4451HT(A), which use the Model B401, B110LP(A), or B401B(A) base. Two 12 V dc, 12 AHbatteries are needed for 24 hour stand-by power. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIREPROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)

SecurityLink from Ameritech 7308 Green Briar Pkwy Orlando FL 328193810 Fire Alarm Control with 3825 keypad, 4160 supervised bell module, and 4185 watchdog module with 16.5 V ac, 40 VA transformer

inside Model 4165 transformer housing. 3810 control may include Model 3815 serial zone expander. Control is equipped with 12 V dc, 7 AHrechargeable battery to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32°to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING listing.)


Secutron, Div of Digital Security Controls Ltd 3301 Langstaff Rd Concord Ontario L4K 412 CanadaThe MR-2900 fire alarm control panel with configuration program software Modul-R Human Interface (version 17) The following equipment

makes up the MR-2900 fire alarm control panel: MR-2931 Main circuit board assembly (Firmware MR2-7, Version 17.xx), MR-2925 Class ATerminal Board, MR-2910 Network Board, MR-2926 Terminal Board Class B, MR-2927 Plug in board, MR-2902 LED Annunciator board,MR-2908 Class B conventional IDC module, MR-2918 Class B conventional IDC module, MR-2928 Class B conventional IDC module,MR-2938 Class A conventional IDC module, MR2909 Class B SLC module (Firmware BRK 3G, Version 17.xx), MR-2919 Class A SLC module(Firmware BRK 2G, Version 17.xx), and MR2905 Power Supply module. Stand by batteries (7 to 40 Ah) are available to provide 24 hoursemergency operation. The two 40 Ah batteries require a separate battery box MR-2998. The remote annunciator module uses an MR-2944main circuit board (Firmware AN-4, Version 17.xx) in conjunction with the MR-2910 network communication board to interface with the maincontrol over a proprietary DCLR Class A Style 7 SLC network. Annunciator contains 16 programmable switch inputs, communication portsand an 80 character LCD display. Power to the annunciator (24 V dc) is provided through a supervised connection to the control power supply.The following analog-addressable devices are compatible with the MR-2900 control: Models MRI-1251B ionization type smoke detector,MRI-2251B photoelectric type smoke detector, MRI-2251TB photoelectric type smoke detector with 135°F (57.2°C) heat sensor, MRI-2251TMB photoelectric type smoke detector, Model MRI-5251B fixed temperature thermostat with an operating point of 135°F (57.2°C) - 25by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, Model MRI-5251H fixed temperature thermostat with an operating point of 190°F (87.8°C) - 20by 20 ft (6.1 m by 6.1 m) maximum spacing, Model MRI-5251RB rate compensating temperature sensor with an operating point of 135°F(57.2°C) - 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; Models MRI-DH200PL and MRI-DH200RPL duct detectors; System Sensor models2251, 1551, and 2551T smoke detectors, System Sensor model 5551 heat detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max), System SensorM500CH control, M500MB monitor and M501B bases. The MR-2900 control is compatible with the following Approved two wire smokedetection devices: Apollo Fire Detectors, Ltd. 60A, P/N 55000-250, P/N 55000-350; Detection Systems, Inc. DS200-2W, DS200-HD; HochikiAmerica Corp. SIF-24F, SLK-24FH; System Sensor 1400,1451, 2400, 2400TH, 2451, 2451TH.

Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf SwitzerlandAlgoRex Fire Detection System. NOTE: This system may not comply with all requirements of NFPA 72-1996 which would be

applicable to FM Approvals if the equipment were to be marketed in North America. Programmable fire alarm panels (CS1140). BasicCS1140 system is a 24 V dc panel operable on primary voltage rating of 240 V ac. System requires the use of B2F020 converter module,E3X101, E3X102, or E3X103 master control module (Firmware AKKU V3.0) or E3G070 control module ‘‘universal’’ and either B3Q460,B3Q480, B3Q560, B3Q565, B3Q600, B3Q660, or B3Q680 control console (Firmware LED V2.0) which may be remotely mounted. Initiatingdevices are connected by either E3M071 or E3M171 line module ‘‘interactive’’ (Firmware E3M071 or E3M171/DS11-L V3.1 & NL V1.2) whichprovides one Class A or B signaling line circuit interactive devices (see below), E3M080 line module ‘‘collective’’ (Firmware E3M080/DS11-CV3.3) which provides up to 8 class B conventional initiating device circuits (see below) or E3M111 line module ‘‘AnalogPLUS’’ (FirmwareE3M111/DS11-A V3.4 & EC0 V5.0) which provides up to four Class A or B signaling line circuits (see below). The CI1145 compact control unitis a 24 V dc panel operable on primary voltage rating of 240 V ac. System requires the use of B2F040 converter module, E3X120 master card(Firmware LED Ver. 2.0).

Additional B2F020 converter module and E3C011 battery charging module (Firmware V.Akku V3.0) may be used to provide additionalsystem power. Initiating devices are connected by either K3M071 line card ‘‘interactive’’ (Firmware DS-11-1/V3.1) which provides one ClassA or B signaling line circuit for use with interactive devices (see below), K3M080 line card ‘‘collective’’ (Firmware K3M080/DS11-C/V3.2) whichprovides up to 4 Class B conventional initiating device circuits (see below) or K3M111 line card ‘‘AnalogPLUS’’ (Firmware DS11-1/V3.4) whichprovides up to four Class A or B signaling line circuits for use with AnalogPLUS devices (see below). Additional modules provided dependingon system configuration are B2F020 converter modules and E3C011 battery charging modules (Firmware V.Akku V3.0) may be used toprovide additional system power, E3L020 control module ‘‘I/O’’, E3G050 control module ‘‘contacts’’, E3G060 control module ‘‘monitored’’,E3G110 Emergency Link, E3I020 or K3I020 RS232 module, E3H020 C-bus gateway, B3R051 parallel indicator panel (Firmware B3R051V1.3), K3G060 relay card, K3N010 RAM extension for E3X101, K5L020 multi-section extinguishing module, K3R071 synoptic board (Firm-ware K3R071/V1.2), K3R072 synoptic driver (Firmware K3R072/V1.3), E3I040 I Bus/LON module (Firmware E3I040/27C256-LON/V1.0 andE3I040/HC71/E9/V1.0), K3I050 LON/synoptic converter (Firmware K3I050/27C256-LON/V2.2), K3I110 LON I/O Box (Firmware K3I110/27C256-LON/V0.7) , Z3B171 relay module. B3Q460 and B3Q480 control console (Firmware LED V2.0), B3Q580 text display terminal(Firmware B3Q580/27C256-LON/V4.2a) and B3Q590 text control terminal (Firmware B3Q590/27C256-LON/V4.2a) may be mountedremotely for annunciation and control. E3H020 C-bus gateway module (Firmware CKQ005.16) and K1D081 dual modem module may beused to interface with LMSmodular system. Also available is the B2Q191 logging printer. Standby batteries are available in 15, 24 or 40 AHcapacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Compatible, Approved initiating devices for use with above line modules are:E3M071/K3M071; DF1192 WaveRex flame detector, DO1151A/DO1152A OptoRex photoelectric type smoke detector/with line isolationfacility, DOT1151A/DOT1152A PolyRex photoelectric type smoke detector with thermal enhancement/line isolation facility, DT1152A Ther-moRex 135°F (57°C)/176°F (80°C) fixed temperature heat detector with line isolation facility (spacing guide 30 by 30 ft (9.1 by 9.1 m) max),DBZ1197A Air-Sampling Smoke Detection Unit consisting of the DO1153A detector with DB1151A detector mounting base, DM1151 manualfire alarm call point, DC1151 input module, DC1154 output module DC 1192 input/output module ; E3M080/K3M080 and DC1151 inputmodule and DC1192 input/output module; DF1192 WaveRex flame detector, DO1101A/DO1104A OptoRex photoelectric type smoke detec-tors, DT1101A ThermoRex 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heat detector (spacing guide 30 by 30 ft (9.1 by 9.1 m) max), DT1102A ThermoRex176°F (80°C) fixed temperature heat detector (spacing guide 30 by 30 ft (9.1 by 9.1 m) max), DBZ1197A Air-Sampling Smoke Detection Unitconsisting of DO1103A smoke detector with DB1101A detector mounting base, DM1101 manual fire alarm call point, DC 1192 input/outputmodule. E3M111/K3M111; DF1192 WaveRex flame detector, DO1131A OptoRex photoelectric type smoke detector AnalogPLUS, DOT1131APolyRex photoelectric type smoke detector with thermal enhancement AnalogPLUS, DT1131A 135°F (57°C) and DT1132A 176°F (80°C)ThermoRex fixed temperature heat detectors AnalogPLUS (spacing guide 15 by 15 ft (4.6 by 4.6 m) max), DC1136 output module, DC 1192input/output module, DBZ1197A Air-Sampling Smoke Detection Unit consisting of DO1133A detector with DB1131A detector mounting base,AnalogPLUS, DM1131 manual fire alarm call point AnalogPLUS. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS ANDOTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT, and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089ALS3 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA with ‘‘-LG’’ suffix Series

analog/addressable devices. Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall mounted enclosuresFACP 3-CAB5/7/14/21(R)-LG and FACP 3-RCC7/14/21R-LG; 3-CPU or 3-CPU1 processor with 3-LCD display and 3-XMEM memoryexpansion; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the following local rail modules; 3-LDSM LEDsupport module and 3-xxx LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232 supplementary connection card; 3-RS485A,3-RS485B and 3-RS485R, RS485 network communication cards; 3-FIBA fiber optic interface modules; 3-6ANN, 3-10ANN and 3-LCDANNremote annunciators including 3-ANNCPU1 remote annunciator CPU, 3-ANNSM annunciator driver for LED/switch display modules, 6ANN/Bflush box for the 3-6ANN, 6ANN/B-S surface box for 3-6ANN, 10ANN/B flush box for 3-10ANN, 10ANN/B-S surface box for 3-10ANN,3-6ANN/D door for 3-6ANN, and 3-10ANN/D door for 3-10ANN; 3-AADC Analog Addressable Device Controller, 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zonemodule compatible with Edwards 6250B Ionization and 6270 photoelectric smoke detectors; 3-SSDC single SIGAnature data cards com-patible with the following; SIGA-PS-LG photoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHS-LG photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heatdetector, SIGA-IS-LG ionization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS-LG multisensor detector, SIGA-HFS-LG 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector;SIGA-HRS-LG 135°F (57°C) combination fixed and rate-of-rise heat detector [spacing guide for -HFS and HRS is 15×15 ft/(3×3 m)];SIGA-270, 270B, -270F, -270P, -278BP and -278-LG manual stations; SIGA-CT1-LG, -CT2-LG, -MM1-LG and -WTM-LG input modules,SIGA-CC1-LG, -CC2-LG and -CR-LG control modules. SIGA detector bases are; SIGA-DMP-LG duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB,-RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED-LG remote LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt for bases. 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination


audio source unit with fire fighter telephone; 3-FTCU fire fighters telephone;3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30, and3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90 W audio amplifiers used with 757-1A-R25(R) or 757-1A-R70(R) speakers, 3-REMICP and 3-REMICA remotemicrophones, 3-ATPINT Audio Termination Panel interface card for use with model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers, 24 V dc standbybatteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COM-MUNICATIONS SYSTEMS and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS listings.)

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932System 3 Universal Alarm Control. Consists of modular control Model CP-35 with PS-34, -35 power supply. Functional modules include:

battery charger Models BC-33 or -35; BK-33 battery module with BT-33 (SAH) or -34 (10AH) battery packs; TC-30U battery transfer; BE-35charger extender; MM-35 meter; input device Models ZN-31, -31U, -33, -34, -34U, -34U2, -34US, -34UA, ZA-30, ZS-30, ZU-35, -35TS, -35DS,ZB-35; output device Models AE-30U, AA-30U, LP-30 or MT-30 (Rev.2), SR-30, -32, -35, ZC-30, -31; output control Models HC-30U, -35,RM-30U, -30RU provide for connection of up to 10 series-connected, electrically operated releasing devices. TL-30U, TS-30, MC-30, PM-31,-32, SM-30, -31, RC-30U; TRX addressable interface; PL-35 limited energy module; remote annunciator Models RA-30, -31, -31B, -32, -32B,-33, -34, -35, -37; annunciator power supply Model AP-1; power distribution Models DM-30, -30R, -31; remote unit switch Models RA-38,RT-38, RTA-38; drill switch Models DS-30, -31; enclosure Series EA-30; Model RR-35 remote reset module used with RRS remote resetstation. System configurations may also include ionization type smoke detector Models DI-2S, -2DS (F6 head and surface-mounted base),DI-2F, -2DF (F6 head and flush-mounted base), DI-3, -A3, -3H, -A3H or -3IS head with DB-3S surface-mounted base, DI-4A, -4H, -4DH, -4AISor -4HIS head with DB-4LF, -4LS, -4TF, -4TS bases; DI-6 ionization type smoke detector, used with DB-4TF or -4TS base; DA-1, -4NL, -4RNL,CA-4NL, AD-3I, AD-3RI Series ionization type; AD-3P, -3RP photoelectric type smoke detectors for air ducts; photoelectric type smokedetector Models DS-2; DP-3, -3T, PEC-3 and -3T (used with DB-3S base); Model ADB-3 audible base with DI-3, DP-3, DI-A3, DP-3T smokedetectors. Model QS-30 linear detection module using Model LTC-25 thermistor cable for proximity heat detection in the 100° to 260°F (38°to 127°C) range and area heat detection in the 131° to 260°F (58° to 127°C) range; this module provides alarm and prealarm signaling forup to 500 ft (150 m) of cable; heat-actuated detector Models DT-1F, -1R, -2F, -2R, -3P, DT-5F-135, -175, -200, DT-135F, -200F, -135R, -200R,-135CL, -200CL, -135C, -200C, -135CS, -200CS; detector releasing unit Models DI-2FR, -2SR; manual station Models MS-, MH-; alarm hornModels HAC-, HDC-, HS; alarm bell Models BAC-, BDC; alarm light Models RL-, RLP; detector-operated relay Model RR-3. Heat detectorspacing guides: DT-1F, -2F, -200F, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m); DT-135F, max 20 by 20 ft (6 by 6 m); DT-1R, -2R, -3P, -5F, -135C, -135CL, -135CS,-135R, -200CL, -200C, -200CS, -200R, LTC-25, max 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m). Standby battery available for up to 24 hours operation. (See alsoAUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14 and HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electricalvolume.)

System Type CSR-2. With printed circuit board P/N DO493, CDO-48, CTZ-1, CTZ-2; used with ionization type smoke detector ModelDIS-5B4 (F5B head, locking shell and DB-2W base); heat-actuated detector Model DTC- having max 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) spacing; zonecode panel Models ZCP-1, -2, -3, -4; alarm horn Models HAC, HDC; alarm bell Models BAC-, BDC-.

Dual Zone Fire Alarm Control. Models CP-2H, -2HA, -2HR, -2ER. Models CP-2H, -2HA have two Class B initiating circuits. Models CP-2HR,-2ER have two Class A initiating circuits. Models CP-2HA, -2HR, -2ER produce an audible alarm signal when either of two initiating circuitsis in alarm. A general audible alarm signal is produced when either of the two initiating circuits is in alarm. Battery back-up (5 to 10 AH) isavailable to sustain operation for up to 60 hours. The CP-2ER control is compatible with the following Approved two-wire smoke detectiondevices: Siemens Building Technologies Inc DI-3, -3H, -A3, -A3H, -B3, -B3H, -4, -4A, -4H, -6, PEC-3, -3T, PE-3 and -3T. The CP-2ER controlis compatible with the following Approved two-wire heat detection devices: Siemens Building Technologies Inc DT-3P. DT-3P heat detectorspacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. (See also description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS ANDOTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT.)

Model CP-4 Control. The CP-4 provides four Class B alarm initiating zones which may be expanded to eight Class A or Class B detectionzones using the Model 405A Class A Module or the Model ZNE-404 extender module, respectively. The CP-4 has alarm, trouble and municipaltie outputs; the Model 405B relay output module provides eight additional dry contact outputs rated at 0.5A, 30 V dc; 0.1A, 120 V ac. Model301A annunciator is a supplemental accessory for remote annunciation. Rechargeable batteries for 24 or 60 hour standby power (6, 10 or15 AH) are included. Max alarm current must be limited to 3 A.

Model CP-400 Control. The CP-400 provides four Class B alarm initiating zones which can be expanded to eight zones for alarm orsupervisory signaling using the Model ZNE-404/S extender module. The CP-400 has alarm verification, provision for actuating a local energymunicipal box, and auxiliary signaling relays using the RC-400 alarm verification module, the LT-4 leased line and municipal tie module, PL-35limited energy module and the 405R relay module, respectively. The AND-400 annunciator driver can be used for supervised remote signalannunciation. Rechargeable batteries for 24 or 60 hour standby power (6, 10 or 15 AH) are included. Max alarm current must be limited to3 A.

Model MX-316 Fire Alarm Control Unit with operating program Version 1.30. Contains Model RTU-1 controller board which has 16 zonecircuits for normally open contact signal initiating devices. The AM-16 audible module provides two alarm-indicating circuits rated 24 V dc at1.5 A. PL-35 limited energy module provides fuses for power-limited indicating device circuits. The LA-6 module provides six annunciatingLEDs for system ac power, common alarm, common trouble, groundfault and two audible trouble circuits. An optional annunciating moduleModel LA-16 provides 16 indicating LED’s including zone annunciation. Power Supply PS-120 provides regulated 24 V dc, 3.0 A, with integralbattery charger for two 12 V, 6.0 AH batteries, P/N 175-084476. Suitable for use in ambient temperatures between 20°F (-7°C) and 130°F(54°C).

Programmable IXL System. Addressable fire alarm system using software version 161-592816 (Version 2.04). Consists of main control anddisplay module (IXL); optional alphanumeric display/printer interfaces (LPI, RPI, LAN and RAN); expansion module (IXL-EXP); addressabledetector base (DBZ); ionization detectors DIZ-3, -3H, -A3, -A3H, -B3 and -B3H; photoelectric detectors PEZ-3 and -3T; thermal detectorDTZ-3, low profile bases DB-3S and -X3RS; remote LED annunciator (LED-1, -2); addressable manual pull station (MSZ-1); addressablecontrol element with relay contacts rated 1 A/30 V dc - 0.2 A/120 V ac (CE-S); collective zone interface modules (CZI-H2S, -H4S, -L2S, -L4S);remote graphics/relay driver (GAD and RRD); remote control module (RemCon); remote control (RemSwitch); generic switch control (Gen-Con) and auxiliary relay (INS-AUX) with contacts rated 10 A/120 V ac; analog loop driver module (ICON-1 Version 2.0). Used with ionizationdetectors ILI-1, -1H, -1A, -1AH, ID-60I, -60IH, -60IA, -60IAH, -60IB and -60IBH; photoelectric detectors ILP-1, ILPT-1, ID-60P and-60PT;thermal detectors ID-60T-135 and ILT-1 with bases DP-3S and -X3RS; addressable manual stations MSI-10, -20, -10B, -20B and MB6addressable interface modules TRI-60, -60D, -60R, -B6, -B6D, -B6R and -B6M. IXL main control has two (2) Style Y or Z indicating circuits.Field programmer/tester FPI-32 for use with ID-60, ILI and ILP series detectors. Communication lines to addressable devices are Style 4 or6. Models DTZ-3, ID-60T-135 and ILT-1 thermal detectors are rated 135°F (37°C), spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Battery pack(24 V dc/40 AH) provides up to 60 hours of emergency operation.

Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System. Uses Version 10.06 operating system, field programming software CSG-M Version 10.03 andCompare System software (Version 5.03). The MXL may be configured as a local control unit (with or without printer) or as a transponder thatreports to another MXL control. A control, which is mounted in appropriate MXL enclosure, consists of the MMB-2 main board, MPS-6, -12power supplies, MKB-2, -3 (B, C, S) keyboard/annunciator and may include optional CZM-4 conventional zone module, CSM-4 signal module(may be used for auxiliary protective signaling service), LLM-1 leased line module, PS5-A, -5N, -5N7 power supplies, PSR-1 transponderpower supply, NET-4, -7 communication interface, PIM-1 RS232 interface module, PIM-2/PAL-1 parallel printer interface, VDT video displayterminal, RCC-1 (B, C, F, S) remote command center, CMI-300 communications module, network interface module NIM-1R, REP-1 networkrepeater module, D2300CP fiber optic transceiver, CRM-4 relay module, MOI-1 voice and annunciator driver interface, MOD-16 annunciatordriver, MID-16 input module, TSP-40 logging printer, MOM-2, -4 card cage, ALD-2 analog loop driver (ALD-2I with the IEC-1 detectorcompensation module), with the following addressable devices: ID-60I, -60IH, -60IA, -60IAH, -60-IB, -60IBH, ILI-1, -1H, -1A, -1AH, -1B, -1BHionization type smoke detectors (air velocity ranges for -1 and -H series detectors 0-300 fpm [0-1.5 mps], for -1A and -1AH detectors 0-1200fpm [0-6.1 mps] and for -1B and -1BH detectors 500-3200 pfm [2.5-16.3 mps]), ID-60P, -60PT, ILP -1, ILPT-1, ILP-2 and FP-11 photoelectricsmoke detectors, ID-60T-135, ILT-1 and FPT-11 thermal detectors used with DB-3S, -X3RS bases (FP-11 and FPT-11 use DB-11 and


DB-X11RS bases and require DB-ADPT base adapter if used with DB-3S and DB-X3RS bases), AD-11P and AD-11XPR air duct housing foruse with FP-11 detectors (air velocity ranges from 300 to 4000 fpm [1.5 to 20.3 m/sec]), RLI-1 and RLI-2 remote alarm lamps, MSI-1, -10,-20, -10B, -20B and -MB6 manual stations, TRI-60, -60D, -60R, -B6, -B6R, -B6D, B6M and TRI-S, -D, -R addressable interface modules andLIM-1 line isolation module, CZM-1 collective zone interface module with ISI-1 DC is suitable for hazardous location, Class I, Division 1,Groups A, B, C and D with DI-3IS smoke detector and Class I, II and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G with S121/122 flamedetector, LIM-1 line isolation module. The ‘‘B’’ version detectors are for air duct application and used with AD-3I and AD-3XRI air ducthousings. ACM-1 audio control module, MMM-1 microphone with mounting bin, TMM-1 master telephone handset and bin, TBM-1 terminalblock module, EL-410D 100W amplifier, VSM-1 switch module, VFM-1 fan control module, VLM annunciator module, OMM-1 output mastermodule, OCC-1, -2 output control card, ASC-1, -2 amplifier supervision module, BTC-1 backup tone card, DMC-1 digital message card, ICP,ICP-B6 intelligent control point, ZC1-8B-25(-70), ZC2-8B-25(-70), ZC-2-4AB-25 (-70), ZC3-4AB-25(-70) speaker circuits and ZCT-8 eightzone telephone module, speaker Models ET-1010, ET-1080 and ET-1090, PT-303/304 firefighters telephones and FT series and FJ-303/304fire warden stations. Max spacing for the ID-60T-135 and ILT-1 thermal detector is 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m). Optional Model Pad-2 DistributedPower Module NAC Expander provides up to 6 Amps of filtered, 24 V dc for powering notification appliances and auxiliary devices. Standbypower for 24 to 90 hours available from 15-55 AH capacity, 24 V batteries. The MXL transponder consists of: MBR-1, MDR-1T, PSR-1 powersupply with NET-4, -7, -7M communication interface module and MPS-6, -12 power supply. (See also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYS-TEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISH-ING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.) Model ILPT-1 is identical to Model ILP-1 with the additionof the 135°F (57°C) thermal switch that is integral with the ILPT-1 detector. The low profile base Models DB-3S and DB-X3RS are identicalwith the exception of the Form C dry contact relay that is integral with the DB-X3RS base.

MXL-IQ Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System. Uses Version 6.06 operating system, field programming software CSG-M Version10.03 and Compare System Software (Version 5.03). The MXL-IQ may be configured as a local control unit (with or without printer) or as atransponder that reports to an MXL or CXL control. The MXL-IQ control consists of the MSE-3 enclosure, SMB-2 main board, MPS-6 powersupply and MKB-4 (B, C, S) keyboard/annunciator. Module options are limited to one MOM-2, two module expansion rack with CZM-4conventional zone module, CSM-4 signal module (may be used for auxiliary protective signaling service), LLM-1 leased line module, CRM-4relay module, MOI-1 annunciator driver interface, MOD-16 annunciator driver, MID-16 input module, CMI-300 communications module,NIM-1R network interface module. The analog loop driver circuits of the MXL-IQ are compatible with the following addressable devices:ID-60I, -60IH, -60IA, -60IAH, ILI-1, -1A, -1H, -1AH, -1B and -1BH ionization smoke detectors, ID-60P, -60PT, ILP-1, ILP-2, ILPT-1 and FP-11photoelectric smoke detectors and ID-60T-135, ILT-1 and FPT-11 thermal detectors used with DB-3S, -X3RS bases, (FP-11 and FPT-11 useDB-11 and DB-X11RS bases and require DB-ADPT base adapter if used with DB-3S and DB-X3RS bases), AD-11P and AD-11XPR air ducthousing for use with FP-11 detectors (air velocity ranges from 300 to 4000 fpm [1.5 to 20.3 m/sec]), RLI-1 and RLI-2 remote alarm lamps,MSI-1, -10, -20 manual station, TRI-60, -60D, 60R and TRI-R, -S, -D addressable interface modules, CZM-1 collective zone interface modulewith MTD 3043 DC isolation barrier is suitable for hazardous location, Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C with DI-3IS smoke detector and ClassI, II and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G with S121/122 flame detector, LIM-1 line isolation module. Optional Model Pad-2Distributed Power Module NAC Expander provides up to 6 Amps of filtered, 24 V dc for powering notification appliances and auxiliary devices.Standby power for 24 to 90 hours available from 15-55 AH capacity, 24 V batteries. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTIONAND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.)

Network Command Center (NCC). Campus and high rise configurations can monitor up to 63 MXL systems. Consists of NCC software Ver.1.0, IBM PC Model CP7537-964, IBM SVGA monitor Models CP7544-001 or CP7554-001. Standby power for 4 hours of operation fromLifeline Model 9300057 uninterruptible power supply (UPS). (See also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

SXL Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm control panel (P/N 599-692539) using Firmware Version 4.1. System operates from120 V ac, 60 Hz or 220/240 V ac with optional 220/240 V transformer (P/N 155-192668) primary input power supply. The basic SXL providesfour Style B (Class B) initiating device circuits which may be programmed for fire alarm or supervisory signal initiating with or without alarmverification; two Style Y (Class B) notification appliance circuits rated 24 V dc, 1.5 A; 24 V dc auxiliary power circuit, 0.5 A max; one set ofcommon alarm and one set of general trouble relay contacts. Combined load of notification appliance and auxiliary outputs not to exceed3.0 A. Optional modules: SZE-4R expander module (P/N 500-692428) adds four Style B (Class B) initiating device circuits and fourprogrammable relays; SZE-8A expander module (P/N 500-692971) provides eight Style D (Class A) initiating device circuits and two Style Z(Class A) notification appliance circuits; SRC-8 output relay module (P/N 500-692-972, Firmware Version 1) adds eight programmable relays;SLT-1 leased line/municipal tie module (P/N 500-093285, Firmware Version 1) provides for auxiliary connection to a municipal fire alarmsystem. Optional LED-3 (white) (P/N 500-693317, Firmware Version 1) and LED-4 (black) (P/N 500-693062, Firmware Version 1) remoteannunciators (max 2) may be connected. In the event of power failure, standby batteries (24 V dc, 6, 10, 15 AH) available for 24 or 60 hoursof emergency power. Compatible smoke detectors are: DI-3/3H, DI-A3/A3H, DT-3P-135, PE3/3T and DI-B3/-B3H in Model AD-3I duct typesmoke detector.

MXL Modular Fire Alarm System with XLD-1 Analog Loop Driver. (See separate MXL listing also under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALINGfor additional MXL details.) XLD-1 compatible with the following addressable devices: DI-AX3, -AX3H, DI-BX3, -BX3H with AD-3XRI base,DI-X3, -X3H, ID-60I, -60IH, -60IA, -60IAH, ILI-1, -1H, -1A, -1AH, -1B, -1BH ionization smoke detectors, DP-X3, ID-60P, ILP-1, PEX-3000photoelectric smoke detectors, ID-60IB, -60IBH air duct detectors, MSX-1, -2, MSI-10, -10B, -20, -20B manual stations, SAX-1,-3 annunciators, PAX-1, -3 annunciator drivers, TRX-1, -2, -2D, -2R, -3, TRI-2, -2D, -2R, TRI-60, -60R, -60D, TRI-B6, -B6R, -B6D interfacemodules.

Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc 4 Wheeling Ave Woburn MA 01801Programmable Model 3204 Fire Alarm Control Panel. May include Model 3516 Annunciator. Control is equipped with 12 V dc, 17 AH

rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32°to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS listing.)

Silent Knight Div of Pittway 7550 Meridian Circle N Maple Grove MN 55369Programmable Model 5204 Fire Alarm Control Panel. May include Model 5230 Annunciator, Model 5220 Direct Connect Module and Model

7181 Fire Zone Converter. Control is equipped with 12 V dc, 17 AH rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power.Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALINGSYSTEMS listing.)

IFP-1000, IntelliKnight 5820XL programmable control panel (firmware Version 6.2). Provides six Flexput input/output circuits that can beconfigured for Class A (Style D) and Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, Class A (Style Z) and Class B (Style Y) notification appliancecircuits, and auxiliary power. Signaling line circuit uses following addressable devices: Models SD500-AIM, SD500-MIM input modules,SD500-ARM relay module, SD500-ANM notification module, SD505-AHS analog heat sensor SD505-AIS analog ionization smoke detectorSD505-APS analog photoelectric smoke detector, SD505-6AB base used with detectors, SD505-ADH duct detector housing used withSD505-AHS, -AIS detectors. Optional modules: Models 5815 signal line circuit expander, 5824 serial/parallel interface module, 5860, 5865-3,5865-4, remote fire annunciators, 5880 LED driver module, 5895 intelligent power supply module. Primary power 120 V ac. 24 V dc secondarysupply consisting of 12 V dc batteries rated 7, 12, 17 or 33 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (Seealso REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)


Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-00014100 Series Microprocessor Based Monitoring and Control Systems with optional TrueAlarm module. Programmable control panel models

4100-6008, -6009, -8001, -8010 (used with -8019 transponder) and -8511 use revision 8.04F operating program. The 4100 Series controlsmay consist of a selection of the following assemblies: -7003, -7501, -7502 master controller assemblies, 4100-8009 remote annunciatorpanel, -7050 LCD assembly, -5001, -5002 and -5004 Class B eight zone monitor assemblies, -5011, -5012 and -5014 Class A eight zonemonitor assemblies; -4001 and -4002 Class B 2-circuit signal assemblies, -4011 and -4012 Class A 2-circuit signal assemblies, -4321 and-4322 Class B 6-circuit signal assemblies, -4331 and -4332 Class A 6-circuit signal assemblies, -0123 Style 7 interface module, 4100-0137Style 7 module used with 4100-0131 modem, -0113 dual RS232/2120 communication board, -0110 Mapnet II TrueAlarm module, -0111Mapnet isolator module and compatible addressable devices including 4100-0127, -0128 utility power supplies, 2190-9153, -9154, 4100-0534Class A monitor ZAMs, 2190-9155, -9156, 4100-0535 Class B monitor ZAMs, 2190-9157, -9158, 4100-0536 4-wire detector ZAMs, 2190-9159, -9160, 4100-0537 Class A signal ZAMs, 2190-9161, -9162, 4100-0538 Class B signal ZAMs, 2190-9163, -9164, 4100-0539 controlrelay ZAMs, 2190-9172, -9172C, -9173 supervised IAMs, 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers, 2098-9651, -9652 addressabledetector bases with 2098-9201, -9202, -9203 smoke detectors, 2098-9649 nonaddressable duct detector housing with 2098-9201 smokedetector and 2099-9761, -9784, -9785, -9786, -9795, -9796, -9797 addressable manual stations. 4100-0215 phone riser, 4100-0133 tamperswitch, 4100-3001, -3002 and -3003 relay assembly, 4100-0136 decoder module, -0401, -0402, -0403, -0404, -0405, -0408, -0417 LED switchmodules, -0301 LED switch controller, -0105, -0106, -0108, -0115, -0117, -0118, -0119, and -1108 power supplies, -0104, -0114 or -0124battery charger packages, -0303 remote annunciator interface, -0304 remote unit interface, -0408 annunciator control module, -0302 24 pointgraphics I/O and 4102-0103 system meter module, 4100-0102 battery meter modules, 2190-9038, -9039, 4190-9001 and 4100-0451printers,4190-9006 CRT/keyboard, 4602-9101, -9102, -8001 status and remote command units, 2081-9281, -9282 battery cabinets and 4603-9101LCD annunciator. The TrueAlarm receives an analog signal from the TrueAlarm sensors via the Mapnet II loop. The control averages thesesignals over time to establish a baseline for setting the alarm threshold, depending on the sensitivity selected for a particular detector. Whenthe value of the signal received from the sensor has increased above a predefined level, an alarm is initiated by the TrueAlarm control. Thefollowing devices are used with the TrueAlarm: 4098-9701, -9714 photoelectric sensors, -9716, 9717 smoke ionization sensors, -9731, -9732,-9733 combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise heat sensors with programmed settings of 135° or 155°F (57° or 68°C) fixed-temperature and 15° or 20°F/min. (8° or 11°C/min.) rate-of-rise (spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft [5 by 5 m] for fixed temperature only, 30 × 30 ft[9 × 9 m] max for fixed temperature and rate-of-rise; -9784, -9785, -9792 sensor bases, -9782 sensor bases (with sounder), -9783, -9791sensor bases (with relay drive), -9789 sensor base (with LED drive), -9804 relay module, -9822 relay module, 4098-9754 Photo/Heat sensorwith 4098-9795 and -9796 sensor bases, 2098-9737 relay module, 4098-9706, -9707, -9708, -9709, -9750, -9751, -9753, -9755 and -9756duct type sensor housings, 2098-9806 remote LED w/test switch, 2098-9808 remote LED, 2098-9747 AC transformer (120 V ac) (Operationwith 2098-9747 AC transformer for supplementary signaling only) and 2190-9169, -9170 isolator modules. All 2098-XXXX and 4098-XXXXModel Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C.’’ The output voltage range for the initiating device circuits is 16.5-30 V dc; compatible initiating devicesmust be capable of operating at the extremes of this voltage range. Standby batteries from 6.2-110 AH supply 24 hours of operating power.The -0113 dual RS232/2120 communications board and firmware Revision 8.03 enable the use of Vision Systems High Level Interface toconnect the VESDA LaserPLUS, Firmware Version 2.09.00 and VESDA LaserScanner, Firmware Version 2.09.00 to the 4100.

Fire Alarm Control. Life Alarm Series 4001. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Can be used with a proprietary protectivesignaling system, Simplex Life Alarm 2120 (see also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS). Control units 4001-9403 (1209 V ac), -9404(220/240 V, 50/60 Hz). Contains four signal initiating device circuits and one signal indicating appliance circuit. Available options include4001-9813 Class A circuit module, -9804 transient suppression module, -9806 zone disconnect module, -9807 combined transient suppres-sion and zone disconnect module, -9810 control relay module, -9811 battery meter module and 4601-9101/9102 frontlighted annunciators.Standby batteries 2081-9272, -9274, -9275 provide up to 60 hours of secondary power.

Fire Alarm Control. Life Alarm Series 4002. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Can be used as the protected premisesportion of a remote station protective signaling system (see also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS) or with a proprietary protectivesignaling system, Simplex Life Alarm 2120 (see also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS). Modular system consisting of control panel4002-8001 for 120 V ac (-6001) or 240 V ac (-6002) operation with CPU modules -7001, -7002, -7101, -7102; zone expansion modules -5001,-5002, -5003, -5004; module signal circuit module -4101; -0121 Style 7 interface module; 0137 Style 7 module used with 4100-0131 modem,with 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers, four point relay modules -3001, -3002, -3003; zone disconnect module -0102;transient suppression module -0103, -0105; combination transient suppression/disconnect module -0104; expansion power supply -0110,-0111; fan control module, -0113; battery meter module, -0115; 2120 communicator module -0120. Standby batteries 2081-9271, -9272,-9274, -9275 to provide up to 60 hours of secondary power. Remote annunciators 4602-9101 SCU and -9102 RCU.

Fire Alarm Control Models 4004-9101, -9103 (C, CF) (120 V ac, beige), 4004-9102, -9104 (C, CF) (120 V ac, red), 4004-9201, -9203C(220/240 V ac, beige) and 4004-9202, -9204C (220/240 V ac, red). Programmable control using operating program version 1.04. Basic controlconsists of CPU board providing two Class B initiating device circuits, two Class B 24 V dc 2A notification appliance circuits and open collectorcircuits for alarm, trouble and supervisory. Control can be expanded to eight input zones using optional modules. Optional modules include:4004-9802 and -9822 two initiating device circuit boards, -9804 and -9824 four initiating device circuit boards, -9806 Class A adaptor board,-9809 or -9829 city circuit board, -9808 eight point annunciator driver board, and 4004-9803 Relay Module. Used with the following compatibletwo-wire smoke detectors and heat detectors: 2098 -9212 and -9550 with 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers, 2098-9201,-9202, -9203, -9208, -9209, -9576, 4098-9401, -9402, -9403, -9404, -9407, -9408, -9409, -9410, 4098-9601(TSP), -9601C(TSP), -9602(TSP),-9602C(TSP), -9603C, -9605(TSP), 9612E, -9613E, -9614E, -9615E and base models: 2098-9211, -9637, -9649, 4098-9788E, -9681E,-9682E, -9683E, -9684E. Standby batteries 24 V 6.2-10 AH provide up to 60 hours of emergency power.

Fire Alarm Control Models 4005-9101 (C, CF) (red) and 4005-9102 (C, CF) (beige). Programmable control using Operating program 2.02,control is switch selectable for 102-132 V ac or 204-264 V ac operation. Basic control consists of CPU board, one 4005-9807 powerdistribution board, two -9804 four point monitor boards (or two -9824 four-point monitor boards where option 4005-9150 is specified), and one-9805 four point output board. Control is expandable to a combination of ten input/output boards, a second, -9807 power distribution boardis required for systems with greater than 20 input/output points. Optional boards include: 4005-9804 and -9824 four point monitor boards,-9805 four point output board, -9803 two input/two output board, -9806 Class A adapter board, -9808 eight point relay/annunciator driverboard, -9809 city circuit card and -9813 24 V dc 6A expansion power supply. Used with the following compatible two-wire smoke detectorsand heat detectors: 2098 -9212 and -9550 with 2081-9061, -9062 or 9063 intrinsic safety barrier, 2098-9201, -9202, -9203, -9208, -9209,-9576, 4098-9401, -9402, -9403, -9404, -9407, -9408, -9409, -9410, 4098-9601(TSP), -9601C(TSP), -9602(TSP), -9602C(TSP), -9603C,-9605(TSP), -9612E, -9613E, -9614E, -9615(E) and base models: 2098-9211, -9637, -9649, 4098-9788E, -9681E, -9682E, -9683E, -9684E.Standby batteries 24 V 6.2-33 AH provide up to 60 hours of emergency power.

Fire Alarm Control, Series 4100U. Programmable control panel uses revision 11.02.01 operating program. The 4100U central unit consistsof one of the following enclosure assemblies: 2975-9422 through 9426 complete enclosures, 2975-9408, -9409, -9411, and 9412 backboxes,2975-9811 and 9812 semi-flush trim bands, 4100-2102, -2103, -2122, and 2123 viewing window front doors with dress panels, 4100-2300and 2301 expansion bays, 4100-2140 and 2144 rack mount mounting kits, 4100-0634, and 0635 power distribution modules, 4100-5128battery distribution termination module, 4100-0650 battery shelf, and must include one of the following master controller assemblies:4100-9111, -9112, -9113, -9121, or 9211. The central unit can further be connected to a selection of the following additional units: 4100-9610or -9611 remote annunciators, 4190-8201 PC Annunciator using version 1.01 operating software, 4100-9643 utility cabinet, 4100-9141through 9146, 9241 and 9242 network display units, and 4100-9600, -9601, and 9602 transponders which could consist of the sameenclosure assemblies as for the central unit, or could utilize the following enclosure assemblies: 2975-9428, -9429, -9431, and 9432 completeenclosures with solid doors, or 4100-2112, -2113, -2132, and 2133 solid doors for use with the backboxes detailed above. Other optionalmaster controller assemblies without display available: Models 4100-9131, -9132, -9133, or 9230. The electrical assemblies that are includedinside of the units consist of a selection of the following assemblies: 4100-6014 modular network interface with the 6056 wired (RS-485)


communication media module or 6057 fiber communication media module, 4100-6030 or 6055 service modem cards used to communicatewith control via telco line to obtain system status for service only, 4100-6031 and 6032 city circuit modules, 4100-6033 alarm relay card,4100-6034 addressable tamper switch, 4100-6038 dual RS-232 interface card, 4100-6045 decoder module, 4100-9816 master clock inter-face, 4100-6048 VESDA interface for connecting the VESDA LaserPLUS and LaserScanner aspiration type smoke detectors to the 4100U,4100-3201, -3202, and 3203 auxiliary relay modules, 4100-3204 and -3206 relay modules, 4100-5101, -5102, 5103, -5111, -5112, -5113,-5125, -5126, and 5127 power supplies, 4100-5115 expansion NAC card for the power supplies, 4100-5120, -5121, and 5122 TrueAlert powersupplies TrueAlert Adapter Module 4905-9816 to convert conventional notification appliance(s) (up to one visual and one audible) with amaximum alarm inrush current of 550 mA, audible output up to 50 mA and visual output to 250 mA to a signaling line circuit. SmartSyncAdapter Module 4905-9815 to drive an otherwise conventional appliance(s) (up to one visual and one audible) with a maximum alarm inrushcurrent of 550 mA, audible output up to 50 mA and visual output to 250 mA with a synchronized notification appliance circuit. (See separatedescription of the 4009-9401 TrueAlert NAC Extender under LOCAL PROTECTIVE LISTING for a list of the compatible TrueAlert addressablenotification appliances), 4100-5124 class A adapter for the TrueAlert power supplies, 4100-5152 12-volt power option card, 4100-0156 8-voltconverter card, 4100-1276, -1277, 1279 through 1287, -1295, and 1296 LED/Switch modules, 4100-1288, -1289, and 1290 LED/Switchcontroller modules, 4100-1291 remote unit interface, 4100-1292 panel-mounted LCD annunciator, 4100-1293 panel-mounted printer, 4100-0620, -0623, and 0625 transponder interface cards, 4100-0633 transponder cabinet tamper switch, 4100-0632 terminal block utility module,Models 4100-5005 Class B and 5015 Class A zone modules which are compatible with two-wire detectors, 4100-3102 MAPNET II Interface,and 3103 MAPNET isolator module and compatible addressable devices including 2190-9153 and 9154 Class A monitor ZAMs, 2190-9155and 9156 Class B monitor ZAMs, 2190-9157 and 9158 4-wire detector ZAMs, 2190-9159 and 9160 Class A signal ZAMs, 2190-9161 and 9162Class B signal ZAMs, 2190-9163 and 9164 control relay ZAMs, 2190-9173 supervised IAM, 2098-9651 and 9652 addressable detector baseswith 2098-9201, -9202, and 9203 smoke detectors, and 2099-9761, -9795, -9796 and 9797, 4099-9147, -9148 and -9149 addressable manualstations. The monitor ZAMs are compatible with two-wire detectors. MAPNET II circuit compatible TrueAlarm devices include: 4098-9701 and9714 photoelectric sensors, 4098-9716 and 9717 ionization sensors, 4098-9731, -9732, and 9733 combination fixed-temperature andrate-of-rise heat sensors with programmed settings of 135° F or 155°F (57° or 68°C) fixed-temperature and 15° or 20°F/min. (8° or 11° C/min.)rate-of-rise (spacing guide 15 by 15 ft [5 by 5 m] for fixed temperature only, 30 by 30 ft [9 by 9 m] max for fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise),4098-9784 and 9792 sensor bases, 4098-9782 and 9794 sensor base (with sounder), 4098-9783 and 9791 sensor bases (with relay drive),4098-9785 and 9789 sensor base (with LED drive), 4098-9804 relay module, 4098-9754 photo/heat sensor with 4098-9795 and 9796 sensorbases, 2098-9737 relay module, 4098-9706, -9707, -9708, -9709, 9752, -9753, -9755 and 9756 duct sensor housings, 4098-9750 and 9751in-duct sensor assemblies, 4098-9806 remote LED w/test switch, 2098-9808 remote LED, and 2190-9169 and 9170 isolator modules. Themaster controller assemblies used in the central unit, along with the 4100-5111 through 5113 power supplies support an IDNet signaling line.Additional IDNet circuits can be provided by the optional Models 4100-3101, -3104, and 3105 IDNet modules. The IDNet signaling line iscompatible with the Models 4098-9714 and 9714C photoelectric smoke sensors, 4098-9717 and 9717C ionization smoke sensors, and4098-9733E and 9733C heat sensors with 4098-9789E, -9791E, -9792E, -9793E, and 9794E sensor bases, Model 4098-9754 and 9754Cphotoelectric smoke with integral heat sensor with 4098-9795, -9795C, -9796, and 9796C multi-sensor bases, model 4098-9757 and 9757CAphotoelectric smoke sensor, and 4098-9755 and 9756 duct type sensor housings. In addition the following IDNet devices are compatible withthe IDNet signaling line: 4099-9002 and 9003 pull stations, 4090-9001 supervised individually addressable modules (IAM), 4090-9118 RelayIAM with Unsupervised Feedback, 4090-9120 Six Point I/O IAM. 4090-9002 relay IAM, 4090-9116 addressable IDNet isolator, 4090-9117addressable power isolator, 4090-9121 security IAM, and 4090-9101 Class B and 4090-9106 Class A zone adapter modules (ZAM) which arecompatible with two-wire detectors. The 4100-9643 utility cabinet is used to house communication modules for communicating with theseparately Approved Series 2120 Proprietary receiving unit which consist of a selection of the following assemblies: 4100-5153, -5154, and5155 power supplies, 4100-6039 modem bridge, 4100-6041 DC powered FSK modem, 4100-6042 repeater, 4100-6043 and 6044 commu-nication converter card, 4100-6054 fiber optic line driver, 4100-6058 Style 7 interface, and 4100-6059 decoder module. Zone, MAPNET, andIDNet assemblies that support two-wire detectors are compatible with the following: Models 2098-9201, -9202, -9203, and -9576 detectorswith 2098-9211 and 9637 bases, Models 4098-9401, 9402, 9403, and 9404 detectors, Models 4098-9407, -9408, -9409, and 9410 detectorswith 2098-9211 base, Models 4098-9601(TSP), -9601C(TSP), -9602(TSP), -9602C(TSP), -9603C, and 9605(TSP) detectors with 4098-9788E and 9683E bases, Models 4098-9612E, -9613E, -9614E, and 9615E detectors with 4098-9788E, -9683E, and 9684E bases, andModel 4098-9685 duct detector housing with 4098-9601 smoke detector. The 4100-5005 and 5015 are also compatible with the Model4098-9688 duct detector housing with 4098-9601 smoke detector. Optional 4100-3115 ‘‘XA’’ loop interface card may be connected andconfigured as a supervising station to allow the 4100U FACP command of the Grinnell Fire Protection XA devices that are compatible withthe Autocall TFX-500/800 or AL-1500 fire alarm controls. The 4100-3115 card may also be configured as a transponder (XA slave) so thatthe 4100U acts as an XA loop point to the Autocall TFX-500/800 or AL-1500 fire alarm controls. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH areavailable to provide 24 hour emergency power. Up to 125 AH of emergency battery power can be provided by utilizing the Models 4081-9306or 9308 expansion battery chargers. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS; Seealso CENTRAL STATION AND REMOTE STATION SIGNALING.)

All 2098-9XXX, 2190-9XXX, 4098-9XXX and 4602-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by a ‘‘C.’’4020-8001 Microprocessor Based Monitoring and Control System. Programmable control panel uses revision 8.07F operating program.

The 4020-8001 control consists of the 4020-7003 master controller (operates on 120 V ac, 4020-6001 power supply used for 240 V acoperation) with city circuit connection for reverse polarity, local energy master box or shunt master box and a selection of the followingassemblies: 4020-0305 eight zone input/output board, 4020-0112 and -0113 dual RS232/2120 communication modules, 4020-0136 decodermodule, 4020-0110 Mapnet II addressable module and compatible addressable devices including 2190-9153, -9154, 4100-0534 Class Amonitor ZAMs, 2190-9155, -9156, 2120-0535 Class B monitor ZAMs, 2190-9157, -9158, 2120-0536 4-wire detector ZAMs, 2190-9159, -9160,2120-0537 Class A signal ZAMs, 2190-9161, -9162, 4100-0538 Class B signal ZAMs, 2190-9163, -9164, 2120-0539 control relay ZAMs,2190-9173 Supervised IAMS, 2098-9651, -9652 addressable detector bases with 2098-9201, -9202, -9203 smoke detectors and 2099-9761,-9795, -9796, -9797 addressable manual stations. Mapnet II circuit compatible TrueAlarm devices include: 4098-9701, -9714 photoelectricsensors, 4098-9716, -9717 smoke ionization sensors, 4098-9731, -9732, 9733 combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise heat sensorswith programmed settings of 135° or 155°F (57° or 68°C) fixed-temperature and 15° or 20°F/min. (8° or 11°C/min.) rate-of-rise (spacing guide:15 by 15 ft [5 by 5 m] for fixed temperature only, 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max for fixed temperature and rate-of-rise; 4098-9784, -9785, 9792 sensorbases, 4098-9782 sensor base (with sounder), 4098-9783, -9791 sensor bases (with relay drive), -9789 sensor base (with LED drive),4098-9804 relay module, 4098-9754 Photo/Heat sensor with 4098-9795 and -9796 sensor bases, 2098-9737 relay module, 4098-9706,-9707, -9708, -9709, -9750, -9751, -9753, -9755 and 9756 duct type sensor housings, 4098-9806 remote LED w/test switch, 2098-9808remote LED, 2098-9747 AC transformer (120 V ac) (Operation with 2098-9747 AC transformer for supplementary signaling only) and2190-9169, -9170 isolator modules. All 2098-XXXX and 4098-XXXX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C.’’ May be included in 4120 NetworkSystem when used with 4020-6012 modular network interface with the -0142 RS485 communication module or -0143 fiber communicationmodule. The -0113 dual RS232-2120 communications board and firmware Revision 8.03 enable use of Vision Systems High Level Interfaceto connect the VESDA LaserPLUS, Firmware Version 2.09.00 and VESDA LaserScanner, Firmware Version 2.09.00 to the 4100. Optionalsystem components include: 2190-9038, -9039 and 4190-9001 printers, 4602-9101, -9102 status and remote command unit, 4603-9101 LCDannunciator. Models 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers may be used with the 4020 control. The output voltage range forinitiating device circuits is 16.5-30 V dc; compatible initiating devices must be capable of operating at the extremes of this voltage range.Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH are available to provide 24 hour emergency power.

4120 Network System using revision 8.04F operating program. Programmable system consists of a selection of 4100 Series controls eachof which include either the 4120-6011, -6012 or -6014 modular network interface with the -0142 RS485 communication module or -0143 fibercommunication module or -0144 modem media module, -0139 service modem card used to communicate with control via telco line to obtainsystem status for service purposes only. Model nos. change from 4100 to 4120 with all -XXXX suffixes remaining the same. 4120 Networkmay also include 4020-8001 controls equipped with the 4020-6012 or -6014 modular network interface and the -0142 RS485 communicationmodule or -0143 fiber communication module or -0144 modem media module and 4002 Series controls equipped with the 4002-6012 or -6014


network interface and the -0142 RS485 communication module or -0143 fiber communication module or -0144 modem media module.Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AH supply 24 hours of operating power. (See description of 4100 and 4020 Series controls under LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Model 4003 Series Voice Control Panel. These panels are not suitable for use as stand-alone fire alarm control panels. Can be used toprovide programmable tone and/or voice capability and/or additional notification appliance circuit output capability to the following ApprovedSimplex control panels: Life Alarm Series 4001, Life Alarm Series 4002, 4020-8001. The 4003 provides up to 8 Style Y (Class B) or Style Z(Class A) notification appliance circuits (NAC) with a max panel output of 75 Watts at 25 VRMS or 8 Amps at 24 V dc. Manual local/remotepaging feature. Available in the following configurations: Model 4003-9001, 120 V ac, 4 Style Y NAC; Model 4003-9002, Basic Panel, 120 Vac, 4 Style Z NAC. Additional equipment: Model 4003-9801, 4 NAC Add-On, Style Y; Model 4003-9802, 4 NAC Add-On, Style Z; Model4003-9803, Remote Microphone. Use with speaker Models 2902-9711, -9712, -9713, -9715, -9716, -9717, -9701, -9705, -9732 and -9734.Standby batteries up to 18 AH capacity are available to provide 24 hour emergency power.

Model 4009 Series Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Power Extender. These panels are 4009-9201 (120 V ac) or 4009-9301 (220/240V ac) [with motherboard P/N 565771, software 2.02]. None of the panels are suitable for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. Allthe panels can be used to provide additional notification appliance circuit output capability to the following Approved Simplex control panels:Life Alarm Series 4001, Life Alarm Series 4002, 4020-8001, 4010 Series. The 4009 provides up to 4 (8 with optional module 4009-9809 NACOption Card) Style Y (Class B) or (when optional module 4009-9808 Adapter Option Card is connected) Style Z (Class A) notificationappliance circuits with a max panel output of 8 A at 24 V dc. SmartSync Adapter Module 4905-9815 to drive an otherwise conventionalappliance(s) (up to one visual and one audible) with a maximum alarm inrush current of 550 mA, audible output up to 50 mA and visual outputto 250 mA with a synchronized notification appliance circuit. Additional optional equipment includes: 4009-9809 IDNet Repeater, 4009-9810/4009-9811 Fiber Optic Receiver with 4090-9105/4090-9107 Fiber Optic Transmitter. 18 AH capacity standby batteries are available to provide24 hour emergency power.

Notification Appliance Circuit Extender (4009-9401) Panel. Provides three signaling line circuits to activate TrueAlert notification appliances.The input circuits may be activated by an Approved control panel with either IDNet as used with the 4010 or Remote Unit Interface (RUI) asused with the 4100 as an initiating signal for the extender. Both modes allow for the precise fault information collected by the NAC controllerto be displayed by the fire alarm control panel. The different addressing protocols allow for handling different numbers of addressed devices.The extender can handle up to 250 devices when using IDNet, up to 119 devices when using RUI or 189 devices when connected to anotification appliance circuit. The signaling line circuits can be wired Class A when the optional 4009-9812 Class A option module is used.Isolator modules model 4905-9929 are used in pairs on TrueAlert signal line circuits to disconnect shorted or failed segments of the circuit,to devices located before the first isolator and after the second isolator to remain operable when used with the 4009-9812 Class A optionmodule. The TrueAlert notification appliance circuit extender 4009-9401 can be used connected to a conventional notification appliancecircuit. TrueAlert Adapter Module 4905-9816 to convert conventional notification appliance(s) (up to one visual and one audible) with amaximum alarm inrush current of 550 mA, audible output up to 50 mA and visual output to 250 mA to a signaling line circuit. Connection toa conventional reverse polarity notification appliance circuit will allow differentiation between appliance troubles reported as opens on NAC 2and 4009 controller troubles reported on NAC 1. Each notification appliance circuits is rated 1.5 A if all four circuits are engaged and 3 A whenonly two circuits of four are engaged. Standby batteries (24 AH) are available to sustain 24 hours of emergency operation when used in localprotective systems and 60 hours of emergency operation when used in auxiliary and remote station systems. For indoor use only. VisualAppliances Models 4904-9350, -9351, -9352, -9353. –9354 and -9355 wall mounted strobes; -9356, -9357, -9358, -9359, -9360 and –9361ceiling mount strobes; for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. Visual/AudibleAppliances Models 4903-9450, -9451, -9452, -9453, -9354, and -9355 wall mounted horn/strobes; -9459, -9460, and -9461 ceiling mounthorn/strobes; for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. Visual/SpeakerAppliances models 4903-9350, -9351, -9352, -9353, -9354 and -9355 wall mounted speaker/strobe for TrueAlert signal line circuit operationand 4903-9362, -9363, and –9364 ceiling mounted speaker/strobe for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15,75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. Electronic Horn models 4901-9850 and -9853 for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation. Wall mounting canbe semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single gang, double gang, or 4 in. square electrical box.

4010 Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.01 available in four part numbers: P/N 4010-9101is a 120 V ac panel with a beige enclosure; P/N 4010-9102 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure; P/N 4010-9201 is a 220/240 V ac panelwith a beige enclosure; while P/N 4010-9202 is a 220/240 V ac panel with a red enclosure. IDNet Signaling line circuits can be configuredto meet Styles 4 or 6. The panel is compatible with Models 4098-9710(C), 4098-9757, and -9713(C) Quick Connect photoelectric smokesensors; 4098-9714(C) photoelectric smoke sensor, 4098-9717 ionization smoke sensor, and 4098-9733 heat sensor with 4098-9789E,-9791E, -9792E and -9793E, sensor bases, 4098-9794 sensor base (with sound), and 4098-9755, -9756 duct type sensor housings. Inaddition, the following IDNet devices are compatible with the 4010: 4099-9002, -9003, -9010, -9011 and -9012 pull stations, 2-Wire Class AMonitor Zone Adapter Modules (ZAM) 4090-9106 and 2 or 4-Wire Class B ZAM 4090-9101 with 2098-9201, -9202, -9203 detectors with2098-9211 and -9637 bases; 2098-9576 detector with 2098-9211 and -9637 bases; 4098-9612E through -9615E detectors with 4098-9788E,-9683E and -9684E bases; 4098-9407 through -9410 with 2098-9211 bases; 4098-9754 Photo/Heat sensor with 4098-9795 and-9796 sensorbases. Optional supervised Individual Addressable Modules (IAM) 4090-9001 and Relay IAM 4090-9002, 4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-SenseInput, 4090-9119 Relay IAM with Unsupervised Feedback, 4090-9120 Six Point I/O IAM, Relay IAM 4090-9001, and -9001 may also beconnected. Model 4010-9803 Relay Module may also be connected. Models 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers may be usedwith the 4010 control. For auxiliary signaling, the 4010 control uses the 4010-9809 City Card. 24 V dc batteries rated 25 AH are available toprovide 60 hours of emergency operation. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the 4081-9301 to -9304 external battery charger mustbe used. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION ANDREMOTE STATION SIGNALING; and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIONEQUIPMENT.)

Series 4004R control with Rev. 2.01 software. Panel Models 4004-9301 (beige enclosure) and -9302 (red enclosure) are each provided with4 (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to 4004-9864 ClassA Adapter Module. The 4004R is compatible with Thorn Model 612P or 612HP Smoke Detectors and Model 612H, 622H, or 632H HeatDetectors. In addition, the 4004R is compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: 4098-9612(E), -9613(E), -9614(E), and -9615(E)with base models 4098-9788(E), 9683(E), and -9684(E); detector models 4098-9601(TSP), -9601C(TSP), -9602(TSP), -9602C(TSP), 9603,and -9605(TSP) with base models 4098-9788(E), and -9683(E). The 4004R is also provided with two (Class B) Style Y notification appliancecircuits and three Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc. The 4004R control may be used with optional 4001-9811 Battery MeterModule, 4004-9860 Auxiliary Relay Module, and 2081-9046 Coil Supervision Module. Optional Models 4081-9301, -9302, -9303, and -9304External Battery Chargers provide the 4004R charging capability for a standby battery bank up to 50 AH in capacity to supply the required24 hours of standby power.

Model 4009-9401 Notification Appliance Circuit Extender. Provides three signaling line circuits which can be configured for Class A Style6 wiring when connected to a 4009-9812 Class A option module to activate TrueAlert notification appliances. The input circuits may beactivated by an Approved control panel with either IDNet as used with the 4010 or Remote Unit Interface (RUI) as used with the 4100. Theextender can handle up to 250 devices when using IDNet, up to 119 devices when using RUI or 189 devices when connected to aconventional notification appliance circuit. Isolator modules 4905-9929 are used in pairs on TrueAlert signal line circuits to disconnect shortedor failed segments of the circuit. Each notification appliance circuit is rated 1.5 A if all four circuits are engaged and 3 A when only two circuitsof four are engaged. 24Ah standby batteries are available to sustain 24 hours of emergency operation when used in local protective systemsand 60 hours of emergency operation when used in auxiliary and remote station systems. Visual Appliances Models 4904-9350, -9351, -9352,-9353. 9354 and -9355 wall mounted strobes; -9356, -9357, -9358, -9359, -9360 and 9361 ceiling mount strobes; for TrueAlert signal linecircuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. For indoor use only. Visual/Audible Appliances Models4903-9450, -9451, -9452, -9453, -9354, and -9355 wall mounted horn/strobes; -9459, -9460, and -9461 ceiling mount horn/strobes; forTrueAlert signal line circuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. For indoor use only. Visual/Speaker


Appliances models 4903-9350, -9351, -9352, -9353, - 9354 and -9355 wall mounted speaker /strobe for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation.The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. For indoor use only. Electronic Horn models 4901-9850 and - 9853 for TrueAlertsignal line circuit operation. Wall mounting can be semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single gang, double gang, or 4 in. squareelectrical box. For indoor use only.

Fire Alarm Control. Firequest 200. Provides fire alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined according to the specificneeds of an installation. Used with Approved initiating and indicating devices, the basic Firequest 200 consists of a common control boardwith two Class B initiating circuits and one Class A indicating appliance circuit, P/N 900678; a digital display board, P/N 900689; a 2.75 A,28.2 V power supply/charger, P/N 900679 and a power transformer, P/N 910386 or a 4.0 A power supply/charger, P/N 900666 and a powertransformer, P/N 910434. Operates from 110/120 V ac or 220/240 V ac, 24 V dc. Standby batteries (5, 10, 15, 25, 45 AH) for 24 hoursavailable. Optional boards and accessory equipment include: auxiliary annunciation control board, P/N 900758; expansion motherboard, P/N900770; city box transmitter, P/N 900773; four-zone expansion board with and without switches, P/N 900800; 10-RC relay board, P/N 900798;sprinkler supervisory board, P/N 900778; march time master code board, P/N 900779; 4 zone remote annunciator, P/N 975176; 10 zoneremote annunciator, P/N 975870; 20 zone remote annunciator, P/N 975871; single polarized relay, P/N 910412; double polarized relay, P/N910413; bus-to-bus interconnecting cable, P/N 910245; two zone (initiating circuits) expansion board, P/N 900683 (3 max); auxiliary relayboard, P/N 900687; Class A input zone relay, P/N 910390, P/N 910238 reverse polarity transmitter.

Fire Alarm System KDR-1000. Provides for fire alarm signaling and agent release functions through modules which can be combinedaccording to the specific needs of an installation. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices, the control can be configured forlocal and auxiliary protective signaling. Functional modules are: PCP, P/N 975500; IZP, P/N 975501; OZP, P/N 975502; OZP-2, P/N 975570;MIZP, P/N 975891; CGP, P/N 975577; RP, P/N 975503; MRP, P/N 975504; APP, P/N 975508; MIP, P/N 975506; circuit modules are AOZ, P/N975512; BOZ, P/N 975517; CBM, P/N 975518; PAM, P/N 975521; MTMU, P/N 975522; TLC, P/N 975520; BZM, P/N 975523; AIZ, P/N975511; AIZ-2, P/N 975184; BIZ-1, P/N 975514; BIZ-2, P/N 975515; BIZ-5, P/N 975578; AWZ, P/N 975513; RM, P/N 975528; AWD, P/N975753; DZM, P/N 975707; BSZ, P/N 975752; RCM, P/N 975751; DMM, P/N 900176; ARM, P/N 975581 and PRM, P/N 975519; 6PC-RCabinet, P/N 910171; PIZ, P/N 975532; SIZ-1, P/N 975531 and SIZ-2, P/N 975566 for use with KAC computerized multiplex systems.Standby power (24 or 60 hours) provided.

Series 3800 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable AP-400 addressable and MP-400 Multiplex Alarm Systems utilizing Software Rev. S005 andPROMS O4A, O3D; Series CD, FD. Types FD-NA, -CA, -ZA; CD-NA (Merlin); CD-CA, -ZA, -NZA, -NAM, -CAM, -ZAM, -XA, -XAM, -XCA,-XCAM, -XZA, -XZAM, -XNZA, -TXA, - TXAM, -TXCA, -TXCAM, -TXZA, -TXZAM, -TXNZA. Suffix -2 indicates 24 V dc indicating device circuit;suffix -3 indicates Directone voice tone alarm option. These panels contain major fire alarm functions in modules which can be combinedaccording to the specific needs of a local or auxiliary protective signaling system. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices,a system consists of a selection of the following modules: D5200-285/286/287/288 hardware switch modules, D5200-401, -402 master logic,-403 master control (no annunciation), -404 master control (8-zone annunciation), -405 16-zone annunciator, -406 32-zone annunciator, - 4328-zone Class A input, -433 16-zone Class B input, -409 addressable relay (8 relays), -471 addressable indicating, -411 8-zone Class B input,-412 automatic zone select (8 zones), -413 16-zone switch, -414 master expander, -415 slave expander, -416 addressable signal generator,-417 8-zone Class A input, -418 display and control, 5200-466 integrated master logic module power supply, -459, -467 battery charger, -468meter panel, suitable for batteries (30, 60, 80 and 100 AH) to provide up to 60 hours battery standby. D5200-421 32-relay module, -422 CD-XAmaster logic, -427 CD-XA display and control, -428 CD master buss expander, -429 CD slave buss expander, -439 32 transistor point controlmodule, Autoplex module (5200-442) and devices: manual station (4059-001), transmitter (7845-001), auxiliary relay (4821-301), transponder(4284-060), 8 point transponder (5130-074-03), integrated transponder (5130-074-21), command receiver 4 point (5130-074-22), mask board(5130- 074-23), default module (5130-074-25), command receiver (5130-074-27), D5200-516 power supply/battery charger module, 5200-522 smart DGP module, D5200-375 solid state printer, D5290-017 72-watt single channel amplifier, -018, -020 150-watt single channelamplifier, -030 tone generator, 5200-430 autozone select module, -524 microphone module, D4284-030 8-point transponder, D3450-150battery charger (28 AH), D5130-074-13 1-point command receiver, D5130-074-14 2-point command receiver, -074-15 4-point commandreceiver, -106-02 16 relay module, -106-03 8 relay module, -106-04 32 diode module, -106-05 16 diode module, -107-01 dc/audio alarmindicating module, -107-04 releasing mini module, -107-10 alarm verification module, -120-16 amplifier module, tone modules TM-1, -2, -3,-5, -6, -7, -8, -9 and -11, hardwired switch module 5200-285/288.

MD/2K control (P/N 3450-020), MD control (P/N 3450-120); MDE control (P/N 3450-122). These controls contain major fire alarm functionsin modules which can be combined according to the specific needs of a local or auxiliary protective signaling system. Connected to Approvedinitiating and indicating devices, a system consists of a selection of the following modules: D5200-801 motherboard (MDK), D-5130-044-27common control board, -044- 02 dual Class B initiating board, -044-03 dual Class B initiating board with test switch, -044-04 Class A initiatingboard, -044-05 Class A initiating board with test switch, -044-06 Class A alarm indicating board, -044-08 Class B alarm indicating board,-044-10 dual Class B alarm indicating board, -044-12 two relay board, -044-13 local energy master box board, -044-14 master box withdisconnect switch, -044-17 temporal/march time coder board, -044-18 time limit cutout board, -044-23 voltmeter/milliammeter board, -044-19circuit selector board, -044-20 two relay board with disconnect switch, 5130-107-04 releasing modules (24 V, 1.4 A), 5130-106-10 alarmverification module, D5130-165 -01 (3.5 A) master power supply. 24 V standby batteries (24 or 60 hours) are available in 6, 8, and 28 AHcapacities.

Autopulse Modular Fire Alarm Control. For 120 V ac operation with P/N 24993 power supply module, 24988 master module, andcombinations of the following extender modules: 24290 dual output, 24390 dual input, 24385 timed release, 24295 dual relay. Standby power(24 hours) included (see also listing under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIONEQUIPMENT).

Autopulse Dual Zone Fire Alarm Control. Model Nos. 56302, 56304, for 120 V ac operation; 56303, 56305, for 240 V ac operation. Usedwith Approved fire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances. Programmable for single-zone, priority-zone, andcross-zone initiating circuit actuation. Standby power (24 hours) included.

Autopulse Double Dual Zone Fire Alarm Control. Model Nos. 57148, 57149, for 120 V ac operation; 57150, 57151, for 240 V ac operation.Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances. Programmable for single-zone, priority-zone, andcross-zone initiating circuit actuation. Standby power (24 hours) included.

Autopulse 1000 Single Zone Fire Alarm Control. P/N 75455. For 120 V ac operation. Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stationsand audible signal indicating appliances. Standby battery (4 AH) for 24 hours included.

Autopulse Single Zone Fire Alarm Control P/N 68204. For 120 V ac operation. Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations andaudible notification appliances. Standby battery (4 AH) for 24 hours included.

Multizone 20P Control System. For local, automatic release of Approved extinguishing systems and preaction or deluge sprinkler systems.Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations, sprinkler system supervisory devices, audible signal indicating appliances. Micropro-cessor controlled programmable logic allows for up to 20 circuits designated as input/output. Programmable for single or multiple detectoractuation of outputs. Up to 16 auxiliary relays are available. Releasing circuit capable of providing up to 600 mA for actuation of Approvedextinguishing systems using any of the following Ansul releasing devices: P/N 32097 24 V dc at 200 mA electric actuator, P/N 70151 24 Vdc at 300 mA electric latching valve actuator, P/N 32353 12 V dc at 600 mA electric actuator (two in series), P/N 70887 8 V dc at 600mA electriclatching valve actuator (three in series), P/N 17718 Automan IIC. 120/240 V ac operation. 24 or 90 hours of standby power provided by P/N68709 and P/N 69211 battery packs, respectively. When used for preaction or deluge release applications, the Class A input board must beincluded in addition to provision of 90 hours of standby power (see AUTOMATIC WATER CONTROL VALVES for compatible deluge andpreaction sprinkler valve). Contains communications capability for use with Autopulse System 1000.

Multizone 6P. P/N 9902142 (or 5,6)0 (or 1,2,3)5. For 120 or 240 V ac operation. Provides fire alarm service when connected to Approvedcompatible detectors and initiating devices. Standby battery for 24 hours included. Contains communications capability for use with System1000.

AutoPulse Dual Zone Alarm/Suppression Control System. Model Nos. 56302, 56304, 120 V ac; 56303, 56305, 240 V ac. This systemprovides fire alarm service when connected to Approved Model 1024E photoelectric type smoke detector, Model PID-C ionization type smoke


detector, and other Approved detectors and indicating devices. Programmable for single-zone, priority-zone and cross-zone initiating circuitactuation. Releasing circuit for use with Approved 12 V dc solenoid (P/N 32353), 24 V dc solenoid (P/N 32097), 12 V dc electric dischargeplug (P/N 45531), or AUTOMAN IIC (P/N 17728) releasing devices. Standby power (24 hours) included.

Fire Sprinkler Supervisory Unit. P/N 990120005. For supervising normally open contact waterflow and pressure switches of wet or drysprinkler systems. One zone. Must be used with Approved, polarized audible signal devices. Standby 24 V battery pack (24 hours), P/N521204003, is included.

The Autocall TFX-400 series fire alarm control with configuration program software CONSYS (Ver.12.0). The following equipment makesup the TFX-400 fire alarm control panel: TFX-500/800 MP main processor board (P/N 940500) utilizing firmware Ver. 12.1 or CPU-4500central processor board (P/N 976470), TFX-400 enclosure, local Fire Control Module FCM (P/N 976421), and Operator Display Module (P/N976128), either RPS-424 or PSM-800 power supply, battery capacity from 7 to 110 AH. The following equipment and auxiliary modules canbe connected to the TFX-400 series fire alarm controls: TFX Remote Operator Control Panel (OCP), 505SDA and 506SDA notificationappliance modules (used when control is configured with CPU-4500), MDM521 Multizone Detector Module, TFX-to-XA control panel assem-bly, IAA-16 XIOM 16 input module, CEB-500 city box transmitter, CAA- 500LI line isolator module, IXA-501CM mini contact monitoringmodule, IXA-500DM, IXA-500DMA detector monitor module, OXA-502RM addressable relay module, IXA-500CMA contact monitoringmodule, OXA-502RM relay module, OXA-504SDA signal driver, IXA-500DMA detector monitor module, and TLI-530 network interfacemodule. The following analog addressable devices can be carried by the TFX-500/800 MP or CPU-4500 board: 1) Thorn Security Ltd. models912H thermal, 912I ionization smoke, 912P photoelectric smoke: used with 4B and/or 6B bases, optional 900RBA relay base adaptor; ductdetectors models 912ID ionization and model 912PD photoelectric. The duct detectors use the following housings: models 600/900D, 900DR(a four wire 24V dc base with two 10 A, 28 DC/240 V ac, form C relay). Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.54 to 20.3 m/sec).2) Apollo Fire Detectors Series TP90, P/N 57000-400 and 57000-401 thermal detectors and P/N 57000-500 and 57000-600 ionization andphotoelectric smoke detectors. These detectors are to be used with P/N 45681-210 bases. 3) Model S252 ft flame actuated detector. TheTFX-400 control is used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices: Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. CPD-7051, PSD-7155and PSD-7156 with 2-Wire, 2-WRB and 2WRLT bases; CPD-7021, PSD-7125, 7126 with 70-201000-001, 002, 003 and 005 bases; SystemSensor, Inc. 1400, 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401 and B406B bases, 2400 and 2400TH models, Apollo S60A, P/N 55000-151, 152, 153, 250,251, 350 and 351 with 45681-200, 220 and 227 bases, Thorn Security Combination thermal and smoke detector models 612H, 622H, 632H,612I, 612P, 612HP used with 4B or 6B models bases, and duct detector models 612ID and 612PD used with either a model 600/900D,600DDC, or 600DAC housing. The TFX-400 control is used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire flame-actuated detectors: ModelS232f+. This detector connects to the control via the IXA-500DM, or IXA-500DMA, or MDM521 detector monitor modules.

The Autocall TFX-500 and TFX-800 programmable fire alarm control panels were examined with configuration program software CONSYS(Version 12.0). The following equipment makes up the TFX-500 or TFX-800 fire alarm control panels; TFX-500 enclosure (for TFX-500 controlonly), TFX-800 primary box enclosure and TFX-800 display box enclosure (for TFX-800 control only), TFX-500/800 front panel assembly,TFX-500/800 MP main processor board, Firmware Version 12.1, ACPM AC power module, APS-500 addressable power module, TFX-500/800 DCPM DC power module, MPIM multi-purpose interface module, IAM-800 expansion motherboard (for TFX-800 control only),IIB-800 ALXM loop expansion board (for use with TFX-800 control only), ARM-500 auxiliary relay module, IAA-16 XIOM 16 input module,OAA-16 XIOM 16 output module, CEB-500 city box transmitter, 80ZDUS-A 80 LED alarm display board and 80ZDUS-T 80 LED trouble displayboard (both for use with FFX-800 control only), AIS-800 expansion bus cable converter board (for TFX-800 only) and LCD 20×4 characterdisplay. The following auxiliary modules are also a part of this Approval: CAA-500LI line isolator module, IXA-500CM contact monitoringmodule, IXA-501CM mini contact monitoring module, IXA-500DM detector monitor module, OXA-500RM addressable relay module, OXA-500SD signal driver module, 505SDA and 506SDA notification appliance modules, OXA-500 SB signal expander module, IXA-500CMAcontact monitoring module, IXA-500DMA detector monitor module and OXA-500SDA signal driver module. Standby batteries (10 to 85 AH)are available to provide 24 or 60 hours emergency operation. The following analog addressable devices are compatible with the TFX-500 MPboard and TFX-800 IIB-800 ALXM loop expansion board: 1) Thorn Security Ltd. models 912H thermal, 912I ionization smoke, 912Pphotoelectric smoke: used with 4B and/or 6B bases, optional 900RBA relay base adaptor; duct detectors models 912ID ionization and model912PD photoelectric. The duct detectors use the following housings: models 600/900D, 900DR (a four wire 24V dc base with two 10 A, 28DC/240 V ac, form C relay). Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.54 to 20.3 m/sec). 2) Thorn IHN-135, P/N 920097 (15 by 15ft [4.6 by 4.6 m] max spacing) and IHN-200, P/N 920098 (20 by 20 ft [6.1 by 6.1 m] max spacing) thermal detectors; ISN-5501 (P/N 920095)and ISN-550P (P/N 920096) ionization and photoelectric smoke detectors. These detectors are to be used with ISN-550 (P/N 920099) andIBN-551 (P/N 920100) bases. 3) Model S252 ft flame actuated detector. The TFX-500 and TFX-800 controls are used with the followingApproved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices: Kidde-Fenwal Inc CPD-7051, PSD-7155 and PSD-7156 with 2-Wire, 2-WRB and2WRLT bases; CPD-7021, PSD-7125, 7126 with 70-201000-001, 002, 003 and 005 bases; System Sensor Inc 1400, 1451, 2451, 2451THwith B401 and B406B bases, 2400 and 2400TH models; Apollo Fire Detectors Ltd 60A, P/N 55000-151, -152, -153, -250, -350 and with45681-200, -220 and -227 bases; Thorn IHC- 160, -135, -210, ISC-3501 and -350P with IBC base Models -350, -351 and -352, Thorn SecurityCombination thermal and smoke detector models 612H, 622H, 632H, 612I, 612P, 612HP used with 4B or 6B models bases, and duct detectormodels 612ID and 612PD used with either a model 600/900D, 600DDC, or 600DAC housing. The TFX-500 and TFX-800 controls are usedwith the following Approved compatible 2-wire flame-actuated detectors: Model S232f+. This detector connects to the control via theIXA-500DM, or IXA-500DMA, or MDM521 detector monitor modules.

The Autocall TFX-500M, -800M, -500MV and -800MV series fire alarm controls and Autocall TFXNET Communications Network withconfiguration program software CONSYS (Ver.12.0). The following equipment makes up the TFX-500M, -800M, -500MV and -800MV firealarm control panels and TFXNET: 3-, 5-, 7-, and 10 module housings (TFX-M/MV and auxiliary enclosures),TFX-500/800 MP main processorboard, Firmware Version 12.1, FCM-500 fire control module, MPIM multi-purpose interface module, ODM operator display module, RPS-424power supply/battery charger module, XAI XA interface board, 5130-107-01/02/03/12 dc/audio alarm indicating modules, TFX-to-XA controlpanel assembly, TFX-500/800 DCPM DC power module, IAM-800 expansion motherboard (for TFX-800 control only), IIB-800 ALXM loopexpansion board (for use with TFX- 800M(V) control only), ARM-500 auxiliary relay module, IAA-16 XIOM 16 input module, OAA-16 XIOM16 output module, 16 indicator module, 16 status control module, 40 status control module, 40 X 2 indicator module, 80 indicator module,976122 addressable power monitor, 976123 power monitor, XAA-16 8 input — 8 output module, SX-TB-030-2A secondary protector,CSM-500 channel select module, IXM-500 CMA motherboard module, OXM-501 RM/SDA motherboard, OXA-501RM addressable relaymodule, OXA-502RM/503RM relay modules, IXA-502CMA contact monitor module, OXA-501SDA signal driver module, OXA-502SDA/503SDA DC/audio drivers, OXA-504SDA signal driver, 505SDA and 506SDA notification appliance modules, MTM-500 telephone matrixmodule, MCM-500 master control module, ATM-500 addressable telephone module, 80ZDUS-A 80 LED alarm display board and 80ZDUS-T80 LED trouble display board (both for use with TFX-800M/MV control only), AIS-800 expansion bus cable converter board (for TFX-800M/MVonly), LCD 20x4 character display, CAA-500LI line isolator module, IXA-500CM contact monitoring module, IXA-501CM mini contact moni-toring module, IXA-500DM detector monitor module, OXA-500RM addressable relay module, OXA-500SD signal driver module, OXA-500SBsignal expander module, IXA-500CMA contact monitoring module, IXA- 500DMA detector monitor module and OXA-500SDA signal drivermodule, auxiliary LX-300 printer with SIM serial interface module and TFXNET TLI-530 network interface module, TLA-530 network adapterboard, TLB- 530 baseboard, TLO-530 fiber optic modem and TLD-530 line driver module. Standby batteries (85 AH) are available to provide24 hours emergency operation. Simplex specifies the use of the LaMarche Model A31 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) using Model A36Fcharger with nominal output rating of 12.5 A/120 V ac supplying power to the auxiliary printer. The LaMarche UPS provides 24 hours ofstandby power. The following DirecTone-500 equipment is being connected to and works in conjunction with the TFX-500MV and -800MVseries controls: 5290-005/416 signal generator modules, 5290-018/019/020 amplifiers, 5200-524 XA command recorder, 5200-476 digitalmessage module, 5290-026/027/459 8 and 12 A power supplies. The following analog addressable devices can be carried by the TFX-500MP board and TFX-800 IIB-800 ALXM loop expansion board: 1) Thorn Security Ltd. models 912H thermal, 912I ionization smoke, 912Pphotoelectric smoke: used with 4B and/or 6B bases, optional 900RBA relay base adaptor; duct detectors models 912ID ionization and model912PD photoelectric. The duct detectors use the following housings: models 600/900D, 900DR (a four wire 24V dc base with two 10 A, 28DC/240 V ac, form C relay). Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.54 to 20.3 m/sec). 2) Apollo Fire Detectors Series TP90, P/N


57000-400 and 57000-401 thermal detectors and P/N 57000-500 and 57000-600 ionization and photoelectric smoke detectors. Thesedetectors are to be used with P/N 45681-210 bases. 3) Model S252 ft flame actuated detector. The TFX-500M, TFX-800M, TFX-500MV andTFX-800MV controls are used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices: Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. CPD-7051,PSD-7155 and PSD-7156 with 2-Wire, 2-WRB and 2WRLT bases; CPD-7021, PSD-7125, 7126 with 70-201000-001, 002, 003 and 005bases; System Sensor, Inc. 1400, 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401 and B406B bases, 2400 and 2400TH models; Apollo Fire Detectors, Ltd.S60A, P/N 55000-151, 152, 153, 250, 251, 350 and 351 with 45681-200, 220 and 227 bases, , Thorn Security Combination thermal andsmoke detector models 612H, 622H, 632H, 612I, 612P, 612HP used with 4B or 6B models bases, and duct detector models 612ID and 612PDused with either a model 600/900D, 600DDC, or 600DAC housing. The TFX-500M, -800M, -500MV and -800MV series fire alarm controlsare used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire flame-actuated detectors: Model S232f+. This detector connects to the control via theIXA-500DM, or IXA-500DMA, or MDM521 detector monitor modules.

Autocall AL-1500, AL-1500E. Including TFX/AutoPlex control with AL-1500 configuration software (Version 03B), TFX/AutoPlex controloperating software CONSYS (Version 4.0) and TFX/Autoplex XA configuration software (Version 2.0). The AL-1500 and AL-1500E panelscontain modules which can be combined according to the specific needs of a local, auxiliary or proprietary alarm signaling. Connected toApproved initiating and indicating devices, a system consists of a selection of the following modules: 5200-469 V-master logic (ES211firmware, Rev. 01E), -478 V-expander (addition of this module defies AL-1500E system), -470 operator control panel, -406 32 zone annun-ciator, -433 16 zone, Class B input, -432 8 zone, Class A input, -412/-430 automatic zone select module, -409 8 relay, -421 32 relay, -428master expander module, -416 signal generator, -026/027 DirecTone power supply module, -018/-019/-020 single channel 150 W amplifier,-459 power supply, -413 16 switch, - 285/6/7/8 16-switch module, -466 integrated master logic, -422 XA/TFX input module, -442 AutoPlexmodule, -516 power supply/battery charger, -467 battery charger (3 A), -468 voltmeter/ammeter, -439 32-transistor output module, -429 slaveexpander module, -524 microphone module, -471 indicating module, -477 dc/ac inverter module and 3132-092 solid state printer. Thefollowing two-wire detection devices are compatible with AL-1500 and AL- 1500E controls: System Sensor Inc 1451, 1451DH, 2451 and2451TH with B401B and DH400 bases; Thorn Automated Equipment Inc ISC-3501, ISC-350P, IHC-135, IHC-160 and IHC-210 with IBC-350and IBC-351 bases. The following auxiliary devices can be connected to AL-1500/1500E XA loop: 5130-074-22 AutoCommand outputmodule, 5130-074-29 command receiver module, 5130-074-21 transponder module and the TFX/AutoPlex fire alarm control for local andauxiliary fire alarm signaling (976096). TFX/AutoPlex fire alarm control consists of the Autocall TFX-500 or TFX-800 fire alarm control (seelisting for TFX-500 and TFX-800 controls) plus XAI XA interface module (976124), LIB line interface board (976121), RPS-424 powersupply/battery charger, PSM power supply monitor board (976123) and 500PSM TFX addressable power supply monitor board (976122). Theaddition of the above modules to the TFX-500/800 control allows for communication with the AL-1500/1500E via XA communication loop.Standby batteries (10 to 85 AH) are available to provide 24 to 60 hours emergency operation. The following two-wire detection devices arecompatible with the Autocall TFX/AutoPlex control: Kidde-Fenwal Inc CPD-7051, PSD-7155 and PSD-7156 with two-wire, 2-WRB and 2WRLTbases; CPD-7021, PSD-7125, -7126 with 70201000-001, -002, -003 and -005 bases; System Sensor Inc 1400, 1451, 2451, 2451TH withB401 and B406B bases, 2400 and 2400TH models; Thorn Automated Equipment Inc ISC-3501, ISC-350P, IHC-135, IHC- 160 and IHC-210with IBC-350 and IBC-351 bases.

Spectronics Corp 4645 Hartley Lincoln NE 68504Models 640 and 641 Fire Alarm Control Panels. Fire alarm functions controlled by plug-in cards which can be combined in a system

according to the specific needs of an installation. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices the control panels can be configuredfor local and auxiliary alarm signaling. Model 641 also provides audio evacuation signaling (see also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COM-MUNICATION SYSTEMS). Programming modules covered by this Approval are OS, OSS, RP, MXI, MXIA; firmware versions are 2.4, 2.4(1),2.4(2), 2.5 and 5.2E; Modules for use with Model 640 or 641 are 640/641-MB, MBS motherboard; 640/641-S2, -S2B, -S2C, -S2WS, -S2D dualinput initiating cards (Style B); 640/641-S1A, -S2A, -S2WA input initiating cards (Style D); 640/641-A1A, -A1AS, single output indicating cards(Style Z); 640/641-A2 dual output indicating card (Style Y); 640/641-MC8, -MC8A selective coder card; 640/641-ANA four zone annunciatorcard; 640/641-TD time delay card; 640/641-AV alarm verification card; 640/641-COM A common control card; 640/641-COM B optionalcommon control card; 640/641-R2, -TR6, -PIR-10, -ZIR-10, -PZIR-10, -RC-10 relay cards; 640/641-VSM, -VAM meter cards; 641-DM20twenty circuit diode matrix card; 640/PS3-H power supply (220/240 V ac); 640/PS-1, /PS3, /PS3-F power supply (120 V ac); 641/PSCA,auxiliary power supply (120 V ac). Standby battery packs (5, 8, 20 AH/24 V dc) supply 24 hours of emergency power. (See also EMERGENCYVOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14 and REMOTE STATION SIGNALINGSYSTEMS.)

Programmable Modular Fire Alarm Control Panel. Specnet 5 panel used with firmware Version 3.11. Control consists of MXADM Module,MXLC8 Display (Firmware Version 3.00), ADS module(s), and PS3-F or PS3-RC Power Supply. Optional modules include 624/IH or 641/IH-P(Firmware Version 1.07-1) which provide signaling line circuit loops that communicate with up to 99 FM Approved addressable System Sensor(Model Nos. 1551, 2551, 2551T, 5551, 5551R, DH500, DH500ACDC, M501-M, M500-CH, M500X, and M500-M) initiating and signalingdevices. Optional ADS modules (Firmware Version 5D) are ADS-I2B(H), -O1HR, -O1B(H), -O2B, -IO1B, -O1B, -I2B, and -RI2B. Optional ADSmodules (Firmware Version 5D) ADS-I4D, -O4D, -O4DR, -O4D(L), -I2DO2DR, -I103D, -I301D, and -IO2D are supplementary devices.Standby battery packs for PS3-F rated 24 V dc at 5, 8, or 20 AH or for PS3-RC rated 24 V dc at 20 or 60 AH provide emergency secondarypower to the system for 24 hours (size of batteries depends on the control panel load, signal initiating devices, and all other accessories thatare normally energized by the standby power supply). (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHERFIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)

Total Walther GmbH, Feuerschutz und Sicherheit, Waltherstrasse 51, 51069 Köln, GermanyTTL 6351 Control Panel. Provides fire alarm functions by using the following functional modules: SIG signal module (6351-120); NB control

module (6351-102); SV power supply (4 A) module (6351-100); SV power supply (8.5 A) module (6351-104); ME three or four-wire initiatingmodule (6351-138); MG two-wire initiating module (6351-138); AN indicating module (6351-126); LS release module (6351-134); BMsupervision module (6351-136); UE municipal tie module (6351-122); RL relay module (6351-128). Up to 72 AH battery included for 24 hoursstandby power.

Vijay Industries and Projects Ltd Plot No EL 205 MIDC, TTC Area Mahape Navi Mumbai, 400 709, IndiaModel BS-100 Vijay Autronica addressable fire alarm control using software Version P1-BS100-3-20, release date 3/23/95 and firmware

designated as P1-BS100-3B20 and P5-BS100-3E10. The control consists of a BS-100 mother board with BSS-103 power supply moduleproviding 24 V dc at 3 A and a keyboard display module. Optional modules to increase panel capacities include: BSS-100-1 power supplywhich also provides 24 V dc at 3 A; BSD-100 detector loop module; BSB-100 alarm output module; BSL-100 data output module; BSJ-100control output module; and RB-100 relay board. Addressable devices include the Vijay Autronica Model BH-31 photoelectrric and Model BJ-31ionization smoke detectors. Model BE-30 heat detector rated at 133°F (56°C) with a maximum spacing of 25×25 ft (7.6×7.6 m); and ModelBF-33 manual fire alarm station. The BN-33A/24 and BN-35 addressable interfaces are used to connect the Vijay Autronica Model BH-20photoelectric type and BJ-20 ionization type smoke detectors and other conventional smoke and flame detectors to the BS-100 fire alarmcontrol. The panel can be configured for Style E (Class A) or Style C (Class B) initiating device circuit performance and Style Z (Class A) orStyle X (Class B) notification appliance circuit performance. Filters and algorithms comprise the dynamic filter process or DYF which allowsthe control to differentiate between actual fires and other similar conditions. The equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperaturesfrom 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). The control operates on 230 V ac, 50 Hz. Batteries 15 to 60 AH provide the required 24 hours of standby power.


SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

A fire alarm system accessory is a device used to supplement a system control or device as indicated by theinstallation wiring diagram pertaining to its application.

Space Age Electronics, Inc 406 Lincoln Street, Marlboro, MA 01752-2195The Strap Key Communication surface mount cabinet is designed for indoor use only to make four mometary switch functions rated for

24 V dc at 2A and a firefighter telephone jack available by means of a firefighter’s key. The panel is intended to connect to the bell circuit ofother Approved equipment.

EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

An emergency voice/alarm communication system consists of an Approved local alarm, remote station orproprietary signaling system incorporating dedicated manual and automatic facilities for the origination, control andtransmission of verbal information and instructions pertaining to a fire alarm emergency to the occupants of abuilding. These systems meet the requirements of the NFPA Standard 72.

ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486ADT Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of a Unimode-300 or

Unimode-400 fire alarm control panel with one or more VCM-4 voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4 dualchannel module, AMG-1/E voice generating modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generatingmodule with microphone, ACT-1 audio coupling transformer, AA-30, -100 or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100 orWheelock E-9025-(LS, SL, MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by MPS-400 power supply with up to55 AH standby batteries. The battery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone providesthe two-way telephone service capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, ADT-FPJ fireman’s phone jack, and FHSfireman’s handset.

ADT3000 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unitwith firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-REMICA and 3-REMICP Remote Microphones; 3-ATPINT Amplifier Terminalinterface module for use with ATP panel and model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B,3-ZA30, and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90W audio amplifiers used with the following speakers and speaker/strobe combinations: Re-entrantSpeaker Model 757 and Re-entrant Speaker/Strobe Model 757. Models include 757-1A-R25, 757-1A-R70, 757-3A-RS25, 757-3A-RS70,757-7A-RS25, 757-7A-RS70, 757-8A-RS25, and 757-8A-RS70 speaker and speaker/strobe combinations, each strobe with operating voltagerange of 20-24 V dc. Re-entrant speaker power output can be selected for 2, 4, 8 or 15 Watt operation. Suffix R(S)25 stands for 25 Vrmsmodels, suffix R(S)70 for 70 Vrms models. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output may be synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix-1A indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates15 cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceilingmount. Cone Speaker Model 757 and Cone Speaker/Strobe Model 757. Models include 757-1A-S25, 757-1A-S70, 757-3A-SS25, 757-3A-SS70, 757-7A-SS25, 757-7A-SS70, 757-8A-SS25, and 757-8A-SS70 speaker and speaker/strobe combinations, each strobe with operatingvoltage range of 20-24 V dc. Cone speaker power output can be selected for 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 Watt operation. Suffix S(S)25 stands for 25 Vrmsmodels, suffix S(S)70 for 70 Vrms models. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output maybe synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix-1A indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates15 cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceilingmount. 964 and 965 Series Cone Speaker and Cone Speaker/Strobe Combinations. Models include 964-1A-4RR(W); 964-5A-4RR(W);964-7A-4RR(W); 964-3A-4RR(W); 964-8A-4RR(W); 965-1A-4RR(W); 965-5A-4RR(W); 965-7A-4RR(W); 965-3A-4RR(W); 965-8A-4RR(W);964-1A-8SW; 964-5A-8SW; 964-7A-8SW; 964-3A-8SW; 964-8A-8SW; 965-1A-8SW; 965-5A-8SW; 965-7A-8SW; 965-3A-8SW; and 965-8A-8SW. 964 series models have 25 Vrms speakers, whereas the 965 models — 70 Vrms speakers. Suffix 4 denotes 4 in Cone speaker, andsuffix 8, an 8 in speaker. Speaker power output can be selected for 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 Watt operation for the 4 in speakers, and 1⁄2, 1, 2, and 4Watt operation for the 8 in speakers. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output may be synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix -1Aindicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cdintensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceilingmount. All speakers and speaker/strobe combinations mount on a single or double gang 4-inch square electrical box. For indoor use only.Speakers provide additional signaling capability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available toprovide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Ansul Incorporated One Stanton St Marinette WI 54143AUTOPULSE IQ-396X Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an AUTOPULSE IQ-396X fire

alarm control panel with one or more VCM-4 voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4 dual channel module,AMG-1/E voice generating modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module withmicrophone, ACT-1 audio coupling transformer, AA-30, -100 or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100 or WheelockE-9025-(LS, SL, MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by MPS-400 power supply with up to 55 AH standbybatteries. The battery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-waytelephone service capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack and FHS fireman’shandset.

Casey Systems Inc 262 Duffy Ave Hicksville NY 11801COMTRAK 1720/2000 Fire Command System. COMTRAK 2000 FCS includes telephone and voice paging handsets, CRT video display,

control key pads and 24 AH standby battery for 24 hours of secondary power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Edwards Systems Technology 90 Fieldstone Court Cheshire CT 06410(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Edwards Unit of General Signal, Owen

Sound, Ontario/Fire Alarm & Systems Technology, Sarasota, FL.) Units may bear the name brands and model designations shown below.ACP Audio Control Panel. This panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. Programmable system can be used to provide

emergency voice/alarm communication capability to the IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. (See descriptions under LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

FAST/EST FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Emergency voice/alarm communication system. The system must include oneof the following configurations: Configuration 1-ACP audio control panel with a RPSB remote power supply with battery charger, ATP audiotermination panel, Roland-Borg FAX 250 watt amplifier, RKU free standing 19 in. rack enclosure, RAMM remote audio message module andURSM universal riser module. Configuration 2-ACP audio control panel with a RPSB remote power supply with battery charger, with either


of the following combination of amplifiers AA75P-25 audio amplifier with mic/tone card, AA75-25T audio amplifier with tone card, or AA75-25audio amplifier; RAMM remote audio message module and URSM universal riser module. Configuration FCCA audio control panel with eitherAA75 series distributed amplifiers or centrally banked amplifiers (Models 1B3-125 — 125 W and 1B3-250 — 250 W) through the ATP. Theconfigurations use Firefighter’s Telephone Communication System which consists of jacks for insertion of a portable telephone or a perma-nently installed telephone under glass. Four Power PRC-1230X batteries provide up to 60 AH for 60 hours of standby power. (See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Model EST2 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Requires useof FCCA dual channel audio control panel (firmware 190022), MVMP or MVMR multiple voice message modules (Firmware 190059, 190060,190083) with optional MVMX expansion memory boards, DAPM dual audio preamplifier module, USRM universal riser supervisory module,AA75-25 audio amplifier, 2-AAC audio amplifier controller, SIGA-AA30 and SIGA-AA50 series audio amplifiers, Wheelock ET 1010R speak-ers, 2-MIC paging microphone, 2-TEL firefighters telephone. Power to the amplifiers is supplied through either SIGA-APS intelligent auxiliarypower supply, or SIGA-APS-220, the 220 VAC modification of the SIGA-APS. Both power supplies have 6.4 A output and charge up to 10AH batteries. Signature series modules SIGA-CC1 and SIGA-CC2 provide control over individual audio circuits. SIGA-MDM Digital MessageModule provides ability to add custom prerecorded voice messaging. APS-4B or APS-8B auxiliary power supplies are available to provide 3.5A or 7 A of 24 V dc power. Also available in 220 V ac version with -220 suffix. Auxiliary power supply standby batteries are available in upto 60 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Signature series modules SIGA-CT1 and SIGA-CT2 providesupervision connection between the audio amplifiers, USRM, auxiliary power supplies and the EST2 panel for required trouble annunciation.

ADT3000 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unitwith firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-REMICA and 3-REMICP Remote Microphones; 3-ATPINT Amplifier Terminalinterface module for use with ATP panel and model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B,3-ZA30, and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90W audio amplifiers used with the following speakers and speaker/strobe combinations: Re-entrantSpeaker Model 757 and Re-entrant Speaker/Strobe Model 757. Models include 757-1A-R25, 757-1A-R70, 757-3A-RS25, 757-3A-RS70,757-7A-RS25, 757-7A-RS70, 757-8A-RS25, and 757-8A-RS70 speaker and speaker/strobe combinations, each strobe with operating voltagerange of 20-24 V dc. Re-entrant speaker power output can be selected for 2, 4, 8 or 15 Watt operation. Suffix R(S)25 stands for 25 Vrmsmodels, suffix R(S)70 for 70 Vrms models. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output may be synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix-1A indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates15 cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceilingmount. Cone Speaker Model 757 and Cone Speaker/Strobe Model 757. Models include 757-1A-S25, 757-1A-S70, 757-3A-SS25, 757-3A-SS70, 757-7A-SS25, 757-7A-SS70, 757-8A-SS25, and 757-8A-SS70 speaker and speaker/strobe combinations, each strobe with operatingvoltage range of 20-24 V dc. Cone speaker power output can be selected for 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 Watt operation. Suffix S(S)25 stands for 25 Vrmsmodels, suffix S(S)70 for 70 Vrms models. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output maybe synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix-1A indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates15 cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceilingmount. 964 and 965 Series Cone Speaker and Cone Speaker/Strobe Combinations. Models include 964-1A-4RR(W); 964-5A-4RR(W);964-7A-4RR(W); 964-3A-4RR(W); 964-8A-4RR(W); 965-1A-4RR(W); 965-5A-4RR(W); 965-7A-4RR(W); 965-3A-4RR(W); 965-8A-4RR(W);964-1A-8SW; 964-5A-8SW; 964-7A-8SW; 964-3A-8SW; 964-8A-8SW; 965-1A-8SW; 965-5A-8SW; 965-7A-8SW; 965-3A-8SW; and 965-8A-8SW. 964 series models have 25 Vrms speakers, whereas the 965 models — 70 Vrms speakers. Suffix 4 denotes 4 in Cone speaker, andsuffix 8, an 8 in speaker. Speaker power output can be selected for 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 Watt operation for the 4 in speakers, and 1⁄2, 1, 2, and 4Watt operation for the 8 in speakers. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output may be synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix -1Aindicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates 15cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceilingmount. All speakers and speaker/strobe combinations mount on a single or double gang 4-inch square electrical box. For indoor use only.Speakers provide additional signaling capability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60AH are available toprovide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

FCCA Audio Control panel. Firmware P/N 180009, Rev. 4.0. It is a dual channel audio control panel providing voice alarm communicationcapability to the Fire Command Center (FCC) or to IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control (through the CM1N control module). Note: the FCCA AudioControl panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. The output of the FCCA is applied to either AA75 series distributedamplifiers or to centrally banked amplifiers (Models 1B3-125 — 125 W and 1B3-250 — 250 W) through the Amplifier Termination Panel (ATP).FCCA requires connection of RAMM-A Random Access Module. RAMM-A is a single channel audio message playback unit, storing up to sixindependent messages. The RAMM-A connects to an auxiliary jack of the FCCA unit or connect through a DAPM-R (Dual Audio Pre-AmpModule) to the AA75 amplifier. FCCA requires an external 24 V dc power supply. In standby condition, it consumes 280 mA.

Model MIR2 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Requires useof FCCA dual channel audio control panel (firmware 190022), MVMP or MVMR multiple voice message modules (Firmware 190059, 190060,190083) with optional MVMX expansion memory boards, DAPM dual audio preamplifier module, USRM universal riser supervisory module,AA75-25 audio amplifier, 2-AAC audio amplifier controller, GSA-AA30 and GSA-AA50 series audio amplifiers, Wheelock ET 1010R speakers,2-MIC paging microphone, 2-TEL firefighters telephone. Power to the amplifiers is supplied through either GSA-APS intelligent auxiliary powersupply, or GSA-APS-220, the 220 VAC modification of the GSA-APS. Both power supplies have 6.4 A output and charge up to 10 AH batteries.Signature series modules GSA-CC1 and GSA-CC2 provide control over individual audio circuits. GSA-MDM Digital Message Moduleprovides ability to add custom prerecorded voice messaging. AXPS-4B or AXPS-8B auxiliary power supplies are available to provide 3.5 Aor 7 A of 24 V dc power. Also available in 220 V ac version with -220 suffix. Auxiliary power supply standby batteries are available in up to60 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Signature series modules GSA-CT1 and GSA-CT2 providesupervision connection between the audio amplifiers, USRM, auxiliary power supplies and the MIR2 panel for required trouble annunciation.

Fire Control Instruments Inc 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090FireVac III Voice Evacuation System intended to interface with the FCI Models FC-72 and FC-ID local alarm signaling panels to provide

additional signaling capability (i.e., voice communication and fire fighter’s intercom). Consists of (OCC) operations control center, (FV-PS-6)power supply, (MBI) motherboard intercom and (FFI) fire fighter’s intercom plug-in module, (MBS) motherboard speaker circuit with (SCM)single channel loudspeaker appliance plug-in module and (DCS) dual channel loudspeaker appliance plug-in module, (MBA) motherboardauxiliary with (ACM) auxiliary control plug-in module, (DRM) digital repeater module, (PA-60P) 60W power amplifier, (PA-120R) 120W poweramplifier, (PA-250R) 250W power amplifier, (MB-PASM) power amplifier supervision module, (RTM-SW, -CH, -HN and -TP) tone generatormodules, Speaker Models SB, 470, 471 and 870, and fire fighter’s Handset Model 3200. Standby batteries (up to 110 AH) available for 24or 60 hours of operation.

Fire-Vac 7200 series fire alarm control/voice evacuation system. Uses FCP 7200 (Version 5.2) field configuration software. Consists of aBasic System Unit (BSU), up to five optional auxiliary Remote Command Centers (RCC) and up to one hundred optional Remote DistributedAmplifiers. The BSU is made of the following major components: SPSU-V switching power supply unit; SCU system control unit (FirmwareVersion 5.2); ALU analog loop unit (Firmware Version 5.2); AEU audio evacuation unit (Firmware Version 5.2); KDU keyboard display unit(Firmware Version 5.2); AOM addressable output module; optional SIM’s switch input modules [Command Control Unit, Single Channel(CCU-S); Command Control Unit, Dual Channel (CCU-D); Switch Input Module — Speaker, Single Channel (SIM-SS); Switch Input Module— Speaker, Dual Channel (SIM-SD); Switch Input Module — Phone (SIM-P); Switch Input Module — Auxiliary (SIM-A);Telephone Control Unit(TCU); Telephone Control Unit — Remote (TCUR); Status Indicator Board — 10 Red (SIB-10R); Status Indicator Board — 10 Yellow(SIB-10Y)] used for the manual control of speakers, phones and auxiliary circuits; System Backplane to accept individual SIM’s; Push-To-TalkReceiver Module (PTTR); microphone and telephone handset (model 3200); Basic System Amplifier (FCI-AAM-25) and the system’s remotedistributed amplifiers. The Remote Command Center (RCC) contains an AEU, KDU, manual controls (CCU’s, SIM’s and SIB-10’s), Push-To-Talk Driver Module (PTT-D), and a remote microphone and/or remote telephone. The Audio Driver Card (ADC) plugs into the FCI-MB (FCI


Mother Board) of the FireVac 7200 system in place of the Basic System Amplifier (FCI-AAM-25). The ADC reverse polarity circuit is reservedfor activation of the Bulk Amplifier Unit (BAU). The BAU supports up to six PA-250R or PA-250R amplifiers. The Remote Distributed Amplifieris mounted on the remote FCI-MB, and has its own dedicated FCI — Power Supply Module (FCI-PSM). The FCI-PSM battery capacity is 17AH. Amplifiers are activated from the signal issued from FireVac 7200 system to the Addressable Amplifier Input module (AAI). FireVac 7200system uses SP series, TV series, and UDT and UHT series speakers. The following 24 V dc strobes are used: STS series, STV series, andSTD series. The FireVac system can also have a Supplementary Notification Appliance Circuit Panel (SNAC) connected. Standby batteries(capacities from 6 to 31 AH) available for 24 hours of operation.

Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc) 2701 4th Ave, S Minneapolis MN 55408XLS-1000 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit

with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-REMICA and 3-REMICP Remote Microphones; 3-ATPINT Amplifier TerminalInterface module for use with ATP panel and model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40Band 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90W audio amplifiers used with XLS757-1A-R25(R) or XLS757-1A-R70(R) speakers provide additionalsignaling capability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergencyoperation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

XLS200 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit withfirefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-ZA15 and 3-ZA30, 15 and 30W audio amplifiers used with XLS757-1A-R25(R) orXLS757-1A-R70(R) speakers provide additional signaling capability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AHare available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALINGSYSTEMS.)

Johnson Controls Inc, 507 E Michigan St, Milwaukee WI 53202IFC-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an IFC-640 fire alarm control panel with one

or more VCM-4RK voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4RK dual channel module, AMG-1/E voice generatingmodules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N #AMGV2.0), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone, ACT-1 andACT-2 audio coupling transformers, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL,MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by internal power supply with up to 55 AH standby batteries. Thebattery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way telephone servicecapability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s handset. The system canbe configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board,XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote MicrophoneInterface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) RemoteMicrophone Assembly. (See Local Protective Signaling Service).

Landis & Gyr Powers Inc 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089ACP Audio Control Panel. This panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. Programmable system can be used to provide

emergency voice/alarm communication capability to the IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. (See descriptions under LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Programmable emergency voice/alarm communication system. The system must includeone of the following configurations: Configuration 1-ACP audio control panel with a RPSB remote power supply with battery charger, ATPaudio termination panel, Roland-Borg FAX 250 watt amplifier, RKU free standing 19 in. rack enclosure, RAMM remote audio message moduleand URSM universal riser module. Configuration 2-ACP audio control panel with a RPSB remote power supply with battery charger, witheither of the following combination of amplifiers AA75P-25 audio amplifier with mic/tone card, AA75-25T audio amplifier with tone card, orAA75-25 audio amplifier; RAMM remote audio message module and URSM universal riser module. Both configurations use Firefighter’sTelephone Communication System which consists of jacks for insertion of a portable telephone or a permanently installed telephone underglass. Four Power PRC-1230X batteries provide up to 60 AH for 60 hours of standby power. (See additional description under LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472SAS-200 Firefighter’s Communication/Evacuation System. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)AM2020/AFP1010 Voice Multiplex System. Programmable single or multichannel system consists of an AM2020 or AFP-1010 fire alarm

control panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING) with CMX-1 or XPC-8 notification appliance circuit module, one or moreAMG-1/E voice generating modules with or without microphone (P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone,ACT-1 audio coupling transformer, ACM-16AT annunciator, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, orWheelock E-9025-(LS, SL, MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers and MPS-24A power supply with 55 AH standby batteries. The batterybank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the Voice Multiplex System with two-waytelephone service capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’shandset. The system can be configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLISignaling Line Interface board, XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board,XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels,and RM-1(SA) Remote Microphone Assembly.

AFP-300 or AFP-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an AFP-300 or AFP-400 fire alarmcontrol panel with one or more VCM-4 voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4 dual channel module, AMG-1/Evoice generating modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone,ACT-1 audio coupling transformer, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL,MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by MPS-400 power supply with up to 55 AH standby batteries. Thebattery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way telephone servicecapability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s handset. The system canbe configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board,XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote MicrophoneInterface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) RemoteMicrophone Assembly.

AFC-600 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an AFC-600 fire alarm control panel with oneor more VCM-4 voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4 dual channel module, AMG-1/E voice generatingmodules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone, ACT-1 and ACT-2audio coupling transformers, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL, MS,IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by MPS-6 power supply with up to 60 AH standby batteries. The batterybank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way telephone service capability.Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s handset. The system can beconfigured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board,XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote MicrophoneInterface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) RemoteMicrophone Assembly. (See Local Protective Signaling Service). The system can be configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder


consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board, XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply,XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel,XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) Remote Microphone Assembly.

NFS-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an NFS-640 fire alarm control panel with oneor more VCM-4RK voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4RK dual channel module, AMG-1/E voice generatingmodules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N #AMGV2.0), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone, ACT-1 andACT-2 audio coupling transformers, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL,MS,IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by internal power supply with up to 55 AH standby batteries. Thebattery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way telephone servicecapability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s handset. The system canbe configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board,XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote MicrophoneInterface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) RemoteMicrophone Assembly. (See Local Protective Signaling Service.)

NFS-3030 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an NFS-3030 fire alarm control panel withone or more VCM-4RK voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4RK dual channel module, AMG-1/E voicegenerating modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N #AMGV3.0), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone,ACT-1 and ACT-2 audio coupling transformers, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or WheelockE-9025-(LS, SL, MS,IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by internal power supply with up to 55 AH standbybatteries. The battery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-waytelephone service capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’shandset. The system can be configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLISignaling Line Interface board, XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board,XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels,and RM-1(SA) Remote Microphone Assembly. (See Local Protective Signaling Service).

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089ALS3 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit with

fire fighter telephone; 3-FTCU fire fighters telephone; 3-REMICA and 3-REMICP Remote Microphones; 3-ATPINT Amplifier Terminal interfacemodule for use with ATP panel and model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers; 3-ZA15 , 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30,and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90W audio amplifiers used with 757-1A-R25(R) or 757-1A-R70(R) speakers provide additional signalingcapability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932MXLV Programmable System. Uses Version 10.04 operating system and field programming software CSG-M Version 10.03. This is a voice

alarm version of the Siemens Building Technologies Inc MXL system to provide additional signaling capability including fire fighter intercom.Standby power for 24 hours operation from 15-55 AH capacity 24 V batteries. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Simplex Time Recorder Co, 100 Simplex Dr, Westminster MA 01441-0001Model 4003 Series Voice Control Panel. These panels are not suitable for use as stand-alone fire alarm control panels. Can be used to

provide programmable tone and/or voice capability and/or additional notification appliance circuit output capability to any of the followingApproved Simplex control panels: Life Alarm Series 4001, Life Alarm Series 4002, 4020-8001. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

4100 Fire and Voice Command Center. Uses revision 9.02F operating program. The 4100 Fire and Voice Command Center includes the4100-8201, -8210 with -8019 transponder, 4100-8601, -8602, control panels with any of the modules used in conjunction with the 4100-8001,-8010 or -8511 controls (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING), respectively, and a selection of the following equipment: 4100-0210,-0211, -0212 audio controller boards, 4100-0201 25 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-0202 dual 25 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply(120 V ac), 4100-0203 and -1203 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier (120 V), 4100-0207 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier with power supply (120 V ac),4100-1207 90 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier (120 V ac), 4100-0213 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply (220/240 V ac), 4100-0204 mastermicrophone module, -0205 master phone module, -0206 redundant tone generator, 4100-0211 dual channel message expansion board,-0212 triple channel master expansion board, 4100-4201 and -4203 4 circuit dual channel speaker circuit boards, 4100-4202, -4204, -4205and -4206 2 circuit triple channel speaker circuit boards, 4100-0412, -0413, -0415 speaker select switch modules, 4100-0416 audio controlswitch module, 4100-0410 remote microphone, -0411 remote master telephone, 2902-9711, -9712, -9713, -9715, -9716, -9717, -9701, -9702,-9705, -9706, -9732, -9734 and 4902-9703, -9705, -9707 speakers (25 Vrms), 4902-9704, -9706, -9708 speakers (70 Vrms), 4902-9716,-9717, -9721 Speakers (25 or 70 Vrms) and 4903-91XX, -93XX series speaker/strobe combination (25 or 70 Vrms). The strobes portion havea nominal 15, 30 or 110 cd density. The connection between the audio controller boards and the amplifiers may be direct or through4190-9011/9012 Fiber Optic Audio Repeater. Standby batteries from 6.2-110 AH supply 24 hours of operating power. The Model No. for the2902-9XXX and 4902-97XX speakers may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’

4100-8501 Voice Command Center used with 2120 CPU and Model 4100-8601 voice universal transponder. Uses revision 8.04F operatingprogram. The 4100-8501 Voice Command Center includes the 4100-7001 master controller assembly, one 4100-0112 dual RS232/2120communicator, a 4100-0201 25 watt amplifier, one 4100-0210 single channel audio board, 4100-0204 microphone and enclosure, one4100-0205 master telephone, one 4100-0301 64/64 LED switch controller, two 4100-0403 8/8 momentary switch/red LED, one 4100-0412single channel audio control switch module and speakers 2902-9711, -9712, -9713, -9715, -9716, -9717, -9701, -9702, -9705, -9732, -9734.Standby batteries from 6.2-33 AH supply 24 hours of operating power.

Series 4100U Audio Control Panel. Uses revision 11.02.01 operating program. The 4100U audio control panel consists of a selection of theassemblies and modules used in conjunction with the 4100U controls (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING) and a selection of thefollowing equipment: 4100-9620 analog audio controller assembly with 4100-1210 audio controller board and 4100-1243 microphone panel,4100-9621 digital audio controller assembly with 4100-1211 audio controller board and 4100-1243 microphone panel, 4100-0621 analogaudio riser module, 4100-0622 digital audio riser module, 4100-1212 analog 50 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1213 analog 50 watt, 70 Vrmsamplifier, 4100-1214, -1216, -1220, and 1222 analog 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply (120 Vac), 4100-1218 and 1224 analog100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply (220/240 Vac), 4100-1215, -1217, -1221, and 1223 analog 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier withpower supply (120 Vac), 4100-1219 and 1225 analog 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier with power supply (220/240 Vac), 4100-1226 digital 50 watt,25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1227 digital 50 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1228, -1230, -1234, and 1236 digital 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier withpower supply (120 Vac), 4100-1232 and 1238 digital 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply (220/240 Vac), 4100-1229, -1231, -1235,and 1237 digital 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier with power supply (120 Vac), 4100-1233 and 1239 digital 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier with powersupply (220/240 Vac), 4100-1240 auxiliary audio input board, 4100-1241 and 1242 message expansion board, 4100-1244 remote microphonemodule, 4100-1245 expansion NAC board for use with 35 and 50 watt amplifiers, 4100-1246 class A adapter for use with 35 abd 50 wattamplifiers, 4100-1248 expansion NAC board for use with 100 watt amplifiers, 4100-1249 class A adapter for use with 100 watt amplifiers,4100-1252 through 1255 audio operator interface modules, 4100-1261 analog 35 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1262 analog 35 watt, 70 Vrmsamplifier, 4100-1263 digital 35 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1264 digital 35 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1270 master telephone with4100-1272 phone card, 4100-1271 remote master telephone, and 4100-1273 telephone class A adapter. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AHare available to provide 24 hour emergency power. Up to 125 AH of emergency battery power can be provided by utilizing the Models4081-9306 or 9308 expansion battery chargers.


Life Alarm 2120 Multiplex Monitoring and Control System with 2120-8201 CPU. (See description under PROPRIETARY SIGNALINGSYSTEMS.)

4120 Network Fire and Voice Command Center. Uses revision 8.04F operating program. The 4120 network fire and voice command centerincludes the 4120-8201, -8210 with -8019 network transponder, -8601, -8602, -8821 network control panels with any of the modules used inconjunction with the 4120-8001, -8010 or -8511 network controls (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING), with a selection of 4100Series equipment. Model Nos. change from 4100 to 4120 with all -XXXX suffixes remaining the same. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AHsupply 24 hours of operating power. The Model Nos. for the 2902-9XXX speakers may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’

The Autocall TFX-500(M), and -800(M) Modular-Voice Systems with configuration program software CONSYS (Ver. 12.0). The followingequipment makes up the TFX-500(M), and -800(M) systems: 3-, 5-, 7-, and 10 module housings (TFX-M and auxiliary enclosures), TFX-500/800 MP main processor board, FCM-500 fire control module, MPIM multi-purpose interface module, ODM operator display module, eitherRPS-424 or PSM-800 power supply/battery charger module, XAI XA interface board, 5130-107- 01/02/03/12 dc/audio alarm indicatingmodules, OXA-502SDA/503SDA DC/audio drivers, OXA- 504SDA signal driver, MTM-500 telephone matrix module, MCM-500 master controlmodule, and ATM-500 addressable telephone module. AMP-96 Audio Amplifier with the following plug-in boards: UTM — Universal Tonemodule, B-25 — 25 V Amplifier Back-up board, Slow Whoop Tone module, RD-2 Rised Driver module, CS-2 Channel Select board, and DV-2Digital Voice board. The AMP-96 audio amplifier used with Wheelock AP-15TUC/R, E90-R, E70-R, ET70-R, ET1010, and ET1080R speakersproviding additional signaling capability including the firefighters intercom. Standby batteries (85 AH) are available to provide 24 hoursemergency operation. The following DirecTone-500 equipment is being connected to and works in conjunction with the TFX-500MV and -800MV series controls: 5290-005/416 signal generator modules, 5290-018/019/020 amplifiers, 5200-524 XA command recorder, 5200-476 digitalmessage module, 5290-026/027/459 8 and 12 A power supplies. (See Description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Spectronics Corp, 4645 Hartley, Lincoln NE 68504Model 641 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Local protective signaling system which also provides emergency paging, telephone communication

and audible evacuation signaling. Communication cards include: 641-TAC emergency telephone/audio control assembly; 641-SLAC audiocommon control; 641-SL8T eight circuit emergency telephone switch card; 641-SL4A, -SL4C, -SL4B, -SL40D four switch circuit card;641-SL8A eight switch circuit card; 641-L8R eight LED circuit card; 641-PAS audio amplifier supervisor; 641-PA10 audio amplifier; 641-SL4AP, -SL4OD four circuit alarm and page switch; 641-TG2 tone generator. Approved speaker is Spectronics Model SVT-72UCR (indooruse only). (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

System Sensor, Div of Honeywell, 3825 Ohio Ave, Saint Charles IL 60174PDRP-1002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote

Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. Trans-mitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one unregulated24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25 A.Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5,12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.

PUBLIC FIRE ALARM REPORTING SYSTEMS

This signaling equipment transmits fire alarms and other emergency calls to the municipal fire headquarters fromthe public. The municipality controls the installation, use and maintenance of the system, as well as alarmretransmission (to fire stations) if that is necessary. Equipment identifies and automatically records each signal.

Digitize Inc, 158 Edison Rd, Lake Hopatcong NJ 07849Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Consists of two or more Mark III or IV receivers with RAD-6P or RAD-20P decoders at the

communications center for the reception of amplitude modulated radio transmissions on carrier frequencies of 72-76 MHz and 132-174 MHzor frequency modulated radio transmissions at 72-76 MHz from street boxes, master boxes and auxiliary boxes. Model RAD-800 master boxinterface unit is for connection of a local alarm signaling system to a municipal public reporting system. RAD-800 interface unit requiresRAD-810 power supply for 60 hours of standby battery power. Each box and transmitter is supplied with a rechargeable battery to providesix months’ operation before replacement; each decoder unit is supplied with an EBB-6 (4 hr) or EBB-24 (24 hr) standby battery. RAD200-100, -104, -109, -110, -114, -119, -120, -124, -129, -130, -134, -139 radio boxes and RAD 200-149 municipal transmitters, powered byrechargeable 12 V batteries capable of six months’ operation without recharge, suitable for outdoor operation at temperature range of -40°to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). The 120 V ac RAD-8LS-AM, -8LS-FM, -16LS-FM auxiliary boxes (firmware Version 4.3.6 0800), RAD-800 interfaceunits, Mark III FM and Mark IV AM receivers are for indoor operation at 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). RAD 32 and RAD 64 auxiliary boxes(firmware Version 2.9.1) include: digital display/keyboard board (P/N 400373-0000); microcontroller board (P/N 400365-0000); 32 zone PCBassembly (P/N 400421-0000); transformer (P/N 900546-0000); and either an FM transmitter (P/N 450390-0000) or AM transmitter(P/N 400387-0001 or 450387-0002). Optional eight zone expansion board (P/N 400374-0000) and eight zone trouble relay board(P/N 400375-0001) may be used. Enclosure consists of a 610501-0001 backbox, 610502-0001 outer door and 610503-0001 (inner) displaydoor. RAD-32/64 for indoor operation at -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Each box uses a 12 V, 6.5 A hour battery (P/N 900414-0004) for 60 hoursof standby power. The following external antennas for transmitters and receivers are available: PXM-18 (72 MHz), -19 (75 MHz) orP/N 900491 (132-174 MHz); whip antennas P/N 450289-X (132-174 MHz) or P/N 450290-X (72-76 MHz).

Model DET-6B and -6C Municipal Transmitter. With positive non-interfering and succession (PNI&S) solid state coding for use withcompatible 100 MA ‘‘Form 4’’ box circuit receiving equipment. Transmitter operates on 14 V ac, 20 VA from a Class 2 transformer; providesfor six supervised fire alarm initiating circuits, using Approved normally-open contact devices; and is equipped with 6.5 AH 12 volt batterypacks to provide 60 hours of standby operation. Firmware operating program designation is Rev 1.4. Suitable for indoor installation; -40° to140°F temperature range.

Microprocessor-based Alarm Monitoring and Control System. Consists of one or more SYSTEM 3000 alarm monitoring and control units,using Version 5.4.3 firmware, which may be used to monitor multiplexed, telegraph coded, direct wired and networked alarm signals. TheSYSTEM 3000 produces alarm signals from EOL, RPI, DCI and multiplexed inputs via connection to alarm panels and from 100 ma McCullohtype coded boxes. Multiplexed inputs, via Data Gathering Panels including serial devices connected to fire alarm panels. DGM-8LS, -16LS,-32, -64 (firmware Version 3.0.6) and Muxpad Data Gathering Panels (software Version 3.4) are used with SYSTEM 3000 Receiver. Thesemultiplex Data Gathering Modules (DGM) can monitor up to 8 supervised input points (-8LS); up to 16 input points (-16LS); and up to 32supervised input points for the -32. The DGM-32 can be upgraded to a DGM-64 by adding an additional 32-zone EOL card in the field; upto 64 supervised input points for -64. Line drivers via 32 line driver racks provide isolation when multiple lines are used with multiplex. Thedesignation ‘‘-RF’’ after the model number signifies a data gathering panel that communicates by two-way radio. Each unit has a rechargeablebattery pack rated at 60 hours of standby operation. The RAD-8LS (firmware Version 2.9.6), -16LS (firmware Version 1.6.6), -32 (firmwareVersion 2.9.1) and -64 (firmware Version 2.9.1) coded radio boxes are also used with SYSTEM 3000 Receivers as part of Digitize’s codedradio public reporting system. The 100 ma coded input includes the Digitize DET-6B, 6 zone coded transmitter with PNIS (firmware revision8-13-90).


G H Harlow Co Inc, 15757 SW 74th Ave. Ste 550, Tigard OR 97224Radio Fire Alarm Reporting System (RFAR). Base Station Model GHRD02 (operating software Version 2.14) receives coded radio

transmissions from GHR02 Series Fire Alarm Boxes including Street Box Model GHR02S1 (firmware Version AP02-8C), and/or Master BoxModels GHR02M108S (firmware Version AP02-8C), GHR02M116S (firmware Versions AP02-16 Cor AP02-48C), GHR02M124S (firmwareVersion AP02-48C), GHR02M132S (firmware Version AP02-48C), GHR02M140S (firmware Version AP02-48C) and GHR02M148S (firmwareVersion AP02-48C). GHR02 Series Master Boxes represent configurations for 8, 16, 24, 32, 40 and 48 input zones respectively. Frequencyranges available are VHF (136-174 MHz) or UHF (403-512 MHz). VHF antennas include GHR02-VA and -VAFGP; UHF antennas includeGHR02-UA and -UAGP. VHF units have temperature range of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C); UHF units have temperature range of -30° to140°F (-34° to 60°C). Base Station Model GHRD02 is operable from 32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C). Models GHR02S1, GHR02M108S andGHR02M116S use 12 V dc, 6.2 AH batteries for 60 hours standby power; Models GHR02M124S, GHR02M132S, GHR02M140S andGHR02M148S use 12 V dc, 18 AH batteries for 60 hours standby power; base station Model GHRD02 uses Model GHBB1-4 batteries(24 V dc, 90 AH) for 4 hours standby power or Model GHBB1-24 batteries (24 V dc, 360 AH) for 24 hours standby power.

King-Fisher Co, 2350 Foster Ave, Wheeling IL 60090Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Utilizes REAMS Radio Emergency Alarm Monitoring System consisting of redundant KFRA base

receiving stations (Software Version 1.53 with Firmware MPX-96 [CPU P/N 66608] or Version 1.54 with Firmware Version 1.54 [CPU P/N66618]) for reception of AM or FM coded radio transmissions on frequencies in the 72-76 MHz or 132-174 MHz range. Models KF-1, -3 streetboxes, KFRTI-8, -20, -52 and KFRTI-WP-4, -8 auxiliary boxes are Approved for one-way signal transmission. Models KFRTI-RMS-8, -20, -52auxiliary boxes are Approved for two-way signal transmission. Models KF-1, -3, when connected to the KFRI radio master box interface panel,transmit signals from protected property signaling systems to the KFRA base station receiver. KF-1, -3 boxes have a rechargeable battery(2.5 AH) to provide 6 months operation from a single battery charge. Model KFCB-10M battery charger is required for recharging thesebatteries. KFRTI, KFRTI-RMS and KFRI units are provided with P/N 17012 (12.5 AH) or P/N 17014 (5 AH) batteries for 60 hours standbypower. KFRA provided with 50 AH battery for 24 hours standby power. Mini-CAD system must be interfaced directly to the KFRA base stationby use of a parallel or serial I/O port when two-way transmission is used. All boxes and interface units are suitable for outdoor use from -40°to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). KFRA base station and Mini-CAD are suitable for use at 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Class III computer-aideddispatching service can be provided by the Mini-CAD (Version 1.1), PC-CAD (Version 1.0) or CAD/CMD (Version 1.0) computer systems.

Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Utilizes REAMS Radio Emergency Alarm Monitoring System consisting of redundant KFRA-C basereceiving stations for reception of AM coded radio transmissions on frequencies in the 72-76 MHZ or 132-174 MHZ range. Models KF-1, -3street boxes, KFRTI-20, -52 and KFRTI-WP-4, -6, -8 auxiliary boxes are Approved for one-way signal transmission. Models KF-1, -3, whenconnected to the KFRI radio master box interface panel, transmit signals from protected property signaling systems to the KFRA base stationreceiver. KF-1, -3 boxes have a rechargeable battery (2.5 AH) to provide 6 months operation from a single battery charge. Model KFCB-10Mbattery charger is required for recharging up to 10 of these batteries. KFRTI units are provided with P/N 17012 (12.5 AH) or P/N 17014 (5 AH)batteries for 60 hours standby power. One King-Fisher P/N 17123, 12 V, 75 Amp-Hour rechargeable battery provides for 60 hour standbyoperation of one KFRA-C receiver and printer (Form 3A). Where two independent sources of primary power are available one King-FisherP/N 17015, 12 V, 25 Amp-Hour rechargeable battery provides for 24 hour standby operation of one KFRA-C receiver and printer (Form 3B).All boxes and interface units are suitable for outdoor use from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Base station system part number is 99100-a-bc-dwhere a, b, c and d are option designations as follows:

a = S for single receiver or D for dual receivers.bc = HB for high band or LB for low band.d = S for sloping free standing cabinet, V for vertical free standing cabinet or T for table top cabinet with remote power supply cabinet.

Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Utilizes REAMS Radio Emergency Alarm Monitoring System consisting of redundant KFRA-C basereceiving stations for reception of AM coded radio transmissions on frequencies in the 72-76 MHZ or 132-174 MHZ range. Model KFAPTAddressable Panel Transmitter for use with either the Gamewell 600 or the Fire control Instruments 7200 Addressable Fire Control Panelsare Approved for one-way signal transmission. The Fire Alarm Control Panels, when connected to the KF-APT radio box interface panel,transmit signals from protected property signaling systems to the KFRA-C base station receiver. The KF-APT can be equipped with either a5 Ah battery (KF# 17014) for 60 hours of back up time or one eight Ah battery (KF# 17033) for 90. One King-Fisher P/N 17123, 12 V,75 Amp-Hour rechargeable battery provides for 60 hour standby operation of one KFRA-C receiver and printer (Form 3A). Where twoindependent sources of primary power are available one King-Fisher P/N 17015, 12 V, 25 Amp-Hour rechargeable battery provides for 24 hourstandby operation of one KFRA-C receiver and printer (Form 3B).

Monaco Enterprises Inc, E 14820 Sprague Ave, Spokane WA 99216Coded Radio Public Reporting System. D-700E Enhanced Radio Alarm System. Consists of one or two D-700E Enhanced central receivers

for reception of FSK coded radio signal transmissions on carrier frequencies in the ranges of 406-430 MHz, 450-470 MHz (narrowband UHF)or 136-174 MHz (narrowband VHF) from Model BT2-7 or BT2-8 transceivers and/or M-1, M-2, and MAAP Fire Alarm Controls with integratedradio alarm transmitters at the protected property. Each central receiver consists of the following: P/N 200-061-01 or 200-085-00 computerused with P/N 207-802-00 D-700 software Version 4.1, P/N 192-027-00 or 192-029-00 video monitor, P/N 205-012-01 printer, P/N 227-315-XX RFM 7000E radio frequency Modem, P/N 326-106-00 RFM 7000 firmware Rev. B, P/N 404-064-05 72 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-0448 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-03 24 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-02 4 Hour UPS. Model M-2 and Model MAAP provide local fire alarm control andradio alarm transceiver (see separate listings under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Remote transceiver Model BT2-7 (4 zone) P/N227-206-XX, 227-212-XX, 227-231-XX and P/N 227-207-XX with P/N 176-178-00 RXM expansion module can be expanded to 8, 12 or 16zone, for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N 326-095-00 BT2-7 firmware Rev. I. Remote transceiver Model BT2-8 P/N227-245-XX, 227-246-XX, 227-271-XX (16 zone), 227-247-XX (32 zone), for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N326-092-00 BT2-8 firmware Rev. I. Remote Transceiver Model BT-X P/N 227- 600-XX supports 3 backplanes (P/N 176-212-00). Eachbackplane supports two Zone Cards (P/N 176-206-00) for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. The RT-100-24 transmitterinterface is used between the BT2-7, -8, or BT-X and an adjacent fire alarm control. P/N 190-400-00 BSA-1 antenna is standard forfrequencies in the VHF range, P/N 190- 401-XX BSA-2, directional antenna is optional for use in the VHF range. P/N 190-403-XX BSA-3antenna is standard for frequencies in the UHF range, P/N 190-405-XX BSA-5 directional antenna is optional for use in the UHF range. ModelBT2-7, BT2-8, and BT-X transceivers operate from 120 - 240 V ac, are suitable for use in temperatures ranging from -22° to 140°F (-30° to60°C) and are provided with 60 hours (12 V dc, BT2-7: 15.4 to 18 AH, BT2-8: 12 AH, BT-X: 12 AH) of standby battery power. Model D-700Enhanced central receiver for 120 V ac operation is provided with 4, 24, 48 or 72 hours (48 V dc, 75 AH, 150 AH, 300 AH, 600 AH) of standbybattery power and is suitable for operation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

D-21, D-21G, D-21M Public Reporting Coded Radio Alarm Systems. The D-21G system incorporates the D-21 basic package and addsgraphic floor plans and site layouts. The D-21M system incorporates the D-21 and D-21G features and adds geographic coded site maps.All D-21 systems consist of one or two D-21 central receivers for reception of FSK coded radio signal transmissions on carrier frequenciesin the ranges of 406-430 MHz, 450-470 MHz (narrowband UHF) or 136-174 MHz (narrowband VHF) from Models BT2-7, BT2-8, or BT-Xtransceivers and/or M-1, M-2, and MAAP Fire Alarm Controls with integrated radio alarm transmitters at the protected properties. The centralreceiver consists of the following: P/N 200-081-00 or 200-085-00 computer with P/N 207-825-00 through 207-829-00 D-21 Server SupportKit software Version 1.0, and P/N 207-830-00 through 207-838-00 D-21 Client Support Kit software version 1.0; one or two P/N 192-025-00or 192-029-00 video monitors, either or both P/N 205- 038-00 color printer and P/N 205-036-00 laser printer, and P/N 227-315-XX RFM 7000Eradio frequency modem incorporating P/N 326-106-00 RFM 7000 firmware Rev. F. Model D-21 central receiver for 120 V ac operation isprovided with P/N 404-064-05 (72 Hour UPS), P/N 404-064-04 (48 Hour UPS), P/N 404-064-03 (24 Hour UPS), or P/N 404-064-02 (4 HourUPS). For detailed description of models M-1, M-2, and MAAP fire alarm controls with integrated radio alarm transmitters see separate listings


under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING. Remote transceiver Model BT2-7 (4 zone) P/N 227-206-XX, 227-212-XX, 227-231-XX and P/N227-207-XX with P/N 176-178-00 RXM expansion module can be expanded to 8, 12 or 16 zone, for connection of normally open contactinitiating devices. P/N 326-095-00 BT2-7 firmware Rev. I. Remote transceiver Model BT2-8 P/N 227-245-XX, 227-246-XX, 227-271-XX (16zone), 227-247-XX (32 zone), for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N 326-092-00 BT2-8 firmware Rev. I. RemoteTransceiver Model BT-X P/N 227-600-XX supports 3 backplanes (P/N 176-212-00). Each backplane supports two Zone Cards (P/N 176-206-00) for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N 190-400-00 BSA-1 antenna is standard for frequencies in the VHFrange, P/N 190-401-XX BSA-2, directional antenna is optional for use in the VHF range. P/N 190-403-XX BSA-3 antenna is standard forfrequencies in the UHF range, P/N 190-405-XX BSA-5 directional antenna is optional for use in the UHF range. Model BT2-7, BT2-8 and BT-Xtransceivers operate from 120 or 240 V ac are suitable for use in temperatures ranging from -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C) and are providedwith 60 hours (12 V dc, BT2-7: 15.4 to 18 AH, BT2-8: 12 AH, BT-X: 12 AH) of standby battery power. Model D-21 central receiver for 120 Vac operation is provided with 4, 24, 48 or 72 hours (48 V dc, 75 AH, 150 AH, 300 AH, 600 AH) of standby battery power and is suitable foroperation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Seaboard Electronics Co 70 Church St New Rochelle NY 10805Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Consists of redundant M-1/MC monitor consoles for reception of frequency modulated, coded alarm

and trouble radio transmissions in the 72-76 MHz, 132-174 MHz, or 450-470 MHz range from TX-1/LC-16F transmitters at the protectedproperty. The Model M-1/MC monitor console consists of: Models M-1A receiver/decoder (using firmware Versions 100L/100H for Type 1transmitters or 94L/94H for Type 2 transmitters which can be verified by visual inspection within the M-1A), PR-3 printer (Printer ProductsModel S100), UPS-1B uninterruptible power supplies, Model M-1C exception reporting computer and CCP console control panel. Systemsare limited to a max of 500 TX-1/LC-16F transmitters (either all Type 1 or all Type 2) utilizing ANT-2A (VHF) or ANT-2B (UHF) omnidirectionalor ANT-5 (VHF) or ANT-6 (UHF) directional antennae. Also for use with the system is the M-1SR/UHF satellite receiver/repeater. The Type1 and Type 2 transmitters provide 6 and 8 supervised alarm zones, respectively, for connection of normally open contact initiating devicesor local fire alarm control relay contacts. Model 190 or OPT-1C test report timer required for sending 24 hour test signal. Transmitters areprovided with 60 hours of standby battery power and, when enclosed within a Gamewell M34-73 cottage box, are suitable for outdoor usein temperatures ranging from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). The internal batteries of a single UPS-1B can provide at least 4 hours of standbypower for either the M-1A, M-1C or PR-3 for installations with a permanently-connected engine-driven generator. The M-1/BR battery rackcontains 4 sets of 36 AH batteries (144 AH effective) to provide up to 60 hours of standby power for the entire M-1/MC console. When theM-1/BR is used, the M-1/BC battery charger is needed for the required 48 hour battery recharge.

Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc 4 Wheeling Ave Woburn MA 01801Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Utilizes redundant Mark II or Mark III radio receiving consoles for the reception of one-way FM

coded radio transmissions, using Series 0213, 0214, 0225, 0230, 0713, 0726, 0730 and 0799 antennas, in the 72-76 MHz and 132-174 MHzfrequency ranges used with either SC8-MTJ-1 and 8MTJ-A1 auxiliary boxes or SC8-MTJ-2 and 8MTJ-A2 master boxes. Mark II or Mark IIIconsoles may be provided with either 290-XXX, 490-0179 or -0179-2 receiver module assembly. Mark II consists of: 696-072 decode anddisplay module, -074 printer/memory module and -0101 power supply and control module. Mark III consists of: 696-0072 decode and displaymodule, -0075 processor module, -101 power supply and control module, 391-0046 microcomputer module, 696-0545 operator module,290-0568 video monitor and -0579 printer. Mark II and Mark III are provided with 696-0117 battery charger and 100 AH batteries for 8 to 72hours of standby power. When equipped with the 693-0366 DTMF Interface Printed Circuit Assembly and either the 490-0179 or the -0179-2radio receiver assembly, transmissions from the 8MTJ-A coded radio box can be received by either the Mark II or Mark III Radio Receivingand Processing Consoles. The Mark II/III are suitable for indoor use at 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Programmable 8MTJ-A1 and -A2 boxesutilize EPROM P/N 2-1050-011-00 for normally open input circuit option or P/N 2-1050-021-00 with the normally closed input circuit option.The 8MTJ-A has 16 input zone circuits and consists of either a 693-0364 or -0364-1 PCB assembly; -0365 zone terminal printed circuitassembly; 490-0180 or -0180-1 power supply; 490-0075-1 or -0116-1 radio transmitter assembly. Use 490-0183 enclosure for outdoor or-0153 enclosure for indoor applications. SC8-MTJ-1 and -2 boxes provided with 60 hours standby power, suitable for outdoor use from -30°to 150°F (-34° to 66°C). 8MTJ-A1 and -A2 boxes use either 291-3306 12 V, 6.5 AH or -3301 12 V, 10 AH battery for 180 to 280 hours ofstandby power; suitable for use from -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C). 8MTJ-A1 and -A2 boxes use either 291-3306 12 V, 6.5 AH or -3301 12V, 10 AH battery for 180 to 280 hours of standby power; suitable for use from -40° to 165°F (-40° to 74°C). Class III computer-aideddispatching service, as defined by NFPA Standard 1221, can be provided by the Mark III using CED System 3.1 software. Class III servicemay also be provided using Rapid Response 1.1 software with either the Mark II or Mark III.

Coded Radio Public Reporting System. System utilizes redundant Vision 21 Processors for the reception of one-way FM coded radiotransmissions (two-way command and control function is provided when equipped with the interrogate/response option), using Series 0212,0214, 0713, 0726 or 0730 antennas, in the 72-76 MHz and 132-174 MHz frequency ranges, 8MTJ-A16-1 and 8MTJ-A16S-1 auxiliary boxesand 8MTJ-A16-2 and 8MTJ-A16S-2 master boxes. Programmable 8MTJ-A16-1 and -2 boxes utilize EPROM P/N 2-1050-011-00 for normallyopen input circuit option or P/N 2-1050-021-00 with the normally closed input circuit option. The programmable 8MTJ-A16S-1 and -2 boxesuse EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-00 for normally open input circuit option or 2-1050-041-00 for normally closed input circuit option when thereis no monitoring of the solar panel cut (zone 16 is a regular zone). EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-01 is used for normally open input circuit optionand 2-1050-041-01 is used for normally closed input circuit option when solar panel cut is monitored. 8MTJ-A16-1 and -2 boxes use either291-3306 12 V, 6.5 AH or -3301 12 V, 10 AH battery for 180 to 280 hours of standby power. 8MTJ-A16S-1 and -2 boxes use 291-3305 12V, 26 AH battery for 360 hours of standby power. When equipped with the interrogate/response option, the 8MTJ-A radio boxes use two 12V, 6.5 AH batteries in parallel to provide at least 75 hours of standby power. The boxes are suitable for indoor and outdoor use from -40° to165°F (-40° to 74°C). Use 490-0183 enclosure (NEMA 3R) for outdoor or -0153 enclosure for indoor applications.

The DTX System for Fire Alarm Reporting uses DTX-XXXX-XXXX indoor and outdoor transmitters which are equipped for two independentmeans of communications: radio and fiber optics (see Manual for list of part numbers). A Fiber Optic Interface Module is located between thetransmitter network and the Vision 21 System Processor. Includes DTX Programmer Software, Version 1.0. The transmitter boxes monitorfour initiating device circuits for alarm and trouble conditions. The transmitters are powered by 120 V ac and by 12 V dc batteries rated at 7.2AH which provide at least 72 hours of standby power. The transmitters use the same enclosures as described above, and operatingtemperatures are also the same.

A max of 500 boxes is permitted on each transmission frequency. Vision 21 consists of a V21SP-X system processor (with required built-inthermal printer), a V21CM-XY charger module with a min of 25 AH batteries for a minimum of 24 hours of standby power; and at least oneV21RM-XXXYZ radio module which contains one or two receivers. The extended memory option to increase processor capacity is designated693-0400-X. The Vision 21 is suitable for indoor use at 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Class III computer-aided dispatching service, as definedby NFPA Standard 1221, can be provided by Vision 21 using Rapid Response 1.1 software and an IBM compatible personal computer (386or higher). The firmware for the Vision 21 is designated 2-1060-011-00 #1 and 2-1060-011-00 #2. Vision 21 system and 8MTJ-A radio boxeswith interrogate/response option, P/N 693-0427 in Vision 21 and P/N 692-0425 in the box, uses firmware 2-1060-011-01A #1 and #2. Thesystem database is set up and operated by the Vision 21 Database Manager software, version 1.0.

Coded Radio Public Reporting System. The 8MTJ-A-16S programmable solar powered auxiliary or master box is similar to the 8MTJ-Aradio box except that the primary power supply is a solar panel instead of 120 V ac. Solar panels are selected according to the geographicallocation and are rated from 4.5 to 60 watts of peak power. Solarex MSX-5, MSX-10, MSX-18, MSX-30, MSX-40, MSX-53 or MSX-60photovoltaic modules are used. The panels are mounted vertically and facing true south. The programmable 8MTJ-A1-16S auiliary box andthe 8MTJ-A2-16S master box use EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-00 for normally open input circuit option or P/N 2-1050-041-00 for normally closedinput circuit option when there is no monitoring of the solar panel cut (zone 16 is a regular zone). EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-01 is used fornormally open input circuit option and P/N 2-1050-041-01 is used for normally closed input circuit option when solar panel cut is monitored.The 8MTJ-A-16S uses P/N 291-3305 12 V, 26 AH battery for 360 hours of standby power.


REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS

An Approved remote station signaling system consists of a local alarm system, with a secondary power supplyhaving sufficient capacity to operate the system for 60 hours under maximum normal load, connected to a constantlyattended location such as a public fire station. It is essential that there be complete cooperation between theprotected property and the remote station personnel; otherwise, substandard service may result regardless ofequipment performance.

ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486Remote Station System 2011. Consists of supervisory control cabinet Nos. 2011-HS-6, -AHS-9, -HS-30, -HF-30, -HC; ADT No. B2637 and

Flotrol 40MA2 power sets; ADT control unit G799 and optional auxiliary relay unit D2001-A. Used with C2637-012 power set. The supervisorycabinets and power sets are located in alarm headquarters, the control unit G799 and auxiliary relay unit D2001-A at protected premises.

Remote Station System D2002. Consists of supervisory control cabinet ADT No. D2002-C with control panels PA-32711, -32712 andrepeater panel PA-28151; transmitter panel ADT No. C2131-019; power set ADT No. 2640; recorder unit ADT No. B4420.

472362B Focus 200B quantum. Programmable system (firmware Version 8) with 472398 or 472399 Universal Communication Module forsignaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or via AC multiplex channel to2995-004 or -204 AC modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

472462 Focus 200 PLUS. Programmable system (firmware Version 9.1) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 A Back up dialer forsignaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or 472491A AC CommunicationModule via AC multiplex channel to 2995-004 or -204 AC modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergencyoperation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

472462 A Focus 200 PLUS. Programmable system (firmware Version 3.2) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 A Back up dialer forsignaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or 472491A AC CommunicationModule via AC multiplex channel to 2995-004 or -204 AC modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergencyoperation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

472514/472511 Focus CADET. Programmable system (firmware Version 1.1) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 Back up dialer forsignaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network. Standby batteries up to four 12 V,7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791Remote Station System. Model 7720ULF Programmable control/transmitter communicating with ADEMCO radio alarm system via Alarm-

Net network. Model 7720ULF must be equipped with 60 hours of standby power using 12 V 21 AH battery bank (three 12 V/7 AH batteriesconnected in parallel). (See separate listing under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Ademco 5110XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). Optional keypads 6137R/6139R available.Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V, 14 AH battery bank (two 12 V/7 AH batteries connected in parallel) to provide required 60 hours of emergencyoperation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Ademco 5120XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). Optional keypads 6137R/6139R available.Primary power 120 V ac. Batteries to 17.2 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Ademco VISTA-100 programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS100-12). A min of one 6139R keypad is required. Primary power120 V ac. Optional PS24 power supply module. 12 V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide required 60 hours ofemergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Ademco VISTA-128FBP, VISTA-250FBP programmable control panel (firmware Versions WAVIS128FBP, Rev. 10, for VISTA-128FBP andWAVIS250FBP, Rev. 10, for VISTA-250FBP). A minimum of one 6139R or 6160 keypad is required. Optional 7845C cellular transceiver(firmware version 1.2) may be used as secondary communications with remote station through AlarmNet bridging point requires the panelremain in the factory preprogrammed ECP Mode. Primary power 120 V ac. Optional PS24 power supply module for VISTA-128FBP only. 12V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450Model D9124 control (Version 3.12) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher module functions as a digital alarm communicator transmitter

(DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model D6500 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACRs) ata constantly attended facility. The D6500 DACR includes one P/N 6550 printer (Version 3.00), one P/N 6510 main processing unit (MPU) card(Version 7.00), eight P/N 6540 line cards (Version 7.00), and one P/N 6530 power supply card. The D9124 control is equipped with ModelD9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 60 hours of standby power. TheD6500 DACR is equipped with integral 12 V (12 AH) battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a max current load of 1.1 A. Apermanently connected engine-driven generator is needed to supplement the internal battery of the DACR to provide the approximate 1.1 Aload for a min of 60 hours. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Model D7412 or D9412 (Software Rev. 0500) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dual phone line switchermodule and D8132 battery charger module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model D6500 digital alarmcommunicator receivers (DACRs) at a constantly attended facility using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for the line card, andVersion 3.03 for the printer. Each DACT is equipped with 12 V dc, 34 AH rechargeable battery to provide the required 60 hour secondary(standby) power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation.

Model DS9471 two-line Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter (DACT) located at the protected property with two or more D6500 orAdemco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs) located at the constantly attended facility. The DACT and DACRs must beprovided with a min of 60 hours or standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Detection Systems Inc, 130 Perinton Pkwy, Fairport NY 14450Model DS9471 two-line Digitable Alarm Communication Transmitter (DACT) located at the protected property with two or more Radionics

D6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 Digitable Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs) located at the constantly attended facility. The DACT andDACRs must be provided with a min of 60 hours or standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Digital Monitoring Products Inc, 2500 N Partnership Blvd, Springfield MO 65803Model 1912XR Communicator/Control (Firmware Level 110) with Model 893 dual phone line module and Model 322 Transformer located

at the protected property communicating with two or more SCC-100 line cards of Model SCS-1 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR)located at the constantly attended facility. The 1912XR must be provided with a min of 60 hours of standby power using 12 V dc, 26 AHbatteries. Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) able to provide 3 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is available. (See also CENTRAL STATIONSIGNALING listing.)


Model XR200 Communicator/Control (Firmware Level 111) with Model 893/893a dual phone line module located at the protected propertycommunicating with two or more SCS-100 line cards of Model SCS-1 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR) (Software Version 809)located at the constantly attended facility. The XR200 must be provided with a min of 60 hours of standby power using 12 V dc, 28 AHbatteries. DMP recommends Best Power Technology Model Nos. F2KVA-B, F3KVA-B, F5KVA-B; Elgar Models UPS253-3B, UPS373-3B,UPS503-3B; La Marche Series A-52; Topaz Series 82000, 84462-01, 84864-01, 84126-01 or 84130-01 uninterruptable power supply (UPS)to provide .5 A at 120 V ac to the printer for 24 hours for secondary (standby) power and 3 A at 120 V ac for the receiver. (See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing.)

Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of a Quick Start Series (QSC, QS1, and QS4) Fire Alarm Control with digital alarm

communicator transmitter (DACT) equipped with a model DLD dual in-line dialer (IC with firmware 7400027 rev. 2.0), communicating with theADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Fire Burglary Instruments Inc 163 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791Remote Station System. Consists of Security Dimensions Model SD-2000C (firmware Version WA200C-12) digital alarm communicator

transmitter (DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more CP-220 FB (line card firmware Version WAREC11-2.5and memory card firmware Version WAREC-3.6A) digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) at the constantly attended facility. The DACTand DACR must be provided with a min of 60 hours of standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Fire-Lite Alarms Inc One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472Digital Alarm Communicator System (DACS). Consists of Model 911AC Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) kit

and two or more Radionics 6000, 6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACR). 911AC kit uses Version26-50030-0200-F firmware and must be set fo 24 hour self-test signal. 911AC includes Model 911A DACT module, D4103R enclosure, aModel D2002 mounting plate and a Basler Electric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or PS1270 (12 V,7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby power respectively. The 911AC Approval covers the standalone (120 V ac primary/12 Vac secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved for use as a slve communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing fire alarmcontrols. (See ADEMCO and Radionics listings under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS for DACR details.)

MS-5210UD(E) programmable control panel (Firmware Versions MS-5210UD: #MS52103.2 SUMCC43; MS-5210UDE: #MS5210E32SUMCBC9). Functions as digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT); compatible with the Ademco 685 DACR. Primary power 120 V ac.Batteries to 18 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

MS-5024UD(E) programmable control panel (firmware Versions MS-5024UD: #5024UDV30 SUM5480; MS-5024UDE: #5024UEV30SUME493. Functions as digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT); compatible with the Ademco 685 DACR. Primary power 120V ac;220/240 V ac for ‘‘E’’ version. Batteries to 18 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

First Alert Professional Security Systems 175 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791FA1600C programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS150-16.1, Rev. 6.1). A minimum of one FA550KP, FA560KP keypad is

required. The optional 7845C cellular transceiver (firmwave version 1.2) may be used as secondary communications with central stationthrough AlarmNet bridging point requires the panel remain in the factory preprogrammed ECP Mode. Primary power 120 V ac. OptionalAdemco PS24 power supply module w/1451-24 direct-wire transformer. 12 V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to providerequired 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc) 2701 4th Ave S, Minneapolis MN 55408Model 5800C or 5900C (Software Rev. 0500) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher

module and D8132 battery charger module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Radionics Models D6500,D6600 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACRs) at a constantly attended facility using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 forthe line card and Version 3.03 for the printer. Each DACT is equipped with 12 V dc, 34 AH rechargeable battery to provide the required 60hour secondary (standby) power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation.

Model 5924C control (Version 3.12) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher module functions as a digital alarm communicator transmitter(DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Models D6500, D6600 digital alarm communicator receivers(DACRs) at a constantly attended facility. The Radionics Model D6500 DACR includes one P/N 6550 printer (Version 3.00), one P/N 6510main processing unit (MPU) card (Version 7.00), eight P/N 6540 line cards (Version 7.00) and one P/N 6530 power supply card. The 5924Ccontrol is equipped with Model D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide60 hours of standby power. The D6500 DACR is equipped with integral 12 V (12 AH) battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a maxcurrent load of 1.1 A. A permanently connected engine-driven generator is needed to supplement the internal battery of the DACR to providethe approximate 1.1 A load for a min of 60 hours. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472Remote Station System. Consists of MD 740 Series control, or CRL-24, -124 or -124-SP single zone control units with fire station receiving

panel FS.SFP-1024(E) programmable control panel (firmware Versions SFP-1024: #MS52103.2 SUMCC43; SFP-1024E: #MS5210E32 SUMCBC9).

Functions as digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT); compatible with the Ademco 685 DACR. Primary power 120 V ac; 220/240 V acfor ‘‘E’’ version. Batteries to 18 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146Alarm Signaling Transmitter. Model ATTE-B. For McCulloh type remote station signaling service. Powered by 12-24 V ac or V dc and

actuated upon the application of 12-24 V ac or V dc. Primary power, standby power and actuation must be via an Approved control unit.Because the interconnection between the control and transmitter is unsupervised, that wiring connection must be installed in conduit and thetwo enclosures separated by not more than 20 ft (6 m) to comply with NFPA Standard 72.

Radionics 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36 Salinas CA 93901Model D2071A two-line Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter (DACT) located at the protected property with two or more Radionics

6000, 6500, D6600 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs) or ADEMCO 685 DACRs located at the constantly attended facility. TheDACT and DACRs must be provided with a min of 60 hours of standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Model D9124 control (Version 3.12) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher module functions as a digital alarm communicator transmitter(DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Models D6500, D6600 digital alarm communicator receivers(DACRs) at a constantly attended facility. The Radionics Model D6500 DACR includes one P/N 6550 printer (Version 3.00), one P/N 6510main processing unit (MPU) card (Version 7.00), eight P/N 6540 line cards (Version 7.00), and one P/N 6530 power supply card. The D9124control is equipped with Model D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide60 hours of standby power. The D6500 DACR is equipped with integral 12 V (12 AH) battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a maxcurrent load of 1.1 A. A permanently connected engine-driven generator is needed to supplement the internal battery of the DACR to providethe approximate 1.1 A load for a min of 60 hours. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)


Models D7412 or D9412 (Software Rev. 0500) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dual phone line switchermodule and D8132 battery charger module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Models D6500, D6600 digitalalarm communicator receivers (DACRs) at a constantly attended facility. D6500 using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for the linecard, and Version 3.03 for the printer. Each DACT is equipped with 12 V dc, 34 AH rechargeable battery to provide the required 60 hoursecondary (standby) power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation

Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc 4 Wheeling Ave Woburn MA 01801Remote Station System. Model 3204 Control with Model 3205 two-number digital dialer module functions as a digital alarm communicator

transmitter (DACT) at the property transmitting status signals to Silent Knight Model 9000 two-line digital alarm communicator receiver (Rev.Level 900501) at a constantly attended facility. 34 AH batteries provide the required 60 hours of standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATIONSIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Silent Knight Div of Pittway 7550 Meridian Circle N Maple Grove MN 55369Remote Station System. Model 5204 Control with Model 5205 two-number digital dialer module functions as a digital alarm communicator

transmitter (DACT) at the property transmitting status signals to Model 9000 two-line digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR) (Rev. Level900501) at a constantly attended facility. 17 AH batteries provide the required 60 hours of standby power for the DACT while the DACR isequipped with a 12 V dc, 7 AH battery to supply up to 10 hours of standby power. Additional power must be provided at the constantly attendedfacility to meet 60 hour requirement.

IFP-1000, IntelliKnight 5820XL programmable control panel (firmware Version 6.2). Primary power 120 V ac. 24 V dc secondary supply;batteries to 33 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and CENTRALSTATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001Remote Station Signaling System. Consists of Type 4293A or 4293AB Series remote station receiver at alarm headquarters, Type 4208,

4002 Series, 4100-8001, 4100-8010, 4020-8001, or 4100U Series controls, or 4120-8001 or 4120-8010 network controls at the protectedpremises. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Series 4004, 4005, 4020, 4100 or 4120 control equipped with the correspondingModel 4004-9810, 4005-9810, 4020-0153, 4100-0153 and 4120-0153 contact closure digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) withsoftware version (1.03) in addition to serial digital alarm communicator transmitter 4020 -0155, 4100 -0155 or 4120 -0155 with softwareversion (1.02) at the protected premises transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, RadionicsModel 6500, FBI Model CP-220 FB or ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signalingchannel established through the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to 5on-line receivers. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The DACT and DACR must beprovided with a minimum of 60 hours of standby power. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Series 4004, 4005, 4020, 4100 or 4120 control equipped with the correspondingModel 4004-9810, 4005-9810, 4020-0153, 4020-0155, 4100-0153, 4100-0155, 4120-0153 or 4120-0155 digital alarm communicator trans-mitter (DACT) at the protected premises transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, RadionicsModel 6500, FBI Model CP-220 FB or ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signalingchannel established through the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to fiveon-line receivers. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The DACT and DACR must beprovided with a minimum of 60 hours of standby power. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

4010 control equipped with digital alarm communicator transmitter 4010-9810 or 4010-9816 with software version (2.05) at the protectedpremises transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, Radionics Model 6500, FBI Model CP-220FB or ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signaling channel established throughthe public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 seconds, is required for up to five on-line receivers.Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). 24 V dc batteries rated 25-50 AH are available toprovide 90 hours of emergency operation for the 4010 control. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the 4081-9301 to 4081-9304external battery charger must be used. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

4100U Series control equipped with digital alarm communicator transmitter 4100-6052 with software version 2.01 at the protected premisestransmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, Radionics Model 6500, FBI Model CP-220FB orAdemco Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signaling channel established through the publicswitched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 seconds, is required for up to five on-line receivers. Equipmentsuitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The DACT and DACR must be provided with a minimum of60 hours of standby power. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Spectronics Corp 4645 Hartley Lincoln NE 68504Remote Station System. Consists of Model 640 or 641 control panel configured as a remote station receiver equipped with an RP

programming module and a 640/641-S2 series input card monitoring reverse polarity transmissions (24 V dc, 5 mA) signaled by anotherModel 640 or 641 control panel configured as a remote transmitter equipped with a 640/641-COM A common control card with reverse polaritycircuit. Model 640 or 641 control panel can also be used as a remote transmitter sending reverse polarity signals to a Spectronics MX MultiplexMonitor and Control System equipped with a MXOS/RP remote station receiving card. Approved firmware versions for use with the MXSystem are 2.4, 2.4(1), 2.4(2), 2.5, and 5.2E. Standby battery packs (5, 8, 20 AH/24 v dc) supply 60 hours of emergency power. (See alsoLOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS

A proprietary system is owned or leased by the owner of the protected property who is responsible for systemoperation and maintenance. Applications requiring proprietary type signaling systems usually involve the supervisionof several phases of plant protection, including sprinkler waterflow, watchman service and fire alarm. Theheadquarters of a proprietary system must be constantly attended by trained operators, where all signals arereceived and automatically recorded. A proprietary system is required to have at least 24 hours of standby power.

ADT Security Services 1750 Clint Moore Rd Box 5035 Boca Raton FL 33431ADT3000 Analog Control Panel. Consists of EST3 fire command center with PT-1 printer and RS485A and RS485B network communication

cards to connect up to 64 additional EST3 protected premises units to the fire command center. EST3 controls have 24 V dc standby batteriesrated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best Model ME700VA uninteruptable power supply (UPS) providesup to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARMCOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)


Digital Monitoring Products Inc 2500 N Partnership Blvd Springfield MO 65803Programmable 1912XR control (Firmware Level 110) at the protected property transmitting status signals to the SCS-1 which consists of

processor card SCS-1062, five line cards SCS-100, transformer card SCS-130, power supply card SCS-110, SCS-PRT printer, and SCS-CRTdisplay and keyboard. SCS-1 has capacity for five multiplex signal lines, each with capacity for 128 transponders. Model 1912XR control/communicator with 893 dual phone line module provides a digital alarm communicator back-up. Model 1912XR Control/Communicator ispowered by 120 V ac with 12 V dc standby batteries (13 AH) for 24 hours of emergency operating power. Equipment is suitable for operationin ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) able to provide 3A at 120 V ac for 24 hoursis available. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Programmable XR200 control (Firmware Level 111) at the protected property transmitting status signals to Model SCS-1 digital alarmcommunicator receiver (DACR) (Software Version 809) which consists of processor card SCS-1062, five line cards SCS-100, transformercard SCS-130, power supply card SCS-110, SCS-PRT printer and SCS-CRT display and keyboard. SCS-1 has capacity for five multiplexsignal lines, each with capacity for 128 transponders. Model XR200 control/communicator with 893/893a dual phone line module provides adigital alarm communicator back-up. 12 V dc batteries rated 6.5 to 28 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. D.P.recommends Best Power Technology Model Nos. F2KVA-B, F3KVA-B, F5KVA-B; Elgar Models UPS253-3B, UPS373-3B, UPS503-3B; LaMarche Series A-52; Topaz Series 82000, 84462-01, 84864-01, 84126-01 or 84130-01 uninterruptable power supply (UPS) to provide .5 Aat 120 V ac to the printer for 24 hours for secondary (standby) power and 3 A at 120 V ac for the receiver. Equipment is suitable for operationin ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Edwards Systems Technology 90 Fieldstone Court Cheshire CT 06410FAST/EST FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. The PT-1S printer requires an independent, 24 hour, uninterruptible 120 V ac

secondary power supply. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).FAST/EST IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. Data entry Software Revision level 2.1. Model Best MD-1.5 kVA UPS equipped with 31 AH battery

provides 24 hours of standby power to the system’s PT1 printer. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)EST3 Analog Control Panel. Consists of EST3 fire command center with PT-1 printer and RS485A and RS485B network communication

cards to connect up to 64 additional EST3 protected premises units to the fire command center. EST3 controls have 24 V dc standby batteriesrated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best Model ME700VA uninteruptable power supply (UPS) providesup to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNI-CATION SYSTEMS.)

Faraday LLC 805 S Maumee St Tecumseh MI 49286MPC-2000 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable system. The RPR-100 printer (Okidata Microline 184) with a CI-2 communications interface

module is required for permanent recording of signals received. Standby batteries from 17.2 to 76 AH are available to provide 24 hoursstandby emergency power. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Harrington Signal Inc 2519 4th Ave Box 590 Moline IL 61265HS-3030 programmable fire alarm system with configuration program software Network Plus (Version 17) and main circuit board assembly

Firmware HS2-7 (Version 17.xx). Consists of the HS-3030 control configured with HS-3130 Network board and Keltron VS40954/4 miniprinterspecified with 24 V dc MPS U24030 standby printer power supply and 2 x 12 V dc, 7 AH batteries. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING).

Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc) 2701 4th Ave S Minneapolis MN 55408XLS-1000 Analog Control Panel. Consist of XLS-1000 fire command center with PT-1 printer and 3-RS485A, 3-RS485B and 3-RS485R

RS485 network communication cards to connect up to 64 additional XLS-1000 protected premises units to the fire command center.XLS-1000 controls have 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best ModelME700VA uninterruptible power supply (UPS) provides up to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALINGSYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)

XLS200 Analog Control Panel. Consist of XLS200 fire command center with PT-1 printer and RS485 network communication cards toconnect up to 64 additional XLS-1000 protected premises units to the fire command center. XLS200 controls have 24 V dc standby batteriesrated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best Model ME700VA uninterruptible power supply (UPS) providesup to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNI-CATION SYSTEMS.)

Honeywell International Inc 1500 W Dundee Rd Arlington Heights IL 60004DELTANet FS90 Fire and Security System, including P/N 14506817 printer/display assembly; P/N 14506788-004, LH command center

interface (operating software Version 3.0). (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)Deltanet Micro Central/Excel Plus. The central supervising station portion of the system consists of Honeywell Graphic Central computer

system with graphic central version W7053D/E base assembly (P/N 14506680), Intel® Pentium™ microprocessor based PC (Pentium PC,P/N 14507197), coprocessor board (P/N 14506404), communication board (P/N 14506406) and interface assembly (P/N 14506681). Thefollowing components are externally connected to the PC: dot matrix printers (P/N 14507181-001 and 14507010-001) and color monitor (P/N14507013-001). The PC uses Microsoft MS-DOS 6.22 and Windows 3.11 operating software. The base application software used by DeltanetMicro Central/Excell Plus system is S1042, Version 2.02 (P/N 14800285-003/4). For fire applications, the protected premises portion of thesystem can be: Deltanet FS90 Fire and Security System using LJ communications board (Operating Software Ver. 2.2). Honeywell, Inc.specifies the use of the LaMarche Model A31 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) using Model A36F charger with nominal output rating of 12.5A/120 V ac supplying power to the computer, monitor and printer. The LaMarche UPS provides 4 hours of standby power, additional ac poweris required for central equipment to meet 24 hours standby power requirements.

Enterprise Building Integrator (EBI) Proprietary Signaling System. Based on workstation/PC, subsystems (HUBs and routers), and con-trollers (XLS1000 or FS90). XLS1000 panel, used in the EBI Local Area Network (LAN) must be configured in either of two combinations: a)With a LAN Network Interface Card (NIC) (P/N 32004871) and a CoBox Terminal Server (P/N 14006700-150910). b)With a 3FIB XLS1000Fiber Optic Card to connect the control to a fiber optic ethernet network to workstation or networking devices (Nortel BayStack 450 Switch-HUB). FS90 panel, used in the EBI Local Area Network (LAN), has RS-485 outputs available. The following equipment, in various combi-nations, mounts on the EBI Communications Panel: Nortel BayStack 450 Switch (P/N 14507722), Black Box 8-port Ethernet Hub (P/N14507719), and Nortel Ethernet base router (P/N 14507708). PC used is Honeywell Dell GX200MT PC (P/N 14507703-003). OperatingSystem Windows 2000. Monitor (P/N 14507605-005). Epson FX-2180 dot matrix printer (P/N 14507540). Honeywell, Inc. specifies the useof the LaMarche Model A31 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) using Model A36F charger with nominal output rating of 12.5 amperes/120Vac supplying power to the computer, monitor and printer. The LaMarche UPS provides 4 hours of stand-by power, additional AC power isrequired for central equipment to meet 24 hours standby power requirements.

Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721Fenwalnet 4000 Programmable Fire Alarm System. Digital Models VT320 CRT and Epson Model LQ-510 printer. (See description under

LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)


Landis & Gyr Powers Inc 1000 Deerfield Pkwy Buffalo Grove IL 60089FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Programmable system consists of the following required modules: DCPU display CPU

module; PCPU polling CPU module; and FCCD display module. A max of one PCPU module may be used with a total of four of thesecommunication modules: FCOM-FIB fiber optic module, FCOM-20 20 mA communication circuit module; FCOM-485 RS-485 communicationcircuit module, FCOM-485D four wire RS-485 communication module. A max of three DCPU modules may be used with a total of four of thesecommunication modules per DCPU module: FCOM-485 RS-485 communication circuit module, FCOM-232 RS-232 communication module.The max number of FCCD’s allowed is 24. At least one of these field data gathering panels is required: CM2N, CM2N/SO, CM2N-RM,CM2N-RM/SO, CM2ND, CM2ND/SO, CM2ND-RM, CM2ND-RM/SO. The ‘‘SO’’ indicates serial output option. The SO is required for theconnection of either the SO-FIB, SO-20 or FIB/20 communication modules. The ‘‘RM’’ option indicates 19 in. (48 cm) rack mount. At least oneof these I/O modules must be installed in the CM2(N)(D)(-RM)(SO) module: ZB8-2, ZB8-5, ZB8-8, ZA4-2 or ZAS-1. The APS8A(RM),PS8A(RM) and APS4A(RM) power supplies are used to provide primary and secondary power to the PCPU and DCPU modules. ThePS8A(RM) and PS4A(RM) power supplies are used to provide primary and secondary power to the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO) module. At least oneof these enclosures is required for any of the non-rack mounted modules such as the CAB2-LG, CAB3-LG, CAB3F-LG or CAB6F-LG. At leastone of these enclosures is required and can house either the rack mounted or non-rack mounted modules CB17-LG, CB31-LG or CB45-LG.The BC1-LG battery cabinet may be used to provide additional enclosure space for large AH battery sets. The following modules are optional:FCCS switch panel, MUX-8 multiplex card, IOP-3 isolated dual RS-232 communication card, PS4A(-RM)/PS8A(-RM) power supplies,APS4A(-RM)/APS8A(-RM) auxiliary power supply, ZBO-8 relay card, ARM-8 auxiliary relay module with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optictransmit and receive cards, URSM universal riser supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RZB12-6/RZMP remote zone board, RZB12-6/MFC remote zone board; SAN and RSAN series annunciator consisting of any variety of the following modules: SAN MIC module, SLU-16Ymodule, SLU-16R module, SHO-4 module, SAN CPU module, SWU-8 module, ISP-96-2 and ISP-96-3 series annunciators; RASP annun-ciator; PT1-S Printer; ACP audio control panel; RPSB remote power supply; AA75-25(RM), AA75T-25(-RM), AA75P-25(-RM), Rauland FAX250 250-watt audio amplifier; ATP audio termination panel; RKU series enclosures. The Approved compatible signaling device is theWheelock ET1010R speaker. The system may also include Models 1551F, 2551F smoke sensors, Model 5551F heat sensor and ModelsM500MF, M501MF, M500CF and M500XF modules. The Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for 140°F (60°C) with a spacing guide of 30 by30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Model DH500F duct housing, used with 1551F or 2551F smoke sensor, operates in air duct with velocity from 300-4,000ft/min. Duct housing accessories are RA400Z remote alarm LED and RTS451 remote test station. Indicating appliance circuits produce from19 to 26.4 V dc; therefore, the Approved compatible signaling devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range. Dataentry software revision level 1.08. Firmware levels are Rev. 0.2 for the PCPU and DCPU; 0.5 for the FCCD; 3.3 for the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO)CPU; 0.5 for the SAN-CPU; 3.1 for the ACP; 1.5 for the ZAS-1; and 1.6 for the RZB12-6 CPU. Power PRC-1230X batteries provide upto 60 AH for 24 hours of standby power.

Monaco Enterprises Inc E 14820 Sprague Ave Spokane WA 99216D-700E Enhanced Proprietary Radio Alarm System. Consists of D-700 Enhanced central receiver for reception of FSK coded radio signal

transmissions on carrier frequencies in the ranges of 406-430 MHz, 450-470 MHz (narrowband UHF) or 136-174 MHz (narrowband VHF) fromModel BT2-7, BT2-8 or BT-X transceivers and/or M-1, M-2, and MAAP Fire Alarm Controls with integrated radio alarm at the protectedproperty. Each central receiver consists of the following: P/N 200-061-01 or P/N 200-085-000 computer used with P/N 207-802-00 D-700software Version 4.1, P/N 192-027-00 or P/N 192-029-00 video monitor, P/N 205-012-01 printer, P/N 227-315-XX RFM 7000E radio frequencyModem, P/N 326-106-00 RFM 7000 firmware Rev. B, P/N 404-064-05 72 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-04 48 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-03 24 HourUPS, P/N 404-064-02 4 Hour UPS. Model M-2 and Model MAAP provide local fire alarm control and radio alarm transceiver (see separatelistings under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Remote transceiver Model BT2-7 (4 zone) P/N 227-206-XX, 227-212-XX, 227-231-XX andP/N 227-207-XX with P/N 176-178-00 RXM expansion module can be expanded to 8, 12 or 16 zone, for connection of normally open contactinitiating devices or relay contacts of an Approved local fire alarm control. P/N 326-095-00 BT2-7 firmware Rev. I. Remote transceiver ModelBT2-8 P/N 227-245-XX, 227-246-XX, 227-271-XX (16 zone), 227-247-XX (32 zone), for connection of normally open contact initiating devicesor relay contacts of an Approved local fire alarm control. P/N 326-092-00 BT2-8 firmware Rev. I. Remote Transceiver Model BT-X P/N227-600-XX supports 3 backplanes (P/N 176-212-00). Each backplane supports two Zone Cards (P/N 176-206-00) for connection of normallyopen contact initiating devices. P/N 326-305-00 BT-X firmware Rev. A. The RT-100-24 transmitter interface is used between the BT2-7, -8 orBT-X and an adjacent fire alarm control. P/N 190-400-00 BSA-1 antenna is standard for frequencies in the VHF range, P/N 190-401-XXBSA-2, directional antenna is optional for use in the VHF range. P/N 190-403-XX BSA-3 antenna is standard for frequencies in the UHF range,P/N 190-405-XX BSA-5 directional antenna is optional for use in the UHF range. Model BT2-7, BT2-8 and BT-X transceivers operate from120 or 240 V ac are suitable for use in temperatures ranging from -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C) and are provided with 60 hours (12 V dc, BT2-7:15.4 to 18 AH, BT2-8: 12 AH, BT-X:12 AH) of standby battery power. Model D-700 Enhanced central receiver for 120 V ac operation isprovided with a UPS with 4, 24, 48 or 72 hours (48 V dc, 75 AH, 150 AH, 300, 600 AH) of standby battery power (if less than 24 hoursoperation, the UPS must be supplemented by a generator) and is suitable for operation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

D-21, D-21G, D-21M Proprietary Radio Alarm System. The D-21G system incorporates the D-21 basic package and adds graphic floorplans and site layouts. The D-21M system incorporates the D-21 and D-21G features and adds geographic coded site maps. All D-21 systemsconsist of a D-21 central receiver for reception of FSK coded radio signal transmissions on carrier frequencies in the ranges of 406-430 MHz,450-470 MHz (narrowband UHF) or 136-174 MHz (narrowband VHF) from Models BT2-7, BT2-8 or BT-X transceivers and/or M-1, M-2, andMAAP Fire Alarm Controls with integrated radio alarm transmitters at the protected properties. The central receiver consists of the following:P/N 200-081-00 or P/N 200-085-000 computer with P/N 207-825-00 through 207-829-00 D-21 Server Support Kit software Version 1.0, andP/N 207-830-00 through 207-838-00 D-21 Client Support Kit software version 1.0; one or two P/N 192-025-00 or 192-029-00 video monitors,either or both P/N 205-038-00 color printer and P/N 205-036-00 laser printer, and P/N 227-315-XX RFM 7000E radio frequency modemincorporating P/N 326-106-00 RFM 7000 firmware Rev. F. Model D-21 central receiver for 120 V ac operation is provided with P/N 404-064-05(72 Hour UPS), P/N 404-064-04 (48 Hour UPS), P/N 404-064-03 (24 Hour UPS), or P/N 404-064-02 (4 Hour UPS). For detailed descriptionof models M-1, M-2, and MAAP fire alarm controls with integrated radio alarm transmitters see separate listings under LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING. Remote transceiver Model BT2-7 (4 zone) P/N 227-206-XX, 227-212-XX, 227-231-XX and P/N 227-207-XX with P/N 176-178-00 RXM expansion module can be expanded to 8, 12 or 16 zone, for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N326-095-00 BT2-7 firmware Rev. I. Remote transceiver Model BT2-8 P/N 227-245-XX, 227-246-XX, 227-271-XX (16 zone), 227-247-XX (32zone), for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N 326-092-00 BT2-8 firmware Rev. I. Remote Transceiver Model BT-X P/N227-600-XX supports 3 backplanes (P/N 176-212-00). Each backplane supports two Zone Cards (P/N 176-206-00) for connection of normallyopen contact initiating devices. P/N 326-305-00 BT-X firmware Rev. A. P/N 190-400-00 BSA-1 antenna is standard for frequencies in the VHFrange, P/N 190-401-XX BSA-2, directional antenna is optional for use in the VHF range. P/N 190-403-XX BSA-3 antenna is standard forfrequencies in the UHF range, P/N 190-406-XX BSA-5 directional antenna is optional for use in the UHF range. Model BT2-7, BT2-8 and BT-Xtransceivers operate from 120 or 240 V ac are suitable for use in temperatures ranging from -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C) and are providedwith 60 hours (12 V dc, BT2-7: 15.4 to 18 AH, BT2-8: 12 AH BT-X: 12 AH) of standby battery power. Model D-21 central receiver for 120 Vac operation is provided with 4, 24, 48 or 72 hours (48 V dc, 75 AH, 150 AH, 300 AH, 600 AH) of standby battery power and is suitable foroperation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472NOTI-FIRE-NET Version 5.0. A set of network modules and peripheral devices that allow the NFS-3030(E) (with #3030V1.00), AM2020

(with #CPUM3.01 Software), AFP-1010 (with #CPU1M3.01 Software), and AFP-300/400 (with #AFP4R3.65 Software) fire alarm controlpanels to be interconnected into a peer-to-peer network. The network supports communication over a twisted wire pair or fiber optic medium.Serial Interface Boards SIB-NET, (#SIBM5.0) provides the NOT-FIRE-NET interface for the AFP1010 and the AM2020. Media Interface


Boards MIB-W, MIB-F and MIB-WF (#MEDIAC12) mount onto the SIB-NET modules in the AM-2020, AFP-1010. The MIBs may be configuredto provide ANSI/NFPA 72, 1999 (Class B) Style 3 or (Class A) Style 7 signaling line circuits. To extend the distance of transmission or changemedia type between wire and fiber, the RPT modules (RPT-W, RPT-F or RPT-WF) may be used. The Network Adapter Modules NAM-232Wor NAM-232F (#NAMM5.0) function as interfaces between the AFP-200 and AFP-300/400 panel and the NOTI-FIRE-NET. The NCM-W andNCM-F Network Adapter Modules (#NCMR2.0) function as interface between NFS-3030/NFS-3030E panel and the NOTI-FIRE-NET. NFS-3030(E) must be equipped with the NCA Network Control Annunciator (#NCAV2.0) if uses CPU-3030ND. The NCA utilizes the NCM-W, andNCM-F Network Control Module as an interface to the NOTI-FIRE-NET. The INA provides full annunciation, acknowledgement capabilities,reset and record of signal information when connected to PRN-5 printer. MPS-24A or MPS-24B power supply with up to two 12 V dc, 55 AHbattery bank are able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power to the AM-2020 and AFP-1010. Notifier recommends Instrumentation andControl Systems Model No. M95-600, P/N 9300057 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to provide 0.5 A at 120 Vac to the printer for 24 hoursfor secondary (standby). (See control panels description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

UniNet 4.0. A set of network modules (NIONs) and peripheral devices that allow the AM-2020 (with #CPUM3.0 Software), AFP-1010 (with#CPU1M3.0 Software), AFP-200 (with #AFP2R2.42 Software), AFP300/400 (with #AFP4R3.0 Software), MS-9200 (with #MS9200V20Software) fire alarm control panels, NOTI-FIRE-NET network via INA (with #INAM3.0 Software), discrete input/output (NION-2C4M or -2C8M)modules and UWS-586P computer with a Network Gateway Module NGM to communicate on a network system. Two intelligent networkterminators (NION-INT) are used to control network traffic. A workstation supervisor module (NION-WSS) monitors the UWS-586P forcomputer failure and off-normal events. The network supports a TP-78 (TPXC/TPINTXC) trunk or a FT-10 (FTXC/FTINTXC) star styleconfiguration and/or fiber optic(FOXC/DFXC) connection. The NIONs may be configured to provide NFPA72, 1996 (ClassB) Style 4 or(Class A) Style 7 signaling line circuits performance. To extend the distance or change the media type between TP-78, FT-10 and fiber optic,the router module (RTR) may be used. The RTR-FT4WR router module allows the FT-10 star configuration to be branched out into fournetwork segments. The PRN-4 (Notifier P/N 46051, Mannesmann Tally P/N MT-150/9) is used for recording of all network activity. Notifierrecommends Instrumentation and Control Systems Model No. M95-600, P/N 9300057 uninterruptable power supply (UPS) to provide 2.5 Aat 120 Vac to the printer and computer for 24 hours for secondary (standby) power.

Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf SwitzerlandLMSmodular System. NOTE: This system may not comply with all requirements of NFPA 72-1996 which would be applicable to

FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America. Programmable proprietary fire alarm system using software version2.41, release 01. Basic LMSmodular system requires one LMSmodular console and up to 30 CS1140 fire detection system control panelsequipped with K1D081 dual modem module and one E3H020 Cbus gateway module (Firmware CKQ004.44) for interface to the CerLooptransmission channel (See CS1140 fire detection system listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). The LMSmodular is a 24 V dcconsole operable on primary voltage rating of 240 V ac. The console has a touch screen display/control and an attached system printerpowered from the console. Integral MN7002 power supply uses B2F020 converter modules with up to three E3C021 battery charger/monitormodules (Firmware AKKU V3.0) each. Standby battery capacity is up to 40 AH with each E3C021. The number of B2F020 and E3C021modules and the total battery capacity depends on the required standby time. Minimum configuration for 24 hours of standby operation is four(4) 24 AH batteries for two E3C021 and one B2F020 module. System requires the CerLoop transmission channel to be configured in acomplete loop to be capable of dual control operation (when installed in compliance with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 72-1996 Chapter4, to provide two independent paths for signal transmission).

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089ALS3 Analog Control Panel. Consist of ALS3 fire command center with PT-1 printer and 3-RS485A, 3-RS485B and 3-RS485R, RS485

network communication cards to connect up to 64 additional ALS3 protected premises units to the fire command center. ALS3 controls have24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best Model ME700VA uninterruptiblepower supply (UPS) provides up to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCYVOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)

Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932System SCXL. Super CXL Fire Command Center with CXL fire alarm systems. Utilizes Version 1.14 Super CXL operating software. System

consists of the following components: IBM Industrial PC with Model PAL-1 printer, VGA monitor, up to two CPP multi-port interface modulesand up to six CXL systems (Version 5.0 operating software). Siemens Building Technologies Inc specifies the use of the ICS Lifeline Model9300057 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) with nominal output rating of 5 amps/120 V ac supplying power to the computer, monitor, CPPmodules and CXL panels.

Network Command Center (NCC), NCC-G (-1G, -2G, -3G, -4G), NCC-T (-1T, -2T, -3T, -4T). Uses IBM PC Model CP7585-P133 withNCC-1F (PC interface module); NCC software (Ver. 2.23), IBM SVGA monitor Models CP7544-001, CP7574 and CP7574T (touch screen)and printer Model PAL-1 to monitor up to 63 MXL systems. Standby power for 4 hours of operation from Lifeline Model 9300057 uninterruptiblepower supply (UPS). (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing.)

MXL Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System with Version 10.04 operating system and field programming software CSG-MVersion 10.03, TSP-40 or PAL-1 logging printer required. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Siemens BuildingTechnologies Inc specifies the use of the optional XL Color Graphics (MXL-GT or MXL-G) with MXL system. It consists of XL Color Graphicsoperating software (P/N 500-692048 or P/N 500-692050, Version 8.45), IBM Industrial PC (Siemens Building Technologies Inc ModelCP7537-964) with 120 MEG IDE hard disk and Microsoft MS-DOS 5.0, Model PAL-1 printer (P/N 500-692407), VGA CRT (Model CP7544-001) and MXL Graphics Interface module (P/N CXL-GT or P/N CXL-G).

System CXL (Version 8.0). System consists of the following modules and accessories: CXC-1, -2 central processing modules; CXP-1memory module; CXM-1 modem module; CXB-1 motherboard; CXA-1 power supply/front panel assembly; RC-318 CRT/keyboard; PAL-1/PIM-2 printer and interface. Siemens Building Technologies Inc specifies the use of ICS Lifeline Model 9300057 with 55 AH battery for therequired four hours of standby power to supplement an engine-driven generator. The protected premises portion of the System CXL consistsof up to 28 MXL systems equipped with CMI-300 interface modules. Siemens Building Technologies Inc specifies the use of the optional XLColor Graphics (CXL-G) with MXL system. It consists of XL Color Graphics operating software (P/N 500-691691, Version 8.49), IBM IndustrialPC (Siemens Building Technologies Inc Model CP7537-964) with 120 MEG IDE hard disk and Microsoft MS-DOS 5.0, Model PAL-1 printer(P/N 500-692407), VGA CRT (Model CP7544-001) and CXL Graphics Interface module (P/N CXL-G).

Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc, 4 Wheeling Ave, Woburn MA 01801Coded Radio Proprietary System. System utilizes Vision 21 Processor for the reception of one-way coded FM radio transmissions (two-way

command and control function is provided when equipped with the interrogate/response option), using Series 0212, 0214, 0713, 0726 or 0730antennas, in the 72-76 MHz and 132-174 MHz frequency ranges, 8MTJ-A16-1 and 8MTJ-A16S-1 auxiliary boxes and 8MTJ-A16-2 and8MTJ-A16S-2 master boxes. Programmable 8MTJ-A16-1 and -2 boxes utilize EPROM P/N 2-1050-011-00 for normally open input circuitoption or P/N 2-1050-021-00 with the normally closed input circuit option. The programmable 8MTJ-A16S-1 and -2 boxes use EPROM P/N2-1050-031-00 normally open input circuit option or 2-1050-041-00 for normally closed input circuit option when there is no monitoring of thesolar panel cut (zone 16 is a regular zone). EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-01 is used for normally open input circuit option and 2-1050-041-01 isused for normally closed input circuit option when solar panel cut is monitored. 8MTJ-A16-1 and -2 boxes use either 291-3306 12 V, 6.5 AHor -3301 12 V, 10 AH battery for 180 to 280 hours of standby power. 8MTJ-A16S-1 and -2 boxes use 291-3305 12 V, 26 AH battery for 360hours of standby power. When equipped with the interrogate/response option, the 8MTJ-A radio boxes use two 12 V, 6.5 AH batteries inparallel to provide at least 75 hours of standby power. The boxes are suitable for indoor and outdoor use from -40° to 165°F (-40° to 74°C).Use 490-0183 enclosure (NEMA 3R) for outdoor or -0153 enclosure for indoor applications. Vision 21 consists of a V21SP-X system


processor (with required built-in thermal printer) which is the radio alarm supervising station receiver (RASSR), a V21CM-XY charger modulewith minimum 6 AH batteries for a minimum of 4 hours of standby power for the coded radio receiving system; and at least one V21RM-XXXYZradio module which contains two radio alarm repeater station receivers (RARSR). A Type 6 system has one RASSR and a Type 7 systemhas at least two RASSR’s. Both Type 6 and Type 7 systems have at least two RARSR’s. The extended memory option to increase processorcapacity is designated 693-0400-X. The Vision 21 is suitable for indoor use at 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). The firmware for the Vision 21 isdesignated 2-1060-011 #1 and 2-1060-011-00 #2. Vision 21 system and 8MTJ-A radio boxes with interrogate/response option, P/N 693-0427in Vision 21 and P/N 692-0425 in the box, uses firmware 2-1060-011-01A #1 and #2. The system database is set up and operated by theVision 21 Database Manager software, version 1.0.

The DTX System for Fire Alarm Reporting uses DTX-XXXX-XXXX indoor and outdoor transmitters which are equipped for two independentmeans of communications: radio and fiber optics (see Manual for list of part numbers). A Fiber Optic Interface Module is located between thetransmitter network and the Vision 21 System Processor. Includes DTX Programmer Software, Version 1.0. The transmitter boxes monitorfour initiating device circuits for alarm and trouble conditions. The transmitters are powered by 120 V ac and by 12 V dc batteries rated at 7.2AH which provide at least 72 hours of standby power. The transmitters use the same enclosures as described above, and operatingtemperatures are also the same.

Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001Life Alarm 2120 Multiplex Monitoring and Control System. Consists of Types 2120-8201, -8202, -8701, -8702 programmable central

processing units. May provide for fiber optic signaling line transmission utilizing the -0530 fiber optics line driver module. Systems areavailable with signaling line circuits (channels) having either Style 4, 6 or 7 (NFPA 72) capabilities using dc multiplex transmission technique.Model 4100-8511 universal transponder, -8601 voice universal transponder and -8602 voice command center may have communication linesof up to 10,000 ft (3050 m) of 18 AWG shielded twisted pair wire. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)The 2120-0121 communication line repeater extends this length by an additional 10,000 ft (3050 m). When the Model 2120-0530 fiber opticsline driver is used, the max distance between transmitter and receiver is 10,000 ft (3050 m) with Multimode Graded Index 50/125 fiber and15,000 ft (4572 m) with Multimode Graded Index 62.5/125 fiber. Optional system equipment includes 2120-0122 RS232C to dc converter,-0229 dc to RS232C converter, 2190-9133, 2120-0129 FSK modems, 2120-0243 modem bridge, SCC status command center, 2120-0320SCC expansion module, 2190-9011, -9038, -9039, 4190-9001 printers, 2120-8401 desk top SCC, 2190-9000 video monitor, -9005, 4190-9006 CRT/keyboard, 2190-9031 CRT. The max distance between DC/RS232 converters and 2120-0530 FOLD module is 50 ft (15 m). Themax distance between 2120-0530 FOLD modules using RS485 connection is 4000 ft (1220 m); each connector between fibre optic linesreduces the max length by 1500 ft (460 m). Standby batteries for the 2120 from 6.2 to 50 AH and for the 4100 from 6.2 to 110 AH are availableto provide up to 60 hours of standby power.

All 2098-9XXX, 2190-9XXX and 4098-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA’’ suffix.4100-8001, -8201 and -8701 Programmable Monitoring and Control Systems with optional TrueAlarm module. Revision 8.04F operating

program. Simplex Model 2190-9038 or 4190-9001 dot matrix printer or 4100-0451 panel mounted printer used for permanent recording ofsignals. Model 4100-0121 modem bridge used with 4100-0131 modem provides Style 7 (NFPA 72) signaling line circuit communicating withup to 10 4100 transponders equipped with a 4100-0131 modem and 4100-0137 Style 7 module. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH supply24 hours of operating power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONSYSTEMS.)

4100U Series control using version 11.02.01 operating program. Simplex Model 4190-9001 or 4100-1293 panel-mounted printer used forpermanent recording of signals. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH are available to provide 24 hour emergency power. Up to 125 AH ofemergency battery power can be provided by utilizing the Models 4081-9306 or 9308 expansion battery chargers. (See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)

4120 Network System. Uses 4120-8001, -8201, -8701, -8801 and -8821 network controls with revision 8.04F operating program. SimplexModel 2190-9038 or 4190-9001 dot matrix printer used for permanent recording of signals. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AH are availableto provide 24 hours of operating power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONSYSTEMS.)

4120 Network Processing Unit (NPU), proprietary receiving station for 4120 network system using version 2.07.02 firmware. 4120 NPU wallmounted Models 4120-8301, 8321 with audio capability, rack mounted Models 4120-8703, -8723 with audio capability use 4120-7005 mastercontroller unit with revision 2.07.02 firmware. Optional network controls include the 4010 Series with 4010-9821 Wired Network Interface Cardto enable the 4010 to communicate with the 4120 Network for proprietary signaling. Optional 4120 NPU modules: 4120-7560 voice interface,4120-7561 voice interface card with master phone card, 4120-6030 RS-485 network interface card, 4120-6013, -6015 or -6031 modularnetwork interface card with -0142 RS-485 network media card or -0143 fiber optic media card (with optional 271-012 fiber optic coupler) or-0144 modem media card, -0139 service modem card used to communicate with control via telco line to obtain system status for servicepurposes only, -6101 RS-232 card, -0225 microphone and phone assembly, -0226 microphone assembly and -0227 phone assembly. NPUbackbox Models 2975-9202, -9203, -9204 and -9205, door Models 4120-2004, -2006. Standby batteries 50 AH to provide 24 hours ofoperating power.

Graphic Command Center, Model 4190-8103 proprietary receiving station with IMS Operating Software Version 4.1 for the 4120 networksystem, using Version 2.07.02 firmware. GCC 4190-8103 consists of 4190-7002 or -7004 rack mount computer, the 4190-7102, -7103, -7202,-7104, -7105, -7106, -7107, -7203, -7205, -7206, 7204, -7207, -7213, -7210, -7211, monitor, -9007, -9013 printers, modular network interfacecard with the 4190-0142 RS485 communication module or -0143 fiber communication module (with optional 271-012 fiber optic coupler) or4190-0144 modem media module, 4190-0139 service modem card used to communicate with control via telco line to obtain system statusfor service purposes only. GCC 4190-8101 and -8102 for annunciation and control of network functions, not suitable for use as a proprietaryreceiving station. The 4190-8101 and -8102 consist of 4190-7001 or -7003 desk top computer or 4190-7002 or -7004 rack mount computer,monitors 4190-7101, -7105, -7106, -7205, -7206, -7201, -7103, -7203, -7102, -7202, -7104, -7204, -7213, -7210, -7211, 4190-6013 or -6015network interface card with 4190-0142 RS-485 network media card or -0143 fiber optic media card or -0144 modem media card. Simplexrecommends the LaMarche Model A32 UPS system to provide 24 hours of 120 V ac, 8.5 A standby operating power.

Autocall AL-1500, AL-1500E with AL-1500 configuration software, version 03B, and including 5200- 477 dc/ac inverter module and3132-092 printer. The distance between the printer and the control is limited to 20 ft (6 m) with the unsupervised conductors installed inconduit. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

The Autocall TFX-500M, -800M, -500MV, and -800MV series fire alarm controls with configuration program software CONSYS (Ver.10.0)including LX-300 printer with SIM serial interface module. Simplex specifies the use of the LaMarche Model A31 uninterruptible power supply(UPS) using Model A36F charger with nominal output rating of 12.5 A/120 V ac supplying 24 hours of standby power to the system’s printer.(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

The Autocall FireGraph TGF-562 Fire Alarm Control Graphical User Interface (P/N 976273) is a PC based graphical user interface capableof displaying and monitoring fire and supervisory alarms, trouble signals, acknowledgment, audible silencing on an Autocall TFXNETCommunications Network installation. The Autocall FireGraph TGX-562 Fire Alarm Annunciator is designed for supplementary annunciationof TFXNET network panel events. Software used is TGF-562/TGX-562 applications software, Windows® Workstation NT™ , Grab-it Ver. 3.0,and AutoCAD® LT™. The FireGraph connects to TFXNET through TLI-530 network interface module. The FireGraph includes 133MHzPentium based PC with 1GB hard drive (including computer fan supervision board — P/N 5130-131-01), 16 MB RAM, sound board, keyboardand mouse. Monitors are 20 in. SVGA with touch-screen option, or 17 and 20 in. SVGA without touch-screen option. If the FireGraph isinstalled remote from the TFXNET control panels, utilization of the Network Interface Assembly TNI-562 is required. The TNI-562 includes oneTLI-530, an RPS-424 Power Supply, and an Annunciator Board TNA-530. The printer used with the FireGraph is LX-300. Minimum of 24 hoursof the interface and printer operation from a secondary power supply is required. This Approval requires standby power to be provided to theFireGraph and LX- 300 printer by battery powered Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS), rated 120 V ac at 6.3 A minimum. The UPS mustsupply 24 hours of stand-by power to the FireGraph and the printer unless a backup generator is incorporated (Refer to NFPA 1996, 1.5.2.6).


CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS

A central station system consists of electrically operated circuits, instruments and devices, together with primaryand standby power supplies. This equipment is designed to transmit alarms, supervisory and trouble signals to aconstantly attended central station where the signals are recorded, and experienced operators take proper actionaccording to prescribed procedures. These systems are adaptable to plants of any size and may consist of a simplefire alarm system, or an extensive system actuating coded signals from manual fire alarm boxes, automatic fire andsmoke detection devices, supervisory devices, intrusion sensors, sprinkler waterflow and watchman tours. Meansare provided to identify each signal positively and to record automatically its receipt and time. Standby power for atleast 24 hours is required in the central station. When standby power is provided by an automatically startingemergency generator, the equipment listed below is required to have a min of four hours power derived frombatteries to supplement the generator.

Some of the systems listed below utilize computers; these may, but do not necessarily, automate the operationsand record keeping otherwise required of central station personnel in response to the signals received.

ADT Security Services Inc, One Town Center Rd, Boca Raton FL 33486ADT B2980 Automated Central Station Receiving System. Used in ADT Security System Central Stations to automate the routine

operations associated with McCulloh, multiplex, digital alarm communicator and direct wire signaling circuits terminating in a central station.The B2980 (software Version 636/736) consists of an E2980-001 CPU with two P-43555 computers, two C2980-008 McCulloh interfaceboards, 2980-054 teleprinter, two 2995-007 communication controller interface boards, an ADM 3 CRT terminal, PA-43508 T-BAR intercon-nect panel, P-43540, P-43590 tape drive, two P-43622 disk drives, two P-43561 disk controller boards, PA-43523 Octa-Mux board, B2980McCulloh subsystems, 2995 UCS subsystem (see below), 2976-030 dialer console and 2980-600 (LED readout) supervising console. Powersubsystem, configured for each central station depending on loading, provides for 60 hours operation in event of primary power failure.Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) required for E2980 -001 CPU and CRT terminal. The B2980 equipment requires a controlled environmentof 50° to 90°F (10° to 32°C) with 20% to 80% RH.

ADT C2990 Micromation OIU System. Central station signal receiving system, having software revision No. 524 (8/24/84), is operator-assisted for electronic processing of status changes received from protected premises equipment via the 2995 UCS subsystem (see below).ADT specifies an ambient temperature range of 32° to 90°F (0° to 32°C) for the C2990 equipment. ADT P-43950 battery inverter set (UPS)in manual ADT stations or existing UPS in automated ADT stations provides at least 4 hours capacity for ac voltage dependent systemcomponents. Standby power is provided by rectifier/charger and battery sets for the dc voltage dependent system components located in thecentral station and at remote locations under the control of the central station.

ADT 2995 UCS (Universal Communication System). As an integral part of an ADT B2980 Automation or C2990 Micromation OIU system(see above) provides interface to the signaling line circuits from protected properties. Consists of at least one central level, one E2995-001communication concentrator unit (firmware Version E913 for U.S., Version E1013 for U.K.) at the central station for ADT C2990 system, minof two required for B2980 systems; additional central level two and remote levels (one and two) concentrator units can be located at centralstation or satellite facilities. Central level one concentrator with required printer acts as back-up signal receiver and recorder if automaticsystem fails. Required functional cards are P/N 243903 power and expander, 246375 input/output, 247398 processor; optional cards are2995-004, -005 and -204 a/c modem, -022 RDC modem, -019 CWB, -024 printer/display, -008 and -029 FSK dialer (two min). The 2995-029FSK card is limited to use with Radionics 4013/8013, D8112, Ademco 678 UL-F DACT transmitters and ADT FOCUS 40/45, 45B, 48, 100,100B, 100D, 256 and 300 controls. For operation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Redundant 120 V ac/12 V dc rectifier/chargers provideprimary power for E2995-001 UCS concentrators. Max dc load by each concentrator is 6 A. Central station UCS equipment requiressecondary power with automatic start generator and batteries with 4 hours (min) capacity. Satellite facilities without generator require 60 hoursbattery capacity. Remote protected premises equipment compatible with ADT 2995 UCS include: ADT FOCUS 40 or FOCUS 45, control units7188-003 and 45B-103, -203 or -303 (English language versions only); ADT FOCUS 48 control units 7182-103 (English language versions)or -113, -123 (foreign language versions); ADT FOCUS 100/FOCUS UNIBANK Focus 100B Control Unit 7182-203, -303 (Lot 2) or (Lot 3) and100D Control Unit (SCN 472341 or 472342) using Firmware version 5.0 (SCN 148176, 148177 and 838941) (English language versions only);ADT FOCUS 256 control units 7184-101, -001 (English language versions) or 7184-111, -121, -011, -021 (foreign language versions); ADTFOCUS 300 control unit 7184-201 (English language versions only). For signaling to the 2995 UCS as part of a C2990 or B2980 system viathe public switched telephone network, FOCUS units utilize two-line digital dialer modules, Model Nos. 7187-002 Lot 2, Firmware issue 2 (USversion), 7187-03000 Firmware issue 3 (United Kingdom versions), 7187-047, -048, -049, -050 Firmware issue 2 (European versions) or adigital dialer multicommunication module, Model No. 7187-073 Firmware issue 2 (US versions only), 7187-099 Firmware issue 4.3 when usedwith Focus 45B, Firmware issue 3.3 when used with Focus 100B (US versions) and Firmware issue 4 when used with Focus 100D. Bothdialers have telephone line-cut detection and daily communication self-test as required features. For signaling to the 2995 UCS via leased2000 Series voice grade telephone lines FOCUS units utilize AC communicator modules/Models 7187-005 Lot 2, Firmware issue 6 (USversions), 7187-019 Lot 2, Firmware issue 6 (United Kingdom and European versions) or an AC multicommunicator module, Model No.7187-072 Firmware issue 1 (US versions), 7187-092 Firmware issue 1 (United Kingdom and European versions), 7187-099 Firmware issue4.3 when used with Focus 45B, Firmware issue 3.3 when used with Focus 100B (US versions) and Firmware issue 4 when used with Focus100D.

B2976 McCulloh Subsystem. Used with the ADT B2980 automation system; connects to a single port of a C2995 or D2995 UCSconcentrator; monitors and controls a max of 128 McCulloh circuits and provides data on loop status to the automation system. For use atADT central stations or at satellite or bridging point facility. Capable of manual operation in the event of system communication channel failure.Consists of a B2976-061 console with 1-4 B2976-043 McCulloh subsystem units, a 244485 power distribution panel and 1-4 244803 displaypanel rack units. Each B2976-043 McCulloh subsystem rack has capacity for thirty-two B2976-044 (+ ground), -045 (- ground) or -145(-ground w/line security) line termination unit boards; one B2976-048 16-circuit line security board; one B2976-046 or -047 (w/300 baudmodem) auxiliary (interface) board; and two 244203 processor boards. Each B2976-043A unit requires a 2980-400 printer. Standby poweris provided by a single automatic starting generator plus four hour battery, or two generators or batteries with 60 hour capacity. EachB2976-043 subsystem unit draws 4.25 A from the 12 V dc digital supply battery; each LTU (McCulloh) circuit card draws an additional 150mA. Main and booster battery banks (52-130 V) required for external McCulloh circuits (7.5 mA/cct).

472303 FOCUS SSWF-Series control unit (firmware Version 1-48204). Programmable system for signaling to the ADT 2995 UCS equippedwith the 2995-029 FSK card via the public switched network or via AC multiplex channel to ADT 2995 UCS equipped with the 2995-004 or-204 AC modem. Control unit can be configured for operation with two FSK dialer lines or one AC multiplex channel with an FSK dialer backup.Basic control unit includes 247621 control-communicator board providing 11 Class B (Style A) initiating circuits for connection of normallyopen dry contact type devices, 11 open collector outputs used to control 12 V dc power, two modular telephone jacks for connection to theon-board FSK digital dialers or the AC multiplex circuit and 247730 SSWF display board. Optional modules include 248035 Class A loopmodule for conversion of control-communication board Class B initiating circuits to Class A (Style D) operation, 247650 4W/2W smokedetector interface module for connection of two wire smoke detectors or heat detectors that are powered by the initiating circuit, 248026 SPDTand 248028 DPDT relay board. Powered by 120 V ac with 12 V, 7 AH standby battery for 24 hours of operating power. Equipment suitablefor operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).


472362B Focus 200B quantum. Programmable system (firmware Version 8) with 472398 or 472399 Universal Communication Module forsignaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or via AC multiplex channel to2995-004 or -204 AC Modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCALPROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

472462 FOCUS 200 PLUS System. Programmable system. Consists of 472462 control unit using firmware Version 9.1, a 443219, 472364Bor 472404 transformer enclosure, up to sixteen 471210 operating panels, any combination of up to eight 472368 SIM Gateways, 248239 PIDGateways, 472490A RF Gateways or Optional modules include up to eight 472270 access control interface units, up to sixty-two 472430RS485 repeaters and up to eight 471715 Printer Interface Units. System monitors up to 255 input/output points of protection using ApprovedADT signaling devices. Up to 72 devices can be connected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472488 Horn/Strobe SIM,472370 FA Pull Station. Up to 62 devices can be connected to the 248239 PID Gateway including 471877 quad PID module, 471941 and471966 micro PID, 471898 quad-power sounder PID (Lot 3), 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytimeannunciator, 471881 retrofit fire alarm PID, 471854 waterflow retard PID (Lot 2), 471855 supervised bell control unit, 471883 command ableoutput PID (Lot 2). Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.

472462 A Focus 200 PLUS. Programmable system (firmware Version 3.2) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 A Back up dialer forsignaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or 472491A AC CommunicationModule via AC multiplex channel to 2995-004 or -204 AC modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergencyoperation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

472514/472511 Focus CADET. Programmable system (firmware Version 1.1) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 Back up dialer forsignaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network. Standby batteries up to four 12 V,7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communication System consisting of FOCUS 75 fire alarm control, 472402 back-up dialer module and ADT USC-E-2995-001DACR. Control uses field configuration software 3036 (Revision Level 4). Control and DACR each must be provided with 24 hours ofsecondary power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of ADT Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 programmable fire alarm control panel with ADT-UDACT digital alarm communicator transmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT01.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digitalalarm communicator receiver. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Unimode 9600 programmable fire alarm control panel with ADT UDACT digital alarmcommunicator transmitter module, using software # M9600 V1.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver.(See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Unimode 200 fire alarm control panel with ADT-UDACTdigital alarm communicatortransmitter module, having Firmware 73623, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control paneldescription under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

AFA Protective Systems Inc, 961 Joyce Kilmer Ave, North Brunswick NJ 08902AFA Centrak System. Capacity of 1000 channels. Includes all necessary equipment and accessories except actuating devices.Multiplex Interrogation/Reporting System for Central Station Fire and Security Service. Centrak I. Model 3. Includes all necessary equip-

ment and accessories except actuating devices. Consists of Centrak I, Model 3 main control and remote control units, 100 channel statuspanel, Victor Model 5012 printer, Reeves COB-20 telephone bridge, TR-2A basic transponder, XTA-2 transponder adapter, SR signalregenerator, SCU subscriber control unit, LM latching module, FM-1, -2 fire modules, CE-1 mini-controller, CE-8 controller, SPD strip printerdriver. Transponder and transponder adapter equipped with 24 hour standby battery power; SR signal regenerator equipped with 60-hourstandby battery power. Max of 64 fire transponders (100 transponders total) for each of five trunk circuits. Equipment suitable for 32° to 120°F(0° to 49°C) temperature range.

Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp, 165 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791Digital Alarm Communication System. Consists of Model No. 678UL-F digital alarm communicator transmitter at the protected property

transmitting status signals received from other compatible FM Approved control panel to two or more Model No. 685 digital alarm commu-nicator receivers or Model MX 8000 Receivers, using software Version 5.1, in the central station via a signaling channel established throughthe public telephone network. The 678UL-F is required to be connected to two telephone lines. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30sec, is required for up to five on-line No. 685 receivers or Model MX 8000. The 678UL-F has capacity for connection of up to eight voltagecontrolled (6-12 V dc) outputs from the control panel. The Approved transmitter configuration consists of one No. 678UL dialer board and oneSA-678-28 line fault monitor/selector, plus automatic daily test. Transmitter dialing feature is programmed ‘‘alternate by pairs.’’ All intercon-necting wiring between the transmitter and control panel enclosures is to be 20 ft (6 m) or less and in conduit. No. 685 receiver monitorssignals received on from two to eight incoming telephone lines. System loading capacity is dependent upon the total number of incoming linesto the receiver, up to 256 transmitters per line. No. 686 printer is for recording of system activities. Receiver and printer operate from 120/220volt (50-60 Hz) primary power. Transmitter is 120 V ac powered and equipped with 6 V, 5 AH battery providing 24 hour standby operation.No. 685 receiver has integral battery charger for connection of required external 12 volt standby battery. Manufacturer specifies use of fourparallel Yuasa NP38-12B, 38 AH batteries (not supplied with the receiver) to provide 24 hours standby operation or a Globe Model GC 12550,55 AH battery (not supplied with receiver) to provide 9 hours standby operation or ADEMCO No. 630 5 AH battery (15-20 minutes standbyoperation) to prevent loss of signals during transfer to ac standby power. Additional ac standby power for receiver/printer is required for centralstation to meet 60 hour requirement.

Radio Alarm System (RAS). AlarmNet 900 MHz radio network may consist of up to 30 radio alarm satellite station receivers (RASSR), witheach RASSR being ADEMCO Model 7900 or 7900R master station using firmware Version 9.78. Approved AlarmNet networks are locatedin Boston and New York metropolitan areas. Equipment at the premises consists of: Model 7620ULF radio alarm transmitter (RAT) usingfirmware Version No. 691 or 7920SE transceiver (RAT) using firmware Version WA7920SE-7, or 7720ULF control/transmitter (Firmwareversion 1.24) communicating with a min of two RASSRs. Models 7620ULF and 7920SE monitor the alarm and trouble relay outputs of anApproved local fire alarm control. Model 7720ULF provides local fire alarm control and radio alarm transmitter (see also LOCAL PROTEC-TIVE SIGNALING). Radio alarm central station receiver (RASCR) consists of: ADEMCO Model 7810 central station receiver using firmwareVersion WA7920M3-7, connected to an ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR), using software Version 4.7, portion of adigital alarm communication system (DACS) equipped with a Model 685-5N line card or MX8000 using software Version B1.03, receiver fora digital alarm communication system (DACS) equipped with an MX8000-LRR line card (Firmware124062 Rev B). Model WY-50 displayterminal connected to the 685 DACR provides network status information. Model 7620ULF requires 12 V dc, 5 AH battery for 24 hours ofstandby power, Model 7720ULF requires 12 V dc 7 AH battery for 24 hours of standby power, Model 7920SE requires 12 V dc, 21 AH batteryfor 24 hours of standby power, Model 7900 requires 48 V, 160 AH battery for 24 hours of standby power, Model 7900R requires 24 V dc, 190AH battery for 24 hours of standby power. RASCR Model 7810 has integral battery charger and external 12 V dc, 38 AH battery to provide60 hours of standby power. System equipment suitable for indoor use at 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C), except 7920SE and 7620ULF which aresuitable for -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C). Antenna Models 7625, 7625-3dB, 7674 and 7674-13 for use with 7620ULF, 7920SE and 7810 aresuitable for outdoor use, rated NEMA 3.

Vista 5140XM Fire Alarm Control. Consists of 5140XM unit, up to 16 5137AD/5137ADR or up to five 6139/6139R remote consoles,5140DLM backup dialer module, 1451 transformer with enclosure, 4190WH remote point module, 4208 eight zone remote point module and5140 LED indicator module. Models 4192SD, 4192SDT photoelectric type and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors arecompatible with the 5140XM. Panel must be provided with 24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to 34.4 AH batteries. The 5140XM iscompatible with the Ademco 685 and MX 8000 DACR.


Ademco 5110XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). Optional keypads 6137R/6139R available.Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V dc batteries rated 7 or 14AH are available to provide required 24 hours of emergency operation. The 5110XMis compatible with the Ademco 685 and MX 8000 DACR. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and REMOTE STATION SIGNALINGSYSTEMS.)

Ademco 5120XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). Optional keypads 6137R/6139R available.Primary power 120 V ac. Batteries to 17.2 AH max are available to provide required 24 hours of emergency operation. The 5120XM iscompatible with the Ademco 685 and MX 8000 DACR. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and REMOTE STATION SIGNALINGSYSTEMS.)

Ademco VISTA-100 programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS100-12). A min of one 6139R keypad is required. Primary power120 V ac. Optional PS24 power supply module. 12 V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide required 24 hours ofemergency operation. The VISTA-100 is compatible with the Ademco 685 and MX 8000 DACR. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALINGand REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Ademco VISTA-128FBP, VISTA-250FBP programmable control panel (firmware Versions WAVIS128FBP Rev. 10 for VISTA-128FBP andWAVIS250FBP, Rev. 10, for VISTA-250FBP. A minimum of one 6139R or 6160 keypad is required. Installation of a 5140 DLM Back up dialeris required. Optional 7845C cellular transceiver (firmware version 1.2) set for ECP mode may be used as secondary communications withcentral station through AlarmNet bridging point. Primary power 120 V ac. Optional PS24 power supply module for VISTA-128FB only. 12 Vdc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide required 24 hours of emergency operation. The VISTA-128FB is compatible withthe Ademco 685 and the MX8000 DACRs. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS)

Ansul Incorporated, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54143Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of AUTOPULSE IQ-396X programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm

communicator transmitter module, having Firmware 73830, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450Model D2071A DACT (Software P/N 38036B, Rev. 3.10) with D6500 or Ademco 685 DACR. One back-up DACR (switchable within 30 sec)

is required for up to five on-line DACRs to provide a min of two. When using ‘‘Modem II’’ transmission format, the primary and secondaryDACRs must be Model D6500s. Signal transmission is via the public switched telephone network. Two telephone lines (monitored for line faultand automatically switched during line fault) are connected from each DACT to a telephone exchange with a min of two monitored telephonelines connected from the central station based DACRs to their local telephone exchange. System loading capacity depends upon the totalnumber of incoming lines. Equipment suitable for 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) temperature range. DACT contains rechargeable 12 V battery for24 hour standby operation, DACR is equipped with integral 12 V battery for 4 to 10 hour emergency operation, but requires additional ac ordc standby power from central station to meet 60 hour requirement. Model D6500 DACR includes one P/N 6550 printer (Ver. 2.0 or 2.01),one P/N 6510 main processing unit (MPU) card (Ver. 1.03 or 2.01), two 8 P/N D6540 line cards (Ver. 2.0 or 2.01), one P/N D6530 power supplycard. Model D6500 DACR equipment options include RS232C card for CRT or computer interface. Model D2071A Programmable DACT usesVersion 38036B, Rev. 3.10 firmware and must be set for 24 hour test signal. D2071A is available as a complete D2071AC kit including ModelD4103R enclosure, a Model D2002 mounting plate, and a Basler Electric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3AH) or D126 (12 V, 7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby power, respectively; the Model D1220 plug-in transformer with ModelD8004 transformer enclosure is also available for remote mounting of the transformer. The D2071A Approval covers the standalone (120 Vac primary/12 V ac secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved for use as a slave communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existingfire alarm controls.

Digital Alarm Communicator System. Model D9124 (Version 3.12) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dualphone line switcher module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model D6500 digital alarm communicatorreceivers (DACR) at the central station. Options include Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX (Point of ProtectionExpansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversing relay module, D192C indicatingcircuit module, D125B powered loop interface module, and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. D9124 control is equipped with Model D9142 powersupply, Model D1601 transformer, and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hours secondary (standby) power. DACRis equipped with integral 12 V, 12 AH battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a max current load of 1.1 A. Equipment is suitable foroperation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Digital Alarm Communicator System. D7412 or D9412 (Software Rev. 5.22), digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with ModelD928 dual phone line switcher module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model D6500 digital alarmcommunicator receivers (DACRs) using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for the line card and Version 3.03 for the printer at thecentral station. Each control/communicator is equipped with 12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeable battery to provide 24 hour secondary (standby)power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation.

Model DS9471 Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) using version 26-50030-0300F firmware at protectedproperties reporting to two or more Model D6500 or Ademco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs). One backup DACR(switchable within 30 sec) is required, for up to five on-line DACRs, to provide a min of two. DS9471 must be set for 24 hour test signal.DS9471 is available as a complete DS9471A kit including Model D4103R enclosure, a Model D2002 mounting plate, and a Basler ElectricModel A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or D126 (12 V, 7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standbypower, respectively; the Model D1220 plug-in transformer with Model D8004 transformer enclosure is also available for remote mounting ofthe transformer. The DS9471 Approval covers the stand-alone (120 V ac primary/12 V dc secondary) configuration only; it is not Approvedfor use as a slave communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing fire alarm controls.

CHEMETRON Fire Systems, 4801 Southwick Dr 3rd Floor, Matteson IL 60443Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Micro-200I programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm communi-

cator transmitter module, having Firmware 73830, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See controlpanel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Micro-300I or Micro-400I programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarmcommunicator transmitter module, having Firmware 73830, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Detection Systems Inc, 130 Perinton Pkwy, Fairport NY 14450Model DS9471 Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) using version 26-50030-0300F firmware at protected

properties reporting to two or more Radionics Model D6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs). Onebackup DACR (switchable within 30 sec) is required, for up to five on-line DACRs, to provide a min of two. DS9471 must be set for 24 hourtest signal. DS9471 is available as a complete DS9471A kit including Model D4103R enclosure, a Model D2002 mounting plate, and a BaslerElectric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or D126 (12 V, 7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hoursstandby power, respectively; the Model D1220 plug-in tranformer with Model D8004 transformer enclosure is also available for remotemounting of the transformer. The DS9471 Approval covers the stand-alone (120 V ac primary/12 V dc secondary) configuration only; it is notApproved for use as a slave communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing fire alarm controls.


Digital Monitoring Products Inc, 2500 N Partnership Blvd, Springfield MO 65803Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Model XR200 control (Firmware Level 111) with 893/893a dual phone line

module transmitting status signals to two or more SCS-100 line cards of a Model SCS-1 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR)(Software Version 809) with processor card SCS-1062, five line cards SCS-100, transformer card SCS-130, power supply card SCS-110,SCS-PRT printer and SCS-CRT display and keyboard at the central station via the public switched telephone network. 12 V dc batteries rated6.5 to 28 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32°to 120°F (0° to 49°C). DMP recommends Best Power Technology Model Nos. F2KVA-B, F3KVA-B, F5KVA-B; Elgar Models UPS253-3B,UPS373-3B, UPS503-3B; La Marche Series A-52; Topaz Series 82000, 84462-01, 84864-01, 84126-01 or 84130-01 uninterruptable powersupply (UPS) to provide .5 A at 120 V ac to the printer for 24 hours for secondary (standby) power and 3 A at 120 V ac for the receiver.

Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Model 1912XR control (Firmware Level 110) with 893 dual phone line moduleand Model 670, 770, 771, 772, 773 or 774 keypads with Model 320 or 322 wire-in transformer, transmitting status signals to two or moreSCS-100 line cards of a Model SCS-1 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR) at the central station via the public switched telephonenetwork. Model 1912XR Control/Communicator is powered by 120 V ac with 12 V dc standby batteries (13 AH) for 24 hours of emergencyoperating power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Uninterruptable Power Supply(UPS) able to provide 3 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is available.

DMP Active Multiplex System. At central station, SCS-1 consists of processor card SCS-1062, five line cards SCS-100, transformer cardSCS-130, power supply card SCS-110, SCS-PRT printer, and SCS-CRT display and keyboard. SCS-1 has capacity for five multiplex signallines, each with capacity for 128 transponders. Model 1912XR control/communicator with 893 dual phone line module provides a digital alarmcommunicator back-up. Model 1912XR Control/Communicator is powered by 120 V ac with 12 V dc standby batteries (13 AH) for 24 hoursof emergency operating power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). UninterruptablePower Supply (UPS) able to provide 3 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is available.

Digital Security Controls Ltd, 3301 Langstaff Rd, Concord, Ontario L4K 4L2 CanadaDigital Alarm Communication System. Consists of Model Sur-Gard, MLR-2000 (Firmware Version 1.2) digital alarm communicator receiver

(DACR) at central station receiving signals from digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT), Silent Knight 5104, Radionics 8112G2.Sur-Gard MLR-2000 is powered by 120 V ac; includes SG-DRL2000 (Firmware Vers. 1.2) line cards, dual SG-CPM2000 central processingmodules, dual SG-PSU2000 power supplies; Okidata Microline 184 Turbo printer for recording signals (two connected printers are required).DACT transmits status signals to two or more DACRs via the public switched telephone network. Inclusion of dual modules provides integralequivalent of second DACR. SUR-Gard MLR-2000 used with rechargeable 24 V battery (140 to 190 AH) for 4 hr emergency operation;requires additional ac or dc power from central station to meet 60 hour requirement.

Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of EST1-1Z1, -1Z1-220, 2Z1, -2Z1-220, MIR-1Z1, -1Z1-220, -2Z1, -2Z1-220 or Edwards

2411 programmable modular control panel with digital alarm communicator transmitter module (EST or MIR DL1, Edwards 2400-DL) havingfirmware Version 1.0, communicating with the Silent Knight 9000 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control panel description underLOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of EST1-2Z3, -2Z3-220, -2Z6, -2Z6-220, MIR-2Z3, -2Z3-220, -2Z6, -2Z6-220 or Edwards2412, 2414, 2418 programmable modular control panel with digital alarm communicator transmitter module (EST or MIR DL1, Edwards2400-DL) having firmware Version 1.0, communicating with the Silent Knight 9000 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control paneldescription under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of EST2 Analog Control Panel with digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACR)equipped with a model DL2 two line dialer (firmware Version 1.0), communicating with the Ademco 685 digital alarm communicator receiver.(See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of MIR2 Analog Control Panel with digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACR) equippedwith a model DL2 two line dialer (firmware Version 1.0), communicating with the Ademco 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of a Quick Start Series (QSC, QS1, and QS4) Fire Alarm Control with digital alarmcommunicator transmitter (DACR) equipped with a model DLD dual in-line dialer (IC with firmware 7400027 rev. 2.0), communicating with theADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Faraday LLC, 805 S Maumee St, Tecumseh MI 49286MPC-2000 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable MPC-2000 with the DC-1 digital communicator module is compatible with the Silent Knight

SK9000 DACR using the SK4+2 format. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Fire Burglary Instruments Inc, 163 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Security Dimensions Model SD-2000C (firmware Version WA200C-12) digital

alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more CP-220 FB (system firmwareversion 3.9 consisting of line card firmware version WAREC11-2.7 and memory card firmware Version WAREC5-3.9) digital alarm commu-nicator receivers (DACRs) in the central station via a signaling channel established through the public switched telephone network. Oneback-up receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to 5 on-line receivers. Security Dimensions Model SD-2000C can be used withoptional Model 7105 zone expander to increase the number of initiating device circuits from eight to 16 or Model 7126 multiplex expansionmodule providing two circuits for connection of up to 64 addressable devices on each circuit. Approved addressable devices are SD-2708 8point multiplex module and XL-4750SDT or SD-2750SDT photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135°F heat detector. Model CP-220 FBis 120 V ac powered with 12 V dc charger output for connection of 12 V dc, 55 AH for 24 hours of standby power. Model SD-2000C poweredby 120 V ac with 12 V standby batteries of 8 to 20 AH for 24 hours of operating power. Equipment suitable for operation in ambienttemperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472Digital Alarm Communication System. Consists of Model MS4812 or MS4824 control/communicator with Model FDC-UL digital commu-

nication module, at least one IZ412 initiating zone module or DCID polling loop interface module and other functional modules at the protectedproperty as dictated by the needs of the specific installation (see LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other Approved functional modules)transmitting status signals to two or more ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers in the central station via a signalingchannel established through the public telephone network. The FDC-UL is required to be connected to two telephone lines. One back-upreceiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to five on-line ADEMCO No. 685 receivers. ADEMCO No. 685 receiver signals arereceived on from two to eight incoming telephone lines. System loading capacity is dependent upon the total number of incoming lines to thereceiver, up to 256 transmitters per line. No. 686 printer is for recording of system activities. Receiver and printer operate from 120/220 V(50-60 Hz) primary power. The MS4812 control/transmitter is 120 V ac powered and equipped with 6 to 15 AH batteries providing 24 hoursof standby operation. Manufacturer specifies use of a Globe Model GC 12550, 55 AH battery (not supplied with receiver) to provide 9 hoursstandby operation or ADEMCO No. 630, 5 AH battery (15-20 min. standby operation) to prevent loss of signals during transfer to ac standbypower. Additional ac standby power for receiver/printer is required for central station to meet 60 hour requirement.

Digital Alarm Communicator System (DACS). Consists of Model 911AC Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) kitand two or more Radionics 6000, 6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACR). 911AC kit uses Version26-50030-0200-F firmware and must be set fo 24 hour self-test signal. 911AC includes Model 911A DACT module, D4103R enclosure, a


Model D2002 mounting plate and a Basler Electric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or PS1270 (12 V,7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby power respectively. The 911AC Approval covers the standalone (120 V ac primary/12 Vac secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved for use as a slve communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing fire alarmcontrols. See ADEMCO and Radionics listings for DACR details.

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of MS-9200 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT-F digital alarm commu-nicator transmitter module, having Firmware 73623, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See controlpanel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of MS-9600 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT-F digital alarm commu-nicator transmitter module, using software #M9600 V1.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

First Alert Professional Security Systems, 175 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791FA1500C Fire Alarm Control. Consists of FA1500C unit, up to 16 FA510KP and FA510KPR remote consoles, 5140DLM back-up dialer

module, 1451 transformer with enclosure, 4190WH remote point module, 4208 eight zone remote point module, and 5140 LED indicatormodule. Models 4192SD, 4192SDT photoelectric type and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors are compatible with theFA1500C. Panel must be provided with 24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to 34.4 AH batteries. The FA1500C is compatible with theAdemco 685 DACR.

FA1600C programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS150-16.1, Rev. 6.1). A minimum of one FA550KP, FA560KP keypad isrequired. The optional 7845C cellular transceiver (firmwave version 1.2) may be used as secondary communications with central stationthrough AlarmNet bridging point requires the panel remain in the factory preprogrammed ECP Mode. Primary power 120 V ac. OptionalAdemco PS24 power supply module w/1451-24 direct-wire transformer. 12 V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to providerequired 24 hours of emergency operation. The FA1600C is compatible with the Ademco 685 DACR. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 2701 4th Ave S, Minneapolis MN 55408Honeywell Security Link (HSL) Computerized SAS System. For central station fire and security service. Includes all necessary equipment

and accessories except actuating devices. Approved system configuration consists of the Phoenix receiver (P/N 24500100) with a 386-25processor, eight DIB cards, the CPU board, two I/O Port Serial boards, a floppy disk controller board, the receiver supervisor board, threecooling fans, and the power supply with Honeywell Model 7800 CRT display terminal, Okidata Model 92, 92 Plus, 192, or 192 Plus printers,P/N 2001-3007 event annunciator, Model 7709 (ATU), 7719 (ATUX), 7707 (PU-6) subscriber fire and burglar alarm transponders. Model 7701slave transmitter provides interface between an existing control and the multiplex system. Model 7714 four port expander (FPX) multiplexesup to four 7707 or 7709 HSL transmitting units on one phone line. Model 7712 two port expander (TPX) multiplexes host transponder Model7707 and one other 7707, or 7709 HSL transponder on one phone line. Max of 1000 transponders per receiver, 256 transponders per trunkline. Individual subscribers are connected by separate leg facilities either to individual ports of Telco DSAS bridging equipment at a centraltelephone exchange or to an individual port of a Honeywell Model 7716, 16 port bridge located in the central station. Uninterruptable powersupply (UPS), for the Phoenix receiver, able to provide 2 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is required at the central station to meet the 24 hoursecondary (standby) power.

Honeywell Active Multiplex System. Approved system configurations consist of the Phoenix receiver (P/N 24500100) with a 386-25processor, and Model 5800, 5900, or 5924 control/communicators (Firmware version 2.95) with a DSCC module. The controls may includeone of the 540R, 541R, 542R, or 550 keypads. Options include Model D130 reversing relay module, D192C indicating circuit module, D125Bpowered loop interface module, and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. The 5800 and 5900 Control/Communicators are each powered by 120 Vac with 12 V dc standby batteries (14 AH) for 24 hours of emergency operating power. The 5924 control/communicator is equipped with 24V dc, 14 AH rechargeable battery to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Uninterruptable power supply (UPS), for the Phoenixreceiver, able to provide 2 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is required at the central station to meet the 24 hour security (standby) power. Equipmentis suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

PS6/54 Central Station Automation System. Automates routine operations associated with multiplex and digital communicator circuitsterminating in a central station. Interfaces with P/N 5000-0102 front end processors (FEP) housing Approved Honeywell Security Link (HSL)SAS System and Radionics Model 6000 digital alarm communicator receivers. The PS6 system consists of one P/N 5000-0101 switchingcabinet assembly, two Model MPC8 8.3 KVA power regulators, two P/N CPX 9654 central processor units with DCE 9801 1024KB memoryand 16 I/O ports, two P/N MSU 9607 disk drive units, two P/N PSS 9640 memory power save units, a min of one P/N 2001-8905 T80-R0dispatch printer, one P/N 5000-1001 remote alarm and trouble annunciator, one PRU9618 600 LPM printer, two WST 1005 120 CPS systemconsole printers, two DIM 9631 mini diskette ports, two DIU 9608 diskette drive units, and WST 7801 or 7815 CRT terminals (as required).System requires computer room with controlled ambient temperature of 65° to 70°F (18° to 21°C) and operations room with control ledambient temperature of 55° to 90°F (13° to 35°C) with 20% to 90% RH.

Digital Alarm Communicator System (DACS). Approved system configurations consist of Model 5505 programmable (Version E or G) eightzone Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter(s) (DACT) at protected properties reporting to two or more Radionics Model 6000 Digital AlarmCommunicator Receivers (DACRs) at the central station; one back-up DACR (switchable within 30 sec) is required for up to 5 on-line DACRs,so as to provide a min of two. Signal transmission is via the public switched telephone network. Two telephone lines (monitored for line faultand automatically switched during line fault) are connected from each DACT to a telephone exchange with a min of two monitored telephonelines connected from the central station based DACRs to their local telephone exchange. System loading capacity is dependent upon the totalnumber of incoming lines. Required DACT equipment includes programmed twenty-four hour self-test timer, Model 5505 control/communicator assembly, D128 dual phone line switcher, Model 520 arming station, Model 510 command center, P/N D1640 120/16-17 V ac,40 va, 60 Hz transformer. DACT equipment options include Model No. 136 relay, D192 bell circuit supervision module, D129 dual Class Ainitiation circuit module, D125 powered loop interface, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of up to two D8125 POPEX (Point ofProtection Expansion) modules each with up to 63 D8126U, D8126T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder) modules. Plug-inRS232C interface card for the DACR which provides supplementary signal output to CRT video display or computer. Equipment suitable for32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) temperature range. DACT contains rechargeable 12 V, 12 AH (at 10 hour rate) battery for 24 hours standbyoperation; DACR is equipped with integral 12 V, 2.5 AH (at 10 hour rate) battery for 10 hours emergency operation but requires additionalac or dc standby power source at the central station to meet the 60 hour requirement.

Model 2071AH Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) uses Version 26-50030-0200-F firmware at protectedproperties reporting to two or more Radionics Models D6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 DACR. One back-up DACR (switchable within 30 sec)is required for up to five on-line DACRs. Model 2071AH must be set for 24 hour test signal. 2071AH is available as a complete 2071ACH kitincluding Model D4103R enclosure, a Model D2002 mounting plate, and a Basler Electric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with ModelsD1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or D126 (12 V, 7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby power, respectively; the Model D1220 plug-intransformer with Model D8004 transformer enclosure is also available for remote mounting of the transformer. The 2071AH Approval coversthe standalone (120 V ac primary/12 V ac secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved for use as a slave communicator (24 V dc inputpower) installed in existing fire alarm controls.

Digital Alarm Communicator System. Model 5800C or 5900C (Software Rev. 0500) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) withModel D928 dual phone line switcher module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Radionics Model D6500,D6600 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACRs). D6500 using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for the line card and Version3.03 for the printer at the central station. Each control/communicator is equipped with 12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeable battery to provide 24 hoursecondary (standby) power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation.

Digital Alarm Communicator System. Model 5924C (Version 3.12) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dualphone line switcher module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model D6500 digital alarm communicator


receivers (DACR) at the central station. Options include Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX (Point of ProtectionExpansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversing relay module, D192C indicatingcircuit module, D125B powered loop interface module and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. The 5924C control is equipped with Model D9142power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hours secondary (standby) power.DACR is equipped with integral 12 V, 12 AH battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a max current load of 1.1 A. Equipment issuitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Johnson Controls Inc, 507 E Michigan St, Milwaukee WI 53201-5211Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of IFC-400 programmable fire alarm control panel with Notifier UDACT digital alarm

communicator transmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT01.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicatorreceiver. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of IFC-640 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm communicatortransmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT02.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Kidde-Fenwal Inc, 400 Main St, Ashland MA 01721Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of FenwalNET 2000 with CCM single loop P/N 74-200008-701 (software Rev.

CCMF81.1SL) or FenwalNET 2000 ML with CCM multi-loop P/N 74-200008-800 (software Rev. CCMF81.1ML) programmable analogcontrols wired to a Silent Knight Model 5104 digital alarm communicator transmitter (Firmware Rev. level 9385A), communicating with twoor more Model 9000 digital alarm communicator receivers (Rev. level 900501) in the central station via a signaling channel establishedthrough the public switched telephone network.

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of PEGAsys with CCM single loop P/N 76-100008-701 (software Rev. CCMP81.1SL) orPEGAsys ML with CCM multi-loop P/N 76-100008-800 (software Rev. CCMP81.1ML) programmable analog controls wired to a Silent KnightModel 5104 digital alarm communicator transmitter (Firmware Rev. level 9385A), communicating with two or more Model 9000 digital alarmcommunicator receivers (Rev. level 900501) in the central station via a signaling channel established through the public switched telephonenetwork.

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Gemini II Multi-Hazard Control System with Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BAoperating software wired to a Silent Knight Model 5104 digital alarm communicator transmitter (Firmware Rev. level 9385A), communicatingwith two or more Silent Knight Model 9000 digital alarm communicator receivers (Rev. level 900501) in the central station via a signalingchannel established through the public switched telephone network. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Fenwal 3220 Multi-Hazard Control System with Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BAoperating software wired to a Silent Knight Model 5104 digital alarm communicator transmitter (Firmware Rev. level 9385A), communicatingwith two or more Silent Knight Model 9000 digital alarm communicator receivers (Rev. level 900501) in the central station via a signalingchannel established through the public switched telephone network. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVESIGNALING.)

Notifier, A Pittway Co, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of AM2020 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm communicator

transmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT02.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of AFP1010 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm communicatortransmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT02.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of AFP-200 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm communicatortransmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT02.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of AFP-300 or AFP-400 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarmcommunicator transmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT02.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicatorreceiver. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of AFP-600 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm communicatortransmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT02.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of NFS-640 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm communicatortransmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT02.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of NFS-3030 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm communi-cator transmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT02.2, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (Seecontrol panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Radionics, 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36, Salinas CA 93901Model D2071A DACT (Software P/N 38036B, Rev. 3.10) with Radionics 6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 DACR. One back-up DACR

(switchable within 30 sec) is required for up to five on-line DACRs to provide a min of two. When using ‘‘Modem II’’ transmission format, theprimary and secondary DACRs must be Model D6500s. Signal transmission is via the public switched telephone network. Two telephone lines(monitored for line fault and automatically switched during line fault) are connected from each DACT to a telephone exchange with a min oftwo monitored telephone lines connected from the central station based DACRs to their local telephone exchange. System loading capacitydepends upon the total number of incoming lines. Equipment suitable for 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) temperature range. DACT containsrechargeable 12 V battery for 24 hour standby operation, DACR is equipped with integral 12 V battery for 4 to 10 hour emergency operation,but requires additional ac or dc standby power from central station to meet 60 hour requirement. Model D6500 DACR includes one P/N 6550printer (Ver. 2.0 or 2.01), one P/N 6510 main processing unit (MPU) card (Ver. 1.03 or 2.01), two 8 P/N D6540 line cards (Ver. 2.0 or 2.01),one P/N D6530 power supply card. Model D6500 DACR equipment options include RS232C card for CRT or computer interface. ModelD2071A Programmable DACT uses Version 38036B, Rev. 3.10 firmware and must be set for 24 hour test signal. D2071A is available as acomplete D2071AC kit including Model D4103R enclosure, a Model D2002 mounting plate, and a Basler Electric Model A9125 hardwiredtransformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or D126 (12 V, 7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby power, respectively; theModel D1220 plug-in transformer with Model D8004 transformer enclosure is also available for remote mounting of the transformer. TheD2071A Approval covers the standalone (120 V ac primary/12 V ac secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved for use as a slavecommunicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing fire alarm controls.

Digital Alarm Communicator System. Model D9124 (Version 3.12) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dualphone line switcher module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Models D6500, D6600 digital alarmcommunicator receivers (DACR) at the central station. Options include Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX (Point ofProtection Expansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversing relay module,D192C indicating circuit module, D125B powered loop interface module, and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. D9124 control is equipped with


Model D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer, and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hours secondary (standby) power. DACR is equipped with integral 12 V, 12 AH battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a max current load of 1.1 A.Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Digital Alarm Communicator System. Model D7412 or D9412 (Software Rev. 5.22), digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) withModel D928 dual phone line switcher module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Models D6500, D6600 digitalalarm communicator receivers (DACRs) using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for the line card and Version 3.03 for the printerat the central station. Each control/communicator is equipped with 12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeable battery to provide 24 hour secondary(standby) power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation.

SecurityLink from Ameritech, 7308 Green Briar Pkwy, Orlando FL 32819Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Model 3810 control (Rev. 12301(0/1)A firmware) with 4175 dual phone line monitor module

at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Silent Knight Model 9000 DACR with Model 9032 line card (Rev. 9326Bfirmware) in the central station. Model 3810 control/communicator can be used with Model 3815 serial zone expander. Model 3810 control/communicator is powered by 120 V ac with a 12 V dc standby battery of 7 AH for 24 hours of operating power. Silent Knight Model 9000 DACRis equipped with integral 12 V dc, 6.5 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation at a max current load of 360 mA. Equipment is suitablefor operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Secutron, Div of Digital Security Controls Ltd, 3301 Langstaff Rd, Concord, Ontario L4K 412 CanadaDigi-Tel Central Receiver. Model SE-2000CS. Microprocessor-based monitor with software Version SVI which displays and prints signals

received from Secutron transmitter TRANS M.A.C. Models SE800 and SE850-F, -FNC. Transmitter Models with -F suffix have six 4-wire(Class A operation) zones for normally open contact detection devices; the -FNC suffix versions have two (of the six zones) 2-wire (Class Boperation) circuits for normally closed contact detection devices. Desk type console enclosure can accommodate two complete SE-2000CScentral receivers (1-12 McCulloh type signaling circuits each, max 30,000 ohms series resistance on each 130 V dc circuit). Central receiverand associated transmitters provided with 24 hours of standby battery power. Transmitters provided with selectable ‘‘ac power failure’’ or ‘‘lowbattery’’ signal options.

Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc, 4 Wheeling Ave, Woburn MA 01801Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Model 3204 control (12 V dc or 24 V dc, Rev. 124001l firmware) with 3205 two-number digital

dialer module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Silent Knight Model 9000 digital alarm communicatorreceivers (DACRS) (Rev. level 900501) in the central station via the public switched telephone network. Model 3204 Control/Communicatoris powered by 120 V ac with 12 V dc standby batteries of 17 AH for 24 hours of standby power. The Model 9000 has 6.5 AH battery for 10hours of standby power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).

Digital Alarm Communication System. Consists of Model 3208 (12 V dc or 24 V dc, Rev. level 4793C) digital alarm communicator transmitterat the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Silent Knight Model 9000 digital alarm communicator receivers (Rev. level900501) in the central station via a signaling channel established through the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver,switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to 5 on-line receivers. Model 9000 can be used with the optional Model 9001 FM Line CardExpander which increases the phone line capability from four to eight lines. Models 9000 and 9001 are only Approved for use with Models9002 (Rev. level 871120 or 880225) and 9004 (Rev. level SE1A2.4) line cards. Model 3208 is 120 V ac powered and equipped with 12 V dcstandby batteries (6.5 or 15 AH) for 24 hours of emergency power. The Model 9000 has 6.5 AH battery for 10 hours of standby power.

Silent Knight Div of Pittway, 7550 Meridian Circle, N Maple Grove MN 55369Digital Alarm Communication System. Consists of Model 5104 (12 V dc, Rev. level 9385A), 5104B (12 V dc Firmware 123111 Rev. C) or

Model 5207 (12 V dc or 24 V dc, Rev. level 123086A) digital alarm communicator transmitter at the protected property transmitting statussignals to two or more Models 9800, 9500, 9000 digital alarm communicator receivers (Rev. level 900501) in the central station via a signalingchannel established through the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to 5on-line receivers. Models 9800, 9500 (Firmware Version 2.4) include P/N 9810 (Firmware 126047, Rev. G) line cards. Printer P/N SK320available for recording signals. Model 9000 DACR (Rev. level 900501) includes Model 9004 (Rev. level 9304B) line cards. Models 5104, 5207are 120 V ac powered and are equipped with 12 V dc standby batteries (7 or 17 AH) for 24 hours of emergency power. Model 9000 DACRis equipped with integral 12 V, 7 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation at a max current load of 360 mA.

Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Model 5204 Control (12 V dc or 24 V dc, Rev. 124024A) with 5205 two-numberdigital dialer module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model 9000 digital alarm communicator receiver(DACR) (Rev. Level 900501) in the central station via the public switched telephone network. Model 5204 Control/Communicator can be usedwith the 5220 Direct Connect Module to connect directly to a municipal fire alarm box. The 7181 Zone Converter Module allows the 5204 tohave Style D (Class A) initiating device circuits. Model 5204 Control/Communicator is powered by 120 V ac with 12 V dc standby batteriesof 17 AH for 24 hours of operating power. Model 9000 DACR is equipped with a 12 V dc, 7 AH battery to supply up to 10 hours of standbypower. Additional power must be provided in the central station. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F(0° to 49°C).

IFP-1000, IntelliKnight 5820XL programmable control panel (firmware Version 6.2). Primary power 120 V ac. 24 V dc secondary supply;batteries to 33 AH max are available to provide required 24 hours of emergency operation. The control is compatible with the Silent KnightModels 9500 and 9800. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Simplex Time Recorder Co, 100 Simplex Dr, Westminster MA 01441-0001Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Series 4004, 4005, 4020, 4100 or 4120 control equipped with the corresponding

Model 4004-9810, 4005-9810, 4020-0153, 4100-0153 and 4120-0153 contact closure digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) withsoftware version (1.04) in addition to serial digital alarm communicator transmitter 4020 -0155, 4100 -0155 or 4120 -0155 with softwareversion (1.02) at the protected premises transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, RadionicsModel 6500, FBI Model CP-220 FB or ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signalingchannel established through the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to 5on-line receivers. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See control panel descriptionunder LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Series 4004, 4005, 4020, 4100 or 4120 control equipped with the correspondingModel 4004-9810, 4005-9810, 4020-0153, 4020-0155, 4120-0155, 4100-0153, 4100-0155, 4120-0153 or 4120-0155 digital alarm commu-nicator transmitter (DACT) at the protected premises transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000,Radionics Model 6500, FBI Model CP-220 FB or ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station viaa signaling channel established through the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is requiredfor up to five on-line receivers. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See control paneldescription under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of a 4010 control equipped with digital alarm communicator transmitter 4010-9810or 4010-9816 with software version (1.02) at the protected premises transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent KnightModel 9000, Radionics Model 6500, FBI Model CP-220 FB or ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the


central station via a signaling channel established through the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within30 sec, is required for up to 5 on-line receivers. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).(See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

4100U Series control equipped with digital alarm communicator transmitter 4100-6052 with software version 2.01 at the protected premisestransmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, Radionics Model 6500, FBI Model CP-220FB orAdemco Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signaling channel established through the publicswitched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 seconds, is required for up to five on-line receivers. Equipmentsuitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The DACT must be provided with a minimum of 24 hours ofstandby power. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

CENTRAL STATION SERVICES (FIRE)

Approved central station companies have the capability to install, operate, test and maintain electrical signalingequipment in conformance with FM Approval Standard 3011 and NFPA Standard 72 for the purpose of fire protectionat subscribing customer properties. The customer-located equipment communicates with a constantly attendedcentral office where alarm, supervisory, trouble and test signals are received and acted upon. Although other levelsof alarm service are available from these companies, when standard service is contracted for, the procedures,equipment, power supplies, record keeping and testing by central station personnel can be expected to result inhighly reliable performance by the signaling system. Standard service usually is provided only if specificallycontracted for by the customer. Customer installations that are not marked by the central station as receivingstandard service should be presumed to be nonstandard.

Standard service also may be jointly provided if done so under a single contract with the customer: the contractingentity must be either an Approved Central Station Company (full service or monitoring only) or an Approved FireAlarm Service-local company. The Central Station Company (full service or monitoring only) receives, interprets, actson and maintains records of signals originating from the subscribing property but subcontracts some or all of theother required activities. Alternatively, if the standard service contracting entity is an Approved Fire AlarmService-local company, it may subcontract, to an Approved Central Station Company (full service, or monitoring only)the signal monitoring and other required activities, including runner service. Unless designated as a Fire AlarmService-local company or Central Station -monitoring only company, as listed under the sub-headings that follow, thecompanies listed below are capable of providing standard service in its entirety.

To assure prompt inspection, maintenance and equipment repair, Approval is limited to the area within four hourstravel time (200 mi.; 320 km) of the location from which maintenance and repair personnel are dispatched. Approvalis further limited to the area within one-hour travel time (50 mi.; 80 km) of the location(s) from which personnel aredispatched to reset protected property signaling equipment (if necessary) and to investigate supervisory or troublesignals.

This listing is in a geographical presentation at the request of Guide users. Refer to the Manufacturer’s Index foralphabetical listing of company names.

CANADA

ADT Canada Inc 840 Ernest-Gagnon Bureau 290 Quebec City Quebec G1S 4M6

ADT Canada Inc 5050 Levy St Saint Laurent Quebec H4R 2N3

ADT Canada Inc 110 Van Horne Ave Montreal Quebec H2T 2J3

ADT Canada Inc 56 Sparks St Box 589 Station B Ottawa Ontario K1P 5P7

Sonitrol Security Systems Inc 405-7 Britannia Rd E Mississauga Ontario L4Z 3E6

ADT Canada Inc 32 Duke St E Third Floor Kitchener Ontario N2H 1A3

ADT Canada Inc 303 Balmoral St Winnipeg Manitoba R3C 4A8

ADT Canada Inc #38 2121 3rd Ave NE Calgary Alberta T2A 6H1

ADT Canada Inc #300 10104 103rd Ave NW Edmonton Alberta T5J 0H8

ADT Canada Inc 8535 Eastline Dr Burnaby British Columbia V5A 4T7

UNITED STATES

U.S. Zip Codes00001–09999

ADT Security Services Inc 30 Capital Dr West Springfield MA 01089

ADT Security Services Inc 315 Hamilton St Worcester MA 01604

Wayne Alarm Systems 424 Essex St Lynn MA 01902

Patriot Alarm Systems Inc 292 Bailey St Canton MA 02021


AFA Protective Systems Inc 200 High St 5th Floor Boston MA 02110

Atlas Alarm Corp 1239 Washington St Weymouth MA 02189

ADT Security Services Inc 173 Green St Brockton MA 02401

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 70 Wells Ave Newton MA 02459

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 915 Holt Ave Manchester NH 03109

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 32 Vernon St Keene NH 03431

Protection One 685 Congress St Portland ME 04012

Sonitrol Communications Corp 100 Constitution Plaza Hartford CT 06103

ADT Security Services Inc 290 Veterans Blvd Rutherford NJ 07070

Supreme Security Systems Inc 1565 Union Ave Union NJ 07083

Supreme Security Systems Inc 22 Centre St Freehold NJ 07728

ADT Security Services Inc 7895 Browning Rd Pennsauken NJ 08109

AFA Protective Systems Inc 961 Joyce Kilmer Ave North Brunswick NJ 08902


ADT Security Services Inc 53 W 23rd St New York NY 10010

AFA Protective Systems Inc 519 8th Ave New York NY 10018

ADT Security Services Inc 47-40 21st St Long Island City NY 11101

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 37-08 Greenpoint Ave Long Island City NY 11101

ADT Security Services Inc 35 Jerusalem Ave Hempstead NY 11550

Electronix Systems Central Station Alarms Inc 1555 New York Ave Huntington Station NY 11746

AFA Protective Systems Inc 155 Michael Dr Syosset NY 11791

ADT Security Services Inc 9 Walker Way Albany NY 12205

PN Fire & Burglar Alarm Co Inc 31 North St Monticello NY 12701

Rapid Response Monitoring Services 550 East Genesse St Syracuse NY 13202

ADT Security Services Inc 101 Pine St Syracuse NY 13210

Sonitrol Security Systems Inc 195 Elm St Buffalo NY 14203

ADT Security Services Inc 530 Summit Point Dr Henrietta NY 14467

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 100 Metro Park Rochester NY 14623

Sonitrol Security Systems Inc 2024 West Henrietta Rd, Bldg 6, Suite A, Rochester NY 14623

ADT Security Services Inc 2858 Banksville Rd Pittsburgh PA 15216

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 1005 South Bee St Pittsburgh PA 15220

Vector Security Systems Inc 3400 McKnight East Dr Pittsburgh PA 15237

ADT Security Services Inc 810 Sassafras St Erie PA 16501

SecurityLink from Ameritech 3300 Hartzdale Dr Suite 105 Camp Hill PA 17011

Allied Central Services 824 8th Ave Bethlehem PA 18018

Security Service Co 6034 Hamilton Blvd Allentown PA 18106


Triple A Protection, A Div of Vector Security Inc 23 Casey Ave Wilkes-Barre PA 18702

ADT Security Services Inc 7th & Callowhill Sts Philadelphia PA 19123

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 313 Callowhill St Philadelphia PA 19123

Security Instrument Corp of Delaware 309 W Newport Pike Wilmington DE 19804

Security Instrument Corp of Delaware Enterprise Business Park Dover DE 19901

Security Instrument Corp of Delaware 1016 Hwy One Lewes DE 19958


Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 217 International Circle Hunt Valley MD 21030

ADT Security Services Inc 2631 Sisson St Baltimore MD 21211

ADT Security Services Inc 8201 Hermitage Rd Richmond VA 23228

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 5536 Iowa Ave Norfolk VA 23513

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 4004D Spring Garden St Greensboro NC 27407

ADT Security Services Inc 1900 Scott Ave Charlotte NC 28202

Sonitrol Security Services of Charlotte Inc 815 Wood Ridge Center Dr Charlotte NC 28217

ADT Security Services Inc 7154 Cross County Rd North Charleston SC 29418


AFA Protective Systems Inc 805C Franklin Court, Marietta GA 30067

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 1190 W Druid Hills Dr Suite 300 Atlanta GA 30329

ADT Security Services Inc 122 N Jefferson St Jacksonville FL 32204

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 9456 Phillips Hwy Suite 1 Jacksonville FL 32258

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 3657 McGuire Blvd Suite 100 Orlando FL 32803

Guardian International 3880 North 28th Terrace Hollywood FL 33020

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 3261 Executive Way Miramar FL 33025

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 7091 Pinacle Dr Suite E Fort Myers FL 33907

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 13350 US Hwy #19 S Clearwater FL 34624

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 3895 Vantech Dr Suite 5 Memphis TN 38115

Miller Protective Service Inc 1203 Ridgeway Rd, Suite 202, Memphis TN 38119

Sentrynet 121 Harvey St Greenville MS 38701


ADT Security Services Inc 943 S 1st St Louisville KY 40203

SecurityLink from Ameritech 1906 Goldsmith Lane Louisville KY 40218

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 5025 Bradenton Ave Dublin OH 43016

Corporate Protection Services Inc 5211 Renwyck Dr Toledo OH 43615

Diversified Alarm Inc 2934 S Republic Blvd Toledo OH 43615

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 6707 Carnegie Ave Cleveland OH 44103

ADT Security Services Inc 412 Belmont St Youngstown OH 44502


Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 4350 Malsbary Rd Cincinnati OH 45242

ADT Security Services Inc 1946 Lindorph Dr Dayton OH 45404

ADT Security Services Inc 12166 N Meridian St Carmel IN 46032

Central Security & Communications Inc 6831 E 32nd St Indianapolis IN 46226

ADT Security Services Inc (subcontracted runner service) 6845 S Madison Ave Indianapolis IN 46227

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 9355 Delegates Row Indianapolis IN 46240

Central Security & Communications Inc 1123 Walnut St #2 LaPorte IN 46350

Central Security & Communications Inc 7718 Lima Rd Ft Wayne IN 46818

Central Security & Communications Inc 353 Landmark Ave Bloomington IN 47403

ADT Security Services Inc 31900 Sherman Dr Madison Heights MI 48071

Guardian Alarm Co 20800 Southfield Rd Southfield MI 48075

Vigilante Security Inc 27215 Southfield Rd Lathrup Village MI 48076

Wyandotte Alarm Inc 1409 Oak St Wyandotte MI 48192

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 49116 Wixom Tech Dr Wixom MI 48393

Safety Systems Inc 2075 Glenn St Lansing MI 48906

Guardian Alarm Co 300 N Verlinden Lansing MI 48915

Guardian Alarm Co 5111 E ML Ave Kalamazoo MI 49001

Safety Systems Inc 112 Connable St Jackson MI 49204

Safety Systems Inc 1149 Sound Creek Hwy Adrian MI 49221

Engineered Protection Systems Inc 750 Front NW #200 Grand Rapids MI 49504


Per Mar Security Services Corp 425 W 2nd St Davenport IA 52808

ADT Security Services Inc 200 N Patrick Blvd Suite 300 Brookfield WI 53045

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 525 N 6th St Milwaukee WI 53203

ADT Security Services Inc 430 Oak Grove Suite 204 Minneapolis MN 55403

Custom Alarm, Div Custom Communications Inc 1661 Greenview Dr Rochester MN 55902


Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 1471 Business Center Dr Mount Prospect IL 60056

Alarm Detection Systems Inc 1100 Church Rd Aurora IL 60505

Central District Alarm Inc 6450 Clayton Ave Saint Louis MO 63139

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 11603 Lilburn Park Rd Saint Louis MO 63146

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 601 Westport Rd Kansas City MO 64111

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 8401 E 350 Hwy Kansas City MO 64133

ADT Security Services Inc 7805 NW 7th Terrace Kansas City MO 64153

Protection One Alarm Monitoring Inc 800 E Waterman Wichita KS 67202

ADT Security Services Inc 9777 M St Omaha NE 68127



Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 2315 N Causeway Blvd, Metairie LA 70001

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 11200 Industrial Plex, Baton Rouge LA 70809

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 6600 N Broadway, Oklahoma City OK 73116

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 12129 E Skelly Dr, Tulsa OK 74128

ADT Security Services Inc, 6221 N O’Conner Blvd, Suite 121, Irving TX 75039

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 1301 Record Crossing, Dallas TX 75235

ADT Security Services Inc, 1375 Riverbend Dr, Suite 100, Dallas TX 75247

ADT Security Services Inc, 2625 Louisiana St, Houston TX 77006

Smith Alarm Systems, 5201 Mitchelldale, Houston TX 77092

Alert Alarms Burglar & Fire Protection Inc, 2308 Ball, Galveston TX 77550


Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 304 Inverness Way, S Englewood CO 80112

ADT Security Services Inc, 909 S Latan, Boise ID 83705

ADT Security Services Inc, 536 E 300 South, Salt Lake City UT 84102

ADT Security Services Inc, 916 W Adams St, Phoenix AZ 85007

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 2626 West Beryl Ave, Phoenix AZ 85201

Central Alarm of Tucson, 330 E 16th St, Tucson AZ 85701

ADT Security Services Inc, 5095 Ellison Ave NE, Suite A, Albuquerque NM 87109

Protection Services Industries LP, 3820 Commons Ave, Albuquerque NM 87109

Alarmco Inc, 2007 Las Vegas Blvd, S Las Vegas NV 89104


ADT Security Services Inc, 5400 Rosecrans Ave, Hawthorne CA 90250

ADT Security Services Inc, 5400 W Rosecrans Ave, Lawndale CA 90260

Electrosecurity Corp, 6727 Odessa Ave, Van Nuys CA 91406

SDA Security Systems Inc, 2054 State St, San Diego CA 92101

Morse Signal Devices of San Diego, 4434 30th St, San Diego CA 92116

SDA Security Systems Inc, 12155 Magnolia Ave, Suite 3G, Riverside CA 92503

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 514 S Lyon St, Santa Ana CA 92701

Security Signal Devices Inc, aka SSD Alarm Systems, 1740 N Lemon St, Anaheim CA 92801

Bay Alarm Co, dba SAS Alarm Service, 2264 Goodyear Ave, Ventura CA 93003

ADT Security Services Inc, 1000 W Burke St, Visalia CA 93292

Bay Alarm Co, 890 Cowan Rd, Suite F, Burlingame CA 94010

ADT Security Services Inc, 350 90th St, Daly City CA 94015

SecurityLink from Ameritech, 1011 Sneath Ln, San Bruno CA 94066

Protection Service Industries LP, 848 Stewart Dr, Sunnyvale CA 94086


ADT Security Services Inc, 3551 Arden Rd, Hayward CA 94545

Bay Alarm Co, 835 Arnold Dr, Suite 102, Martinez CA 94553

Bay Alarm Co, 325 Seventh St, Oakland CA 94607

First Alarm Inc, 1111 Estates Dr, Aptos CA 95003

Bay Alarm Co, 491 Gianni St, Santa Clara CA 95054

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 1587 Schallenberger Rd, San Jose CA 95131

Bay Alarm Co 3819 Duck Creek Dr Stockton CA 95215

Valley Burglar & Fire Alarm Co Inc 1187 E Vanderbilt Circle #7 Manteca CA 95337

Valley Burglar & Fire Alarm Co Inc 1863 Wardrobe Suite C Merced CA 95340

Bay Alarm Co 3475 Orange Grove Ave North Highlands CA 95660

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 1740 Creekside Oaks Dr, Sacramento CA 95833

ADT Security Services Inc 4128 N Freeway Blvd Sacramento CA 95834

Protection Service Industries LP 1320 W National Dr Suite C Sacramento CA 95834

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 15495 SW Sequoia Pkwy, Portland OR 97224

Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 9555 SE 36th St, Mercer Island WA 98040

ADT Security Services Inc, 841 Powell Ave SW, Renton WA 98055

Washington Alarm Inc, 1253 S Jackson, Seattle WA 98144

Alarm Center Inc, 4500 3rd Ave, Lacey WA 98503

FIRE ALARM SERVICE — LOCAL COMPANIES (FIRE)

These Approved local companies contract to provide central station service (fire) according to FM ApprovalsStandard 3011 and NFPA Standard 72 by doing the installation, maintenance and testing services with their ownpersonnel and sub-contracting the monitoring, re-transmission, associated record keeping, and reporting of signalsto an Approved central station company. The required runner service may be provided by either the Approved centralstation company with its own personnel or the Approved Fire Alarm Service — local company with its own personnel.

The local company acting as prime contractor has the responsibility of ensuring that the installation is inspected,tested, repaired and maintained and also that it contains the proper compliance markings according to therequirements of FM Approvals Standard 3011 and NFPA Standard 72. See information under Central StationServices (Fire) for additional limitations.

UNITED STATES


Fire Control Electrical Systems Inc 43-45 Pearl St North Plainfield NJ 07060

Allied Alarm Services Inc 3045 Fluvanna Ave Jamestown NY 14701

A.T. Security Services Inc 905 Kranzel Dr Camp Hill PA 17011

Armor Group Integrated Systems, 30 Chaplin Rd, Suite 1204, Pinebrook NJ 07058

SecureCom LLC, 3550 Covington Pike Suite 104, Memphis TN 38128

Able Alarm and Electronic Protection 328 Caldwell St Louisville KY 40203

Approved Safety & Security Inc 1015 E Corby South Bend IN 46617

ASCOT Inc Brownsville Navigation District Brownsville TX 78520

JMG Security Systems 17150 Newhope St Suite 109 Fountain Valley CA 92708


CENTRAL STATION — MONITORING ONLY COMPANIES (FIRE)

These Approved central station companies contract to provide central station service (fire) according toFM Approvals Standard 3011 and NFPA Standard 72 by doing the monitoring, re-transmission, associated recordkeeping, and reporting of signals with their own personnel and sub-contracting the installation, maintenance andtesting services to an Approved Fire Alarm Service—local company. The required runner service may be providedby either the Approved Central Station Company—monitoring only with its own personnel or the Approved Fire AlarmService—local company with its own personnel.

The monitoring only company acting as prime contractor has the responsibility of the monitoring, re-transmission,associated record keeping, and reporting of signals and also that the installation contains the proper compliancemarkings according to the requirements of FM Approvals Standard 3011 and NFPA Standard 72. See informationunder Central Station Services (Fire) for additional limitations.

CANADA

ADT Canada Inc #700 940 6th Ave SW Calgary Alberta T2P 3T1

UNITED STATES


Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001Provides monitoring-only service. Installation, testing and maintenance are contracted through an Approved Protective Signaling Service-

Local Company.

Central Signal Corp d/b/a Central Dispatch, 99C Commercial Street, Malden MA 02148

C.O.P.S. Monitoring 1041 Glassboro Rd Williamstown NJ 08094

Monital Signal Corporation 2210 Landmark Pl Manasquan NJ 08736-1025

ADT Security Services Inc 285 Thruway Park Dr Henrietta NY 14586

Security Central 316 Security Dr Statesville NC 28687

Blue Ridge Security 1212 N Fant St Anderson SC 29622

Foreline Security Corp 8419 Sunstate St Tampa FL 33634

Ace Inc 125 E Oak St Louisville KY 40203

Johnson Controls, 507 East Michigan St, M-14, Milwaukee WI 53202

Securion Central Control, 201 North Concord Exchange, Suite 100, South Saint Paul MN 55075

SecurityLink from Ameritech Riverplace Center 43 Main St SE Suite 303 Minneapolis MN 55414

AzSecurity 1042 East Guadalupe Rd Tempe AZ 85283

National Alarm Computer Center Inc 96 Corporate Pk Suite 300 Irvine CA 92606

CSSS Inc 401 West Lincoln Ave Anaheim CA 92805-2911

CENTRAL STATION SERVICES (BURGLAR ALARM)

This Approval category is for organizations that furnish and maintain electric signaling service for burglaryprotection (FM Approval Standard 3040). Requirements comparable to CENTRAL STATION SERVICES (FIRE) existwith respect to the central receiving station, power supplies, retransmission, testing and records.

UNITED STATES


Guardian Alarm Co 20800 Southfield Rd Southfield MI 48075


SECURITY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT

This Approval category includes those surveillance and transmission systems that are Approved specifically forburglar alarm signaling service.

ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486Computerized Multiplex System. (See description under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

AFA Protective Systems Inc 519 8th Ave New York NY 10018AFA Centrak System. (See description under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791Digital Alarm Communication System. Consists of Model No. 678UL-F digital alarm communicator transmitter and Model No. 685 digital

alarm communicator receiver. (See description under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.) Required control panel at the protectedproperty must provide for actuation of audible alarm device capable of producing at least 105 dB at 10 ft (3 m). Tamperproof rated enclosurerequired for audible device is installed outside the protected area.

Honeywell ACS, 2701 4th Ave S, Minneapolis MN 55408Honeywell Security Link (HSL) Computerized SAS Multiplex System. (See description under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)PS6/54 Central Station Automation System. (See description under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)Digital Alarm Communicator System (DACS) for central station signaling. Consists of Model 5505 Digital Alarm Communicator Transmit-

ter(DACT) at protected properties and Radionics Model 6000 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs) in the central station. TheDACT must provide for actuation of a local audible alarm device capable of producing at least 105 dB at 10 ft (3 m); tamperproof ratedenclosure is required for audible devices installed outside the protected area. (See description under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALINGSYSTEMS.)

Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146System 7 (McCulloh) Signaling Transmitter. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.

Radionics 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36 Salinas CA 93901Omegalarm Digital Alarm Communicator System (DACS) for central station alarm signaling. Consists of Model D8112 (E/G) Digital Alarm

Communicator Transmitter (DACT) at protected properties and two or more Model D6500 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs)in the central station. The DACTs must provide for actuation of a local audible alarm device capable of producing at least 105 dB at 10 ft (3 m);tamperproof enclosure is required for audible devices installed outside the protected area. (See description under CENTRAL STATIONSIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Secutron, Div of Digital Security Controls Ltd 3301 Langstaff Rd Concord Ontario L4K 412 CanadaDigi-Tel Central Receiver. Model SE-2000CS, microprocessor-based monitor which displays and prints McCulloh signals received from

Secutron transmitter TRANS M.A.C. Model SE800, SE850-F or -FNC. (See description under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

Silent Knight Div of Pittway 7550 Meridian Circle N Maple Grove MN 55369Digital Alarm Communication System for central station signaling. Consists of one or more 5207 (12 V dc or 24 V dc Version) digital alarm

communicator transmitters at protected properties and two or more Model 8520 or 9000 digital alarm communicator receivers in the centralstation. Digital alarm communicators must provide for the actuation of an Approved local audible signaling device capable of producing at least105 dB at 10 ft (3 m); tamperproof rated enclosure is required for audible devices installed outside the protected area. (See description underCENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)

LOCAL BURGLAR ALARM SIGNALING SYSTEMS

Local burglar alarm systems produce audible signals at the protected property. These systems are electricallysupervised, have standby power and are primarily for protection of property from unauthorized entry. Some systemsmay be enhanced by providing remote signaling to a constantly attended commercial or municipal monitoring facility.

Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791Vista 5140XM Fire Alarm Control. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

First Alert Professional Security Systems 175 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791Model FA1500C Fire Alarm Control. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Honeywell ACS, 2701 4th Ave S, Minneapolis MN 55408Model 5505 Fire and Security System. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)

Honeywell International Inc 1500 W Dundee Rd Arlington Heights IL 60004DeltaNet FS90 Fire and Security System. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)


Alarm Signal Initiating DevicesFire Detection, Flame-ActuatedFire Detection, Heat-ActuatedFire Detection, Smoke-Actuated

Smoke Detector GuardsSmoke Detector Testing and Calibration Devices

Manual StationsProtective Covers for Manual Fire Alarm StationsSprinkler Waterflow, Pressure-ActuatedWaterflow Detection and Excess Pressure Maintenance

Automatic Releases for Extinguishing Systems and Other Fire Protection EquipmentAuxiliary Power Supplies, Battery Chargers and Notification Appliance

Circuit Boosters for Fire Protective Signaling SystemsCentral Station — Monitoring Only Companies (Fire)Central Station Services (Burglar Alarm)Central Station Services (Fire)Central Station Signaling SystemsEmergency Voice/Alarm Communication SystemsFire Alarm Service — Local Companies (Fire)Local Burglar Alarm Signaling SystemsLocal Protective SignalingNotification AppliancesProprietary Signaling SystemsPublic Fire Alarm Reporting SystemsRemote Station Signaling SystemsSecurity System EquipmentSupervisory Signal Initiating Devices

Beam-Type Supervisory DevicesSprinkler System SupervisionWatchman SupervisionWatchman Tour Recorders and Clocks

System Accessories


chapter 14 electrical signaling - honeywell · pdf filechapter 14 electrical signaling ......

Documents